Chapter 1: Rain-Born
Chapter Text
The rain was loudest when adults were trying not to scream.
Minai had learned that much.
She crouched in the dark gap under the wooden slats of the floor, knees pulled to her chest, thin arms wrapped around her shins. The boards above her were close enough that when she lifted her head, her hair brushed them. Mud pressed cold and wet against her bare feet. It smelled like rust and old water.
Outside, Amegakure shook.
Something boomed in the distance, a dull, deep sound that made droplets tremble and fall from the underside of the floor. Little beads of rainwater slid down her arms. The bowls in the cupboard above her rattled, then clinked back together like teeth chattering.
A plate shattered in the next room. Someone shouted. Her mother’s voice.
“Minai! Under, now!”
She had already done that. She always did that.
Another boom. Closer this time. Minai pressed her forehead to her knees and tried to make herself small enough that the dark would forget she was there.
The world narrowed to sounds.
The hiss of the rain outside, endless and impatient. Heavy footsteps splashing through water in the alley. The wet slap of shoes against the front step. Her mum’s rapid breathing. The soft thunk of a knife being pulled from the cupboard. The doorframe creaked.
Voices. Strange ones. Low, rough, chewed by anger.
“…said the intel was here…”
“…if they handed them over, we would not have to search…”
Her mother answered them. Minai could not see her, but she could picture her mother standing by the old table, thin shoulders squared, brown hair tied back with that faded strip of cloth.
“We are civilians,” she said. Her voice was not steady, but it was not begging either. “I told the patrol this morning. There are no shinobi here.”
A hand hit the table hard. Minai flinched even though the blow did not touch her.
“Everyone says that.”
Something heavy scraped across the floor. The table, maybe, being kicked aside. Her mother hissed in pain as something bumped her. A bottle toppled and rolled, thudding right above Minai’s head. Dust shook loose from between the boards and drifted down on her hair like grey snow.
She wanted to reach up and clutch her mother’s leg, to see her face, to know what expression she was making. But she had told her many times, in the quiet hours between raids: if shinobi come, if any ninja headbands appear at the door, you hide. You do not move. You do not speak. You do not come out until I say your name.
It was a rule. Rules kept you alive.
Minai dug her fingers into the mud instead.
A rough pair of sandals stopped just above her, on the other side of her hiding place. The wood dipped slightly. She saw the shadow of a man’s heel through a crack between the boards.
“If we search and find something,” the man said, “your explanation will not matter.”
Minai could not see her mother’s face, but she knew the set of her mouth when she was being stubborn.
“There is nothing here,” she repeated. “Look. Break everything if you like. I have nothing to hide.”
Something sharp moved through the air. A sharp rush of chakra followed, like the sudden cold that rode in with storms, prickling along Minai’s skin. She did not have a word for it, but she felt it. The air thinned.
A moment later, Minai heard the sound of a body hitting the floor.
Her heart jumped into her throat. Her mouth opened soundlessly.
She did not say her name.
“Search,” someone else ordered.
Feet scattered. Cupboards banged open and slammed shut. The single window shattered inward with a shriek of glass. Fragments tinkled down into the puddles.
Minai held her breath.
She heard her mother shifting on the floor, a low grunt of effort, like when she got up after kneeling too long. Relief slid through Minai, warm and weak.
The footsteps moved away. Through the wall, through the floor, into the next room, into the cramped space where Minai and her mum slept on their thin futon. Where her mum folded Minai’s clothes. Where she hummed a nameless tune while mending their blankets by the light of a sputtering candle.
A shinobi kicked over the water basin. It crashed, spilling, the water hitting the floor with a hollow slap. Someone swore.
“Nothing,” a voice called. “No scrolls. No seals. Just rags.”
“Check the ceiling.”
“Already did. Attic is empty.”
“It is always empty.”
“Then maybe the intel moved, and we are wasting time in a hovel.”
Laughter. Harsh and short.
The boots near Minai shifted again. The man crouched. Through the slats, she could see the darker shape of his legs bending.
For a heartbeat, Minai was sure he would rip up the floor and drag her out like a worm from the soil.
Instead, he spat in the dirt, right beside her, so close the saliva splattered across the mud on her toes.
“If you are lying,” he said lazily, “this village will pay for it anyway.”
Her mother did not answer. Minai thought maybe she could not.
A moment later, the weight lifted. The shoes took a few steps. The front door slammed against the wall as they left, then slammed again as it tried to settle back in place. Rain blew in, a louder roar, then softened when the door thudded mostly closed.
Silence seeped back into the little house. Not full silence. There was never full silence in Amegakure. But the sounds outside went back to the ones Minai knew. Distant shouting. Distant metal. The endless rain.
Her ears rang.
She stayed there, cramped and shaking, until she could not wait anymore.
“…Mama?” she whispered.
No answer.
Her heart pounded. It filled her chest, her throat, her ears. She slowly eased herself forward, crawling out from under the floor. Her dark hair caught on a board and she yanked it free with a soft grunt.
The small main room was a mess. The table had been shoved half sideways. One leg was cracked, the bowl they used for rice split in two on the ground. The cupboard doors were open, their few chipped dishes thrown across the floor, one broken into white, jagged pieces. The curtain that separated this room from their sleeping corner hung crooked.
Her mother was on her knees by the wall, one hand braced on the ground, the other pressed to her middle. Her hair had fallen free of its tie. Strands stuck to her damp face. There was a smear of something dark on her lips.
Minai’s feet slapped wetly as she ran over.
“Mama!”
Her mother looked up at her and smiled. It was small, but it was a smile.
“You came out without me calling,” she said, voice hoarse.
“You did not call,” Minai said. She hated how her voice shook. “You were supposed to call.”
“I am fine.” Her mum winced, but she carefully took her hand away from her side as if to prove it. Her fingers left streaks on the fabric of her shirt. “See? They were rough, but I am not broken.”
Minai stared at the red mark seeping slowly through the cloth.
“That is blood,” she said quietly.
Her mother laughed once. “You learn the worst words first in this village.”
She reached out, and Minai stepped into the circle of her arm at once. Her mother pulled her close, even though the movement clearly hurt.
“You did well,” she murmured into her hair. “You were quiet. You stayed hidden. My brave girl.”
“I do not like it,” Minai mumbled against her shoulder. Her mother’s clothes were damp and smelled of sweat and iron. “I do not like when they come.”
“Neither do I.” Her mjm straightened slowly, leaning back against the wall. “Help me up, little rain-drop.”
Minai planted her feet and pushed her small shoulder under her mother’s arm, bracing herself. She used the wall more than Minai, but she let her daughter believe she was helping. That was another thing Minai had learned without words.
When her mother finally stood, she took a moment, eyes closed, breathing shallow. Then she opened them and gave the room a calm look, as if it were nothing more than a spilled cup to clean.
“First, we pick up,” she said. “Then we eat.”
There was no food left out. Most of it had been used or spilled in the raid. But Minai did not ask about that. She nodded, because this was how things were. You picked up, then you ate, even if there was nothing to put in your mouth.
She bent down and began to gather the broken pieces of clay bowl into her hands.
Her mother watched her for a moment, expression tight, then bent to help, one arm wrapped protectively around her stomach.
The rain kept falling.
By afternoon, the smell of smoke had faded from the air, leaving only that heavy metallic scent that never truly went away. Minai sat cross-legged on the floor, a thin thread between her fingers. The cloth she was trying to mend sagged over her lap.
“Pull gently,” her mother said, watching from the mattress. She lay half-reclined against a rolled blanket, one arm draped over her eyes. Her skin looked pale beneath its usual sun-kissed tone, the way it did when she got sick.
“I am,” Minai said. Her tongue stuck out slightly in concentration as she tugged the thread through a hole in the shirt. “It does not like me.”
“Cloth does not like or dislike anyone.” Her mother moved her arm to look at her. “It simply is. Like rain.”
“Rain hates us,” Minai muttered.
Her mum huffed a laugh. It turned into a cough halfway through. She sat up quickly, pressing the rag they used as a handkerchief to her mouth. The coughing shook her thin shoulders. Minai froze with the needle in mid-air.
When the fit finally passed, her mother’s eyes were glassy. She lowered the cloth slowly.
There was a small red stain on it.
Minai’s chest tightened.
“You are sick again,” she said.
“I am fine.” Her mother folded the cloth quickly, hiding the stain. “The smoke was bad yesterday. It irritates the throat. That is all.”
Minai did not argue. She had learned that arguing about sickness did nothing but make mother’s jaw go tight. Instead, she turned back to the shirt and jabbed the needle through with more force than necessary.
Their room was small. One wall, shared with another family’s home, shook whenever someone in the next unit slammed a door. A single square window let in a grey patch of light, broken by the streaks of rain sliding down the glass. The futon took up most of the floor. In the corner, their few possessions fit into two wooden crates: an extra blanket, a spare shirt each, three bowls, a tin cup, the little wooden comb her mother used on Minai’s hair.
Ever since the raids had started coming closer, her mum kept everything packed as if they might have to leave at any time.
“Is the war far away?” Minai asked suddenly, eyes still on the fabric.
“Sometimes it is.” Her mother settled more carefully, as if every movement had to be measured. “Sometimes it is right outside the door.”
“How will we know when it is over?”
Her mother was quiet for a long moment.
“When people stop dying for reasons they do not decide,” she said at last.
Minai frowned. “I do not decide things either.”
“You decide when to eat, when to sleep, when to steal an extra radish from the market when you think I am not looking.”
Minai’s head snapped up. “You saw that?”
Her mum smiled, tired and fond. “I am your mother, Minai. I see more than you think.”
Minai ducked her head, cheeks warm. “You did not say anything.”
“Because you are still growing. And it was just one radish.” Her mother let herself lay back again, eyes tracking the water on the window. “If the war ever ends, I would like to plant radishes. Proper ones, in soil. Not stolen from someone else’s stall.”
“Can we plant them on the roof?” Minai asked at once, seized by the image. “Then the rain will water them.”
Her mother’s lips curved. “Maybe.”
The cough took her again that evening. It was worse this time. Minai stood beside her with a cup of water that her mum barely drank from, her hands trembling on the rim.
“Lie down,” Minai said, trying to sound like her mum did when she used that tone on her. “I will get more water. And… and I will make soup.”
“We have no bones left for broth,” her mum wheezed, but let herself be lowered onto the futon. “And no coin for more.”
“We have rice,” Minai insisted. “Rice water is soup.”
The older woman laughed weakly. “You are impossible.”
Minai had heard that word aimed at her a few times. She thought it was better than “stupid” or “useless,” which some adults shouted at other children in the alley. Impossible sounded like something strong. Like something that refused to move, even when the world pushed.
She liked it.
She padded to the corner and dug into the sack of rice, fingers sifting through the grains. There was less than she expected. Her smile faltered. She scooped half of what remained into the pot anyway and added water until it sloshed near the top.
While it boiled, she sat beside her mother on the futon and watched her breathe.
“Will you go to work tomorrow?” Minai asked.
Her mother’s eyes were closed. “If they have work, I will.”
“You were coughing again last week,” Minai said. “The woman with the metal ring in her lip told you to stay home.”
“The woman with the metal ring in her lip will not feed you if I stay home.” Her mother’s voice was barely more than a sigh. “I will be fine.”
Minai picked at a loose thread on the blanket. “I can work.”
“You are three,” the older woman said.
“Almost four,” Minai argued.
“You are still my baby.” Her mum opened her eyes then and turned her head to look at her. In the dim light, her gaze was soft and sharp all at once. “Your work is to eat, listen, and grow. Let me handle everything else.”
“But I do not do anything,” Minai whispered. “I just… hide.”
Her mother’s hand reached for her, fingers brushing Minai’s hair away from her forehead.
“Hiding is not nothing,” she said. “Sometimes, it is the bravest thing a person can do.”
Minai did not believe that. Brave was the shinobi who leapt across rooftops. Brave was the people who shouted in the street when bandits marched through, even if they were hit for it. Brave was not curling into a ball under the floor and waiting for the footsteps to pass.
But if saying that would make her mum’s eyes go tight again, she would keep it to herself.
Instead, she leaned into the touch, closing her own eyes.
For a little while, the rhythm of her mother’s breathing and the drum of the rain on the ceiling merged into one sound.
The next morning, the rain fell harder.
Minai woke to the smell of the neighbour’s cooking drifting through the wall: thin soup and something burnt clinging to the metal pot. Her mother was already dressed, wrapping a cloth around her head to keep the water from soaking her hair completely on the walk to work.
Her shirt was the same one from yesterday. The stain had spread.
“Stay inside today,” the older woman said, fastening her obi with slow fingers. “The patrols were restless last night. I heard shouting near the square.”
“I can go to the market and see if Tei-san has any old vegetables,” Minai offered. Sometimes the old woman at the end of the lane let Minai pick through the wilted greens she could not sell. “Or maybe the fish man will give me a bone.”
Her mother hesitated, eyeing the window where grey light seeped in.
“Stay close,” she said finally. “Do not go near the bridge. If you see anyone with a foreign headband, you turn around and come back.”
“I know.”
“And if they come here…”
“I hide until you call my name.” Minai repeated the rule dutifully. She had heard it so many times she could say it even half-asleep. “I know, Mama.”
Her mum cupped Minai’s cheeks in her hands and pressed their foreheads together.
“Good,” she whispered. “Good girl.”
Minai breathed in the familiar smell of her mother: rice, soap that barely foamed. Underneath it, faintly, that coppery tang again.
“Bring back good work,” Minai said, the way she always did.
“I will try.” Her mum’s smile flickered. “Bring back a whole basket of radishes, if you can.”
“I will steal two,” Minai promised solemnly.
“Only two?”
“Three, if you do not look.”
The older woman laughed softly and kissed her hair.
Then she left, swallowing her cough as she stepped out into the rain.
Minai watched her disappear down the narrow alley from the window, the faded back of her shirt growing smaller and smaller until the grey swallowed her.
When she was gone, the room felt bigger. Emptier.
The rain filled it up.
Minai did her chores first, because her mother always said: “Work, then wandering.” She swept the floor, pushing dirt and splinters toward the door with a straw broom. She tidied the remaining bowls and stacked them carefully. She folded the two blankets even though they were still in use.
Then she slipped on her sandals and stepped out into the wet world.
Amegakure was made of sharp angles and puddles. Rusted pipes crawled up the sides of buildings, some broken and spilling extra water into already flooded streets. Bridges arched overhead, connecting narrow towers, their undersides lined with dripping icicle-like chains. Grey stone. Grey sky. Grey faces.
This was all Minai had ever known.
She padded along the alley, trying to avoid the deeper puddles. Water still seeped in through the cracks in her sandals and chilled her toes.
The people she passed did not look at her for long. Children were as common as stray cats here: small, hungry, in the way. One woman with hollow cheeks nodded faintly at Minai. A man in a stained apron shouted at someone out of view.
Farther down, near the market stalls, sound gathered. Vendors called half-heartedly about their wares. The war had thinned everything. Thin vegetables. Thin fish. Thin patience.
Minai slipped between adults, hands clasped behind her back to make herself smaller. She scanned faces and stands with a practiced eye.
Tei-san’s vegetable stall was almost empty, just a few limp greens and a basket of shrivelled root vegetables. The old woman sat behind it, her eyes narrowed to slits, the lines in her face deepened.
“Morning, Tei-san,” Minai said.
The woman glanced at her, expression unreadable. “You again.”
“Do you have any…” Minai searched for the word her mother had used. “Refuse.”
“Refuse, she says.” Tei-san snorted. “Fancy for a street rat.”
Minai did not know if that was a compliment. She shrugged.
“My mother is sick,” she said instead. “If you give me the vegetables you cannot sell, I will pray for your knees.”
Tei-san barked a laugh that turned into a cough.
“Cheek like that will get you killed one day,” she said. But she jerked her chin toward a crate under the stall. “There. Carrot tops. One soft onion. Radish leaves. No roots.”
Minai brightened. “Thank you, Tei-san.”
She knelt and gathered the wilted greens into her arms as if they were treasure. They were, in a way.
“You owe me,” Tei-san called as Minai turned to leave. “Next time I slip, my knees better not crack.”
“I will pray extra,” Minai promised.
She moved on, clutching the vegetables to her chest. The fish seller shouted angrily at a man haggling over a price. Minai decided not to risk that stall today. The man’s face was too flushed, his eyes too bright. He looked like someone who might throw things.
On her way back, she hesitated at the mouth of a side alley. This one led to the bridge her mother had told her not to approach.
Curiosity tugged at her like a child pulling a sleeve.
She edged forward just enough to see the base of the structure. A group of shinobi in long cloaks stood there, their headbands glinting through the rain. The symbol carved into the metal was not the one she saw on Ame patrols. She did not know any other village signs, but she recognised “different.”
Foreigners.
Her heart thudded faster. She took a step back, remembering her mother’s warning.
Before she could turn away completely, one of the shinobi lifted his head. Even from this distance, Minai felt his gaze slide in her direction, sharp and assessing.
She jerked back into the main street and walked quickly away, trying not to look like she was running.
Her hands were cold by the time she reached their door again. She knocked twice, out of habit, even though her mother was not home to answer.
Inside, the room welcomed her with familiar emptiness.
She set the vegetables down, brushed water from her hair, and shivered.
The cough started outside sometime in the afternoon.
Not her mum’s. This one came from the street below, ragged and loud. Men shouting. The clatter of metal on stone. People running. The noise swelled like a wave, cresting closer.
Minai crossed to the window and peered out.
Down in the alley, some of the same foreign shinobi she had glimpsed at the bridge were moving through the street. Their cloaks were darker now, splashed with something that was not rain. One of them dragged a man by the collar. The man’s shirt was torn. His headband was Ame’s.
Minai’s stomach twisted.
They were arguing in words she did not quite catch over the rain, but their tone she understood. Angry. Threatening.
She thought of her mum at work. The way she had held her side. The way the woman with the metal ring had looked at her with thinly hidden pity.
The wave of noise rolled on down the alley.
Then another sound cut across it.
Not shouting. Not metal.
An explosion.
The building shook. Dust fell from the ceiling. Something crashed loudly somewhere behind their row of houses. Smoke began to curl up in the distance, darker than the rain clouds.
Minai’s hands went clammy.
She took a step back from the window.
Then another.
The rules her mother had drilled into her rose up through the panic, one by one.
If there is fighting, you go inside.
If they are near, you hide.
If you see the wrong headbands, you hide.
You do not come out until I say your name.
Minai backed away from the window and dropped to her knees. Her fingers found the edge of the board her mum had loosened months ago, “just in case.” She dug her small nails under it and pried it up. The damp cool of the hollow space beneath greeted her with the smell of old mud.
She slid inside, pulling the board back into place above her.
The room dimmed to a thin line of light and dust.
Her heart pounded.
She listened.
Outside, the village screamed.
She waited for her mother’s voice to cut through it all.
She waited for her mother to say her name.
——————————————————————————
The silence happened wrong.
Minai had expected the noise to fade the way rain did sometimes, slowly thinning until it became a soft patter. Instead, it stopped all at once, like someone had cut the sky in half.
She lay curled beneath the floorboards for a long time after the shouting died. Her legs were stiff and her cheek was pressed against damp earth, the smell of it filling her nose. She waited for the heavy steps to return. She waited for her mother’s voice.
Nothing came.
Only the rain. It sounded thicker now, as if even the clouds were tired.
Minai did not know how long she stayed there. Time was not something she could feel properly. It only existed in the spaces between her mother saying her name.
Eventually, her hands began to shake too much to stay still. She pushed herself forward and lifted the loose plank. It scraped softly, like a sigh.
The room above her was dim. Smoke drifted through the cracks in the window frame, mixing with the steam of rain leaking in. The air tasted like wet metal.
Her mother was not in the main room.
Minai climbed out, her knees unsteady. The house looked smaller than it had that morning, as if the walls had shifted inward while she was gone. The table was still crooked. One of the bowls lay upside down in a shallow puddle.
She stepped carefully into the sleeping space.
Her mother was there.
She was sitting rather than lying, her back leaning against the wall as if she had tried to stay upright for as long as she could. Her hair was loose around her face, dark strands stuck to her forehead. Her eyes were half-closed but not fully shut.
For a moment, Minai thought she was just resting.
She walked closer, clutching the hem of her shirt with both hands.
“Mama?”
Her mum’s eyes fluttered as if the word tugged on a thread. She looked up, and for a second she was herself again.
“There you are,” she whispered.
Minai knelt beside her at once. “I waited. You did not call.”
The older woman’s breath caught in her chest. She tried to lift a hand, but it trembled and dropped back to her lap.
“I was going to,” she said. Her voice sounded thin, stretched like fabric worn too many times. “You were good. You stayed hidden.”
“I heard fighting,” Minai said. Her throat felt tight. “Is it gone now?”
“For now.”
Her mother’s gaze drifted towards the doorway, then returned to Minai’s face. There was something strange about her eyes. They looked far away, as if she were trying to see something behind Minai rather than in front of her.
“Listen,” she murmured.
Minai leaned in without thinking. “I am listening.”
“You need to leave.”
Minai blinked. The word did not make sense here, inside their small room, inside their small life.
“We cannot leave,” she said. “We live here.”
“Not anymore.”
The older woman shifted slightly, and the motion made her wince. Her hand pressed against her side, fingers curling into the fabric. Minai saw a darker patch there, but the light was too dim to understand its shape.
“Mama?”
“It is not safe,” her muum said. She spoke slowly, choosing each word with care, as if they were heavy. “You cannot stay in this village on your own.”
“We are together,” Minai said quickly. “I will stay with you.”
Her mother closed her eyes for a moment, her breath uneven. When she opened them again, she looked at Minai with that familiar, steady focus she used when teaching her something important. Despite being visibly unwell, her mother remained a beautiful woman.
“You must find Konoha shinobi,” she said.
Minai frowned. She had heard that name before, whispered by adults in the alleys, usually in anger or fear. Konoha was somewhere far away, somewhere green, according to rumours. Somewhere where rain did not fall every day.
“Why?”
“Because they will protect you.”
Minai swallowed. “How will they know?”
Her mother’s lips parted, but no sound came for a moment. She tried again, voice barely above a breath.
“Tell them… Uchiha Fugaku is your father.”
Minai repeated the sentence in her head. It sounded heavy, like a stone dropped into deep water. She recognised the words, but not their meaning.
“Who is that?” she asked.
The older woman smiled faintly. It was a tired smile, but there was pride in it too, the same pride she had when Minai pronounced a new word correctly.
“A man from Konoha,” she said. “He never knew about you. It is not his fault.”
Minai did not understand why that mattered. She reached for her mother’s hand. It felt colder than usual.
“We can go together,” Minai said. “We will leave tomorrow. We will find him then.”
“No.” Her mum’s fingers tightened weakly around hers. “You must go now.”
“I cannot,” Minai whispered. Her vision blurred at the edges. “I cannot leave you.”
“You must.”
The rain hammered harder against the window, as if trying to drown the sound of their breathing. Her mother drew in a slow breath that trembled all the way through her.
“Minai.”
Her voice was softer now. Softer than Minai had ever heard it.
“You are my brave girl.”
Minai shook her head, tears beginning to slip down her cheeks without her permission. “I am not brave. I hide. You said so.”
Her mum touched her face, fingers brushing away the tears even as more appeared.
“Hiding kept you alive,” she said. “But now you have to run.”
Minai did not answer. Words crowded her throat but none came out.
The older woman’s hand fell back to her lap. Her breaths were coming farther apart, as if each one took more effort to lift.
“I love you,” she murmured.
Minai leaned forward, pressing her forehead to her mother’s shoulder, as she had done every night before sleep.
“I love you too,” she whispered.
Her mum exhaled.
And did not inhale again.
Minai stayed pressed against her, waiting for the familiar rise of the older woman’s chest. Waiting for the next breath. Waiting for her mother to say her name, even quietly, even half-asleep.
The room remained still.
The rain did not stop. It never stopped.
Minai finally lifted her head. Her hands were shaking.
She touched her mother’s face. It was still warm, but not warm enough.
“Wake up,” she said softly.
Nothing happened.
She tried again, louder.
“Mama. Wake up.”
The silence that followed was worse than the shouting had ever been. At least shouting meant someone was alive.
Minai’s body began to tremble, not from cold this time but from something deeper, something she did not know how to name. She pressed her lips together to keep from making a sound.
If she cried too loudly, someone might hear.
If someone heard, they might come back.
Her mother had told her to leave.
Leaving was suddenly the only thing more frightening than staying.
But staying meant sitting here, waiting for footsteps that would not be her mother’s.
Minai stood slowly. Her legs felt thin and unsteady, like reeds bending under water.
She walked to the crates and opened them. There was not much to take. One blanket. One shirt. The wooden comb. The small pouch of coins her mum had been saving, though Minai had never known what for.
She tied the pouch at her waist and wrapped the blanket around her shoulders. The fabric smelled like her mother’s soap.
On the floor beside the futon, the thread Minai had been using the night before was still looped through the needle. The half-mended shirt sat waiting.
She folded it carefully and placed it beside her mother’s hand.
Then she knelt once more.
“I will find them,” she whispered. “I promise.”
Her voice wavered, but she did not cry again.
There were no more tears left.
Minai stood, walked to the door, and slid it open. The rain rushed in, cold and relentless. It soaked her long, dark hair in seconds and plastered the blanket to her back.
She stepped outside.
Behind her, the village kept its silence.
Ahead of her, the streets were empty.
Minai started walking. She did not look back.
——————————————————————————
The rain felt different once she was outside alone.
Before, it had been background noise, something that lived with them the way dust lived in corners. Now it landed on her skin like a thousand small taps, as if the sky was trying to get her attention.
Minai kept walking.
The blanket around her shoulders dragged with the weight of the water. It clung to her back and made her colder, not warmer, but she did not take it off. It was the only thing left that smelled like her mum.
The buildings rose around her in tall, narrow cliffs. Rusted pipes ran up their sides like veins. Water dripped from the metal walkways overhead, falling in thin streams that splashed against the puddles below. Everything echoed.
Amegakure was loud even when no one spoke.
Minai walked along the centre of the alley, where the puddles were shallowest. Her sandals slapped softly with each step. She did not know where she was going. She only knew she could not stay.
The streets were emptier than usual. People must have stayed inside after the fighting. The few she saw moved quickly, heads down, faces tight. No one looked at her for longer than a heartbeat.
She passed the small shop where her mum used to work. The metal shutters were pulled down. A dark smear stained the ground near the entrance. Minai did not stop.
Further on, she heard voices around a corner. She pressed herself against the wall and peered out.
Two Ame shinobi stood under an awning, speaking in low tones. Rain ran off the edge of the roof behind them in a curtain. Their cloaks were streaked with mud. One had his arm bound with a bloodied bandage.
“…searching every block,” the taller one said.
“If they find anyone hiding them, they will burn the whole row.”
Minai’s breath caught. She took a slow step backwards, keeping her body close to the wall. She held her breath until she was far enough away that their voices turned back into indistinct noise.
When she reached the next street, her legs began to ache. Her stomach cramped, sharp and hollow. She had not eaten since the night before.
She touched the little pouch tied at her waist. It felt light.
Minai kept going.
The world blurred at the edges once the hunger settled in properly. The rain seemed to fall in long silver threads rather than droplets. The sound of her own breathing grew loud, like waves hitting stone.
She stumbled once on a loose cobble and caught herself on a drainpipe. The metal was slick and cold under her fingers.
“Keep walking,” she whispered, because her mother would have told her that.
Her voice came out small.
She passed a bakery, its window cracked and dark. The smell of old bread clung to the soaked air like a memory. Her stomach twisted again.
She kept moving.
Somewhere above her, a door slammed. A woman shouted at someone unseen. A baby wailed briefly, then went quiet.
Minai rounded another corner, and the street opened into a small square. There was a fountain in the middle, though it no longer worked. Rainwater had collected in the basin, turning it into a shallow pool filled with floating debris.
A single coin lay at the bottom.
Minai stopped.
It was small, dulled by water and time, but the shape was unmistakable. She had seen people hand coins to vendors, seen vendors hand back food. The idea had always seemed simple, but distant, like something that belonged to other people.
She waded into the puddle. The water reached her ankles and soaked through her blanket even more. She crouched and reached into the cold pool, fingers brushing the bottom until she felt the coin.
Her hand closed around it slowly.
When she stood, the coin sat heavy in her damp palm. She stared at it for a long moment.
“This is worth something,” she whispered.
Saying it aloud made it feel real.
She wiped the coin on her sleeve, though it did not help much. She slid it into the pouch with the others.
The weight changed almost imperceptibly, but she felt it. A small shift. A tiny piece of the world that now belonged to her.
A gust of wind blew rain sideways across the square, stinging her cheeks. Minai wrapped the blanket tighter around herself and left the fountain behind.
By the time she reached the outskirts of the village, her feet were numb and her fingers stiff. The buildings thinned, replaced by stretches of wet ground and narrow paths that cut between them. The rain seemed louder here without walls to catch it.
She paused under the shelter of an overhang to rest. Her head felt light, as if her thoughts were drifting above her instead of inside her.
Shapes shifted at the edge of her vision. For a moment, she thought she saw her mother walking toward her, carrying a basket of radishes.
Minai blinked.
The shape melted back into the rain.
She pressed her hands to her eyes, breathing slowly until the world steadied again.
Hunger made shadows play tricks. She knew that now.
The path ahead sloped downward, leading toward the lowlands beyond the village. Minai did not know what lay there. Only that it was away.
She took one step.
Then another.
Her sandals slipped on the mud, but she did not fall.
The rain pressed against her, cold and relentless. It filled her ears and soaked her hair and clung to her skin like a second layer.
Still, Minai walked.
Not because she was brave.
Not because she understood what would happen next.
But because stopping meant being swallowed by the silence behind her, and somehow the rain was kinder than that.
——————————————————————————
The rain blurred the world into shifting grey shapes, but Orochimaru saw everything.
He always had.
He walked ahead of his teammates through the empty outskirts of Amegakure, boots splashing through shallow water. The war had worn the village thin. Buildings sagged under the weight of rain and smoke. Windows stared back like hollow eyes.
Jiraiya was muttering behind him, something about the mission being pointless, about Hanzo’s paranoia, about how Ame civilians were suffering more than anyone else.
Orochimaru did not listen.
He was thinking of the cold.
Of how it seeped into bone and stayed there.
Of how quiet the village was when the screaming paused.
That kind of silence did not mean safety.
It meant aftermath.
He scanned the street out of habit, eyes sharp beneath his fringe.
Nothing moved.
Then something did.
A small shape at the very edge of his sight, half-hidden beneath a rusted pipe. It did not move like an animal. It was too still, too deliberate, like something waiting to decide whether it still belonged in the world.
Orochimaru almost kept walking.
This village was full of dying things.
Another one did not matter.
Except his feet slowed.
He frowned, annoyed at himself.
Curiosity was a weakness.
Sentiment was worse.
Still, he turned his head.
The shape resolved into a child.
She sat with her back against the wall, knees drawn up beneath a soaked blanket that clung to her like a second skin. Dark, long hair plastered to her cheeks, pale pink skin showing. Pretty face shadowed with hunger rather than fear. She was watching him, not wide-eyed, not pleading.
Just watching with her obsidian eyes.
Children usually cried when they saw shinobi.
The civilians here had learned to fear everything that carried a blade.
But this girl did not look afraid.
Orochimaru stopped walking.
Jiraiya nearly bumped into him.
“Oi, warn a man,” Jiraiya grumbled, shaking water from his hair. “What are you staring at now? Another puddle?”
Tsunade followed their gaze and spotted the child.
Her expression shifted, not softening, but sharpening with medical assessment.
“She’s starving,” Tsunade said quietly. “Badly.”
Orochimaru did not answer. He stepped closer, slowly, not crouching yet. The child’s eyes tracked him with precise attention, the way a wounded animal measures distance.
“Come out,” he said.
His voice was flat, without coaxing. He was not expecting obedience.
The girl blinked, then pushed herself unsteadily to her feet. The blanket slipped, revealing limbs far too thin for her age. Her hands hung at her sides, fingers pale and stiff.
She stood in the rain as if she had forgotten what it felt like to be dry.
Orochimaru narrowed his eyes.
“How long have you been alone?”
She opened her mouth, but at first no sound came. She swallowed, then tried again.
“I don’t know, my mother is gone.”
The words were simple, not dramatic. Stated as fact.
“Dead?” Tsunade asked gently.
The child nodded once.
Jiraiya’s expression shifted, grief flickering through it like lightning.
“Kid,” he said softly, “where is your home?”
She pointed vaguely behind her, towards the deeper part of the district.
Orochimaru could picture the scene without needing to see it.
A body cooling on the floor.
A child slipping away unnoticed because everyone was too busy dying to care.
He finally crouched, knees folding smoothly.
Not tender.
Not comforting.
Just level.
“What is your name?” he asked.
“Minai.”
Her voice was rough from disuse, but steady.
She hesitated, then spoke again, as if repeating something memorised rather than understood.
“My mother said… to find Konoha shinobi. Are you?”
Jiraiya tensed. “Yes. Why?”
Minai swallowed. Her small hands curled into the blanket.
“She said to tell you… Uchiha Fugaku is my father.” She whispered quietly, only for Orochimaru to hear
The rain seemed to still for a heartbeat.
Tsunade’s eyes stared curiously at the exchange she didn’t catch. “What did she say-”
Orochimaru raised a hand, silencing her.
Something cold and precise slid through his mind.
Uchiha.
A child.
Born beyond the clan’s control.
A threat.
A weapon.
A possibility.
Her eyes were not red. Not yet.
But they were sharp. Too sharp for a child who should barely understand her own name, let alone the meaning of bloodlines.
“Do you know what that means?” Orochimaru asked.
Minai shook her head.
“Good, don’t tell anyone else until I tell you to,” he murmured.
Jiraiya stepped forward, expression softening after he got a good look at the girl.
“Come on, kid,” he said gently. “You shouldn’t have to walk in the rain again. Let me carry you.”
Minai took half a step back.
Her gaze flicked from Jiraiya’s outstretched arms to Orochimaru, and something in her posture shifted. She moved closer to the pale man instead, fingers gripping the edge of his sleeve.
It was not trust.
It was instinct.
She had chosen the devil who did not pretend to be harmless.
Orochimaru froze for a fraction of a second. The reaction was so unfamiliar it annoyed him.
Jiraiya let out a quiet breath.
“Seriously? Of all of us, she picks you?”
“Children are like snakes,” Orochimaru replied calmly. “They know where to coil.”
Minai did not understand the metaphor, but she tightened her grip anyway.
Tsunade scanned the street again, eyes narrowing.
“We should not stay here. More patrols will be coming.”
Orochimaru stood, lifting Minai with effortless precision. She was so light it felt wrong. Bones and rainwater.
She did not flinch when he touched her.
That disturbed him more than if she had screamed.
Jiraiya adjusted his pack and sighed.
“We are not taking a child back to Konoha, Orochimaru.”
“We are also not leaving one to die in a gutter,” Tsunade countered.
Orochimaru ignored them both.
“This is no longer a matter for debate,” he said.
Jiraiya frowned. “Since when do you care?”
Orochimaru did not answer.
Care was the wrong word.
This was calculation.
A variable that could not be ignored.
Yet as he looked down at the child in his arms, he felt something unfamiliar move beneath the cold surface of his thoughts.
Not pity.
Recognition.
He turned sharply.
“We are leaving. We are expected to report back soon anyway, before our next deployment to this wretched place.”
Jiraiya opened his mouth to argue but stopped when he saw Orochimaru’s expression.
Tsunade nodded once. Practical. Efficient.
As they moved, Minai’s head slowly dropped against Orochimaru’s shoulder. Exhaustion overtook apprehension. Her breathing evened out, a soft rhythm beneath the storm.
By the time they reached shelter, she was asleep.
They camped in an abandoned storehouse on the village’s edge. The fire Jiraiya built crackled weakly, steam rising from their soaked clothes.
Minai lay on a folded cloak near the wall, the blanket drawn around her. Her face, in sleep, looked younger. Fragile in a way that made the world seem crueler for noticing.
Thunder rolled outside.
Orochimaru stood apart from the others, arms folded, watching her.
Jiraiya approached, voice low.
“You planning to explain why this kid matters?”
“No,” Orochimaru replied.
“She’s a child,” Jiraiya pressed. “Not a specimen.”
Orochimaru’s eyes did not move from Minai.
“Children grow,” he said softly. “And the world will shape them into something. Better she be shaped by us than by what waits for her here.”
Jiraiya stared at him, something unreadable in his expression.
“You’re not as empty as you pretend,” he muttered.
Orochimaru said nothing.
Tsunade finished checking Minai’s condition and covered her more securely.
“She’ll survive,” she said. “As long as she eats soon.”
Orochimaru inclined his head slightly.
Minai shifted in her sleep, brow furrowing for a brief moment before smoothing again.
Outside, the rain beat against the roof.
Inside, for the first time since she was born, Minai was not cold.
Orochimaru watched her eyelids flutter, her breathing settle.
The girl who should have died in the rain would live.
Not because fate was kind.
But because he had stopped walking.
He turned away at last.
The thunder cracked again, shaking the walls.
The rain never stopped in Amegakure, but for the first time for Minai, it did.
Chapter 2: A Name, Unspoken
Summary:
Minai has arrived in Konoha!
Notes:
You guys get a double update because I realised chapter 1 wasn’t as long as I thought it was🤣
Chapter Text
The sky above Konoha was too wide.
Minai stepped through the gates beside Orochimaru, her small hand gripping the edge of his sleeve again, not tightly, but with quiet certainty. The rain had stopped somewhere along the road, yet she still expected it to fall. The silence that came without rain felt wrong, as if the world had forgotten something important.
A breeze moved through the trees overhead. Leaves rustled. She flinched.
Amegakure never rustled. It rattled. It echoed. It hissed. But it did not make soft sounds.
The guards at the gate bowed slightly to the Sannin, though their eyes flicked more than once towards the child half-hidden behind Orochimaru’s cloak. Curiosity rather than suspicion. Konoha eyes were different. Wariness existed here, but it was lined with warmth rather than hunger.
Jiraiya slowed his pace so he walked beside her instead of ahead.
“This is Konoha,” he said gently. “It’s… quieter than where you came from.”
Minai looked up at him, then around again. The air smelled strange. Wet earth, yes, but not metallic. Green. She had never known a smell could be green.
“Why is the ground soft?” she asked.
“Because there’s grass,” Jiraiya replied, trying not to smile. “You’ll get used to it.”
She was not convinced.
They walked further in. Villagers paused in their errands to stare for a moment. A woman carrying laundry baskets slowed her steps. A group of children stopped kicking a ball, eyes widening. No one approached. No one spat. No one shouted for her to move.
Minai did not feel safer.
She only felt watched.
Tsunade adjusted the bag over her shoulder and murmured to Orochimaru, just loud enough for Minai to hear.
“She’s underfed. And dehydrated.”
“I am aware,” Orochimaru replied.
Jiraiya let out a sigh. “You could sound a bit less like you found a laboratory sample.”
Orochimaru didn’t answer. He rarely did when Jiraiya wanted emotion.
Minai kept walking.
The streets were strange. They curved rather than narrowed. There was space between buildings. Bright cloth banners hung outside a shop, fluttering in the wind. She stopped to stare at them.
Jiraiya paused with her. “You like those?”
“They are loud,” Minai said.
“They’re colourful.”
“They do not make noise but they are loud.”
Jiraiya blinked, then laughed quietly. “Fair enough.”
Orochimaru did not turn, but Minai saw the slight flicker of his eyes, noting everything.
They reached the Hokage’s tower as the afternoon sun broke through the clouds, casting long shadows across the steps. Minai stared at the sunlight on the stone. It made the ground look warm but she did not trust it. Rain could hide in warmth too.
Inside, the hallways were spacious and bright. Voices echoed faintly.
When they reached Hiruzen’s office, Orochimaru stopped and looked down at her.
“Speak only when spoken to,” he said softly. “And do not repeat what you told me. Not to anyone but the Hokage.”
Minai nodded. “I understand, it is a danger to say it.”
Orochimaru’s eyes narrowed a fraction. He had not used that word in front of her since the first day. She remembered everything.
Hiruzen dismissed two ANBU before the door even finished sliding open. His pipe rested on the corner of the desk, unlit. When he saw Minai, his expression softened in a way she did not understand. Jiraiya and Tsunade excused themselves to wait outside the office.
He crouched, not enough to become small, just enough to meet her eyes.
“You must be Minai.”
She nodded once.
“I am Sarutobi Hiruzen,” he said. “Do you know where you are?”
“Konoha,” Minai answered.
“And do you know why you are here?”
“Because my mother asked me to find Konoha shinobi.”
Hiruzen’s gaze flickered almost imperceptibly toward Orochimaru, but she noticed.
“I see,” he said quietly. “Do you remember anything else she told you?”
Minai hesitated, then repeated the words exactly as she had been instructed.
“I am not to speak of it except to you.”
Hiruzen did not look surprised. That frightened Minai more than if he had.
“Very well,” he said. “You may tell me.”
Minai stood very still. She glanced once at Orochimaru. He gave no sign at all.
She looked back at Hiruzen.
“She said to tell you that… Uchiha Fugaku is my father.”
The room went quiet. Even the distant sounds from outside seemed to fade.
Hiruzen exhaled slowly. Not shocked.
Weighing. Calculating. Deciding.
“Do you know what that means?” he asked gently.
Minai shook her head.
“It means,” Hiruzen said carefully, “that we will take care of you while we learn more.”
Minai blinked. “I do not need care. I can hide.”
Hiruzen winced faintly, looking away for a second.
“You do not need to hide here,” Hiruzen said.
Minai didn’t respond. The statement meant nothing yet.
Hiruzen stood again and addressed the Sannin present.
“I would like a moment alone with her.”
Orochimaru did not hesitate.
“I will wait outside.”
Before he stepped out, Minai reached for his sleeve again without thinking. Orochimaru paused. He didn’t look back, but he spoke low enough for her only.
“You will remain silent unless asked. That is all you must do.”
She let go.
He left.
The door slid closed.
Hiruzen sat behind his desk, not looming, not distant.
“Minai,” he said, folding his hands, “are you hungry?”
She considered the question. Hunger was normal. Constant. Asking about it seemed strange.
“I am not eating,” she said.
Hiruzen smiled sadly. “That is not quite what I asked.”
She frowned slightly. “Yes.”
He reached for a small tray on the corner of the desk and pushed a wrapped sweet across the surface.
“You may take it.”
Minai approached slowly, as if expecting the desk to disappear beneath her hand. She picked up the sweet and held it without unwrapping it.
“You can eat it,” Hiruzen said.
“I am waiting,” Minai replied.
“For what?”
“To check if someone to tell me not to.”
Hiruzen’s eyes softened sadly.
“No one will.”
She unwrapped the sweet with careful fingers, as if the paper might tear loudly enough to get her punished. The sugar melted on her tongue. Her eyes widened, but she kept her face still.
“Do you like it?” Hiruzen asked.
“Yes.”
“You may have another later.”
Minai considered that. Promises were dangerous when made by adults.
“I will not ask,” she said.
“You do not have to.”
She didn’t respond.
After a moment, Hiruzen leaned back slightly.
“You will stay in Konoha for now. You will have a place to sleep and food to eat. There will be people to look after you.”
Minai stared at him. None of it made sense.
“Why?”
“Because you are a child,” Hiruzen said simply.
She shook her head. “That is not a reason.”
It was the truest sentence she had ever spoken.
Hiruzen did not argue.
Instead, he said, “You are safe here.”
Minai’s fingers tightened around the sweet wrapper.
She did not believe him yet.
Safety was not quiet.
Safety was not sunlight.
Safety was a voice calling her name in the dark.
This place had none of those things.
Hiruzen rose again and opened the office door.
“You may come in.”
Orochimaru returned, expression unreadable. Jiraiya offered Minai a small smile. She did not return it, but she did not look away.
“She will be placed in the village orphanage,” Hiruzen said. “We will revisit her situation if anything develops.”
Minai did not understand what could possibly develop. Nothing about her changed. She was still who she had been this morning, only further away from what used to be her home.
Orochimaru inclined his head but did not look pleased.
Jiraiya crouched slightly beside Minai.
“It’s all right to be scared,” he said softly.
Minai blinked. “I am not scared.”
He studied her carefully. “Then what are you?”
She searched for the right word.
“Waiting.”
Orochimaru’s eyes flickered.
Hiruzen pressed his lips together.
Tsunade finally spoke.
“We will make sure she is taken care of.”
Minai looked at them all, one by one, and felt nothing familiar in any of their faces.
Amegakure had been cruel.
Konoha was gentle.
Neither felt safe.
When they began walking again, Minai followed without being told. She did not hold anyone’s sleeve this time.
The sky stretched endlessly above her.
She almost wished it would rain.
———————————————————————
They brought Fugaku to the Hokage’s office the next morning.
Minai sat on a cushion near the corner, hands folded in her lap the way she had seen other children do when trying not to be noticed. The office felt different today. Yesterday, it had been quiet. Now, the air felt tight, like something waiting to snap.
Orochimaru stood near the wall, arms crossed, eyes unreadable. Jiraiya and Tsunade were gone. Hiruzen waited behind his desk, pipe unlit again.
The door slid open.
A man stepped inside wearing the fan crest Minai had glimpsed on passing shinobi the day before. She recognised it only because she paid attention to patterns. His posture was rigid. His expression was carved from stone.
Fugaku Uchiha.
Minai did not know his name consciously, not until Hiruzen spoke it aloud. But the moment he entered, she felt something shift in the room, as if everyone’s breathing changed.
He bowed to Hiruzen with formal stiffness.
“You summoned me, Hokage-sama.”
“Thank you for coming so quickly,” Hiruzen said. His tone was calm, but Minai noticed the faint weight under it. “There is a matter that requires clarification.”
Fugaku’s gaze flicked briefly around the room, passing over Orochimaru, landing on Minai for half a heartbeat, then moving away as if looking too long might make something real.
Hiruzen continued, “This child arrived yesterday from Amegakure. According to her account, her mother instructed her to come to Konoha and state that you are her father.”
Silence.
Minai watched Fugaku’s jaw tighten.
“The child is mistaken,” he said.
His voice was controlled, not sharp, but Minai heard something inside it. Not anger. Not denial for her sake. Fear, for himself.
Hiruzen folded his hands.
“She is repeating what her mother told her.”
Fugaku’s eyes narrowed. “Her mother is a stranger to me.”
Orochimaru’s gaze flicked briefly toward Minai. She sat very still.
Hiruzen nodded slowly, as if he had expected the answer.
“Minai,” he said gently, turning toward her, “do you remember your mother’s name?”
Minai shook her head once, sadly.
“I only called her Mama.”
Fugaku’s expression did not change, but something in his posture eased- relief, barely noticeable, but there.
Hiruzen did not press further.
“We have no proof of lineage,” he said, addressing Fugaku again. “Only the child’s statement.”
Fugaku bowed slightly. “Then there is nothing more to discuss.”
Minai looked at him properly then.
She expected to feel something- anger, sadness, curiosity- but there was only emptiness. He was a man she had never seen before. He did not look cruel. He did not look kind. He looked like someone who wanted a problem to disappear.
She stood.
“I can leave,” she said quietly.
The room shifted.
Hiruzen’s eyes softened. Orochimaru’s narrowed. Fugaku’s breath caught so subtly only someone watching too closely would notice.
“You misunderstand,” Hiruzen said gently. “No one is sending you away.”
“You said there is no proof,” Minai replied. “It must mean I will not stay here.”
Fugaku flinched- not visibly, but in the silence that followed.
Hiruzen did not correct her logic. He simply nodded once.
“You will not be placed with the Uchiha,” he confirmed. “You will remain under the village’s care.”
Minai sat down again, as calmly as she had stood. Nothing in her expression changed.
Fugaku cleared his throat.
“If there is nothing further-”
“There is one more thing,” Hiruzen interrupted softly. “I understand you’re a newlywed, but should the child ever awaken the Sharingan, we will revisit this matter.”
Fugaku froze.
Orochimaru looked away, hiding the flicker of a smile that did not reach his eyes.
Hiruzen’s voice remained steady.
“Thank you for your time.”
Dismissal without force.
Fugaku bowed again, stiff and brief, and left the room without looking at Minai a second time.
The door slid shut. Silence settled.
Minai stared at the empty space where he had stood.
Hiruzen spoke first.
“Do you know what will happen next?”
Minai did not hesitate.
“You will tell me.”
Orochimaru’s expression sharpened, as if the answer had confirmed something he already suspected.
Hiruzen nodded.
“You will be taken to a place where children without families live. It is called an orphanage. They will give you a bed and food.”
Minai considered this.
“Will you be there?”
“No,” Hiruzen said, with honest simplicity.
“Will he?” she asked, glancing at Orochimaru.
Orochimaru’s voice was soft but cold.
“No.”
Minai lowered her gaze.
“Then I will not want to stay long.”
Hiruzen exhaled slowly.
“You must try,” he said.
She did not agree.
She did not refuse.
She simply became quiet again.
Orochimaru stepped closer, but not near enough to be comforting.
“Remember what I told you,” he said.
“Do not speak of it except to the Hokage.”
“Good.”
He paused- not long, but long enough for Minai to notice.
“You understand more than you should,” he murmured.
Minai looked up at him, eyes dark and unreadable.
“I just look and listen.”
Hiruzen dismissed them gently.
“She will be escorted to the orphanage this afternoon,” he said.
Orochimaru hesitated for a fraction of a second, then turned away.
Minai followed when told, silent and obedient, no expression on her face.
But as they stepped into the corridor, she glanced once over her shoulder- not at Hiruzen, not at Orochimaru.
At the door where Fugaku had stood.
Not longing.
Not grief.
Just recognition of a space that would never open for her.
Outside, sunlight warmed the village stones.
Minai did not feel it.
————————————————————————
The orphanage did not feel like a place where people lived.
It felt like a place where people waited.
Minai slept on a thin mattress near the window. Somehow only the blanket they gave her was scratchy and smelled faintly of mould, but she was grateful anyway. At night, children whispered to each other across the room, making up stories about parents who would come back for them.
No one whispered to Minai. They whispered at her- “amegakure scum”, “foreign leech”, and such.
She did not mind it really.
What she minded was the waiting.
On her third evening there, after dinner had been handed out on metal trays, for the third time she had gotten the smallest portion. Minai approached the caretaker folding sheets near the storage cupboard.
“May I have another slice of bread?” she asked.
The caretaker did not look at her.
“This isn’t an inn. Take what you’re given, Ame brat.”
Minai nodded once. She understood the problem.
“I’m sorry. Thank you.”
She walked back to her mattress, sat down, and did not cry. Crying was something children with someone watching could afford.
That night, she lay awake long after the chattering faded. The room grew quiet, then restless, then quiet again. Minai stared at the ceiling until the shadows changed shape.
She stood up without a sound.
She had learned how to walk silently long before she had learned her name. The floorboards barely creaked as she crossed the room. The corridor was empty. The building was wrapped in the soft hush of sleeping children and tired adults.
Minai slid the back door open.
Cold air brushed her face.
She stepped out.
No one stopped her.
No one even noticed she was gone.
The night streets of Konoha were different from Amegakure’s. There was no smoke hanging low in the air, no shouting in distant alleyways. The silence here was clean, not heavy. It made her uneasy.
Minai walked quickly at first, expecting someone to shout after her. No voice came. The further she went from the orphanage, the more certain she became.
She was already forgotten.
She kept heading towards the quieter side of the village, away from the warm lantern light of shops and houses. The roads here narrowed. The air smelled faintly of broth and old oil.
Her steps slowed.
“If I keep walking, I stay alive,” she murmured. “If I stop, I get found.”
It was not a rule her mum had taught her.
It was one she had written herself.
Eventually, she reached the back of a small restaurant. Crates were stacked beneath the overhanging roof. A metal bin stood nearby, its lid slightly askew. Steam drifted faintly from where warm food scraps met the cold evening air.
Minai crouched.
She lifted the lid and sorted through the contents with careful fingers. Pieces of cabbage. A torn dumpling. Rice stuck to paper. She picked out what was edible and shut the bin again.
She ate slowly.
This was not shameful.
This was survival. And it was more food than what they had in Ame anyway.
She scanned the space, assessing it the way she had watched Ame civilians do during raids.
Dry corner under the roof.
Stacked crates as windbreak.
Cardboard flattened nearby.
A shelter she did not need to build from nothing.
Minai dragged the cardboard into place, smoothing it with her palms. She sat inside, knees drawn to her chest, and pulled a scrap piece of fabric around her shoulders.
It smelled like sunlight instead of rain.
She somehow missed the rain.
Morning came with the sound of clattering dishes inside the restaurant. Someone opened the back door and tossed a bucket of water into the dirt, not noticing her tucked into the shadows.
Minai waited.
No one came looking for her.
When the cook returned inside, she stepped out and began searching the ground around the alley. Sometimes people dropped coins while bringing crates in and out. She had watched enough to know that losing money made people swear.
Her eyes caught a glint near the drainage gutter. Half-buried in mud, a coin lay waiting.
Minai crouched and brushed the dirt away.
She picked it up and studied it.
“You buy food,” she said quietly. “So I will keep you.”
She wiped the coin on her sleeve and slipped it into her small pouch.
The weight increased by almost nothing, but it still felt different in her hands. The world had tiny pieces that could be collected. She understood that now.
As days passed, Minai learned the rhythm of the back streets. When rubbish bins were emptied. When restaurant owners smoked outside. Which cats hissed, and which ones ignored her. She learned where to stand so her shadow did not give her away when doors opened.
Visibility was a weakness.
Noise was a warning.
She became very good at both.
One afternoon, the sun was warm enough to make her blanket too hot to wear. She walked towards the river that cut through the village, following the faint sound of running water.
The river bank was quieter than the market. Only two children played nearby, throwing sticks and shouting. Minai stayed far from them.
She knelt at the edge and dipped her hands into the cold water. Dirt and dried soup rinsed away, swirling downstream.
“Cold means clean,” she whispered. “Clean means no trouble.”
She washed her face next, squeezing water through her hair until it dripped down her back. The river did not smell like Ame’s water. It was clearer. It tasted less like rust.
She waded a little deeper, just enough to wet her clothes fully. When she stepped out, the wind chilled her skin, but she did not mind.
She spread her shirt and blanket across a patch of sun-warmed grass and sat beside them, knees drawn close, waiting for the fabric to dry.
People passed without noticing her.
A woman carrying laundry.
A man leading a dog.
Two shinobi talking quietly, not even glancing her way.
Minai watched them all.
If she wanted to stay unseen, she was learning how.
By the time the week passed, she had scraped together a routine.
She collected discarded vegetables behind the market.
She dried her clothes on warm days and slept with damp ones on cold nights.
She kept her coins in the pouch tied at her waist.
She avoided shinobi unless she heard their steps before seeing them.
It was not a life.
But it kept her breathing.
Every now and then, she looked towards the orphanage rooftops in the distance.
No one stood there searching for her.
No one spoke her name.
Minai did not know what loneliness was called.
She only knew what silence sounded like when it belonged to no one.
That night, curled in her cardboard shelter, she closed her eyes and whispered into the dark:
“I am still here.”
Not a promise.
Not a plea.
Just a fact.
————————————————————————
The rain returned on a night when Minai had nothing left to eat.
It began softly at first, tapping against the metal bins behind the restaurant. Then it thickened, turning the dirt into thin rivers that pooled beneath her cardboard shelter. She pulled her blanket tighter around her shoulders and chewed slowly on the last corner of stale bread she had saved from the day before.
The bread was hard enough to scrape her gums. She swallowed anyway.
A small noise made her still.
Sniffing.
Not human.
Minai lifted her head just as a small pug emerged from behind the crates, nose twitching, fur soaked into dark patches. He paused when he saw her, one paw hovering mid-step.
Minai blinked at him.
“Are you alone too?” she asked softly.
The pug didn’t answer. He only stared, head tilting slightly.
Minai considered him for a moment, then looked at the bread in her hand. It was not much. It was barely anything at all.
“You can have the big half,” she said, breaking it unevenly. “I’m not that hungry.”
She placed the larger piece on the ground between them and retreated back into her cardboard shelter to show she wouldn’t take it back.
The pug approached slowly. He sniffed the bread, then looked up at her once- something like understanding passing in his eyes- before eating.
Minai watched him carefully.
He did not seem afraid.
He did not seem wild.
He seemed… purposeful. Odd.
The rain continued to fall.
A moment later, Minai heard footsteps.
Measured. Adult. Shinobi.
She drew her knees to her chest, but she did not run.
A tall man rounded the corner, silver hair tied back, wearing armour that looked heavier than the rain itself. His eyes landed first on the pug- relief flickering across his face- and then shifted to the cardboard shelter.
He froze.
The pug trotted to him, tail wagging once.
“So this is where you wandered off to,” the man murmured, crouching to scratch the dog’s head. “Pakkun, honestly. What did you-”
He looked at Minai again.
She stared back.
For a long moment, no one spoke.
Then he lowered himself slowly into a crouch, not invading her space, just making himself level.
“Is this where you live?” he asked gently.
Minai considered the question.
“Only when it rains.”
He glanced at the sky, at the water pooling under the crates.
“It rains a lot.”
“Yes.”
His expression shifted- something tightening, something softening.
“My name is Hatake Sakumo,” he said. “What’s yours?”
“Minai.”
“How long have you been here, Minai?”
She thought about it. Time didn’t feel like days anymore- just hunger and sleep.
“A while.”
He nodded, as if that were an answer he understood.
“Are the people at the orphanage looking for you?”
“No.”
Sakumo exhaled slowly.
“Pakkun likes you,” he said.
Minai looked at the pug, who sat beside her cardboard home like a small, silent guard.
“Because I shared.”
“Not everyone shares when they have so little.” Sakumo said as he say the stale bread in his dog’s mouth.
Minai blinked. She hadn’t considered that.
Sakumo stood.
“Come with me,” he said softly. “You shouldn’t be out here in the cold. At least not hungry.”
Minai hesitated, fingers tightening in the blanket.
“If I go, will they send me back?”
“No,” Sakumo said. “Just dinner. Nothing else.”
She rose slowly.
Pakkun walked alongside her.
Ichiraku smelled like warmth.
Not heat- warmth.
Steam curled from pots behind the counter. Lantern light pooled across the wooden stools. The owner looked up when Sakumo entered with Minai, eyebrows lifting slightly.
“Evening, Hatake-san,” Teuchi said. His gaze slid gently to Minai, without judgment. “And who’s this?”
“A friend,” Sakumo answered.
Minai almost corrected him, but the word felt strange and careful, but nice in her mouth, so she stayed quiet.
Sakumo guided her onto a stool.
“Can you read the menu?” he asked.
Minai stared at the hanging wooden boards covered in neat characters.
“…I know numbers.”
Sakumo smiled faintly.
“Then I’ll pick something warm.”
He ordered two bowls.
As they waited, Minai sat very still, unsure if she was allowed to rest her elbows on the counter, unsure if speaking without being addressed was permitted. The sounds in the shop were gentle. Chopsticks tapping ceramic. Someone laughing softly at the far end.
She wasn’t used to gentle.
When the ramen arrived, steam rose in soft clouds. Minai leaned forward without meaning to. The smell was rich and unfamiliar, like something that belonged to another world.
“Go on,” Sakumo said.
She picked up the chopsticks clumsily, hands shaking from both hunger and caution, and took a bite.
Warmth spread across her tongue so suddenly she stopped mid-chew.
Her eyes widened. She swallowed.
Sakumo watched without intruding.
“Do you like it?” he asked.
Minai nodded once.
“It is… good.”
That was the closest she had ever come to praise.
They ate in quiet, shared stillness rather than silence.
When the bowls were nearly empty, Minai reached into her pouch and placed three small coins on the counter.
“I can give three coins, I don’t know how much they are worth thought.” she said.
Teuchi paused, then smiled kindly- but before he could speak, Sakumo did.
“Keep them,” he said. “Someday you’ll buy something for someone else.”
Minai frowned. “I do not need a debt.”
“It isn’t a debt.”
“What is it then?”
“Sharing.”
Minai stared at him, trying to decide if that was a trap. It didn’t feel like one. She collected the coins and tucked them away, whispering a quiet thank you.
When they stepped back outside, the rain had lightened to a mist.
Sakumo walked her to the edge of the street where the alleys grew narrow again.
“Will you be there tomorrow?” he asked.
Minai thought carefully before answering.
“If I am alive.”
Sakumo stopped walking.
She didn’t understand why that changed his face.
He crouched again, voice quiet.
“You will be,” he said. “And I’ll find you.”
Minai nodded once.
She returned to her cardboard shelter. Pakkun lingered a moment longer, giving her a look that felt like understanding, before trotting after his summoner.
For the first time since arriving in Konoha, Minai lay down with real, gentle warmth in her stomach.
The rain continued through the night.
But she did not feel cold.
Chapter 3: The White Fang of Konoha
Notes:
Another chapter for you guys! I love Hatake Sakumo as a character so to include him in my story is both a pleasure and a privilege.
Enjoy reading!
Chapter Text
The rain did not stop that week.
Minai stayed in her cardboard shelter, blanket wrapped tightly around her shoulders, waiting for the footsteps that sometimes came and sometimes didn’t. She did not expect Sakumo to return. Adults rarely did things twice unless they had to.
So when she heard a familiar voice at the end of the alley, she froze.
“Pakkun. Slow down. I am coming.”
The pug trotted around the corner first, shaking water from his ears. Minai blinked at him.
“You came back,” she whispered.
Pakkun gave a short snort, as if it were obvious.
A moment later, Sakumo appeared. He was not wearing armour this time. His clothes were still practical, but softer, as if today was not meant for battle.
He took in the sight of her: hair dripping, bare feet tucked under her, a carefully organised row of collected coins beside the cardboard.
“May I sit?” he asked.
Minai frowned. The question confused her.
“You are a shinobi,” she said. “You can sit anywhere.”
Sakumo smiled a little. Not amused at her expense-just warmed by her logic.
“Then I am choosing here.”
He crouched beside her, not close enough to crowd her, but close enough to share the space.
Minai watched him without speaking. Adults usually filled silence with noise. Sakumo didn’t.
After a moment, she asked, “Why did you come back?”
“Because I said I would,” he replied simply.
She waited for more. That was all.
Pakkun settled himself at her feet, sighing as if this was now his official duty.
After a while, Sakumo stood again and offered a hand, not touching her.
“Are you hungry?”
Minai thought about the answer.
“I have eaten,” she said.
“How recently?”
She paused.
“Yesterday.”
Sakumo nodded once. “Then let us fix that.”
Ichiraku was busier than the first time. The smell of broth drifted out into the street. Lantern light flickered across the counter, making Minai squint.
Teuchi looked up, wiping his hands on a towel.
“Back again, Hatake-san,” he said warmly. His eyes flicked to Minai with a hint of recognition. “And the young miss.”
Minai stiffened slightly. Being noticed still felt dangerous.
Sakumo gestured to the stool beside him.
“Same as before?” he asked.
Minai hesitated.
“Is it allowed?”
“You are allowed to like the same thing twice.”
She nodded slowly and climbed onto the stool.
Teuchi prepared the bowls with practiced ease. When he placed one in front of Minai, steam curled up in soft waves, carrying the scent of chicken and miso, he had added extra chicken for her. Minai waited for permission, even though none had ever been required.
Sakumo gave a small nod.
She ate.
Not quickly this time, but carefully, as if learning the shape of warmth.
Sakumo watched her for a moment before asking, “Do people here speak to you often?”
“No.”
“Do you speak to them?”
“No.”
He didn’t look surprised.
“People can be slow to notice what matters,” he said.
Minai glanced at him. “You are noticed.”
“Sometimes,” Sakumo answered. “Not always in the way I would like.”
She thought about that while chewing.
The meetings continued.
Not every day. Not predictably. Minai did not wait for them- waiting was something that led to disappointment- but when Sakumo appeared at the end of the alley, she stood a little straighter.
On the fifth meeting, he arrived carrying something wrapped in cloth.
“I brought you something,” he said.
Minai blinked. “Why?”
“Because you deserve more than survival.”
He unwrapped the cloth.
Paper. Charcoal. A small slate board.
Minai stared.
Sakumo sat beside her.
“Do you know how to write your name?” he asked.
She shook her head.
He wrote carefully on the slate:
Minai.
“This is you,” he said.
Minai frowned. “I know I am me.”
Sakumo smiled. “Now the world will know too, when it sees this.”
She watched his hand, memorising the shape of each stroke.
“May I try?” she asked.
“Of course.”
Her first attempt was crooked. The second was better. By the fifth, Sakumo paused with genuine astonishment.
“You learn quickly,” he said.
Minai kept writing, not looking up.
“I look and listen.”
He remembered having a similar conversation with his son, he was also around her age.
On another afternoon, they sat on a quiet patch of grass near the river. Pakkun was dozing beside them, chin on his paws.
Sakumo drew a simple diagram in the dirt.
“These are the Five Great Nations,” he explained. “Konoha is here.”
Minai pointed. “And Amegakure?”
“In the centre, between them all.”
She traced the map with her eyes.
“So there are many places,” she said softly.
“Yes.”
“Are they all fighting?”
“Right now, most of them are.”
She nodded slowly, accepting rather than fearing it.
After a moment, she looked up at him.
“You are a shinobi, are you not, Sakumo-san?”
“Yes.”
“You protect people.”
“I try.”
“You protected me.”
Sakumo inhaled.
“You were alone,” he said quietly.
“Everyone is alone,” Minai replied. “But you stopped.”
He had no answer for that.
A long silence passed before Minai spoke again.
“If being a shinobi means being like you,” she said, “then I want to be one. I want to protect too.”
Sakumo’s throat tightened. For a moment, he had to look away. Such praise was rare. And she didn’t eve know how touching her words are
“It is a hard life,” he said gently.
“So is this one.”
He let out a breath that sounded almost like surrender.
“Next time I am home,” he said, “I will teach you some shinobi things.”
Minai’s expression did not change, but something in her shoulders eased.
“Is that a promise?” she asked.
“Yes.”
“Then I will be here.”
Pakkun opened one eye, hen she left.
“You’ve done it now,” he muttered.
Sakumo laughed under his breath.
“Yes,” he said. “I believe I have.”
——————————————————————————
The next time Sakumo returned, he was carrying something under his arm instead of food.
Minai noticed immediately. She always noticed what people held. Objects told her whether someone planned to stay or leave.
Sakumo sat beside her in their usual spot behind the restaurant, the rain light enough that the smell of broth from Ichiraku drifted through the alley.
“I brought you something again,” he said.
Minai watched cautiously. Adults rarely gave things without expecting something in return.
He unwrapped a folded cloth.
Inside were several more sheets of scrap paper, a small slate board, and a charcoal pencil, smooth from being used down to half its length.
Minai stared, recognising the items.
“This is all the letter,” Sakumo said.
He wrote slowly across the slate in clean, deliberate strokes and repeated them all once.
She frowned at the board.
“I see,” she said.
Sakumo smiled softly.
“Try it,” he said.
Minai copied the letters.
The first attempts was crooked again, the second shaky. By the third, the lines steadied. Soon, Sakumo blinked in open surprise, once again.
“You really do learn quickly,” he murmured.
Minai continued, writing her letters again and again with the quiet intensity of someone who understood that repetition was how you stayed alive.
A few days later, they moved to the quieter spot near the river. The water was low that week, revealing stones slick with moss. Pakkun stretched out on the grass beside them, looking half asleep.
Sakumo placed the paper between them.
“Today we will add numbers,” he said.
Minai nodded, holding the charcoal as if it were a weapon she was still learning how to balance.
“One,” he said, drawing a straight line.
She copied it.
“Two.”
She wrote it without hesitation.
“Three.”
She paused.
“Why do letters matter?” she asked suddenly.
Sakumo looked at her, surprised by the question.
“Because people forget what they do not write down.”
Minai considered that for several seconds. Her expression did not change, but her grip on the pencil tightened.
“Then I will one day write my mother down, somehow,” she said.
Sakumo’s breath caught, almost imperceptibly.
“Yes,” he said quietly. “You will.”
They continued.
He wrote simple words next:
ramen
home
Konoha
Minai copied each one carefully, her small hands steady despite the cold breeze coming off the river.
When she finished, she asked, “Will these stop someone from forgetting?”
Sakumo paused, choosing his answer with care.
“They will stop you from forgetting,” he said.
That seemed to satisfy her.
On another afternoon, Pakkun was more awake than usual. He sat upright, watching Minai practise writing in the dirt with a twig while Sakumo observed her posture.
Sakumo mentioned it casually.
“Pakkun is a ninken,” he said.
Minai looked up immediately.
“A shinobi dog?”
“Yes.”
She tilted her head, thinking it over.
“So he has a rank too?”
Pakkun let out a long-suffering sigh.
“I am the rank itself, pup.”
Minai froze.
Her eyes went very wide.
Sakumo watched her carefully. Most children screamed the first time.
But Minai didn’t move. She stared at Pakkun as if waiting for a second confirmation.
“You can talk,” she said finally.
Pakkun stared back flatly.
“Apparently you can state the obvious.”
There was a long pause.
Then Minai laughed.
Not a small huff, not the polite sound she sometimes made for Sakumo’s sake.
A real laugh.
It startled them both more than Pakkun’s voice had startled her.
Sakumo felt something tighten in his chest.
Pakkun looked away, muttering, “Humans are emotional.”
Later, when the lesson ended and the light began to fade, they sat together in the grass.
Sakumo glanced at her.
“You took that well.”
Pakkun snorted. “Most kids scream, run, or faint.”
Minai shrugged lightly.
“Why wouldn’t I take it well? Now I have two friends I can talk to.”
Sakumo went still.
Pakkun slowly lowered his head onto his paws, ears tilted back.
For a moment, none of them spoke.
The river moved quietly beside them.
Minai looked down at the slate board with her name written across it, tracing the letters with her fingertip as if memorising their shape through touch alone.
Friends was a small word.
But for Minai, it was the first word that ever meant safety.
And safety was something she had not known until now.
——————————————————————————
The first time Sakumo made her stand in a proper stance, Minai thought it felt like waiting for an attack she could not see.
They met in a small, unused training ground on the edge of Konoha, a place where the grass grew a little longer between scuffed patches of earth. Old wooden posts stood like tired sentries, marked with dents and kunai scars from someone else’s practice long ago.
It was dawn. The village was still half-asleep. Mist hung low, curling around Minai’s ankles as she stood barefoot in the dirt.
Sakumo stood in front of her, arms folded.
“Feet wider,” he said.
She moved her feet apart.
“Too wide. You will fall over when someone nudges you.”
She adjusted.
“Too narrow. Someone will knock you down without trying.”
Minai frowned.
“Then where?”
Sakumo stepped forward and gently used his boot to nudge her foot into place, then the other. He tapped her knee so she bent it slightly.
“There,” he said. “Now drop your weight.”
She lowered her centre of gravity, shoulders tensing.
“Relax here,” he added, nudging her shoulder. “Tension wastes energy. You need that later.”
“This is a lot,” Minai muttered.
“It is the basics.”
“Basics are a lot.”
He smiled faintly.
“Get used to it.”
He moved into the same stance opposite her.
“This is called your guard stance,” he said. “From here, you can move quickly in any direction.”
Minai stared down at her feet.
“It feels like standing in the way,” she said.
“It is standing so you can choose where to move instead of being pushed.”
She considered that.
“Again,” he said.
She reset. Feet wrong. He corrected. Knees straight. He corrected. Back rigid. He corrected again.
By the tenth time, she was less annoyed.
By the twentieth, her body moved into place more smoothly.
By the thirtieth, she did it without thinking.
“Good,” he said. “Now we add movement.”
She groaned quietly.
They practised steps forwards and backwards, then side to side. Sakumo’s movements were clean and economical; Minai’s were small and awkward at first, but she watched with the sharp, hungry focus she had once used to count patrols in Amegakure.
He demonstrated.
“Push off the ball of your foot,” he said. “Do not bounce. You are not jumping. You are shifting.”
Minai copied. Her first attempt was too springy; she lost balance and had to catch herself.
“Again,” he said.
She tried. Again. Again.
By the time the sun cleared the tree line, her legs ached and her breath came in short puffs, but her steps were beginning to match his rhythm.
“Sakumo-san,” she panted, pushing sweat soaked hair from her eyes, “how many times do I repeat it?”
“Until your body remembers without you asking it to,” he replied.
She scowled. “That is not a number.”
“It is the right answer.”
She made a small, dissatisfied noise.
“Again,” he repeated.
She obeyed.
Pakkun watched from the side, tail flicking occasionally.
After an hour, when Minai’s stance finally stopped wobbling every second step, Pakkun ambled over to Sakumo’s side.
“She learns like your pup,” he commented.
Sakumo glanced down at him.
“Yes,” he said quietly. “Too fast for my peace of mind.”
He thought of Kakashi in the academy grounds, copying every technique he saw with a precision that made older students nervous. He thought of Minai here, barefoot on half-forgotten earth, learning the same fundamentals without a roof, a uniform, or a surname.
The unfairness stung.
Kakashi had a bed.
Minai had cardboard.
Yet they both moved with the same relentless drive, the same refusal to stay small.
In the weeks that followed, their training found a rhythm.
When Sakumo was in the village and not assigned to a mission or with Kakashi, he slipped away early or late, finding Minai at their meeting places with the unerring sense of someone used to tracking targets.
Their first lesson after stances was how to fall.
“Everyone falls,” he said, standing above her as she knelt on the training ground. “The difference between living and not is how you hit the ground.”
“Do not fall,” Minai replied.
“You will,” Sakumo said. “Even the best do. So we learn to fall well.”
He demonstrated, letting himself drop backwards and slapping the ground with his arm at an angle, distributing the impact.
Minai watched, eyes narrowed, then tried to copy.
She did not slap hard enough. The impact shocked up her spine. She grunted, teeth clicking together.
“Again,” he said.
She glared up at him. “You enjoy that word.”
“It is useful.”
They practised backwards, then sideways, then rolling. Her first rolls were clumsy, ending with dirt on her cheek and hair in her mouth. By the tenth attempt, she could carry the momentum back into a standing position.
“Good,” he said.
She lay flat on the ground for a moment, staring up at the sky.
“It is blue,” she murmured.
“What is?”
“The sky.”
“Yes.”
“In Ame, it was grey.”
Sakumo sat down beside her and followed her gaze.
“Do you prefer blue?” he asked.
“It is too bright,” she said, after a pause. “But it is… less heavy.”
That was enough.
“Again,” he said.
She groaned and rolled to her feet.
Her progress was not linear in the way academy instructors liked to see, but it was precise.
When he taught her how to punch, she listened to every instruction.
“Thumb outside,” he said, guiding her hand. “If you put it inside and hit something, you will break it.”
She adjusted.
“Keep your wrist straight. Your arm should be like a line from your elbow to your knuckles.”
She adjusted again.
He held up a worn practice pad.
“Hit.”
She struck it.
“Not bad,” he said. “Again.”
She punched, and punched, and punched until her arms shook and her fists reddened.
After a time, he asked, “What are you thinking?”
She didn’t stop.
“That this would be easier if people were very still.”
He almost laughed.
Between sessions, he told her stories.
Not the heroic ones Konoha liked to polish for festivals, but small, practical ones: how to read a battlefield from sound alone, how to spot a trap set by Iwa shinobi, how Kiri moved differently in mist.
She listened without wide-eyed awe. She asked questions, good ones. She was sharp as a kunai and hungry for more knowledge.
“If someone is stronger than you,” she asked one day, while practising kicks against a tree stump, “do you run?”
Sakumo considered his answer, watching her foot snap out and back with gradually improving aim.
“Sometimes,” he said. “If running keeps your comrades alive.”
“What if you are alone?”
“Then you run if it means you will live to protect someone another day.”
She stopped kicking, lowering her leg.
“And if you cannot run?”
He met her gaze.
“Then you make sure they never see you in the first place.”
Her eyes narrowed thoughtfully.
“Then teach me that too.”
He hesitated.
“That is harder.”
“You said basics are a lot,” she replied. “You taught me those.”
He sighed quietly.
“Very well,” he agreed. “We will add hiding to our lessons.”
Pakkun huffed.
“You realise she is going to turn into a tiny assassin, right?” he remarked.
Sakumo glanced down.
“Better a tiny assassin who chooses who to protect,” he said, “than a hungry child in a gutter.”
War did not pause for their lessons.
As the months went on, Sakumo was called away more often. Sometimes he disappeared for weeks. Minai did not know where he went. Missions were not stories she was allowed to hear.
When he returned, sometimes with new scars, always with more weight in his eyes, their training resumed as if it had never stopped.
He never apologised for his absences. She never asked where he had been.
When he had more time, they trained first, then ate ramen.
When he did not, they ate first, and he corrected her stance with words instead of hours of repetition.
Between instructions, he would mention things in passing.
“Sand shinobi prefer long-distance engagements,” he said over a bowl one evening. “If they come close, it means they are confident.”
Minai wiped broth from her chin.
“Confident or arrogant?”
“Both.”
“Then you make them regret it.”
He paused, chopsticks halfway to his mouth.
“Sometimes I am not sure if I am teaching you or arming you,” he said.
“Both,” she replied.
He thought of Kakashi more often around her now.
His son trained at the academy most days, surrounded by other children, instructors, structured drills. At home, he had a clean futon, proper meals, a father who tried to be present when war allowed.
Minai had carved herself a place in the cracks of the village.
It gnawed at him that his two most talented pupils, blood or not, had such different foundations.
One evening, he arrived with a small bruise on his cheekbone, half hidden by his hair. Minai’s eyes caught it instantly.
“You fell,” she said.
“I did not,” he replied, sitting down. “Someone hit me.”
“You did not move fast enough.”
“Apparently not.”
She studied the bruise.
“Did you fall correctly?” she asked.
He blinked.
“Yes,” he said slowly.
“Good.”
He chuckled despite himself.
“My students are ruthless,” he said.
“You have another?” she asked.
“Kakashi,” he said. “My son.”
Minai went still for a heartbeat.
“Is he strong?” she asked.
“Very.”
Her gaze dropped to her hands.
“You teach him too.”
“Yes.”
“You taught him first, that’s why” she said huffing.
He opened his mouth, then closed it again. Then laughed.
Pakkun snorted.
“Humans and your complicated skill hierarchy,” the ninken muttered.
By the end of the war, Minai’s body had begun to change in small ways. Muscles defined themselves subtly along her arms, her stance solidified. She no longer tripped over uneven ground. She could fall, roll, and stand in one smooth movement.
Her basic kata, though still raw, had a flow that caught Sakumo’s eye more than once. She did not simply mimic. She adapted.
“Your hand is too low,” he said, stopping her mid sequence one day.
“It feels better this way,” she replied.
“Show me.”
She repeated the movement, adjusting her guard slightly. He watched with a practised eye.
“It covers more of your centre,” he admitted. “As long as you keep your elbow in.”
She did.
He nodded.
“Then that is your version.”
She smiled very faintly.
She knew how to punch without breaking her wrist.
She knew how to kick without losing her balance.
She knew how to break a grab on her arm using leverage instead of strength.
She knew, roughly, where Suna was on a map, and why Kiri’s shinobi moved like ghosts in fog.
She did not know how to enrol in the academy.
No one had asked that of her.
But she had a teacher.
And to Minai, that meant more than any classroom.
One evening, as they finished a set of drills, sweat cooling on her skin, she bowed out of habit.
“Thank you, Sakumo- shishou,” she said.
The honorific slipped out as if it had always belonged there.
Sakumo blinked.
He had been called many things on the battlefield. White Fang. Genius. Monster, by his enemies. Hero, by his comrades.
But shishou, spoken like that, quiet, matter-of-fact, with a child’s honest loyalty woven into it, felt heavier than any of them.
“Again,” he said, because he did not trust his voice to say anything else.
Minai reset her stance.
The war at the village’s borders rumbled on.
In a small, forgotten training ground, a man who would be broken by war and a girl who would outlive it kept moving, step after step, until their bodies remembered what their minds could not yet fully understand:
They were no longer alone.
——————————————————————————
The war ended quietly for Minai.
There were no celebrations in the alley behind the restaurant. No banners. No cheers. The only sign that something had changed was that the air smelled less of smoke and more of grilled meat from stalls that stayed open later into the evening.
For the first few days after the announcement, Sakumo did not come.
Minai did not count hours. She measured time by the way her hunger returned and left, by the way the shadows moved across the back wall of the restaurant. On the fifth evening, when the sky was turning the colour of old bruises, she heard familiar footsteps at the mouth of the alley.
Pakkun appeared first, trotting over with his usual, unimpressed expression. Sakumo followed, armour replaced by a flak jacket that looked less battered than before, though there were new scars on his hands.
Minai stood from her cardboard shelter.
“You did not come last week,” she said.
There was no accusation in her voice, only observation.
Sakumo ran a hand through his hair, shaking rain from it.
“Kakashi had a fever,” he said.
Minai considered this, then nodded once.
“Then you chose correctly.”
Sakumo huffed a soft breath, almost a laugh, almost a sigh.
“You say that like you are not a child too,” he said.
“I am not your child, he is,” Minai replied.
Pakkun made a small sound in his throat.
Sakumo looked at her for a long moment.
“Come on,” he said gently. “Ichiraku is still standing. That is something.”
The village was different when it was not preparing to defend itself.
Lanterns seemed brighter. Stalls stayed open later. People lingered in the streets, speaking in tones lighter than Minai had heard before. A man laughed loudly in front of a bar; children raced past them, chasing a ball, not a rumour.
Minai watched everything with the same cautious attention she had given war.
At Ichiraku, Teuchi greeted them with a smile that reached his eyes.
“Hatake-san,” he said. “Feels like I have not seen you in months.”
“I have been away,” Sakumo answered.
Teuchi looked at Minai.
“And you, young miss, you have been keeping my stall in business.”
Minai blinked. “I only have a few coins.”
Teuchi chuckled.
“It adds up,” he said.
They ate in their usual semi-silence. Minai slurped noodles with a little more confidence now, though she still watched other patrons to ensure she did not break some unknown rule.
When they finished, Sakumo leaned his elbows on the counter.
“The war is over,” he said.
Minai stared into the empty bowl.
“For everyone?” she asked.
“Not all at once,” he admitted. “But the fighting is done.”
She nodded slowly.
“Will you be gone less?” she asked.
“I will try,” he said.
It was the most honest answer he could give.
Trying turned out to be more complicated than saying.
Peace brought new kinds of work. Diplomats needed escorting, borders needed patrolling, reconstruction missions needed experienced shinobi. There were still bandits, still pockets of old anger, still the constant hum of politics beneath Konoha’s apparently calm surface.
And there was Kakashi.
Sakumo found himself pulled in two directions; one bound by blood, the other by a promise made in an alley.
Minai felt the change before anyone told her.
He began to arrive later. Sometimes not at all. When he did come, he smelled of hospital disinfectant or travel dust. He moved a little slower.
One evening, he found her halfway between the restaurant and the river, sitting on a low wall with her knees pulled to her chest.
“You moved,” he said.
“I can see the sky better here,” she replied.
He sat beside her.
“How is Kakashi?” she asked.
Sakumo blinked. “You remember his name.”
“You said it,” she answered. “I do not forget names people give me.”
“He is… stubborn,” Sakumo said, but there was warmth in his voice. “The academy suits him. He works too hard.”
Minai tilted her head.
“That sounds familiar,” she said.
Pakkun snorted.
Sakumo rubbed a hand over his face.
“I am an uncreative teacher,” he said.
Minai thought that was untrue, but she did not say so. She watched a bird wheel overhead instead.
“Will you teach him the same things you taught me?” she asked.
“Some of them I already did,” Sakumo said. “Some he will learn a different way.”
She nodded once.
“Good,” she said. “You should teach him more. He is yours.”
He turned to her.
“And you?” he asked.
She shrugged lightly.
“You taught me how to stand,” she said. “I can stay up now.”
It was not an answer that satisfied him, but he did not know how to question it without making it into a wound.
Sometimes, when Sakumo could not come, Minai still went to Ichiraku.
She walked in alone, her clothes still a little too big, her hair tied back with a frayed strip of cloth. She climbed onto the stool that had become unofficially hers and placed her coins on the counter.
“What kind of ramen can I get for this much?” she asked.
Teuchi picked up the coins, glanced at them, and set them back down.
“The usual,” he said.
“But that is chicken miso,” Minai replied. “It is more expensive.”
Teuchi shrugged.
“Call it a regular customer discount,” he said.
Minai narrowed her eyes slightly.
“Is it a gift?” she asked.
“It is lunch,” he said.
She accepted that.
The bowl arrived, steam curling into her face, the smell sliding down into some part of her that remembered being smaller, colder, hungrier. She ate slowly, savouring each mouthful.
When she finished, she pushed the coins towards Teuchi again.
“Until next time, Teuchi-san, thank you for lunch,” she said.
“See you soon kid,” he agreed.
She left without looking back, because turning her head meant risking the hope that someone would be watching her go.
Orochimaru saw her by accident.
He had returned to Konoha with the other Sannin, the war behind them like a shadow that refused to stay on the ground. He had spent the day in meetings, reports, discussions about casualties and resources and future threats. He had spoken to Hiruzen. He had stood beside Jiraiya and Tsunade, the three of them together and separate in ways that tired him.
He was walking past the market in the late afternoon when he noticed a thin figure at the river.
A child, kneeling at the water’s edge, washing a shirt with practised movements. Dark hair tied back. Bare feet on the damp stones.
He might have walked past. There were many war orphans. The sight was sadly common.
Then she turned her head slightly, and he saw her eyes.
Recognition struck like a kunai.
“Orochimaru-san.”
Her voice had changed a little, but not enough to be someone else’s.
He stopped on the bridge above her, looking down.
“Minai,” he said.
She stood, wringing the water from the shirt. It was one of the few she owned; he could tell by the way she handled it, careful and efficient.
“You are taller,” he observed.
“You are the same,” she replied.
It was almost a compliment.
He studied her in silence for a moment.
Her clothes were patched. Her arms were still thin. There was a hardness in the lines of her shoulders that did not belong on a child her age.
“Where are you living?” he asked.
She did not answer immediately.
“Near the restaurant,” she said at last.
“In the alley,” he said.
It was not a question.
She did not deny it.
Something cold and sharp flashed through him.
“So this is what village protection looks like,” he murmured.
She blinked.
“Sarutobi-sensei said you would be cared for,” he continued. “You look… similar to how I found you.”
Minai glanced at her reflection in the water, then back at him.
“I am not in the rain,” she said. “There is a roof. Sometimes.”
He did not find that reassuring.
“Have you been to the orphanage at all?” he asked.
“I stayed almost a week,” she said. “Then I left.”
“Why?”
“They did not want me there, because I’m a foreigner,” she replied. A simple fact. “And they did not look for me when I left.”
Orochimaru closed his eyes briefly, a muscle in his jaw tightening.
He had not checked on her after bringing her to Konoha. There had been war, and experiments, and missions, and his own darkness gnawing at the edges of his focus. He had assumed the village systems would hold her.
It was a stupid assumption. He did not make those often.
“Do you wish to be a shinobi?” he asked.
Minai looked at him steadily.
“Yes.”
“Why?” he asked, curious of the answer.
She thought of Sakumo, of Pakkun, of ramen, of hours spent falling and standing again.
“Because people who protect should be stronger than people who hurt,” she said. “And because you and Sakumo-shishou showed me that sometimes they are.”
The corner of his mouth twitched.
“You have terrible role models,” he said.
“I have only two,” she replied.
He turned away abruptly.
“I will speak to the Hokage.”
“Orochimaru-san,” she said.
He glanced back.
“You stopped again,” she said.
Her voice was quiet, but the words landed with more weight than any praise he had ever received.
He left without responding.
Hiruzen was sorting through the latest reports when Orochimaru opened the office door without waiting for permission.
Hiruzen sighed softly.
“I could have been in a meeting,” he said.
“You were not,” Orochimaru replied. He stepped inside, eyes cold.
Hiruzen set his pipe down.
“What is it?”
“I found Minai,” Orochimaru said.
Hiruzen looked puzzled for a moment, then the name clicked into place.
“The Ame child,” he said. “The one who claimed Uchiha lineage.”
“The one I brought here personally,” Orochimaru said. “The one you placed in the orphanage.”
“Yes,” Hiruzen said slowly. “Is there a problem?”
“She is living behind a restaurant,” Orochimaru said. His voice did not rise, but every word sharpened. “Eating from bins. Washing her clothes in the river. Still alone.”
Hiruzen’s shoulders sank a fraction.
“She ran away,” he said. “The staff reported it. ANBU were instructed to keep an eye on her.”
“To watch,” Orochimaru said. “Not to help.”
“Interference can be difficult,” Hiruzen said.
“For you, perhaps,” Orochimaru replied.
The silence stretched.
Hiruzen reached for his pipe, then stopped, fingers curling around nothing.
“What do you propose?” he asked.
“At the very least, enrol her in the academy,” Orochimaru said. “She has aptitude. She survives where others would not. She is precisely the kind of person this village wastes when it looks away.”
Hiruzen exhaled slowly.
“The council will question the decision,” he said. “She has no clan, no sponsor, no proof of heritage.”
“Then sponsor her,” Orochimaru said.
Hiruzen blinked.
“You?”
“Or you,” Orochimaru said. “You are fond of obligations.”
The Hokage hesitated. The war had ended, but the village was still bleeding resources. He knew the council, knew their whispers, their suspicion. An Ame-born child with a rumoured Uchiha father was a complicated knot.
But he also knew Minai’s file. Her early reports. The brief note about how Orochimaru had found her. The line about Amegakure. The unspoken risk of letting such a child drift.
“Very well,” he said at last. “I will see what can be done.”
It was not the firm answer Orochimaru wanted, but it was movement.
He turned to leave.
The door slid open before he reached it.
Danzo stood in the threshold as if he had been waiting for his cue.
Danzo Shimura entered the room like a shadow in bandages.
“Orochimaru,” he said mildly. “Hiruzen.”
Orochimaru’s eyes narrowed.
“Hiruzen and I are discussing academy placements,” Hiruzen said.
“Are you, now?” Danzo’s single visible eye shifted towards Orochimaru. “I heard something interesting, just outside.”
Of course he had.
Orochimaru stepped aside, making no attempt to hide his irritation.
“You are concerned about a stray, I see,” Danzo said. “The Ame child.”
“Concerned that she is being wasted,” Orochimaru replied.
Danzo inclined his head slightly.
“Waste is indeed a problem,” he said. “Especially now. The war may be over, but its consequences are not.”
He turned to Hiruzen.
“If this child is as resilient as you say,” he went on, “and as talented as Orochimaru seems to believe, then perhaps the academy is not the most efficient place for her.”
Orochimaru stiffened.
“Root can provide rigorous training,” Danzo continued. “Discipline. Purpose. Shelter. Food. Everything she lacks now. And we both know, Hiruzen, that this village will need strong operatives in the years to come.”
Root. The word sat in the air like a stone.
Hiruzen’s mouth tightened.
“She is still a child,” he said.
“Root shapes children into weapons that protect the village,” Danzo replied blandly. “Better she be sharpened with intent than left to rust in a gutter.”
Orochimaru’s voice turned cool.
“She is not a piece of discarded metal.”
“She is an asset we cannot afford to ignore,” Danzo said.
The three of them stood in the same room, looking at the same absent child, seeing three different things.
Hiruzen saw a responsibility he had already failed once.
Orochimaru saw a girl who had looked at him with clear eyes in the rain and remembered his name.
Danzo saw potential without a clan to claim it.
“There will be questions,” Hiruzen said quietly. “About why Root.”
“We can present it as charity, if that eases the council’s conscience,” Danzo said. “A war orphan, taken in by a dedicated training programme. It will sound admirable.”
Orochimaru’s lip curled in a snarl.
“At least in Root she will have a bed,” Danzo added. “And three meals a day. That is more than she has now.”
The argument slid under Hiruzen’s armour more effectively than any moral plea.
He thought of her record. Of the orphanage reports. Of the note about her slipping away, about ANBU eyes watching her in the dark and doing nothing. Of Sakumo’s training.
Orochimaru saw the decision forming before the words left Hiruzen’s mouth.
“She should be in the academy,” Orochimaru said.
“Root operates under the Hokage’s command,” Danzo said smoothly. “You would still be… indirectly responsible for her well-being, Hiruzen.”
It was a clever move. On paper, it kept ultimate authority with the Hokage. In practice, it gave Danzo what he wanted.
Hiruzen closed his eyes briefly.
War had trained him to weigh lives against stability, to balance individual cost against collective security. He hated that part of himself. He used it anyway.
“Very well,” he said at last. The words tasted like ash. “She will be placed under Root’s training programme.”
Orochimaru’s hands curled at his sides.
“You are making a mistake,” he said.
“Perhaps,” Hiruzen said. “Perhaps I made the first one when I assumed the orphanage was enough.”
He opened his eyes.
“This way, she will have food. A bed. Training.”
“A leash,” Orochimaru said.
Hiruzen did not deny it.
Danzo inclined his head.
“I will make the arrangements,” he said. “You will not regret this, Hiruzen.”
He left as silently as he had arrived.
The office felt colder.
Orochimaru stood there for a long moment, staring at the door.
“You are giving her to him,” he said.
“I am giving her to a system that will keep her alive,” Hiruzen answered.
Orochimaru’s eyes were like a snake’s.
“Sometimes,” he said softly, “survival is the cruelest choice.”
He turned and walked out.
Minai sat on the riverbank again that evening, watching the water slide past. She had washed her shirt and spread it out on a rock to dry. The sky overhead was streaked with orange.
She heard someone approach and did not need to turn to know who it was.
“Orochimaru-san,” she said.
He came to stand beside her, hands in his sleeves, expression cool and distant.
“Things are going to change,” he said.
“War already ended,” she replied.
“This is different.”
She looked up at him.
“You want to be a shinobi,” he said.
“Yes.”
“There is a place,” he went on, “where children are trained for that life. It is… strict. Harsh. But you would have a bed. Food. Instruction.”
“Is it the academy?” she asked.
“No,” he said. “It is another unit. Root.”
She tasted the word silently.
“Is it under Hiruzen-sama?” she asked.
“In theory,” Orochimaru said.
He did not tell her who truly held the reins. She would learn that soon enough.
“If I go there,” she said, “will I stop being in the way?”
“You are not in the way,” he said. It was one of the few outright contradictions he ever offered her.
“But I am in the cracks,” she replied. “They do not see me unless someone like you points.”
He did not argue.
“You would be seen there,” he said. “Constantly.”
She considered that.
“Will I learn how to protect?” she asked.
“Yes,” he said. There was no lie in that.
She nodded once.
“Then I will go.”
He felt an unfamiliar sensation twist in his chest at how easily she accepted it.
“Minai,” he said.
She turned her head.
“If it becomes too much,” he said quietly, “remember that you are not something they own.”
She frowned slightly.
“I am me,” she said. “Sakumo-shishou taught me my name.”
He inclined his head.
“Do not let them make you forget it.”
The river moved on, carrying reflections of the village lights.
In a tower not far away, Hiruzen Sarutobi stared at his desk, at an empty corner where a file would soon sit with a new stamp on it.
Root.
Another decision made for the sake of the village.
Another child folded into the machinery.
The system had chosen the most expedient path. That did not make it the right one.
Outside, beneath a sky that was still learning how to be peaceful, Minai watched the last light fade and held her name like a weapon no one could see.
——————————————————————————
Minai found Sakumo in the training grounds near the Hatake compound.
Evening light slanted through the trees, catching on the pale edges of his hair as he corrected a dummy’s harness. The place smelled of dust and cut grass. She watched him for a moment from the shade, taking in the steady efficiency of his movements.
He always moved like someone prepared to be interrupted.
Pakkun spotted her first. The pug lifted his head from where he was sprawled in the dirt and let out a short bark.
Sakumo turned.
When he saw her, his face lifted in a way that reached all the way to his eyes.
“Minai,” he said. “You found me this time.”
She stepped out from the shadow, hands resting lightly on the strap of the small, plain bag over her shoulder. Everything she owned was in it. Danzo had told her she was not to speak of Root to anyone.
She had listened. It was what she had always done.
But she needed to do one thing first.
“I am going to learn how to be a shinobi,” she said.
Sakumo blinked, then smiled, warmth blooming through the tired lines of his face.
“At the academy?” he asked, relief in his voice. “That is good. Kakashi will be starting classes soon too. Maybe you will be classmates.”
Minai thought about the question.
At the academy.
Root was technically under the Hokage, part of the same structure. Children there trained, wore masks, protected the village. It was not a lie, not in the way Danzo would define it.
She nodded once.
“Yes,” she said. “I am going to learn.”
Sakumo exhaled, the tension in his shoulders easing.
“I am glad,” he said. “You deserve a place there.”
“I have you, too” she replied.
He hesitated, then stepped closer and rested a hand briefly on her head. He did not ruffle her hair. He placed his palm there gently, like something reverent.
“You do, and you will do well,” he said. “You worked harder than any of them already.”
She looked up at him.
“Then I will learn quickly,” she said, voice quiet but firm, “so I do not embarrass you, shishou.”
The title settled between them more solidly than ever. His hand tightened slightly against her hair.
“You could never embarrass me,” he said.
Pakkun padded over and sat at Minai’s feet.
“Try not to break the academy,” he muttered.
“I will be careful,” she said.
There was a faint scuffing sound at the edge of the grounds, where the path curved towards the Hatake house. A boy’s voice called from somewhere behind the trees.
“Otou-san.”
Sakumo glanced over his shoulder instinctively. Kakashi was a brief silhouette beyond the branches, silver hair as bright as his father’s.
Minai followed his gaze but did not move closer.
“You should go,” she said. “Kakashi needs you.”
“So do you,” Sakumo replied.
She shook her head.
“You taught me enough,” she said. “I can do the next bit.”
He did not like that answer.
“Minai,” he started.
“It is all right,” she said. “You chose correctly before. You will again.”
He searched her face for some sign of hesitation, some weakness he could persuade her out of. All he saw was resolve, sharpened by a life that had required too much of it already.
“If anything happens,” he said, “if you need help…”
“I will not run from training,” she said. “That would be rude.”
He almost laughed.
“Sometimes running is wise.”
“I will remember that,” she said.
“Otou-san,” the boy’s voice called again, fainter now as he moved away, perhaps assuming his father was occupied with other matters.
Sakumo looked back towards the trees, then at her once more.
“Come visit when you can,” he said. “Tell me about your lessons.”
“If they let me,” she said.
He did not hear the edge of truth in that. Or perhaps he did and chose not to name it.
“Goodbye for now, Minai,” he said.
She bowed, formal and low.
“Goodbye, Sakumo shishou. Thank you for everything.”
She turned and walked away, feeling his gaze on her until the path bent and the trees swallowed her.
She will never see him again.
Root did not feel like a place beneath the village.
It felt like a place beneath the world.
The corridors were narrow, lit by sparse lamps that hummed faintly. The air was cool, stale in a way that said it did not change often. Minai’s footsteps echoed softly on the stone as she followed the operative assigned to escort her.
Children were not meant to be here. That was the sense she had. Yet most of the faces she passed were young. Some barely older than she was. Their eyes were blank and focused, like windows with the curtains drawn.
Danzo waited for her in a plain room that might have been an office, might have been an interrogation chamber. The difference was mostly in the furniture, and there was very little of that.
He looked her over with that single, assessing eye, then gestured to the chair in front of the desk.
“Sit.”
She sat.
“You wished to become a shinobi,” he said.
“Yes.”
“This programme exists to protect the village from the shadows,” he said. His voice was smooth, almost gentle, but entirely devoid of warmth. “You will undergo training here. It will be rigorous. You will follow orders without question. You will give yourself fully to Konoha.”
Minai held his gaze.
“Do you understand?” he asked.
“Yes,” she said.
“Then you will begin.”
That was it. No welcome. No explanation of where she would sleep, where she would eat. She discovered those by following orders, by watching, by imitation.
Her days fell into a pattern that squeezed out everything else.
Wake before dawn.
Physical drills until her limbs shook.
Hand to hand combat.
Weapons practice.
Meditation exercises, mislabelled; they were more like manufactured emptiness.
Lessons on obedience. Lessons on loyalty. Lessons on silence.
Emotion was an error to be corrected.
When the instructors barked commands, she obeyed. When they introduced the suppression exercises, she followed, but within her she kept a small, stubborn core untouched.
She remembered her mother’s face when the coughing had grown worse.
She remembered the feel of Sakumo’s hand resting on her head.
She remembered the first taste of chicken miso ramen at Ichiraku.
The instructors could not force their way into her memories. They could only observe her actions.
And those aligned perfectly with their expectations.
“She adapts quickly,” one of them noted, voice muffled through the wall.
“Too quickly,” another said. “We will have to watch that.”
“Useful,” Danzo’s voice cut across. “As long as control is maintained.”
He watched her through one-way glass more than once.
Her strikes grew sharper. Her footwork, honed by Sakumo, slipped easily into Root’s patterns. She did not resist the harshness of the training. She absorbed it.
Danzo saw a weapon forming.
A potentially Uchiha-blooded weapon without a clan to demand her return.
In the quiet moments when others tried to empty themselves, Minai did something else.
She listed names in her head.
Mother.
Sakumo.
Pakkun.
Hiruzen.
Orochimaru.
She repeated them like kata.
If they stayed, she stayed.
Danzo’s ambitions coiled themselves around the image of her like smoke.
An operative, first. A subtle one, trained from childhood.
A potential Uchiha asset, second. The potential for a Sharingan, unmonitored by Fugaku’s clan compound.
A future tool of breeding, third. The notion slithered through his thoughts coldly, a way to produce Uchiha soldiers under his own authority if the clan ever turned.
He did not linger on that idea. Not out of decency, but because timing mattered. Children grew. Circumstances shifted. He would not be rushed.
For now, she was training.
For now, her value increased each day she survived.
“How is she progressing?” he asked one afternoon, hands hidden in his sleeves as he stood before a row of reports.
“Physically, excellent,” an instructor said. “Emotionally, she… thinks too much.”
“Thinking is not a flaw,” Danzo replied. “It is unchanneled thinking that becomes problematic.”
“Shall we intensify the suppression drills?” the man asked.
“Not yet,” Danzo said. “A mind that can make connections is useful. We will tighten the leash later.”
The underground rooms had no windows. Minai lost the habit of looking for the sky.
Time became rotations of meals and training and sleep. She grew stronger. Scars appeared on her knuckles. Her body learned to move in ways that anticipated pain and redirected it. She watched the other Root children closely. Some went blank around the eyes. Some developed small ticks they never acknowledged. One boy muttered numbers under his breath between exercises.
No one spoke unless spoken to.
It was a rule.
At night, lying on the thin bed assigned to her, Minai stared at the ceiling and counted the breaths until sleep came.
On the thirty-third breath, she would remember Sakumo’s voice.
On the forty-seventh, Pakkun’s sarcasm.
On the fifty-second, the way ramen steam curled in cold air.
She let those memories pass through her without clinging. Clinging was dangerous. Remembering was necessary.
The news came on a day that felt like any other.
They had just finished a sparring rotation. Minai’s lungs burned; sweat clung to her hair, making it heavier against her neck. She sat on the floor against the wall, waiting for the next order.
Two Root operatives walked past in the corridor outside, speaking in low voices. She would not have heard them if the training room’s door had been fully shut.
It was not.
“Did you hear about Sakumo the White Fang?” one said.
Minai’s head tipped slightly, like a dog catching an unfamiliar sound.
“Konoha’s own ghost,” the other replied. “Hard not to.”
“They say he killed himself,” the first one said. “Over that mission.”
Minai’s world lurched.
The breath in her chest froze somewhere between inhalation and exhalation. The sounds in the room sharpened and receded at the same time. Someone’s foot scuffed the mat. A drop of sweat slid down her temple.
“Despair, they say,” the second operative continued. “Shame. Who knows.”
Their voices moved away, the words fading into the hum of Root’s interior. The door swung closed fully.
Minai did not move.
White Fang.
Hatake Sakumo.
She stood up slowly.
The instructor at the front of the room barked an order.
“Next pairs will be…”
“Sir,” Minai said.
Her voice did not shake. It felt distant from her throat, like it came from somewhere further back inside her.
The instructor turned towards her, eyes narrowing.
“You do not speak without being addressed,” he said.
“Sir,” she repeated, “is it true that Hatake Sakumo is dead?”
The room went very still.
“Return to your place,” the instructor said. “That information is irrelevant to your training.”
Minai did not move.
“Sir,” she said again, “I require confirmation.”
The instructor’s jaw tightened.
“Wait here,” he said at last, and left the room.
The others pretended not to look at her. Pretended not to hear.
Minutes stretched, thick and viscous.
When the door opened again, it was not the instructor who returned.
Danzo stepped inside, the quiet sound of his sandals like punctuation against the floor.
“All of you,” he said, without raising his voice, “continue individual drills.”
The children obeyed instantly, forms shifting into kata. The room filled with the controlled sound of fists and feet striking the air.
Danzo approached Minai.
“You asked a question,” he said.
“Yes,” she replied.
“You wish to know if Hatake Sakumo is dead.”
“Yes.”
“It is true,” he said. “He took his own life.”
He delivered the words the way he delivered everything else. Flat. Precise. Without cushioning.
“Why?” she asked.
“He made a decision on a mission,” Danzo said. “The village did not approve. He felt shame.”
Shame.
The word scraped against everything she knew about Sakumo.
“The village…” she began, then stopped. Her throat felt tight.
Danzo watched her carefully.
“You knew him,” he said. Not a question.
“He fed me,” Minai said. “He taught me.”
“He was a prominent shinobi,” Danzo said. “Many children admired him.”
“I did not admire,” she said. “I trusted.”
The distinction seemed to interest him.
“Regardless,” he said, “he is gone. Dwelling on it serves no purpose.”
For Root, perhaps.
For Minai, it tore something open. The brilliant, kind and caring Sakumo-shishou died of shame? The village didn’t deserve him, the world didn’t deserve him.
She thought of the way Sakumo’s hand had rested on her head that last day. The way he had said “Come visit” as if there would always be a next time. She thought of Kakashi’s small silhouette through the trees, calling for his father.
His wife had died when Kakashi was young. Sakumo had told Minai that once, late after training, in the soft, matter-of-fact way people spoke when they did not want sympathy.
Now Kakashi had no mother.
No father.
He was alone.
Just as she had been.
The thought arrived and slotted itself into place with a horrible, perfect click.
Something inside her chest twisted, then cracked.
The room around her tilted.
The lamplight seemed to flare, then narrow. Every sound sharpened until it felt like a knife sliding along her nerves. The faint shuffle of another operative’s foot, the whisper of cloth over skin, Danzo’s slow, measured breathing. Even the drip of water from a pipe somewhere down the hall sounded close enough to touch.
The edges of objects grew too crisp. She could see every fibre in the tatami, every scuff on the training post in the corner, the exact pattern of tiny callouses on Danzo’s fingers where his hands showed.
Her own reflection flashed in his single exposed eye, distorted, red-tinged.
Her heart pounded, not in her chest, but everywhere.
“Interesting,” Danzo murmured.
The world slowed. Movements dragged into elongated arcs, like lines drawn in honey. She watched a bead of sweat fall from another child’s chin and could have counted each fraction of a second as it descended.
“Look at me,” Danzo said.
She did.
He saw it clearly now.
Her pupils were painted vivid crimson. In each eye, three black tomoe had formed at once, evenly spaced, spinning slowly before settling.
Not one.
Not two.
Three.
A fully awakened Sharingan, birthed in a single break.
“Hatake Sakumo,” Danzo said softly, more to himself than to her, “even in death, you give this village weapons.”
Minai’s breath hitched.
She did not understand what had happened to her sight. She only knew that everything hurt to look at.
“I see too much,” she whispered.
Danzo studied her with thinly veiled satisfaction.
“Does it distress you?” he asked.
“Yes.”
“Can you still stand?”
She straightened her spine.
“Yes.”
“Then it is not a problem,” he said. “It is an asset.”
In his mind, plans rearranged themselves. An Uchiha child, sharingan fully awakened, already under his command. The clan would be furious if they knew. Which was why they would not.
“We will keep this between us for now,” he said. “There is no need to involve Fugaku.”
Minai flinched very slightly at the name. He noticed.
“You share blood with them,” he said. “But you belong to Root.”
“I belong to Konoha,” she replied.
It was the closest thing she had to defiance.
He smiled faintly, a minimal twist of his mouth.
“Of course,” he said.
He turned to leave, then paused at the door.
“This grief you feel,” he added, without looking back, “you will learn to put it aside. It is a weakness.”
The door slid shut behind him with a soft, final sound.
Minai stood alone in the midst of other bodies.
Her eyes burned. The world refused to blur. She could not cry; every tear that might have fallen had been seared into perception instead.
They resumed drills around her. No one spoke. No one touched her.
Inside, the crack in her chest widened.
The man who had picked her out of the rain, who had made the world make sense in small, warm bowls and repeated corrections, was gone because the village he had protected decided his choice was wrong.
Kakashi was somewhere above ground. Alone in a way that made her bones ache.
Her vision shimmered.
She remembered her mother pushing her under the floor and telling her to hide.
She remembered walking through Amegakure’s mud with rain in her eyes and no voice calling her name.
She remembered stepping through Konoha’s gates, confused by sunlight.
She remembered the first time someone asked, “Are you hungry?” and meant to do something about it.
Hatake Sakumo had not left her behind because he wanted to. The village had pushed him into a corner and told him he was a failure.
Minai understood corners.
She had lived in them.
She took a slow breath.
If she stayed thinking like this, Root would swallow her too. Not physically. Something worse.
Her fingers curled into fists.
The Sharingan whirred, then steadied. The room remained sharp, colours too bright, edges unforgiving.
Inside that painful clarity, one thought rose above the others and hardened.
I will not fail the people who are left.
Not because the village asked.
Not because Root commanded.
Because Sakumo had given her something no one else had: the belief that she could choose to protect, not merely be used.
Then she promptly passed away from chakra exhaustion.
Word of her awakening did not stay contained for long.
Danzo brought her file to Hiruzen’s desk personally.
“The Sharingan,” Hiruzen said quietly, reading the report. “Three tomoe.”
“Exceptional,” Danzo agreed. “It seems the trauma of Hatake’s death brought it forth.”
Hiruzen closed his eyes briefly.
“She cared for him,” he said.
“Attachment is inevitable sometimes,” Danzo replied. “It can be useful, if directed.”
“The Uchiha will have opinions about this,” Hiruzen said, tapping the paper.
“They need not know,” Danzo said smoothly. “She is not part of their register. She has no name tying her to their clan. And she is already here.”
“She is still a child,” Hiruzen said. “You cannot expect Root level operations from her yet.”
“I expect only that she continue to train,” Danzo said. “With the right guidance, she will surpass most of them in time.”
Most of them.
The words sat heavily in the room.
“We will need to speak with her,” Hiruzen said at last. “About what she wants.”
Danzo’s eye flicked to him, incredulous.
“What she wants is irrelevant,” he said.
“It is not irrelevant to me,” Hiruzen said.
For once, Danzo kept his next thought to himself.
“Call her up,” Hiruzen ordered quietly.
Minai sat alone in the waiting area outside the Hokage’s office.
The corridor here was brighter than Root’s tunnels. Sunlight slipped in through high windows, casting pale rectangles onto the floor. She stared at them without really seeing.
Her eyes still ached, extra details crowding into her vision, uninvited. The grain of the wooden bench beneath her. The faint scrape marks on the wall where someone had moved furniture in too much of a hurry. The way dust drifted slowly through a shaft of light, each mote lazily spinning.
She sat with her back straight, hands resting on her knees, bag at her feet.
The world was too sharp.
Inside that cutting clarity, her thoughts arranged themselves slowly, like the pieces of a puzzle forced to fit.
Hatake Sakumo was gone.
Kakashi was alone.
Her mother was a memory.
The orphanage had forgotten her.
Root wanted to hollow her out and wear her like armour.
And yet.
She still had her name.
She still had the way to stand that Sakumo had drilled into her.
She still had the memory of his voice saying, “You will do well.”
She could not save him.
But there were others.
Naruto did not exist yet in her life.
Sasuke was not yet born.
But there would be people, later, who would need someone who knew what it was to claw their way out of corners.
She would not fail them.
Not as the village had failed Sakumo.
Not as the systems had failed her.
Her eyes burned, but no tears fell.
The door to the Hokage’s office slid open a little.
“Kid,” a voice called. An ANBU mask peered out. “The Hokage will see you now.”
She rose smoothly, shoulders squared, Sharingan hidden behind dark irises, and stepped forward.
Sakumo’s kindness went with her.
Armour and blade, both.
Chapter 4: ANBU Ryuu
Summary:
Minai suffers in root and someone unexpected comes to her rescue… sort of.
Hope you enjoy!
Notes:
Double update this week, because I have been writing dutifully recently and thus can afford to post more than one chapter per week right now.
Share your thoughts in the comments if you can, it makes my day to hear what you guys think!
On another note, the bnha fans among you can enjoy my other fanfic - Anatomy of a Flame❤️
Chapter Text
Hiruzen.
He sat behind his desk instead of standing, which confused her. Important people stood. That was how the world worked.
His voice was softer than she remembered from before Root.
“Minai,” he said, “there is something we must discuss.”
She blinked slowly.
“Am I being sent back?”
Hiruzen’s eyes tightened, not unkindly.
“Not yet. There is another option.”
Minai did not react outwardly. Inside, something unclenched.
Before she could speak, another voice entered the room - Danzo.
He stepped in with the confidence of someone who expected ownership, not permission.
“Her Sharingan is active,” Danzo said, clinical. “This confirms her lineage. We must proceed before the Uchiha attempt to-”
Hiruzen cut him off, still calm.
“Fugaku is being summoned. We will handle this properly.”
Danzo’s jaw shifted a fraction.
He bowed - a stiff, resentful movement - and left.
Minai lay still, staring at the ceiling.
She was six. She understood what the adults did not say far more clearly than what they did.
A little later, she was still seated inside Hiruzen’s office, feet swinging off the chair, bruises from training hidden beneath clean clothes.
The door stood open for only a moment - long enough.
A woman stood outside, graceful and anxious, dark hair gathered neatly. Behind her leg peered a little boy, barely toddling, clutching the fabric of her sleeve.
Minai stared. Their eyes met and the boy didn’t look away.
She didn’t know who they were.
But she understood.
Family.
Then Fugaku stepped into the doorway, closing it behind him.
The image disappeared like a dream.
Inside the Hokage office, the air felt heavy without being loud.
Hiruzen sat behind his desk, expression gentle but edged with something she had never seen before - regret.
Fugaku stood to the side, posture stiff, eyes unreadable.
Hiruzen spoke first.
“Minai has awakened the Sharingan.”
Fugaku did not flinch, but his silence answered everything.
“We wished to confirm whether you will acknowledge her as part of your household,” Hiruzen continued.
Fugaku exhaled quietly.
“I see.”
Minai finally lifted her gaze. Not accusing. Not pleading.
Just present. But she remembered the beautiful woman outside, and the child’s curious eyes. Then she decided, she did not wish to find warmth at someone else’s expense. Sakumo wouldn’t have done that. “Run if it will save your comrades” he told her once. That was precisely what she was going to do.
“Uchiha-sama, you don’t need to take me with you.”
Fugaku’s eyes snapped to hers - not in anger, but shock.
Hiruzen’s expression folded with quiet grief.
Minai continued, voice small but unshaken.
“I know we are related… but we’re not family, I do not belong in your house.”
Hiruzen inhaled slowly, giving her space to choose the last words herself.
Minai bowed deeply, forehead almost touching her knees.
“I only have one request.”
Both men waited.
“Uchiha-sama… if you recall it… may you tell me my mother’s name? I want to mourn her as a person, not only a memory.”
The request landed like a blade in the room.
Hiruzen looked at Fugaku - not demanding, just holding him accountable.
Fugaku swallowed once, jaw tightening.
“Kana,” he said quietly. “Her name was Kana.”
Minai’s eyes filled, tears slipping down without sound.
“Thank you so much, Uchiha-sama.”
Fugaku’s reply was barely more than breath.
“No. I should be thanking you.”
Hiruzen dismissed him gently, and Fugaku left without meeting Minai’s gaze again.
When the door closed, the silence was different.
Not empty.
Respected.
She then returned to Root.
At the centre of the hall, Minai waited.
The operative moved again, sharper this time, testing rather than striking. Minai shifted her weight, adjusting her stance a fraction before contact. Her footwork was clean, economical - nothing wasted.
She did not fight the way Root wanted.
Root wanted erasure.
Minai moved with memory.
Sakumo’s voice lived somewhere beneath her ribs.
Keep your balance low.
Breathe before you strike.
Do not use force when timing is enough.
She had never repeated those words aloud, but her muscles remembered.
The older operative lunged. She stepped inside the blow instead of retreating, letting the attack pass where she had been a heartbeat ago. Her elbow touched his sleeve lightly, the gesture precise enough to show she could have driven it into his ribs.
The instructor lifted his clipboard.
“Stop.”
Minai lowered her hands. The Sharingan faded slowly, red draining back to black.
The operative stepped away, breathing harder than she was.
The instructor examined her expression, searching for something Root valued - submission, pride, fear.
He found none.
“Your execution is improving,” he said.
Minai only nodded.
He waited for a further response. There was none.
Root expected obedience shaped into emptiness.
Minai obeyed, but not because she was empty.
She obeyed because Sakumo had taught her that skill was not something you abandoned simply because no one was watching.
They moved on to weapons drills next. Rows of children stood before practice dummies, throwing kunai with mechanical rhythm. The sound of metal striking straw echoed evenly, like rainfall without weather.
When Minai’s turn came, she threw three.
All landed cleanly.
Centre mass. Throat. Heart.
The instructor paused a fraction too long before marking his clipboard.
“Proceed,” he said.
Minai returned to her place in silence, but she noted the shift.
Not approval.
Awareness.
Root had begun to realise she was not simply surviving. She was learning faster than they intended.
From the shadows at the edge of the hall, two masked operatives watched. Their voices were low, almost indistinguishable from the hum of the lamps.
“She adapts without instruction.”
“She also retains memory. That was not authorised.”
“There is no attachment. No hesitation.”
“No visible attachment,” the second corrected.
They watched her walk.
“Danzo will be pleased.”
Meals followed training.
They sat on the floor, one arm’s distance apart, bowls identical, movements identical. No one spoke. The rule was not written, but everyone obeyed it.
Minai ate slowly, even though hunger gnawed at her. The food was plain, soft from being boiled too long, but warm. Warm was still something.
Across from her, a boy her age stared vacantly at the floor while chewing, as if tasting and thinking were unrelated. Minai observed his posture, the slackness of his shoulders, the hollow under his eyes.
She knew what Root wanted her to become.
Root wanted silence to replace thought.
But Minai’s thoughts remained intact. Quiet did not mean empty.
She finished her meal, set the bowl down with the same soft click as the others, and rose when dismissed.
As she walked back to her assigned room, she repeated the same silent list in her mind:
Kana.
Sakumo.
Pakkun.
Hiruzen.
Orochimaru.
Warm food.
Sharingan.
Not because she feared forgetting.
Because remembering was her resistance.
Lights dimmed for sleep.
Minai folded her blanket again, smoothing the corners, shaping homely order in a place designed to remove it. She lay down, staring at the ceiling until her breathing levelled.
Root thought that silence made children manageable.
Minai knew silence could also make them sharp.
Before sleep reached her, a final thought flickered - not bitter, simply true:
If Sakumo had been her shinobi model, then Root was only training.
Not transformation.
And Danzo had no idea that the thing he was trying to break was already built differently.
The darkness settled.
Minai closed her eyes.
She would wake again.
Not as Root intended, but still herself.
——————————————————————————
Time passed strangely in Root.
There were no seasons underground. No shifting light. Only repetition wearing different masks. Days layered over each other until they stopped feeling separate.
Minai grew.
Not noticeably. Not in the way most children did. Her limbs lengthened, her movements sharpened, but there was no celebration, no remark. She was growing into a beautiful girl, long dark hair, pale porcelain skin, lithe but fit, elegant figure, but that was irrelevant to them. Root did not measure age by birthdays. It measured usefulness.
She woke, trained, ate, trained again, slept.
For almost four years, nothing changed.
Until something did.
The training hall smelled faintly of metal and matting, the scent that clung to every space in Root. Minai stood in line with the others, now slightly taller, still slight, eyes steady.
Danzo entered.
He did not often appear during regular drills. His presence tightened the air like a pulled wire.
“Minai,” he said.
She stepped forward without hesitation.
“Yes, sir.”
His voice was measured, smooth, nothing ever wasted.
“You will undergo an advanced assessment today.”
There was no explanation. There never was.
She bowed her head.
“Understood.”
Danzo turned, speaking to the instructor without looking at him.
“Ensure she is pushed beyond her current threshold.”
The phrasing was deliberate.
Not break her.
Push her.
That was the intention, but it was foolish for someone set on erasing personalities to expect his subjects to catch that particular nuance.
Root never asked questions, only executed.
Minai returned to her place. Her heartbeat did not change. She had learned long ago that fear wasted oxygen.
But something quiet in her chest shifted.
Not dread.
Recognition.
The world rarely warned her before it changed. Today, it had.
The training space was different.
Not the main hall. A smaller room, bare walls, no observation windows. The lighting felt harsher, humming louder. Four older operatives waited inside, masks hanging loose at their sides.
They did not look at her.
Minai stepped onto the mat when instructed.
Her ribs were still faintly sensitive when she stretched, but she stood straight.
The instructor spoke without inflection.
“You will defend against all four. Do not hold back.”
There was no reason to believe this was unusual.
Except the silence after the command.
It was the wrong kind of silence.
Not disciplined.
Expectant.
Minai lowered into stance.
Her pulse stayed steady.
Sakumo’s voice flickered through memory.
If someone is stronger than you, do not stand where they want you to stand.
She shifted her weight.
The first strike came without warning.
She dodged.
The second followed, aimed low. She blocked.
The third caught her side. Pain flared along her ribs, bright and sharp.
Minai exhaled once, grounding herself, and countered by redirecting, not resisting.
But the blows kept coming.
Too fast.
Too heavy.
Too deliberate. Even with the sharingan, they were fast, and the dojutsu drained her chakra too quickly to be too useful in this exercise.
Especially since this was not an assessment.
It was an ambush.
Her breath hitched as a kick landed against her back, sending her to her knees. The mat scraped her palms, skin burning. She tried to rise, but a hand forced her down.
Root training taught stillness.
This was restraint.
A fist struck her stomach. Air fled her lungs. Her vision pulsed white at the edges.
Sound began to thin. The room felt far away.
Another hit.
Ribs cracked.
Breath would not come back properly.
Someone said something she could barely hear.
“She is too small. This is pointless.”
“Orders were to break her.”
Minai’s thoughts scattered, then gathered again, stubborn as heartbeat.
This is how things are broken.
Another voice.
“She will not last.”
Then, the smallest thread inside her pulled taut.
I am not a thing.
Hands pinned her shoulders. Her mind drifted, then snapped back.
My name is Minai.
The words did not pass her lips. Root did not allow speech here. But repeating them kept her from falling entirely out of herself.
The ceiling blurred.
The lights streaked.
Everything hurt.
Clothes were ripped.
Hands roamed.
And then hurt became distance.
The world dimmed.
Not to black.
To silence.
When she came back, she was lying on the floor, cheek pressed against cold matting, breath wheezing through partially collapsed lungs.
Voices moved somewhere above her.
“Should we call medical?”
“If she dies, paperwork is worse.”
Feet approached, then retreated.
Someone finally knelt beside her.
“She is alive. Barely.”
A pause.
“Send for transport.”
No urgency. No concern.
Her vision fractured into shapes. She saw sandals. The edge of a mask. The ceiling lamps vibrating slightly.
She tried to move her fingers.
Only one twitched.
That was enough.
It meant she was still here.
Still Minai.
She was carried through corridors she did not recognise. The motion made the broken ribs grind, a deep, wet pain that echoed through her spine. She did not make a sound.
Root did not reward noise.
The doors changed from metal to wood. The air changed too - less recycled, more sterile.
Hospital.
The world reeled sideways as someone spoke above her.
“She needs surgery immediately.”
Another voice snapped, urgent.
“What the fuck happened here?! She is a child!!”
No answer followed.
The ceiling lights streaked again.
Then everything went white.
——————————————————————
The hospital room was quiet in the way battlefield silence could be quiet.
Not peaceful.
Waiting.
Minai lay unconscious beneath white sheets, chest wrapped in layers of bandages, head too, soreness around the apex of her thighs, an oxygen line taped against her cheek. Her skin looked colourless under the sterile lights, lips faintly cracked. The machines beside her clicked with indifferent rhythm.
The door slid open.
Orochimaru stepped inside.
He did not move at first.
He simply stood there, eyes taking in every detail with the precision of a blade measuring the point of entry.
The chart at the end of the bed.
The bruising along her ribs.
The way one arm lay at an unnatural angle.
The fact that someone had tried to realign it too late.
Something shifted under his expression, but it did not reach the surface.
When he finally spoke, his voice was thin and cold enough to cut through glass.
“This is not training,” he said quietly.
“This is dismantling.”
No one in the room answered, because the medic had already stepped back out as soon as they recognised who he was.
Orochimaru moved closer, stopping beside her bed. His hand did not reach out. Touch was unnecessary. Observation was enough.
She had survived. Barely.
But survival did not impress him.
What angered him was the intention.
Someone had not wanted her stronger.
He read her chart. Someone had wanted her ruined.
His expression did not change, but the temperature in the room seemed to.
He turned and left without a sound.
Hiruzen looked up from his desk when Orochimaru entered, but he did not have time to speak before the door shut behind him hard enough to rattle the frame.
There was no bow. No greeting.
Orochimaru approached the desk slowly, deliberately, like a serpent choosing its distance.
“She is in surgery,” he said.
Hiruzen’s brows tightened.
“Surgery?”
“Collapsed lungs. Multiple fractured ribs. Internal bleeding. And other injuries that suggest this was not a training accident.”
Hiruzen’s breath stilled.
Orochimaru continued, voice unhurried and merciless.
“Your Root program has been busy. Psychological conditioning. Punishment disguised as discipline. And now, it seems, disposal when inconvenience outweighs usefulness.”
Hiruzen shut his eyes briefly, as if bracing for impact.
“I never authorised-”
“You authorised Root,” Orochimaru cut in, quiet enough that it landed heavier than shouting.
Hiruzen swallowed.
Orochimaru stepped closer.
“And there is more.”
Hiruzen’s gaze lifted slowly.
Orochimaru did not soften the words.
“She was not only beaten half to death. The injuries are consistent with deliberate violation of a female. They were four against a child.”
Hiruzen’s face drained of colour.
For a long moment, he said nothing.
Then, very slowly:
“Danzo.”
It was not a question.
Orochimaru’s silence was agreement.
Guilt cracked through Hiruzen’s expression like a fault line.
“I thought Root would give her protection,” he said, voice thin.
“You thought convenience would,” Orochimaru replied. “Now she may never recover fully.”
Hiruzen sank back into his chair, the weight of years visible.
“What do you want me to do?”
Orochimaru looked at him with something that might once have been loyalty, now worn down to something colder.
“Remove her from Root. Immediately. And keep her out of Danzo’s reach.”
Hiruzen nodded, the motion slow and heavy, as if it cost something to admit failure.
“I will handle it.”
Orochimaru stared at him for a long beat.
“See that you do.”
He returned to the hospital without speaking to anyone on his way.
The medic straightened nervously when he approached.
“She is stable for now,” they said.
Orochimaru nodded once.
“Leave the chart.”
They hesitated, then obeyed. You don’t just simply argue with a sannin, especially not the snake one.
When the room was empty again, he opened the medical file.
Page by page.
Treatment notes.
Injury diagrams.
Projected outcomes.
He pulled a pen from his sleeve.
His handwriting was neat, unemotional, precise, as if falsifying medical documents was an everyday occurrence. Maybe it was.
He wrote:
Permanent reproductive damage due to trauma.
Future fertility impossible.
Requires continuous hormonal stabilisation when menstruation begins.
He signed it with the appropriate medical clearance. He knew it was needed, for her safety. God, he felt soft even just thinking that.
Then he placed the file back exactly as he had found it.
This was not sentiment.
It was strategy.
Danzo could not weaponise what he believed was already broken.
Orochimaru stood at the bedside again. The child’s breathing was shallow but steady.
Protection, in his hands, did not look like comfort.
It looked like control of information.
He spoke softly, though she could not hear him.
“You were my responsibility before Danzo touched you. That has not changed.”
It was not affection.
It was something more dangerous.
A claim.
The argument did not happen in raised voices.
Hiruzen sat behind his desk, posture rigid. Danzo stood before him, face composed but eyes sharp with irritation. He himself was furious with his operatives when he found out she was left barren.
“You have removed her from Root without cause,” Danzo said.
“There is cause,” Hiruzen replied.
“Children are injured in training. It is necessary.”
“Collapsed lungs are not necessary. Rape. Rape is not necessary.”
Danzo’s jaw shifted.
“And the potential of her dojutsu? You would waste it.”
Hiruzen’s gaze hardened in a way Danzo had not seen in years.
“I will not allow you to treat a child as breeding stock for your private army.”
For the first time, Danzo’s composure cracked - only briefly, but enough.
“She would have strengthened Konoha.”
“No,” Hiruzen said quietly. “She would have strengthened you. She will still strengthen Konoha.”
Silence settled, sharp as frost.
Danzo bowed, the movement shallow and insincere.
“As you wish, Hokage-sama.”
He turned to leave.
Hiruzen did not stop him.
Only after the door closed did he let his shoulders drop.
He had made the right decision far too late.
—————————————————————————
The world came back in fragments.
Ceiling tiles.
The steady tick of a monitor.
The faint sting of antiseptic in the air.
Minai opened her eyes.
Pain arrived a heartbeat later. Not sharp now, but heavy. Her chest felt as if someone had wrapped it in stone. Every breath reminded her that her ribs had been broken and rebuilt.
She lay still and took inventory.
Hospital room.
Clean sheets.
No Root insignia.
She turned her head slightly.
At the side of the bed, someone sat with their hands folded, pipe resting, unlit, on the small table.
Hiruzen.
He looked older than the last time she had seen him this close. Deeper lines around his mouth. More grey in his hair.
“Good morning,” he said quietly.
Minai swallowed.
“Am I alive?” she asked.
“Yes,” he replied.
She considered that.
“Is this temporary?” she asked.
“In general, yes,” he said. “But for now, I intend for you to stay that way.”
Her lips twitched, almost a smile, then stilled.
They sat in silence for a moment.
Then Hiruzen spoke again, voice gentle but threaded with something formal.
“Minai,” he said, “I have made a decision about your future.”
She waited.
“You will not be returning to Root.”
Relief did not show on her face. It moved somewhere inside instead, like a loosened knot.
“Where will I go?” she asked.
“There is another unit,” Hiruzen said. “Above ground. Still secretive. Still dangerous. But under different leadership.”
“Yours,” she said.
“Yes,” he confirmed.
“ANBU.”
He inclined his head.
“You know of them.”
“I listen,” she said.
He smiled faintly at the familiar line.
“You would serve as a special operative,” he continued. “You would report directly to me. Not to Danzo. Not to any other commander. Your file would be classified. Your identity, protected.”
Protected.
It was not a word she associated with herself.
“You would receive a shinobi salary,” he added. “And accommodation. A small apartment of your own. No barracks. No dormitory.”
The list sounded almost like a fiction. Or an attempt at penance perhaps.
A place that was hers.
Money that was hers.
She did not ask why now.
She knew.
He felt guilty.
That was not unimportant, but it was also not the point.
“It would still be dangerous,” Hiruzen said softly. “More dangerous than Root training. These would be real missions. Real enemies.”
“I have already had those,” Minai replied. “Without the salary.”
He huffed a quiet breath, halfway to a laugh that never arrived.
“You would be one of my most trusted operatives,” he said. “But I will not force you. This is an offer.”
Choice.
Root never used that word.
Minai studied him for a long moment.
“It is better than Root,” she said at last.
“That is not a high bar,” he replied.
“It is enough,” she said.
He nodded slowly.
“Then we will begin arranging your transfer,” he said. “You will need time to heal first.”
She glanced down at her bandaged chest.
“I can stand,” she said.
“Not yet,” he replied firmly. “You will learn that rest is also a discipline.”
She frowned.
“I do not like that discipline.”
He smiled.
“Most shinobi do not.”
He rose from his chair.
“Someone will bring you paperwork later,” he said. “There will be forms. Even legends have to sign forms.”
“Legends?” she echoed.
“Not yet,” he said. “But you will be.”
He left her with that.
She lay back and watched the ceiling again.
ANBU.
Salary.
A room of her own.
She did not know yet what that would feel like.
But she knew one thing.
Whatever this path was, it moved away from Danzo.
That was enough to begin with.
She was discharged a few weeks later.
Her ribs still ached in cold air. She moved carefully, learning her limits. The nurse escorted her to the front of the hospital, then left her with a folded sheet of paper.
On it, an address.
She followed it.
The building sat on the outskirts of Konoha, where the houses thinned and the line between village and forest blurred. It was plain, two storeys, with wooden steps that creaked when she climbed them.
Her key slid into the lock with a soft metal click.
The apartment was small. One main room, a tiny kitchen area, a narrow hallway leading to a bathroom and a separate room with a futon folded neatly in the corner. The walls were bare. The air smelled faintly of dust and nothing else.
It was not much.
But it was hers.
She set the small bag of belongings on the floor.
For a long moment, she just stood there.
In Root, she had memorised exits, blind spots, angles of approach.
Here, she memorised where the light fell through the single window. The way it framed a patch of floor, warm and bright at certain hours.
She walked around the room, fingertips brushing the wall once.
No one else had a claim on this space. Not an orphanage. Not Root. Not Danzo.
Hers.
That night, when she unfolded the futon and lay down, the silence was different.
Not the heavy, supervised quiet of underground corridors.
Just… quiet.
She had never known the difference until now.
ANBU headquarters was hidden in plain sight.
If you did not know, it was just another sturdy building among many, tucked between other administrative structures. If you did know, the way people moved around it gave it away.
Calm. Controlled. Dangerous.
Minai arrived at dawn, dressed in standard-issue gear that still felt unfamiliar: dark shinobi clothes, armour, reinforced gloves, a blank, pale mask tucked under her arm. Not yet painted. Not yet hers.
An operative wearing a fox mask greeted her with a nod.
“You are the transfer,” they said.
“Yes,” Minai replied.
They did not ask her name.
Names here were a layer beneath the underneath.
“Come,” Fox said.
They led her through corridors that were narrower than she expected, lined with lockers and weapon racks. The air was cool, but not stale. Someone laughed, quietly, in a distant room. The sound startled her more than it should have.
Fox glanced at her.
“You will get used to it,” they said.
“To what?”
“People treating you like you exist.”
She absorbed that without comment.
They led her into a small office.
“Wait here,” Fox said. “The commander will speak with you.”
The commander turned out to be a woman wearing a swan mask on the side of her head, not over her face. She looked at Minai with the frank appraisal of someone used to measuring risk quickly.
“So you are the Hokage’s new favourite secret,” she said.
Minai did not answer. This sounded rhetorical.
The woman smiled faintly.
“It is not an insult,” she added. “You have clearance. That makes my life easier.”
She opened a folder on her desk.
“File identity: Mina,” she read. “Age: classified. Background: classified. Origin: classified. Charming.”
She looked up again.
“Can you live with that name?”
Mina.
It was a near echo of Minai. A shaved edge, not a new shape.
“Yes,” Minai said.
“Good,” the commander said. “Your codename will be Ryuu.”
“Dragon,” Minai said quietly.
“You have lightning and fire affinity,” the commander said. “The Hokage thought it suited. We do not argue with his naming sense. It makes life complicated.”
She pushed a mask across the desk.
It was white, stylised with flared lines like horns and the suggestion of scales at the edges. The eye slits were narrow.
“You wear this on missions,” the commander said. “When you do, you are not Mina. You are Ryuu.”
Minai picked up the mask.
It was lighter than it looked.
“A ghost,” she said.
“A weapon with a face no one can read,” the commander corrected. “But yes, if you like poetry, a ghost.”
She set the file aside.
“You will be operating as a solo unit,” she continued. “High risk, high discretion. Orders will come directly from the Hokage. You answer to him, and to this office for logistics. No one else.”
“No Danzo,” Minai said.
The commander’s gaze sharpened.
“No Danzo,” she confirmed. “Ever.”
Minai inclined her head.
“Understood.”
The first mission came sooner than she expected.
A week after her introduction, Fox found her in the locker room, mask in hand.
“Hokage wants you,” they said. “Briefing room.”
Minai slid the Ryuu mask into place.
The world narrowed slightly. The edges of her vision softened at the periphery, sharpened in front. She could hear her own breath, steady inside the hollow space.
She followed.
Hiruzen waited alone in the small briefing room, pipe resting on the table, unlit.
He smiled when he saw her.
“Ryuu,” he said.
Minai bowed.
“Hokage-sama.”
He laid a map on the table.
“There is a small outpost along the border,” he said. “We suspect information is being leaked. I need you to confirm who is responsible and remove the problem.”
“Remove,” she repeated.
“Quietly,” he said. “No spectacle. No collateral.”
That was, at least, familiar.
She studied the map, committing landmarks to memory, exit routes, likely patrol patterns.
“Questions?” he asked.
“Do I bring anyone back?” she said. “Alive?”
“If the leak is low level, no,” Hiruzen replied. “If you find higher level interference… use your judgement.”
He trusted her judgement.
That felt heavier than the kill order.
She nodded once.
“I will return,” she said.
He closed the file.
“I know.”
The outpost crouched at the edge of a forest, a cluster of buildings surrounded by a simple wooden fence. To ordinary eyes, it might have looked harmless. To Minai’s, even without the Sharingan, it was riddled with weaknesses.
She watched it for a full day and night from the tree line, counting guards, marking rotations, noting who lingered with whom, who avoided whose eye.
The leak revealed itself not in something dramatic, but in something very small.
A man who left his post half a second early. Another who arrived half a second late. A packet passed too casually at shift change.
Root had taught her to see patterns. Sakumo had taught her to question them.
She moved in at night.
Ryuu did not walk. Ryuu flowed.
She slipped over the fence without touching it, boots soundless on the packed earth. Her movements were precise, not a gesture wasted.
Two guards at the back door.
Seven heartbeats.
Two silent strikes.
She dragged the bodies into the shadow between crates and continued.
Inside, the corridors smelled of sweat and ink. Papers lay scattered on desks. She found the small office easily. The same man who had lingered earlier sat inside, writing by lamplight.
He did not look up when the door slid open.
“You are early,” he said.
Minai stepped inside and closed it behind her.
He turned.
The mask was the last thing he saw clearly.
It took one cut.
No noise.
She laid his body gently against the wall so the blood would pool where it would be least visible from the corridor.
Then she searched the room.
Scrolls. Letters. Codes. Evidence.
She took what mattered and burned what did not, using a controlled, contained flame that left only ash.
By the time the next guard passed, the office door was shut. The lamplight was still.
She left the way she had come, footprints erased by her own skill.
The forest received her without comment.
Back in the Hokage’s office, she removed the mask.
Hiruzen took the reports from her gloved hands and scanned them, eyes passing quickly over the essential lines.
“This will be useful,” he said. “You did well.”
Minai did not react.
“I completed the task,” she said.
“That is doing well,” he replied.
“It is doing what you asked.”
He smiled sadly.
“You do not accept praise easily.”
She tilted her head.
“Root did not praise,” she said.
“Then let me be clear,” he said. “You did well, Minai.”
She folded the words away somewhere safe.
Not because she needed them.
Because Sakumo would have wanted her to keep them.
That night, she returned to her apartment.
She removed the mask and set it on the low table.
Ryuu stared back at her with blank eyes.
Minai stared back without flinching.
She was still a weapon.
But now, when she looked at the mask, she knew one thing with absolute clarity.
Nobody owned the person who wore it.
Not Danzo.
Not Root.
Not even the Hokage.
She chose to be Ryuu.
And choice was something no one here had ever expected her to have.
——————————————————————————
War did not begin with a single mission.
It seeped in.
Orders changed flavour. Briefings mentioned borders more often. The maps in Hiruzen’s office shifted focus, attention turning towards Iwagakure lines and contested ground.
Minai, now taller, bones set where Root had broken them, put on the Ryuu mask and stepped into that changing world without comment.
She was ten when the Third Shinobi War began to feel real.
By thirteen, she was a rumour.
The first time she killed on the Iwa border at night, the moon was a thin sliver of dull light behind clouds. The ground was rocky, uneven, speckled with scrub that crunched if you were careless.
Ryuu was not careless.
She moved along the slope in a crouch, weight distributed evenly, each step placed with the precision of someone who had once lived by listening to footsteps behind thin walls.
Up ahead, two Iwa shinobi sat by a low fire, muttering over a worn pack of cards. Their flak jackets glinted faintly in the light. One of them rubbed his neck, tired, the way soldiers did when they had been awake too long.
Ryuu watched from the shadows, Sharingan spinning slowly behind the mask.
The orders had been simple.
Sabotage their supply line.
Leave no one alive to sound an alarm. Or remember you.
She counted their breaths.
Four.
Three.
Two.
She moved between one exhale and the next. No flashy ninjutsu, that would attract attention, plus people remembered flashy things.
A hand over the nearest man’s mouth, kunai sliding in under the jaw, angling up. A twist. Soft, wet sound.
The other blinked, mouth opening.
Her second kunai hit his throat before the shout formed.
No words.
No declarations.
No thrill.
Just completion.
She dragged the bodies away from the light of the fire, hands steady, arranging them so the shadows hid the worst. Old habits died hard. Even in death, she found herself wanting people not to be reduced to a mess.
The supply crates were stacked carelessly beside a rocky outcrop. She checked for seals, for traps, for anything that would burn hotter than she intended. Then she lit them, small, controlled explosions of flames that ate wood and paper but not the cliff face.
By the time the next patrol came, the fire would be ash and smoke long gone.
When she returned to Konoha, she did not dream of their faces.
She dreamt of the way the cards had been worn at the edges, like Sakumo’s pencils.
The missions blurred.
Ambush on a mountain road.
Silence an Iwa scout team.
Infiltrate an encampment to mark targets for larger strikes.
Ryuu became a familiar shape at the edges of battle reports, never described in detail. The dragon mask was never in the same column as the word successful on a report, but it was the reason for it.
She moved through forests, over rivers, across rocky ridges that cut feet through thin boots. In the rain, in dust, in snow that came in thin sheets along the border heights.
She killed efficiently.
Never vindictively.
She did not take pleasure from it. She did not flinch either.
It was work.
Once, on a night where the fog rolled in dense enough to swallow sound, she found a small Iwa camp perched above a ravine. Four shinobi. One medic. A messenger.
Hiruzen’s orders had been careful on this one.
“Take the messenger alive if possible,” he had said. “We need confirmation on their next move.”
The mask had made it impossible to read Minai’s face.
“Alive,” she had repeated.
“Yes,” Hiruzen had said. “Alive. I trust your judgement.”
So she watched first.
The messenger laughed loudly, a sound too big for the little camp. The medic told him to be quieter, smacking his arm. Someone complained about the cold. They complained about the food. They were not monsters. They were tired men in enemy uniforms.
She slipped into the camp at the thin edge of dawn, when exhaustion sat heaviest and discipline lagged by half a beat.
Two died before they truly woke.
The third raised a kunai. She avoided his strike, disarmed him, broke his wrist with a smooth twist. He crumpled wordlessly.
The medic backed away, falling over a crate, hands up instinctively. She hesitated for the smallest fraction of a moment, then knocked him unconscious with a blow to the neck.
The messenger tried to run.
She caught him at the edge of the ravine, pinning his arm behind his back.
“Do not struggle,” she said, voice flat behind the mask. “You will live longer this way.”
He stopped fighting.
When she delivered him to Konoha, bound and shaking, the interrogation unit took over. She watched him be led away, the knowledge of what waited for him settling like a stone in her stomach.
Alive had not meant safe.
Hiruzen met her eyes, understanding passing there briefly.
“Thank you,” he said.
She nodded.
She did not ask what would happen to the man next.
Some questions in this world were not questions at all.
At the Iwagakure border, her name spread without ever being spoken.
One night, an Iwa squad huddled in a trench half filled with melting snow, breath frosting red scarves. Their commander passed around a battered notebook covered in oil stains and dirt.
“Read,” he said. “There is new intel on supposed Konoha assets.”
The youngest of them opened it, flipping through pages of faces and sketches.
“That one,” the commander said, tapping a drawing.
A mask stared up from the page, rendered in careful ink strokes. Dragon features stylised, eyes narrow, mouth a simple curve.
Below it, block letters in a language he had grown up with.
Ryuu.
Affiliation: Konohagakure ANBU.
Capabilities: high level
Classification: flee on sight.
The younger shinobi swallowed.
“Flee?” he asked. “Not fight?”
The commander’s face was grim.
“Our last two squads that supposedly encountered that mask did not return,” he said. “The rumour is - if you see it, you are already late.”
“Is it a man?” another asked.
“No one knows. Does it matter?” the commander replied.
They passed the book along, hands lingering on the page longer than they needed to.
Fear did not always come in the form of a bijuu, or a massive jutsu.
Sometimes it wore a mask and moved like silence.
In Konoha, ANBU whispered too.
Not loudly. Not often. But in the locker rooms, when missions overlapped and people moved around each other, glimpses were caught.
“Did you hear the rumours about an operative with a Ryuu mask?” someone muttered, fastening their bracers.
“Yeah, even the medics couldn’t confirm or deny. Either it’s made up, or that one is never injured,” another replied.
“Everyone gets injured.”
“Not always in ways we see.” Said another one.
“Let’s say Ryuu exists, what do you think is under the mask?”
“Old veteran, maybe. Or some madman who likes the work too much.”
“Could be a woman.”
“Could be a chicken too.”
Fox, passing by, heard it all and said nothing.
They knew more than most, but not everything.
They knew Ryuu existed and reported directly to the Hokage. They knew files about her were sealed tighter than most. They knew she went out alone and returned alone. But returned nonetheless.
They did not know that, under the mask, the year count was still barely in double digits.
Minai heard the rumours, sometimes, when they spoke carelessly in public.
She did not step in to correct them.
Let them believe she was a veteran. A demon. A myth.
If fear kept enemies alive long enough to run instead of fight, that meant fewer dead on both sides.
Fear was not always the worst option. She was sure Sakumo would agree with her.
Her life between missions shrank rather than expanded.
The apartment on the outskirts stayed spare.
Futon. Weapons rack. Two changes of clothes. A small table. A few utensils.
One plant sat on the windowsill, its leaves a struggling green.
She had not bought it.
It had arrived as a gift from a medic who had signed “Mina’s” discharge papers months ago and pressed the small pot into her hands. A training incident, the report had said.
“It helps to have something living around,” they had said.
She had not known what to do with it.
Plants had never mattered before. They had been background, food sometimes, obstacles other times.
But she put it on the sill and watered it when she remembered.
It did not die.
She took silent pride in that.
Sometimes, on evenings between missions, she sat on the floor with her back against the wall and watched the plant instead of the ceiling.
It tilted slightly towards the light, over days.
A slow, stubborn reaching.
“That is inefficient,” she murmured once. “You cannot move far.”
The plant did not answer.
She watered it anyway.
There were nights when she took off the mask and stared at the wall for hours.
Not because she was lost in thought.
Because for the first time in her life, there were stretches of time where no one demanded anything of her.
No mission.
No training.
No orders.
Blankness had always been dangerous. In Root, it meant someone else would fill it. Here, it was only her and the slow sounds of the village beyond her door.
Parents calling children inside.
Dogs barking.
Laughter from a distant izakaya.
She rarely went into the village proper without a reason.
Masks were for missions. Faces were for no one.
Still, sometimes, when she walked back from ANBU headquarters, she saw silhouettes that made her pause.
A tall silver haired shinobi on a hill beyond the training grounds, shoulders bowed.
A boy with the same hair, alone at a memorial stone, staring at names.
Kakashi.
She had heard of him more often as the war went on.
The prodigy.
The youngest ever jonin.
The one who had lost a teammate to a falling rock, then another to his own hand.
Reports filtered through ANBU channels in clipped lines.
Team Minato, compromised, Uchiha Obito KIA.
Hatake Kakashi gained a single Sharingan asset. A gift from a dying friend
Later: Nohara Rin deceased, circumstances classified.
In the market, someone muttered quietly to another, both voices low.
“They say he killed her himself.”
“It was a mission.”
“Still.”
Minai heard only pieces. She did not search for more.
She knew what missions did.
She knew what choices looked like when they were not choices at all.
One evening, coming back from a debrief, she saw Kakashi from a rooftop.
He stood before the memorial stone as the sky bled into orange. Wind tugged at his hitai-ate and the cloth covering his lower face. His posture was too straight to be relaxed, too rigid to be at ease.
He raised a hand, fingers tracing a name carved into stone.
Minai watched from a distance, Ryuu’s mask sitting atop her small face.
She did not go down.
She had no right to speak to him.
But she recognised the shape of someone who had been given more grief than years.
Sakumo’s son.
She wondered, briefly, if Kakashi knew the full story behind the judgement that had driven his father to end his life. If he knew how much of that weight belonged to the village, not the man.
Probably not.
Truth travelled slowly in Konoha.
She turned away and went home.
That night, she sat on the floor for longer than usual, mask on the table, plant on the sill, listening to the quiet.
News of Orochimaru’s defection reached her in a single sentence.
She was returning from a mission when Fox intercepted her in the corridor, hand resting on a scroll.
“Hokage wants tighter patrols,” Fox said. “Orochimaru is gone.”
Minai stopped walking.
“Gone,” she repeated.
“Left the village. Took experiments with him. Bodies. Evidence. Everything.”
The words arranged themselves in her mind with grim precision.
It was not surprising.
She had seen cracks forming in him years ago, hairline fractures where ambition and dissatisfaction pressed too hard against the role he had been given. His eyes had always lingered on things other people looked away from, too fascinated by what lay under the skin of the world to be satisfied with surface.
Still.
He had also saved her. Twice.
Once by bringing her to Konoha at all.
Once by ensuring Danzo could not use her as his personal little soldier.
She thought of him in the hospital room, anger expertly hidden behind deceptively calm yellow eyes.
She felt no urge to truly condemn him. She disagreed, sure, his methods were questionable, yes. Actions taken too far, also yes. But something inside her could never truly hate him. Gratefulness perhaps, the lifelong type.
He had left a village that had already failed both of them in different ways.
Sadness touched her, light as a fingertip on a bruise.
“Do we hunt him?” she asked.
“Not you,” Fox said. “Others.”
She nodded.
Of course.
It would take more than one ghost to catch a man like that.
That night, she lay on her futon and stared at the window.
The plant rustled softly in a breeze. Another person from her list gone. Another friend lost.
Orochimaru had always been a creature of sharp edges. Expecting him to stay within soft lines had never been realistic.
She did not forgive his crimes. She did not justify them. She still hoped to one day see him again, friend or foe, to at least thank him properly, to at least say goodbye.
So, she simply accepted that he had always belonged to his own path, not Hiruzen’s, not Konoha’s.
And in that acceptance, she found a strange sort of peace.
On the front lines, the whispers grew.
An Iwa squad huddled round a dying fire, voices low.
“They say the dragon mask was supposedly seen briefly again.”
“Where?”
“Two valleys over. Took out an entire scouting unit, apparently. No one heard a thing.”
“It is just a story.”
“Then why did command add this to the briefings?”
He pulled out a folded, smudged page and passed it round.
The sketch looked the same as before, only darker now, lines pressed in harder as if the artist had wanted to pin the image to the paper.
Ryuu.
Flee on sight.
One of them laughed nervously.
“What if we cannot flee?”
“Then kiss your ass goodbye,” another muttered.
The commander shook his head.
“If you see the dragon mask,” he said quietly, “you run. If you cannot run, you pray.”
They were not religious men.
Their prayers went unanswered.
In Konoha, Minai’s days continued to follow their narrow loop.
Mission.
Debrief.
Apartment.
Mask on the table.
She cleaned her weapons with almost obsessive care, wiping each blade until it shone, checking edge, balance, weight. She took more care of the kunai than she did of herself.
Food was functional. Sleep came when she let it.
Sometimes she caught sight of herself in the small mirror above the sink.
A girl, pretty, some would say, mid teens, obsidian eyes older than they should be, long dark hair tied back in a practical knot.
Mina.
Minai.
Both and neither.
She did not linger on her reflection.
The mask made more sense.
——————————————————————————
The last mission of the war did not come labelled as such.
It arrived like any other: a sealed scroll, Fox at her door before dawn, voice quiet.
“Border again,” they said. “Hokage wants you.”
Minai dressed without comment, armour settling over familiar scars, Ryuu mask cool in her hand.
Outside, the air held that brittle chill of late war. Not quite peace. Not quite open conflict. A held breath.
She went to the tower.
The briefing room was lit by a single lamp. Shadows stretched long across the map on the table. Hiruzen stood with his back to the window, pipe unlit between his fingers again.
He looked older.
Not in a way that could be measured by years, but in the way his shoulders had begun to carry weight even when he was not sitting down.
“Ryuu,” he said, nodding to her.
“Hokage-sama,” she replied.
He tapped a point on the map.
“There is an Iwa unit positioned here, in the valley near the old supply route. They have not withdrawn with the others. We suspect they intend a final strike before the truce is signed.”
“Objective?” she asked.
“Disable them,” he said. “Permanently. No survivors.”
The words did not shock her.
“Intelligence?” she asked.
“Captain level commander. Likely earth release specialists. Numbers uncertain, but not enough to form a full division,” he said. “They are desperate. That makes them dangerous.”
She nodded.
“Any support?” she asked.
Hiruzen studied her for a moment.
“Not this time either,” he said. “I need this to be clean and untraceable. If this goes poorly, it could damage negotiations.”
“Then it will not go poorly,” she said.
For a flicker of a moment, he smiled.
“Be careful,” he said.
She inclined her head.
“I will return,” she answered.
The valley was narrow, carved by an old river whose bed had long since dried to cracked stone and dust. High cliffs rose on either side, pocked with ledges and cracks perfect for ambushers.
Which made it a terrible place to camp.
Unless you wanted to spring a final trap.
Minai watched from above, lying flat on her stomach at the edge of the cliff, cloak blending with rock. The Sharingan bled into her vision calm as breath. She saw everything.
Below, she counted.
One, two, three… eight uniformed Iwa shinobi. One commander, distinguished by the way the others glanced at him. His chakra flared more strongly than the rest, heavy and grounded.
Earth release. Likely high level.
They were setting marks along the valley walls, hands pressing seals into stone.
She watched the pattern form.
If they completed it, anyone travelling through this path could be crushed in a single, carefully crafted landslide.
High casualties. Clean deniability.
She could not allow them to finish.
She waited until the commander stepped away from the others to check the work.
Then moved.
Ryuu dropped from the cliff like a shadow cast free.
She landed on the wall itself, feet sticking with a brief pulse of chakra. The commander looked up, eyes widening as the dragon mask filled his view, backlit by grey sky.
He reacted quickly.
Earth spikes erupted from the rock where she had stood a heartbeat before, tearing chunks of stone free. She had already moved, springing sideways along the wall, hands forming seals. The Sharingan was an awfully convenient ally.
Fire release.
She exhaled a stream of flame, not wide, but focused, lancing towards the nearest cluster of sealing marks. They burned away in a flash of hungry orange, the intricate pattern disrupted.
“Enemy!” someone shouted below.
Kunai and shuriken arced up towards her, a brief deadly rain. The Sharingan tracked their paths, predicting their angles. She twisted between them, cloak snapping, some glancing off stone where she had just been.
The commander slammed his palm against the rock.
“Earth style. Rock prison.”
The wall beneath her feet lurched. Segments of stone rose, folding inwards, trying to trap her between closing slabs.
She dropped, allowing gravity to pull her free.
The valley floor rushed up. She landed in a crouch, knees bending to absorb the impact, hand skidding along dust.
Two Iwa shinobi charged her, one from each side.
She turned towards the first, caught his wrist, and used his momentum to hurl him into the path of the second. They collided in a breathless grunt. Her foot snapped up, heel cracking under the chin of the nearest, dropping him limp.
The second scrambled to his feet, forming signs.
She did not let him finish.
Lightning danced along her fingers, sparked alive with a precise pulse of chakra. It was not a technique as refined as the ones she had heard whispers about on Kakashi’s side of the war, but it did not need to be.
Her hand pressed to the man’s chest.
The shock jerked through him, muscles locking, eyes rolling back.
He fell.
Behind her, the commander roared, a full-bodied sound that shook dust from the walls.
“You think one ANBU can end us?” he shouted, slamming both hands to the ground.
The valley trembled. The floor buckled, chunks of earth rising like the backs of surfacing beasts. A fissure tore across the ground towards her.
She leapt back, flipping onto one of the newly raised boulders, using it as a springboard to close the distance to him.
He met her with a stone clad fist, forearm hardened by earth chakra, aiming to break bone on contact.
She met it with open palm, redirecting his arm just enough that it glanced off her shoulder instead of smashing straight through.
Pain flared. She ignored it.
He snarled and drew back for another blow.
She saw his chakra flare a moment before he moved. The Sharingan whispered to her in the way it always did now, not with words but with arcs of potential.
His weight would shift forward. His back foot would anchor there. His guard would drop for an instant to generate more power.
She stepped into that opening before he made it.
Her hand cut across his throat with a kunai, a clean, fast slice.
The earth armour protected skin cracked, flesh inside. Blood sprayed, hot and fast. He staggered, eyes wide, hand flying to his neck.
She stepped aside as he collapsed, watching him fall without satisfaction.
The remaining shinobi faltered.
“Retreat!” one shouted. “Get word back to–”
Ryuu moved.
Fire.
Steel.
Silent, inevitable steps.
She did not let them run.
Not because she enjoyed the chase.
Because Hiruzen had been clear.
No survivors.
By the time the valley stilled, the only sounds were the settling of disturbed stone and the faint hiss of cooling embers where sealing marks had burned away.
She stood alone in the middle of the ruined pattern, mask steady, breath slightly elevated but controlled.
Her shoulder throbbed. Dust clung to her armour. A smear of blood darkened one glove.
Inside, she felt almost nothing.
Just a line ticked in her mind.
Mission complete.
The emptiness that followed was deeper than usual.
It frightened her more than the blood at her feet ever had.
Back in Konoha, the sky looked the same as it always did.
Blue. Wide. A little too open for someone who had grown up underground and under rain.
Minai reported directly to the tower, armour only half cleaned.
Hiruzen waited in the same briefing room as before, map rolled up now, pipe in hand.
She set a small packet on the table.
“Evidence of sealing pattern,” she said. “Commanding officer neutralised. Entire unit eliminated.”
He opened the packet, scanning the charred remnants, the notes she had made on enemy positions and chakra signatures.
“This will be enough,” he said.
He sank into his chair more heavily than usual.
Minai watched him quietly.
“You are injured,” he said, glancing at her shoulder.
“It is minor,” she replied. “He hardened his arm.”
“Earth release,” Hiruzen said. “You countered with… lightning?”
“Yes.”
“And fire to disrupt the pattern,” he added.
“Yes.”
He studied her for a long moment.
“You truly are remarkable,” he said softly. “Large chakra reserves, dual fire and lightning affinity, a combat prodigy skill level, fully mature three tomoe Sharingan, a tactical mind that would shame most jonin, and yet you speak of your own work as if you were filing reports for someone else.”
“I am filing reports,” she said.
He smiled tiredly.
“Of course you are.”
He set the packet aside and leaned back, pipe rolling between his fingers.
“The fighting is ending,” he said.
Minai did not react at first.
“Ending,” she echoed.
“An official ceasefire will be signed soon,” he said. “Troops are already being withdrawn. You will see fewer missions like this.”
“Fewer,” she repeated. “Not none.”
“No,” he admitted. “Never none, likely.”
Silence stretched between them, not uncomfortable, but heavy with the shape of what they had both done in the name of this village.
“I will step down,” Hiruzen said quietly.
That startled her more than any mention of war ending.
“You are the Hokage,” she said. It was not quite an objection, but close.
“I have been Hokage for a long time,” he said. “It is time for someone younger. Someone whose body and chakra are not exhausted by decades of battle and difficult choices.”
She breathed out once.
“I have chosen who will be Fourth,” he continued. “A new Hokage. And I would like you to serve him as you have served me.”
Serve.
The word no longer tasted like erasure.
“Who?” she asked.
“Namikaze Minato,” Hiruzen said.
She knew the name.
Even someone who rarely left their apartment, who spent more time underground than under the sky, knew that name.
The Yellow Flash of Konoha.
The man Iwa hated so much they had issued kill on sight and flee on sight orders in the same breath.
Calm genius.
Golden reputation.
The opposite of a ghost.
“He is a very different shinobi from me,” Hiruzen said. “From Danzo. From Orochimaru. His view of the village is… brighter.”
Minai considered this.
“Will he expect me to be bright too?” she asked.
Hiruzen chuckled once, genuinely.
“Probably not,” he said. “He will be grateful you keep the shadows from swallowing that brightness whole.”
She nodded slowly.
“If you ask it, I will serve him,” she said.
“I am not asking as Hokage,” Hiruzen replied. “I am asking as the man who watched you become what you are. I believe he will value you not as a tool, but as a comrade, an ally.”
The idea sat strangely in her.
Comrade.
A word for people who stood side by side on equal ground.
She had never had one of those.
“All right,” she said.
That night, Minai climbed to a secluded rooftop on the outskirts of the village, Ryuu mask hanging from her fingers.
Below, Konoha breathed.
Lanterns glowed softly along streets. A dog barked somewhere, then quieted. The hum of voices drifted up from a cluster of houses where a family ate together, their laughter faint but real.
The Hokage monument loomed in the distance, three faces carved into stone. A fourth space waited, not yet claimed and not yet shaped.
Minato’s space.
The war was ending.
Her missions would change shape, but not vanish.
She would put on the dragon mask again. She would move through shadows, silence, blood. She would protect this village that had given her as much pain as shelter, because there were people in it who needed someone like her to hold the line.
Children like Kakashi once had been.
Children like others she had yet to meet.
She looked down at the mask, turning it over in her hand.
For the first time since Root, she allowed her mind to step half a pace away from the path laid in front of her.
If I ever stop being a shinobi… what would I be?
The thought startled her more than any enemy ambush.
There was no answer. It wasn’t needed anyway. She likely wouldn’t be anything but a shinobi in this life.
She slipped the mask back into place.
For now, she was Ryuu.
Minai cam second.
The village slept on, unaware of the girl on the rooftop who had given it her childhood.
The war was ending.
And she didn’t know it, but her story was just beginning.
Chapter 5: The Sun had Blue Eyes, The Moon’s Hair was Red
Summary:
Aaaaaand enter Minato, the genius ray of sunshine, and Kushina, love and care wrapped in boundless energy. Hope you guys enjoy this chapter, as it is a little reprieve before it all goes to hell as it does in canon. Thank you for reading!!
Notes:
Hi guys, I managed to write up to Chapter 11, so of course, I decided it is okay to post one more chapter this week!! I really struggled with this chapter, because I always felt like I wasn’t doing justice to the characters, I rewrote it at least 4 times, and it ended up being one of the longest chapters by far. I hope I eventually managed to portray the characters well, I was seriously debating on how to fit Minai here, but ended up sticking with this, so here it is - please enjoy!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The summons came at dawn.
Not urgent; simply formal. Delivered by a masked runner with a voice like a bell struck once and allowed to fade. Ryuu acknowledged it with a nod, sealed the scroll, and tucked it into the inner lining of her flak vest. Her movements were precise, efficient, everything in her life designed to leave almost no echo.
The Third Shinobi War had ended ten days ago.
She still felt nothing.
Or perhaps feeling nothing had become another kind of wound she was no longer trained to recognise.
Konoha was quiet this morning. The village was suspended in that strange, too-soft calm that always follows a war - when even the birds seemed to question whether it was safe to sing again. Ryuu walked through that fragile hush without disturbing it, crossing tiled rooftops and narrow alleys until she reached the Hokage Tower.
Guards bowed their heads but did not speak. ANBU did not exchange small talk. Especially not Ryuu.
Especially not after the war she had fought.
Outside Hiruzen’s old office stood a single ANBU operative, Fox mask. He inclined his head respectfully.
“He’s waiting,” he murmured. “I won’t be here when you get out, my shift has almost ended, but I hope you get good news Ryuu.”
Ryu nodded once and stepped inside.
But it was not Hiruzen who stood behind the Hokage’s desk.
It was Namikaze Minato.
The Fourth Hokage looked nothing like the legends she had heard.
Most great men carried heaviness with them - war clinging to their backs like the smell of smoke. But Minato stood tall and calm, as if war had washed over him without sticking to his spirit. His cloak gleamed white, untouched, embroidered with the red flames of a title newly earned. His blond hair caught the light like a reflection on clean glass.
And his eyes, blue, impossibly clear, lifted to her with a gentleness that made her hesitate at the threshold.
It felt wrong to step into such light wearing a mask meant for shadows.
“Thank you for coming, Ryuu.” Minato’s voice was warm without being soft. Steady, like someone who knew the weight of lives yet carried hope anyway. “Please. Come closer.”
She obeyed, boots silent.
Minato dismissed the guard with a nod. The door shut behind them with a click that sounded louder in her ears than it should have.
They were alone.
And Ryuu understood, on instinct, that this meeting was not optional formalities. The Fourth Hokage wanted something from her. Something Hiruzen had once wanted too: truth.
He studied her mask for a long moment.
“Could you remove it?” Minato asked, not ordering, not demanding, asking. “I would like to see the face of Konoha’s most elusive operative.”
Ryu hesitated.
Not out of fear.
Out of uncertainty.
Because no one asked to see her.
Not like this.
But she had been trained to obey, and Minato was Hokage now.
Her fingers lifted, steady as ever, unfastening the mask.
When she lowered it, Minato inhaled softly.
Not pity.
Not shock.
Just recognition.
A girl.
Barely thirteen.
With eyes too old for her years and posture carved from war.
She bowed.
“Ryuu reporting as ordered, Hokage-sama.”
Minato didn’t speak immediately. He circled the desk, stepping closer until he stood within an arm’s reach.
“You’re younger than I expected,” he said quietly.
“I was recruited early,” she replied.
“That is one word for it,” he murmured. “I’ve read your file, it didn’t have your age in it, only your name and an estimation, it said under 21 years old.”
She resisted the urge to tense. The Root file.
Not hers.
Just the one written about her.
Minato seemed to sense the shift.
“I’ve also spoken to Hiruzen-sama,” he said. “His words were… different from those records. And far more telling.”
Ryuu kept silent.
Minato didn’t press. He simply stepped back and folded his arms behind him.
“I asked to meet you because the war is over. Konoha must move into peace with stronger foundations, not hidden splinters. And you, Minai…” His eyes softened. “You’re not a splinter. You’re someone this village failed in many ways.”
She didn’t know how to answer that. Failure was not something she attributed to others. Only to herself. Only to missions.
Minato continued, careful, as if navigating a fragile line.
“I would like to ask you a few questions. Simple ones. Answer as you wish. Not as a report.”
Report.
The word clung to her bones like instinct.
But she nodded.
Minato gestured toward the low table at the side of the room. Tea waited there - three cups, though only two were needed.
She sat. He sat across from her.
“How do you live?” he asked gently.
“Efficiently,” she replied.
“Do you have anyone here for you?”
“No.”
Minato’s expression shifted, subtle, but real.
“Do you want any?” he asked.
She blinked.
Want?
The concept was foreign.
Root conditioned needs, not wants.
“I want to serve the Hokage,” she said finally.
Minato sighed, not frustrated, just… sad.
“That wasn’t the question,” he murmured. “Minai, what do you want? As a person, not as a weapon.”
As a person.
She didn’t know how to conceptualise herself that way.
“I don’t understand,” she admitted.
And Minato’s eyes softened even more.
“That’s alright,” he said. “You will. I’ll make sure of it.”
He poured tea into her cup.
“From today forward,” he continued, “I will ask you to serve under me. As ANBU. As Ryuu, one of my strongest. But I will also ask something else.”
She waited.
“I want you to have a life outside ANBU. However small at first. You are a child. And you deserve to be one.”
“A child?” she repeated, confused. “I completed thirty-eight solo missions in the last eight-”
“And that is exactly why,” he said. “You should have been allowed to grow, not be sharpened.”
Silence fell between them like dust settling after a collapse.
Minato changed the subject, shifting from warmth to practicality.
“I will need,” he said, “your true name. I want you to say it.”
She hesitated.
Not because she feared him.
But because no one had asked for it in years.
“Uchiha Minai,” she said quietly.
And Minato blinked-slowly, deliberately-processing the weight of that truth.
“You’ve never been registered,” he murmured. “Not properly. Not under that name.”
“No.”
“Danzo?”
“Yes and no, Uchiha-sama wasn’t aware of my existence, he had a life of his own already.”
A long exhale left him. Not angry, but controlled. Deep. The kind that came from recognising a rot under the floorboards of a home he’d inherited. He had heard her story from Hiruzen, but hearing this girl, this child, talk so nonchalantly about her lack of family, by choice mind you, was unnerving.
Minato leaned forward.
“Minai,” he said, using her name with the gentle precision of someone placing a fragile object on a shelf. “I am going to fix this. Your identity, your record, your place in this village. But before I do…”
He paused.
“I’d like you to trust me. Can you do that?”
She didn’t know how to answer that either.
Trust was a currency Root never issued her.
But Minato’s eyes were steady and impossibly patient.
So she chose the closest truth she could.
“I trust that you do not lie,” she said.
Minato smiled softly.
“That’s a good start.”
Kakashi was waiting outside the office, his shift just began, leaning against a wall with the lazy posture of someone who slept too little and thought too much. He hadn’t been told who Minato-sensei was meeting, only that it was “classified.”
Which usually meant ANBU.
Or something even more complicated. Hopefully the latter.
He watched the door.
Waited.
Waited longer.
He was used to waiting.
When the door opened, he expected someone tall. Brutal. One of Konoha’s masked ghosts with dead eyes and heavier footsteps than normal shinobi.
Instead-
A girl walked out.
A girl who moved like she wasn’t sure she was allowed to exist loudly.
Dark hair, long, tied neatly. Civilian clothes beneath ANBU plating. No visible clan symbols. And her eyes - obsidian, deep and unreadable, but not empty. Just… controlled. Too controlled.
Kakashi straightened.
That was no ordinary kunoichi.
He knew fighting posture better than he knew breathing.
Hers was perfection - silent and surgical.
But she looked thirteen. Maybe.
She didn’t notice him immediately. Or pretended not to. Her senses were sharp; he could tell by the micro-adjustments in her stride.
She paused at the railing, looking out at Konoha with an expression Kakashi couldn’t decipher. Not sadness. Not longing. Something quieter. Something like confusion wrapped in habit.
He stepped closer.
“ANBU?” he asked.
She didn’t turn fully. Just enough for one eye to meet his.
“Yes.”
Her voice was low, smooth, practiced.
Mask voice.
But without the mask.
Kakashi tilted his head.
“New?”
“Not to ANBU.”
“Oh?” He raised an eyebrow. “Never seen you before.”
“Most people don’t.”
Cryptic.
He found it irritating. And intriguing.
But before he could ask more, the Hokage’s door opened wider.
Minato stepped out, smiling warmly.
“Ah, Kakashi. Good timing.” He touched the girl’s shoulder. “This is Mina. She’ll be working under me from now on.”
Mina.
A Konoha name.
Simple. Clean. No last name mentioned.
Kakashi blinked. Something felt off. As if a much larger story lived behind that single syllable.
Mina bowed politely. “Hatake-san.”
Kakashi narrowed his visible eye slightly.
So she knew him.
But he didn’t know her.
That meant she’d been watching.
Or someone had told her everything.
Minato stepped between them before Kakashi could question it.
“You’ll meet again,” the Hokage said cheerfully, as if reading both their thoughts. “Ryuu will continue serving in my ANBU corps, just less…anonymously now.”
Ryuu.
Kakashi froze.
Because that name he knew.
Everyone in ANBU knew Ryuu.
The ghost.
The prodigy.
The silent blade during the war.
A girl as old as him.
The one they whispered about with half-disbelief.
He looked at the girl again.
Small.
Calm.
Unassuming.
No.
Not unassuming.
Coiled.
Like a weapon sheathed only because she was ordered to be.
And Kakashi understood something:
The ghost had always been real.
He just never imagined she’d be a girl his age.
Mina, or Ryuu, walked past him, descending the steps with the controlled grace of someone who had never been allowed to stumble.
Kakashi watched her go.
And for the first time in a long time, something like curiosity flickered inside him.
Who was she?
Not her file.
Not her mask.
Her.
Minato clapped a hand on his shoulder.
“Keep an eye out,” the Hokage said softly. “She’s talented. But she’s been like you, alone a long time.”
Kakashi didn’t answer.
He didn’t need to.
He was already watching.
——————————————————————————
Minato did not like opening Root files.
They smelled wrong, even on paper. Not of ink or dust, but of the way a room felt after someone raised their voice then pretended they hadn’t. The air went thin. The walls listened.
Tonight, the Hokage’s office was quiet save for the scratch of paper and the faint tick of the clock on the far wall. Moonlight leaked past the curtains. A single lamp pooled gold over his desk, lighting the three folders laid out before him.
One with the Root seal.
One with the standard ANBU hawk stamp.
One with the neutral, bland insignia of Konoha’s civilian registry.
All three were about the same person.
Or rather, three different versions of a person who should never have been split in the first place.
Minato rubbed at his eyes and forced himself to start with Root.
The Root file was older than it should have been for someone her age. The first page was a brief:
NAME: Minai
ORIGIN: Amegakure (Refugee)
STATUS: Acquired asset
AGE AT ACQUISITION: ~below ten (estimated)
POTENTIAL: High. Chakra reserves anomalous. Sharingan suspected.
NOTES: No clan. No guardian. No ties.
There were no words like “rescued” or “protected.” Just acquired. Like a stolen weapon or a scroll.
Minato flipped the page.
Mission logs began at five. Five years old. Training assessments written in the same flat, clinical hand. “Responds well to conditioning.” “Obedience excellent.” “Pain tolerance remarkable.” A red-ink note in the margin: “Eyes show unusual pattern under stress - monitor for ocular development, potential sharingan activation - likely.”
His jaw tightened.
He made himself read every line.
The file spoke of a shadow moving through the Third War long before anyone had called him “Yellow Flash.” Silent eliminations. Infiltration missions whose locations were not even written, just coded. There was a pattern of assignments that went into places even he hadn’t been told about.
And over and over, the same annotation instead of a proper field evaluation:
RECOMMENDED: Continue training.
Minato exhaled slowly through his nose.
He had killed on the battlefield. He had sent others to kill, because that was the job, and he had accepted that burden. But there was something fundamentally wrong in the way Root wrote about a child. It treated her like a tool you sharpened, not a person who bled.
He turned to the last page.
A brief, clipped note. The handwriting changed here, marginally sharper, as though the writer had been angry and hiding it.
SUBJECT: Minai
TRANSFERRED: Per Third Hokage directive
DESTINATION: Direct ANBU oversight under Hokage
ROOT ACCESS: REVOKED
No complaint. No signature, just the Root stamp.
Hiruzen had done that much, at least. Pulled her out.
But it meant one thing very clearly: Danzo Shimura had once had his hands on her. And people Danzo touched rarely walked away without scars.
Minato pushed the Root folder aside, as though the physical distance could make any of it less ugly.
He opened the ANBU file next.
The contrast was almost jarring.
NAME: Mina
AGE: below 18 (estimated)
RANK: ANBU operative
CODENAME: RYUU
PRIMARY ELEMENT: Katon, Raiton
NOTABLE: High-level Sharingan confirmed, three tomoe, chakra control remarkable, combat abilities exemplary, shown skill in combat strategy
The assessments here were clipped, professional, but…less cold. Evaluations from Hiruzen whom she had served under. Mission reports. Confirmed kills and missive extractions, information gathering missions, but phrased with shinobi pragmatism rather than Root cruelty.
“Operative Ryuu displays exceptional situational awareness and real-time strategy.”
“Recommended for high-risk solo assignments.”
“Loyalty to Hokage appears absolute.”
One margin note, in neat script Minato recognised as Hiruzen’s own:
She is too used to obeying faceless orders. Needs an anchor. Someone she to remind her of the girl behind the mask.
Minato’s gaze lingered there.
He could hear Hiruzen’s voice from earlier that week, when he’d handed him the ANBU key and the sealed list of ghosts who had served directly under him. When he told him of this child’s tragic upbringing, of her Uchiha blood, of Fugaku, of Sakumo’s kindness to her, of Root.
“She’s one of ours, Minato. But she was never allowed to be anyone’s. Be careful with her.”
He’d met her the next day. Ryuu. The mask with the dragon pattern, the perfect posture, the sparse answers. The way she had stood in his office, thirteen years old and standing like someone bracing for impact.
When he’d asked if she had anyone, she had replied, “No,” in that calm, not-quite-empty voice.
And when he’d ordered her to take off her mask, he’d seen the Uchiha in her.
Not just the kekkei genkai itself, but the history in her face, the elegance of her features, but the deadly posture, the eyes - the way she watched exits, tallying threats, the tension in her shoulders that never dropped. Her face still had a softness to it, the kind teenagers had before they really grew into their bones, but her gaze was all veteran.
He flipped to the last ANBU page.
There, in fresh ink, was a postscript he himself had written after that meeting.
Pending: review civilian registration. Identity fractures with former Root designation “Minai” need to be addressed. Danger of leverage if this remains.
Minato closed the ANBU folder.
Last, he opened the civilian registry.
As expected, it was a mess.
Two separate entries. One, half-finished, under “Minai,” stamped with the small notation: “Origin: Amegakure (Refugee),” then crossed out with a heavier pen. The second, “Mina,” in a different clerk’s hand, tagged as “Status: Classified—See ANBU file.”
A note at the bottom:
REQUEST FOR CONSOLIDATION: PENDING HOKAGE REVIEW.
Paper, he thought, should not be allowed to look this anxious.
Minato sat back in his chair and let the three folders form a crooked line on the desk.
Minai. Mina. Ryuu.
Three lives, one girl.
Any one of those could be used against her. Or against him.
If someone like Danzo wanted leverage, all they had to do was point and say: Ame-born Root weapon. Enemy refugee. Illegitimate Uchiha. Too much, too dangerous, too foreign.
If another village got their hands on her Root file, her Uchiha origin would make her a target for dojutsu theft forever. If anyone sympathetic to Danzo in T&I or Administration dug deep, they’d find the fracture and tug.
He pressed his fingertips into the wood.
No. He wasn’t going to leave her like that.
When Minato made seals, he made them clean. Lines meeting perfectly, the flow of chakra seamless so there were no points of weakness for an opponent to exploit.
He would do the same thing here.
By the time the lamp’s oil had burned low, his decision was made.
He set the Root file to the far left, opened it again, and picked up a brush.
“Hokage-sama?”
The soft voice belonged to the night-duty clerk, a nervous, round-faced chunin who always looked as if he were afraid someone would yell at him for breathing too loud. He lingered in the doorway carrying a tray with tea.
Minato smiled at him, gentle despite his exhaustion. “Thank you. Come in.”
The clerk tiptoed forward, set the tray down, then glanced at the spread files and went pale when he recognised the Root stamp.
“Oh. I- um, I can come back-”
“It’s fine,” Minato said. “Actually, I need you.”
The man blinked.
Minato turned the ANBU and civilian folders so they faced the chūnin.
“This operative,” he said, tapping the header where “Mina” was written. “Her records need to be standardised.”
The clerk nodded quickly. “Of course, Hokage-sama. Consolidation- I saw the note you left for me, but I didn’t know which name was correct, because-”
“Neither,” Minato said lightly.
The chunin’s mouth opened, then closed.
Minato’s smile didn’t reach his eyes.
“We’re going to do this properly,” he continued. “From today forward, her full legal name is Uzuha Mina. Origin: Konoha, war orphan. Status: ANBU operative under Hokage command. The Root designation ‘Minai, Amegakure refugee’ will be sealed under Hokage-level clearance only. I want that entire file moved out of general archives and into deep storage. Nobody touches it without my direct order. No one outside this office knows the name Minai exists. No one is to know of this, or hear of this either.”
The chunin stared at him, eyes wide. “Y-yes, sir. Uzuha…Mina. Konoha war orphan. I’ll- I’ll draft the forms and update the registry immediately.”
“Good.” Minato’s tone stayed calm, but firm. “For ANBU access systems, for mission rosters, for any official document that leaves this room, she is Uzuha Mina. Codename Ryuu. Nothing connects her to Root or Ame. If someone asks where she came from, the answer is simple: here. We raised her. Understood?”
The man swallowed, but replied determinedly. “Understood, Hokage-sama.”
Minato let his chakra flicker, just enough to underscore the words.
This wasn’t cruelty. It was clarity.
“I’ll bring the revised file for your signature before sunrise,” the clerk promised.
“Thank you,” Minato said. “And…be careful, please. If you encounter any resistance to this change from other departments, I want to hear about it.”
The chunin nodded fervently. “Yes, Hokage-sama.”
When the door closed again, the office felt a little quieter.
Minato sat alone with the Root folder in front of him.
He looked down at “Minai” one more time.
“I’m not erasing you, I promise” he said softly, to the empty room. “Just putting you somewhere Danzo can’t reach.”
He closed the file with decisive fingers, wrote the transfer seal himself, and applied the Hokage stamp.
Minai’s past slid into the dark, locked behind all the protections he could muster on short notice.
He left the ANBU and civilian folders open.
“Uzuha Mina,” he murmured, testing the name. “Let’s see if we can make that mean something better than your last name meant for you.”
It was easier to think when he wasn’t surrounded by paper.
Later that night, Minato lay back on the tatami floor of his living room, one arm under his head, listening to the soft clink of cups in the kitchenette.
Kushina hummed off-key as she rinsed dishes. The smell of miso and grilled fish lingered in the air; his stomach felt pleasantly heavy.
He’d only meant to stop at home long enough to grab a quick meal and some fresh clothes. Instead, he’d stayed. It was hard to leave once Kushina started talking, and harder still when she tucked herself against his side on the couch and started weaving absurd stories about the various council members as if they were characters in some parody play.
He watched the lights from the neighbouring windows spill across the ceiling. Konoha was quiet at this hour. Recovery took a different sort of strength than war.
Kushina padded back into the room, drying her hands on a towel. “You’re making the squinty face,” she announced.
He blinked. “I have a squinty face?”
She flopped down next to him, red hair spilling like a blanket across his chest. “Your ‘I’m thinking about depressing political things and trying not to worry you’ face. It’s like this.” She scrunched her brow and lips in a terrible approximation of his serious expression.
He laughed, despite himself. “Is it that obvious?”
“To me?” Kushina poked his forehead. “You’re basically a glass of water, dattebane.”
He sighed and let his hand find her hair. “Hiruzen introduced me to one of the ANBU he’s been using. A girl.”
Kushina shifted, propping her chin on his chest. “A girl?”
“She’s…” How to explain Ryuu? “Thirteen. Maybe. Uchiha. Strong. Very strong. Too strong for someone who looks like she should be skipping class to eat dango by the river.”
“An Uchiha kid?” Kushina’s nose wrinkled. “Why haven’t I seen her at clan gatherings with Mikoto?”
“That’s part of the problem.” He hesitated. “She’s…illegitimate. Born in Ame, apparently. Orochimaru brought her to Konoha from one of his missions with the Sannin, Danzo got to her first. Root trained her as a weapon before Hiruzen pulled her out. She suffered a lot Kushina, and apparently only the White Fang did something about it, while he was still alive. Kakashi doesn’t seem to know, I don’t think I should tell him, so I haven’t, On paper she’s three different people, depending on which system you check.”
Kushina went very still.
Minato watched the anger gather in her eyes like thunderheads.
“Wait,” she said slowly. “Danzo got her when she was a kid. From Ame. And then we- as in, our village- put her in a mask and kept using her as a knife. And no one thought to give her an actual life?” Her voice sharpened. “What the hell, Minato?”
He flinched, not because she was angry with him, but because she wasn’t wrong.
“I’m trying,” he said quietly. “That’s why I’m telling you. I’ve started consolidation paperwork. I’m…making her a proper registration. A clean one. No Ame, no Root designation anyone can casually access.”
Kushina’s gaze searched his face. “What kind of registration?”
“Konoha-born war orphan,” he said. “Uzuha Mina. ANBU operative under Hokage command. Her old file goes into deep storage. Only I can pull it. This way if anyone goes digging, all they find is a sad story about a kid we recruited young because she showed talent in the Academy and Konoha at war was desperate for troops.”
Kushina sat back a little, chewing on her lip.
“Uzuha,” she repeated. “That’s a new one.”
“I thought…” Minato looked away, a bit sheepish. “It’s part ‘uzu’ from your surname, a nod to the way you were similarly brought to Konoha to be used for something, and ‘ha’ from UchiHA. A nod to you. And to her actual bloodline. A way of saying she’s…both her past and her present. Or can be, if she wants. I want us to help this girl, Kushina”
Kushina’s expression wavered between fond and furious.
“You sap,” she muttered, but there was no heat in it. “You enormous, dangerous sap. I love it-ttebane.”
He smiled.
“Do you think she’ll like it?” he asked.
Kushina’s brows drew together. “I don’t know. Names are…tricky. Especially if she’s had several forced on her already. But at least this one was given by someone who doesn’t see her as a tool.” Her fingers tightened on his sleeve. “Are you going to keep her in ANBU?”
“For now,” Minato said honestly. “She’s good at it. And there’s too much clean-up work after the war to sideline a shinobi like her completely. But I’m going to formalise her position. Give her a team on paper. Structure. And…”
“And?” she pressed.
“And ties,” he said softly. “People. A life outside the mask. Hiruzen said she needs an anchor. I think he’s right.”
Kushina stared at him for a long moment.
Then she sighed, the sound long and low.
“Bring her here.”
He blinked. “What?”
“At some point,” she clarified. “Not right away, idiot, don’t drag her into our house tomorrow and scare her. But if you’re serious about this ‘ties’ thing…” She gestured vaguely around them. “She should know what a home looks like. A real one. Not a bunk. Not a barracks. Somewhere she can eat food that isn’t ration bars and not worry about who’s watching her posture dattebane.”
Minato swallowed against the lump in his throat.
“You’re incredible,” he told her.
“Obviously,” she sniffed, then softened, eyes turning distant. “Also…if she’s Uchiha, and she’s been Root’s little hidden murder machine, Mikoto should at least know she exists. But that’s politics, and you can deal with that part later.” She reached out, poked his chest. “Right now? Don’t let Danzo anywhere near her file. Or her. Or me. Or our future kid. Or I’ll punch him so hard he’ll reincarnate into rocks.”
Minato laughed, helpless and quiet.
“I’ll keep that in mind, but we can’t tell Mikoto. Mina…she’s… she’s Fugaku’s kid actually, from before his marriage. He’s met her, tried to deny her before her sharingan activated at the loss of Hatake Sakumo, then during the meeting that was meant to plan her integration into the clan, she bailed him out.” he said, eyes tearing up “she apparently caught a glimpse of his family from the door before the meeting and decided she did not want to intrude. Only asked for her mother’s name, to grieve her properly…”
Kushina was already crying by the time Minato finished the story. “Oh my…this is a mess dattebane…”
“I know,” came Minato’s quiet reply, “but we’ll help her.”
“Yes, we most definitely will.”
The revised file was on his desk before dawn.
True to his word, the nervous chunin had worked through the night. Two fresh forms, ANBU and civilian all matching, all neat.
Minato picked them up one by one.
NAME: UZUHA MINA
ORIGIN: KONOHAGAKURE (WAR ORPHAN)
STATUS: ACTIVE ANBU OPERATIVE (CODE: RYU)
GUARDIAN: VILLAGE CARE, THEN DIRECT HOKAGE OVERSIGHT.
The Root file lay off to the side, now marked with the Hokage’s personal seal: DEEP RESTRICTED. The “Minai” line crossed through in an official, heavy stroke - but still legible beneath. Not erased. Just…buried.
He signed the new forms, added two more seals, one for privacy, one for classification, and closed the ANBU folder with a quiet finality.
There. Now he needed to tell her.
She arrived at his summons eleven minutes after the messenger had been sent, even though he’d specified no rush.
Ryuu stood in front of his desk, mask in place, posture straight. Cloak draped just so, hands loose at her sides - always ready, never relaxed.
Minato wondered, briefly, if anyone had ever simply told her she could sit.
“Ryuu,” he said. “At ease. Take off your mask, please.”
She obeyed immediately, fingers deft as she lifted the dragon mask and tucked it under one arm.
The Sharingan wasn’t active, but he could feel the weight of her gaze all the same. Dark eyes, too steady, taking in everything. Her face was unmarred, no scars, no visible damage, but he knew that was luck and precision, not softness of life. He activated the privacy seal, as he had done in her previous visits to his office.
“Good morning, Hokage-sama,” she said.
“Good morning, Minai,” he replied.
The flicker in her eyes was almost imperceptible. A tightening. A flinch that didn’t reach her muscles.
She hadn’t heard that name aloud in a long time, he realised.
“I wanted to speak to you about something that isn’t a mission,” he continued gently. “Your records.”
“Yes, Hokage-sama,” she said, wary now.
He gestured to the seat across from him. “You can sit.”
Her hesitation lasted half a second, as if she were scanning for traps. Then she moved, settling on the chair with precise care, hands folded in her lap.
Minato turned the three folders so she could see them.
“You have a Root file,” he said. “Under the name Minai, from Amegakure. You have an ANBU file, under the name Mina, codename Ryuu. Your civilian registry had just Minai. That kind of fracture is dangerous for a shinobi in your position.”
She watched him, expression blank but eyes too sharp. “I understand.”
He paused.
“Do you?” he asked.
She blinked, the smallest concession to confusion.
“What I mean is, that if someone were to seek leverage,” Minato explained, “they could use any inconsistency in your identity to question your loyalty. Your origin. Your place as a refugee here. They could reach back to Root. To Uchiha bloodline. To Ame and things that are dangerous to the person you are now. They could claim you don’t belong or try to hurt you..” He held her gaze. “I won’t allow either of that.”
Something in her posture went stiller. Not rigid - but thinner, as if she’d sucked in breath and was waiting to see if she’d be allowed to exhale.
“Hokage-sama,” she said carefully, “with respect, my life belongs to the village. If they decide I do not-”
“I decide,” Minato cut in, quietly but firmly. “That’s what this hat means.”
Her mouth shut.
He tapped the civilian folder.
“From today forward,” he said, “your full legal name is Uzuha Mina. On all official documents, on all rosters, on every form that is not locked in my private archive, you are recorded as a Konoha-born war orphan. No Ame designation. No Root notations. No trace to Uchiha heritage. You are an ANBU operative who was recruited young because of exceptional talent during wartime. That is the story anyone sees if they look.”
She stared at him.
He watched the words sink in, layer by layer.
“Uzuha,” she echoed, barely above a whisper.
“I thought it suited you,” Minato said. “I took the Uzu part from my wife’s surname, she is also a naturalised Konoha citizen, originally from another village, and the end part is a subtle nod to your true surname. If you don’t like it, we can discuss alternatives. But the important part is: Root can no longer claim you, neither administratively nor on paper. Danzo will not be able to pull you back with a line item and an old stamp.”
A flicker of something crossed her face. Not quite hope, too cautious for that, but some tautness loosening inside.
“How?” she asked.
“Because the office of the Hokage outranks Root,” Minato said simply. “And I’ve sealed your old file. No one can access it without my clearance. I haven’t erased it. Your past is still your past. But it isn’t a chain you have to drag into every room.”
She looked down at her hands.
Her fingers had curled, gripping the edge of the chair.
“My name is not in Root anymore,” she said slowly, like testing the shape of the thought. “Not where they can…reach it.”
“No,” he confirmed. “Your name is here.” He slid the new registry paper across the desk to her.
She took it without quite touching it at first, as if it might burn. Finally, her fingertips brushed the ink.
UZUHA MINA.
Someone had written it in careful, clean strokes. Age: 13 (approximate). Rank: ANBU. Guardian: Hokage (temporary oversight).
Something fragile moved in her face, barely there.
“Why?” she asked, after a moment. “I mean. I understand the tactical reasons. But…” Her eyes lifted to his. “Why go to this much trouble for one operative?”
Minato leaned back, folded his hands.
“Because you’re not just an operative,” he said. “You’re a child of this village, whether it knew how to claim you or not. Because Hiruzen entrusted you to me, and I don’t take that lightly. Because the war is over, and if we keep treating our youngest as tools, then we haven’t really won anything at all.”
Her throat moved as she swallowed.
“You told me, when we met,” he added gently, “that you had no one here for you. No one. That was a report-answer. Correct. Efficient. Root-trained.” He tilted his head. “I’d like that to change, eventually.”
Her eyes widened a fraction.
“I’m not…good at that,” she said, almost apologetic.
“We’ll figure it out,” Minato said, smiling. “You don’t have to decide anything today. For now, all I’m asking is that you remember this: if someone ever tries to use your past as Minai against you, or against me, you tell them to take it up with the Hokage. Understood?”
She studied him.
He let her look.
At last, she nodded. “Understood. Hokage-sama.”
“Good.” He softened his tone. “You can keep that copy,” he said, nodding at the registration in her hands. “It’s yours. If you want it.”
She glanced down at the paper again, then carefully folded it along the middle, fingers almost reverent.
“Yes,” she said quietly. “I…would like to keep it.”
He felt something uncoil in his chest.
“Then it’s yours,” he said. “Also, my wife has invited you to dinner, come whenever you feel comfortable enough doing so. It is not an order. Dismissed, Uzuha Mina.”
She blinked at the name.
Slowly, she rose. She put her mask back on, dragon face slipping into place, but he could see, in the angle of her shoulders, that something had shifted. Not much. Just a fraction. But it was there.
When she bowed, it wasn’t the brittle, too-perfect bow of Root conditioning.
It was almost…normal.
“Thank you,” she murmured, so softly he almost didn’t catch it.
Then she was gone.
Kakashi first noticed the name change on a mission roster.
He wasn’t looking for it. He’d come to the ANBU Headquarters because a messenger bird had knocked on his window at an ungodly hour and told him there was a file to pick up for Team Ro’s next assignment.
He slouched in front of the mission desk, mask off for once, hair a worse mess than usual. The ANBU clerk slid the assignment folder across with a too-bright “Good morning, senpai!” that Kakashi ignored in favor of flipping the file open.
His eye caught on the second page.
ASSIGNED OPERATIVES:
- Hatake Kakashi (Hound)Team Ro Captain
- Tenzo (Cat)
- Yugao Uzuki (Lynx)
- Namiashi Megumi (Penguin) - on medical leave due to injury
- Uzuha Mina (Ryuu) - substitute team member.
He frowned behind his mask out of habit, even though it wasn’t on his face.
“Uzuha…Mina?” he murmured.
“That’s Ryuu,” the clerk chirped. “Didn’t you hear? Hokage-sama released her file. Surname and everything. Very official, now Ryuu’s no longer a ghost in ANBU. He even came down to sign the substitute form for her on team Ro in person. Scared the life out of poor Sato, he thought he’d misfiled something-”
Kakashi tuned him out halfway through the sentence.
Ryuu.
He met her already.
In the field, Ryuu was known to move like water around a blade’s edge. Efficient. Precise. Not wasteful, the way some cocky jonin got when they realised how strong they were. The legend of the mask preceded the dark haired girl he was introduced to in front of the Hokage office.
Now, though, here it was in neat ink: Uzuha Mina.
A real name. A real record. A little note beside it, in the Hokage’s own handwriting: “File updated. Information sealed. For ANBU use only.”
Minato rarely wrote on rosters himself.
Kakashi closed the folder.
“Something wrong, Hatake-san?” the clerk asked, anxious.
Kakashi shrugged one shoulder. “Just curious,” he said. “Didn’t know Ryuu’s full name.”
The clerk chuckled. “To hear Admin talk, no one didn’t until last night, when he released her file.”
Kakashi mulled that over.
Minato-sensei had a soft spot for people the village had failed. It was one of the things Kakashi both admired and found quietly terrifying about him. The man could forgive and reach out in ways Kakashi, even now, could not always understand.
But he understood loyalty.
And if Minato was putting his own seal on this Ryuu’s file, that meant something.
Kakashi slipped the folder under his arm. “Got it,” he said. “Thanks.”
As he left HQ, he glanced up at the building, at the windows specifically.
For a moment, he thought he saw a slim figure leaving through the ANBU exit two floors down, dragon mask glinting in the morning light. Smaller than most of the operatives, posture a little too straight.
He wondered, briefly, if she felt any different, carrying her name on her sleeve now.
Then he pulled his own mask down, tucked the question away with all the others he never voiced, and headed out to meet his team.
There would be time enough, later, to see what kind of person Uzuha Mina was.
For now, all he needed to know was that Minato trusted her.
That was enough.
For now.
——————————————————————————
Minai spent the hours before six o’clock the next evening like she would before any mission.
She cleaned her apartment twice, even though it did not need cleaning the first time. She checked her weapons, then reminded herself she was not supposed to bring a full arsenal to a civilian dinner. She put three blades back. Then took one out again. Just in case.
Her wardrobe was hardly a wardrobe. ANBU standard black. Training gear. A single dark blue shirt she had bought once because the shopkeeper had said it looked nice, and she had not known how to refuse.
She put that on.
The fabric felt slightly different from her usual mission clothes. Softer. A little less armoured. As if it expected her to live through the night rather than disappear into it.
By the time she reached the street leading to the Namikaze house, she had gone over possible conversational pitfalls in her head.
If asked about missions, deflect.
If asked about Root, deflect harder.
If asked about her favourite food, invent something plausible.
She rounded the corner and saw him waiting.
Minato stood just outside the gate, cloak off, posture relaxed in a way she had only seen in flashes. Without the Hokage uniform, he looked less like a symbol and more like what he was, at his core.
A shinobi who smiled easily and worried deeply.
He noticed her approach at once.
“You came,” he said.
“You ordered-“ she corrected, then paused. “I mean invited.”
His mouth quirked. “I am glad you listened to the second part.”
He stepped aside to let her pass through the gate.
The garden leading up to the house was small but cared for. A few potted plants. Some herbs. The evening air carried the scent of broth and something savoury.
Minai’s senses catalogued points of entry and escape out of habit. Window left open on the second floor. Loose tile near the step. No ANBU watch visible, but she could feel them on the rooftops nearby, a familiar pressure at the edge of perception.
It calmed her more than it should have.
Minato walked beside her at an easy pace.
“Thank you for coming as yourself,” he said quietly.
She glanced at him.
“It would be disrespectful to meet your wife under a disguise or with ANBU gear.”
“True,” he said. “Later, when my wife eventually drags you out to go in public, continue being yourself, even i you feel the need for henge. I know attention can be a lot, but you are allowed to learn to be yourself, Mina.”
Her brow furrowed. “Because she is the Hokage’s wife?”
“Partly,” he said. “Partly because you are very noticeable.”
She frowned, not understanding.
“In what way?”
Minato looked genuinely confused that she did not know.
“Mina,” he said slowly, “you are a very beautiful girl.”
She stopped walking.
The word hung in the air between them like something fragile and dangerous.
Beautiful.
It was a word she had heard used. For ladies in fine kimono. For kunoichi at festivals. For flowers, sometimes.
Never for her.
She searched his face for mockery, a test, a trap. Found only sincerity.
“I am a weapon,” she said, almost reflexively.
“Yes, for now,” Minato replied. “And also a beautiful girl.”
The data did not compute. She filed it away for later processing and moved again.
At the door, she stopped.
For all her experience stepping into enemy bases, this threshold felt more daunting than any fortress.
Minato opened it and stood aside.
“Come in,” he said. “You are welcome here. Always.”
Her body stayed where it was. It took a moment for her mind to catch up and instruct her legs to move.
She stepped over the threshold.
Warmth met her first.
Not just temperature, though the air inside was pleasantly heated compared to the early evening outside. It was the kind of warmth made by steam from cooking, by people breathing the same air, by laughter trapped in the walls long enough to become part of them.
The living area opened directly from the entrance. A ltable set with three bowls, chopsticks resting neatly across them, a large pot on a side counter still simmering. Cushions. A worn rug. A few books stacked in the corner.
And in the middle of it all, hair a vivid, impossible red, apron tied loosely over casual clothes, stood Uzumaki Kushina.
Minai felt the impact of her presence like stepping into sudden sunlight.
Kushina turned at the sound of the door. Her eyes, warm brown and bright with life, swept over Minai in one quick, assessing glance, then softened.
“Oh,” she breathed. “So this is her.”
Minai straightened automatically.
“Kushina-sama,” she said, bowing. “Thank you for having me.”
Kushina’s brows pinched immediately.
“None of that,” she said, waving a hand. “You will call me Kushina, or Kushina nee-san, if you like. I am not ‘sama’ in my own house.”
Minai blinked. “It would be disrespectful.”
“It would be familial,” Kushina corrected.
The word pierced straight through something in Minai’s chest. She had no defence prepared for it.
Minato slipped by them to the kitchen counter.
“Kushina has been talking about you non-stop,” he said lightly, picking up a ladle. “I am surprised she let you finish a sentence.”
Kushina shot him an unimpressed look and then smiled back at Minai, turning the force of it down as if she realised too bright a grin might make the girl bolt.
“You must be starving,” she said. “Sit, sit. Food is almost ready.”
Minai looked at the table.
There were three places laid out.
She knew how many that meant.
Her throat tightened.
“I am not… used to sitting for meals,” she admitted. “Usually you eat quickly, you do not take up too much space, and you leave.”
Kushina’s expression gentled even further.
“Here,” she said, “you can take up all the space you want.”
Minai considered this, then approached the table and knelt in perfect posture.
Back straight. Hands on thighs. Head slightly dipped.
Minato and Kushina shared a look above her head.
Kushina moved to sit opposite her, folding her legs comfortably under her. Minato took his place at the side.
“Well, this is serious,” he joked. “Are we interrogating someone, or having dinner?”
Minai glanced up, confused.
“Is my posture incorrect?” she asked.
“No,” Minato said. “It is very correct. Just very formal. Very terrifying.”
Kushina laughed softly.
“You can sit however you like,” she told Minai. “You will not be graded.”
Minai shifted slightly, unsure how to translate that into specific action.
“You can sit like this,” Kushina demonstrated, crossing her legs under her and leaning an elbow on the table. “Or this,” she folded into a looser version of stance. “Or this,” she sat sideways, one leg stretched.
Minai found them all too exposed.
“I think I will stay like this,” she said.
Kushina shrugged, accepting.
“Alright,” she said. “We can work on it later.”
Minato began ladling ramen into bowls.
The smell hit Minai first.
Pork broth. Spring onion. Soy. And something else, something that reached into her memory and tugged.
Ichiraku.
She exhaled without meaning to.
“You know this smell?” Minato asked, noticing.
“Yes,” she said. “Ramen.”
Kushina grinned.
“Good nose. Have you eaten much ramen before?”
Minai hesitated.
“Yes.”
She did not elaborate.
Kushina did not push.
Minato set a bowl in front of her and rotated it a fraction, so the toppings faced her neatly. It was such a small gesture that it took Minai a moment to realise what he had done.
“Proper presentation is important,” he said solemnly.
Kushina snorted.
Minai looked between the two of them.
She picked up her chopsticks the way she had seen others do it, hand steady, posture perfectly upright. She waited.
Minato smiled.
“Go ahead,” he said. “You do not have to wait for us to start.”
Her training screamed at her that of course she had to wait. Hierarchy dictated the highest rank ate first. But the smell was warm, familiar, and it had been longer than she liked to admit since she had sat down to a hot meal that was not in a dark corner between missions.
She brought noodles to her lips and took a careful bite.
Flavour flooded her tongue.
Fatty, salty, rich, a hint of miso, the sharpness of onion cutting through. It tasted like the alley behind a ramen stall and Sakumo’s quiet presence and Pakkun’s soft snuffling.
Her hand trembled just slightly.
“This is…” she began, then stopped, searching for a word beyond fuel, calories, sustenance.
“Good,” she finished lamely.
Kushina laughed.
“Good is a start,” she said. “We will get you to ‘delicious’ eventually.”
Minai took another bite, slower this time.
“This is like mission rations,” she said thoughtfully. “Upgraded.”
There was a beat of silence.
Then Minato choked on his miso.
Kushina dropped her chopsticks.
“You did not just compare my cooking to rations,” she wheezed, half offended, half delighted.
Minai froze.
“I did not mean to insult…”
Kushina waved both hands frantically.
“No, no, no, I am not angry. That is just the funniest thing I have heard in a long time.”
Minato coughed, wiping his mouth, eyes watering with laughter he was trying to suppress.
“Mission rations,” he repeated weakly.
Minai stared at them both.
“I do not understand,” she admitted.
“That is because calling this,” Kushina gestured at the steaming, lovingly prepared ramen, “rations, is like calling the Hokage Tower ‘a tall shed’.”
Minai considered this.
“That would be inaccurate,” she said.
“Exactly,” Kushina replied. “This is not just fuel. This is food. There is love in this broth.”
Minai glanced down at the swirling soup. It looked like liquid warmth. The idea of love being in it was… new. Ridiculous. And strangely believable, coming from Kushina.
“I will upgrade my classification,” she said finally. “It is better than rations.”
Kushina laughed again, eyes crinkling.
“Good enough.”
Dinner began in earnest.
At first Minai ate too neatly, rationing her bites as if the bowl might vanish if she finished it too quickly, as if someone might take it away if she was too noticeable. Her movements were careful, measured. She chewed each mouthful as if she expected it to be her last for some time.
Within a few minutes, Kushina noticed.
“Minai,” she said gently, “you know there is more in the pot, right?”
Minai paused, chopsticks hovering.
“Yes.”
“So you can eat until you are full,” Kushina continued. “Not until you think you should stop.”
Minai considered that.
“I do not know when that is,” she said quietly.
Kushina’s face softened.
“Then we will figure it out,” she replied. “Together.”
Minai nodded, slowly, and took a slightly bigger bite.
They did not ask her about Root.
They did not ask her to elaborate on her mission history.
Instead they talked about small things.
Kushina described a shopkeeper who tried to overcharge her on rice and how she had glared him down into apologising. Minato told a story about a mission report written in such terrible handwriting that it took him an hour to realise it was reporting on the wrong battle.
Minai listened at first like she would to intelligence.
Then, slowly, like someone listening to music.
“Do you have any hobbies, Minai?” Kushina asked at one point, sipping her broth.
Minai stared at her.
“Hobbies.”
“Yes. Things you do for fun.”
Minai had to parse the question twice.
“I train,” she said.
“Do you train when you do not have to,” Minato asked.
“Yes.”
“Then that might count,” he conceded, “but we can maybe add one or two more that do not involve bruises.”
Kushina leaned forward, excitement lighting her face.
“Do you like books?”
“I read mission reports.”
“What about stories?”
Minai hesitated.
“I do not know.”
Kushina sat back.
“Then we will find out.”
Minai ate another mouthful to avoid having to react to that level of determination.
As dinner went on, her shoulders slowly lowered. The tight line of her spine softened. She did not notice at first. But Minato did.
At one point, he leaned across to adjust something near her bowl. He rotated it just so, placing the slice of pork and egg where she could reach it more easily.
Minai blinked.
“Is there a tactical reason for this,” she asked.
“Yes,” he said solemnly. “Aesthetics.”
Kushina snorted.
“And because it tastes best when you eat it from that angle, according to him,” she added.
Minai looked down at the bowl. The arranged food. The steam curling into her face.
She understood battlefield angles. Shadow casting. Kill zones.
This kind of angle was entirely new.
She tried the pork again.
It did taste better.
She did not know if that was the bowl or the company.
She suspected both.
They ate until the pot was nearly empty. Minato went back for seconds. Kushina went back for thirds. Minai, after some hesitant glances and gentle encouragement, also went back.
“You can,” Kushina told her quietly. “We made enough for you to have more.”
Minai did.
The warmth in her stomach felt almost alarming. Like chakra gathering, but gentler.
When the last of the broth was gone, Minai set her chopsticks down neatly.
“Thank you,” she said. “For the meal.”
“You are welcome,” Kushina replied easily. “You ate well. That makes me happy.”
Minai looked at her, genuinely perplexed.
“My eating makes you happy?”
“Yes.”
“Why?”
“Because it means you are here,” Kushina said simply. “Alive. At my table. Talking to us.”
Minato nodded.
“You asked earlier why your wellbeing matters,” he reminded her. “This is why. You being here changes the world a little. For the better.”
Minai stared at them both.
She had no frame of reference for being told she made anything better.
“Your wife only met me today,” she said.
“Konoha has known you for years,” Minato said. “You just have not been allowed to see it.”
She swallowed.
“What if I am not… good at this?”
“Good at what,” Kushina asked.
“At… being…” Minai struggled for the word. “Normal.”
Kushina smiled with sudden mischief.
“Oh, Minai,” she said. “If you want normal, you chose the wrong family.”
Minato choked again.
Kushina continued, grinning.
“I am me. My husband is the Yellow Flash. Our future child will probably set something on fire by accident before he can walk. There is nothing normal about this house.”
Minai considered that.
“Then what should I be?” she asked.
Kushina’s smile softened into something bright and gentle.
“Here,” she said, “you can just be Minai.”
The room seemed to tilt, just a little. As if the axis of her world had shifted by one degree.
Minato rose first, collecting bowls.
“Let me,” Minai said automatically, reaching for them.
“You are a guest,” he reminded her. “Guests do not do dishes.”
“In Root, everyone did chores,” she replied.
“You are not in Root,” he said firmly.
She stopped, then lowered her hand.
Kushina touched Minai’s shoulder lightly as she stood.
“We will put you to work eventually,” she said cheerfully. “But not tonight.”
Minai sat there for a moment longer at the low table, hands resting on her knees, eyes on the empty bowl in front of her.
Warmth pulsed through her ribs. Strange. Persistent.
It did not feel like battle readiness. It did not feel like rage. It did not feel like her Sharingan waking at the edge of pain.
It felt like sitting in a room where the air did not hurt to breathe.
When she finally stood to leave, the sky outside had deepened into indigo.
Minato walked her to the door.
“Thank you for coming,” he said.
“Thank you… for feeding me,” she replied.
The phrasing felt inadequate, but she did not know a bigger one.
He smiled.
“We will do this again. If you want.”
She hesitated.
“Yes,” she said. “I would like that.”
The honesty of it surprised even her.
Kushina appeared at the doorway behind Minato, waving.
“Come back soon, Minai. Next time I will make something that is not ‘mission rations upgraded’.”
Minai bowed.
“It was the best upgrade I have ever had,” she said, sincere.
Kushina laughed, bright as bells.
Minai stepped out into the night.
The air was cooler now. Crisper. The moon hung low above the rooftops, throwing silver over tiled roofs and quiet streets.
She walked home slowly, for once not taking to the rooftops. The village felt different under her feet. Less like territory to be patrolled, more like a place people lived.
Halfway back, she pressed a hand lightly against her stomach.
The warmth there had not faded.
She did not know what to call it.
Not hunger. Not chakra. Not illness.
Something else.
She thought of Minato’s eyes, steady and kind. Kushina’s laugh, loud and unafraid. The way they had placed three bowls without hesitation, as if the third had always been there, waiting for someone to claim it.
For her to claim it.
Minai walked the rest of the way with a small crease between her brows, as if she were solving a puzzle. The puzzle of a world where she might be wanted for more than what she could kill.
By the time she reached her apartment, the crease had softened.
She closed the door behind her, leant her back against it, and let out a breath she did not know she had been holding.
For the first time in a very long time, the silence of her home did not feel heavy.
It felt like a pause between one kind of life and another.
Her ribs still held that strange, stubborn warmth.
Confusion curled around it.
But under the confusion, slowly, almost shyly, something else began to grow.
Hope.
——————————————————————————
A few days later, Kushina arrived at her door like a storm disguised as a knock.
Three quick raps. A pause. Two more, impatient. Minai, who had been in the middle of cleaning her kunai, looked up as if expecting an emergency summons.
No chakra flare. No ANBU signature. Just a familiar, blazing presence on the other side of the wood.
“Mina! It is me,” Kushina called. “Open up before I break this door down on principle.”
Minai set the kunai aside and stood, smoothing her shirt automatically. She crossed to the door, slid it open and blinked.
Kushina stood there in casual clothes, hair flowing freely like a red river, hands on her hips and eyes alight with purpose.
“Get dressed,” she said.
Minai looked down at herself.
“I am dressed.”
“In combat-ready monochrome,” Kushina replied. “We are going shopping.”
Shopping.
Minai’s instinctive reaction was the same as if she had been told to infiltrate enemy territory with no mission parameters.
“For what.”
Kushina swept an arm past her, gesturing at the apartment as if it were a battlefield report.
“Clothes. Things. Life. You cannot keep rotating three shirts and a lifetime of trauma.”
“I rotate four shirts,” Minai corrected.
Kushina put a hand over her heart.
“Oh good, that changes everything.”
Minai stood in the doorway, still, eyes calm.
“I have adequate clothing.”
“Barely,” Kushina said. “And all of it is black, blue or looks like it would disintegrate if it ever met a festival light.”
She shifted tactics, eyes softening.
“Humour me,” she added. “One afternoon. If you hate it, we will come back and I will never drag you clothing hunting again.”
Minai considered the offer like a mission contract.
“I will have to return for weapons if something happens,” she said.
Kushina snorted.
“If something happens while I am with you, then the ‘something’ will have a very bad day. I’m strong too. You can leave the full arsenal behind.”
Minai hesitated.
“What will I need?”
“Money normally,” Kushina answered. “But I have that. You just need to bring yourself.”
That, at least, was something she could manage.
She stepped out, closed the door behind her and fell into step beside Kushina.
They had barely made it to the street before Kushina halted abruptly and turned to look her dead in the eye.
“Not bad,” she said. “You could make a very cute civilian.”
Minai frowned slightly.
“I have not changed much. Just took the armour off.”
“Yes,” Kushina said, “that is the terrifying part.”
They began walking.
Konoha’s streets were busy. Vendors called out. Children darted between stalls. Sunlight fell warm across tiled roofs.
Minai did her best to fold down her awareness, to stop reading every doorway as a possible threat. It went against everything Root and ANBU had carved into her.
Kushina seemed to sense the tension vibrating under her skin.
“Start with small things,” she said quietly. “What do you feel right now?”
“Crowd density. Escape routes. Potential blind spots,” Minai answered automatically.
“I meant emotionally.”
Minai opened her mouth. Closed it.
“I do not know how to catalogue that,” she admitted.
“Then we will learn that too.”
The first shop they entered was a clothing place near the main street. Not a shinobi supply store, but one with bright fabrics stacked in neat piles, displays in the window, dummies wearing dresses that looked more like art than armour.
A bell chimed as they stepped in.
The shopkeeper, a middle-aged woman with her hair in a neat bun, looked up, saw Kushina and lit up.
“Oh, Kushina-san! Good morning. And… friend?”
Kushina beamed.
“This is Mina,” she said. “She needs clothes that are not designed for stabbing people.”
The shopkeeper laughed, some of the initial stiffness leaving her when she realised the Hokage’s wife was not here to be formal.
Minai remained near the entrance, eyes running over the interior like a map.
“Come on,” Kushina mouthed at her. “You are not a ghost.”
Minai stepped forward with the kind of careful precision she normally reserved for avoiding traps.
Kushina headed straight to a rack of shirts.
“Alright,” she said, pulling one free. “Pick something you like.”
Minai looked at the rack.
There was too much.
Patterns. Colours. Cuts. She was used to knowing what she needed before entering a place. Here, need and want blurred in an unfamiliar way.
She reached for the simplest options first. Dark grey. Black. Deep navy.
Kushina watched, lips twitching.
“You are choosing like a jonin picking mission gear.”
“These are practical colours,” Minai said.
“Yes,” Kushina agreed. “They are. Now pick something because it makes you feel nice.”
Minai frowned at the idea.
“Dealing with feelings is inefficient.”
Kushina wheeled on her.
“Did Danzo tell you that?” she demanded.
“Yes.”
“Then he can shut up, even in your head. Pick a colour, not a tactic.”
Minai thought about that, then turned back to the clothes.
Her hand hovered over a white shirt with soft sleeves, then moved away. White stained easily. Impractical.
Then she saw it.
A deep, rich red. Not too bright. Like a dried leaf. Or old lacquer. The colour sat heavy on the fabric, grounding, familiar. It pulled at something in her memory. The Uchiha fan. The crest she was not allowed to wear.
Her fingers brushed it.
She put it back.
Then, two hangers over, she saw a shirt in a warm, soft orange. Not the harsh neon of warning tags. A friendlier shade. Like sunset. Like the colour Kushina wore often in some form or another.
She reached out and touched that too.
Kushina saw the motion and hid a smile.
“You can pick more than one, you know.”
Minai looked from the red to the orange. Her hand moved back and forth between them as if she were conducting an internal debate only she could hear.
Finally, she picked them both off the rack.
“These,” she said quietly.
The shopkeeper approached, smiling.
“Good choices,” she said. “The red will look wonderful with your dark hair, and the orange will warm your pale complexion.”
Minai blinked.
“I do not know what that means.”
“It means you will look very pretty,” the woman said.
Minai went still.
“Oh,” she answered, as if presented with a completely new type of weapon.
Kushina smirked.
“You will get that a lot, you know,” she told Minai as they moved to the next section.
“What?”
“Pretty. Beautiful. Stunning. Take your pick.”
Minai frowned. “No one has said that to me.”
Kushina’s expression softened.
“Because most of the people around you have been idiots. You are beautiful Mina, all pale skin, long, dark hair and deep, full lips, gentle face and obsidian eyes dattebane.”
Minai thought of Root, of Danzo, of ANBU masks and battlefield mud.
“Beauty is not relevant to combat,” she said.
“No,” Kushina agreed. “It is not. But it is relevant to you. And to other people. They look at you and they see something that catches their eye. It matters, even if only because it changes how you are treated.”
Minai shifted uncomfortably.
“I do not want to be treated differently because of my face.”
“You already are,” Kushina said. “You just do not notice because you are busy checking for exit routes.”
Minai had no answer to that.
They moved on to trousers. Minai gravitated towards weapons holsters. Kushina redirected her towards things that looked like they were meant for walking around in, not sprinting across tree branches.
By the time they reached the front, they had a small pile:
Two shirts. One red, one orange. Two pairs of trousers that were not made of tough shinobi canvas. A soft knitted jumper that Kushina had thrown in without asking.
At the counter, while Kushina paid, Minai’s attention drifted.
Two women by the next display were talking quietly, glancing over.
“…she’s very pretty…”
“…such delicate features…”
“…do you think she’s a cousin… maybe from another clan…”
Minai turned slightly to see who they were talking about.
The only other people nearby were Kushina and herself.
Kushina caught the movement and followed her gaze. When she realised what Minai was trying to do, her lips tugged into a wide grin.
“They are talking about you, you know,” she murmured.
Minai snapped her eyes back.
“Why?”
“Because they have eyes.”
Minai frowned.
“I am not doing anything.”
“You do not have to,” Kushina said. “You exist. That is enough.”
Minai looked increasingly unsettled by this entire revelation.
“I would rather they did not talk about me,” she said.
“You cannot stop people from having eyes,” Kushina replied with a shrug. “But you can decide what you do with the attention.”
“What should I do?”
“For now?” Kushina smiled. “Just ignore it or say thank you. Later, if any of them are rude, you can glare at them.”
Minai considered this.
“I am good at glaring.”
“I know,” Kushina said proudly. “We will weaponise it properly later dattebane.”
From the clothing shop, Kushina dragged her into what Minai quickly decided was the most confusing place she had ever entered: a beauty and skincare shop.
Shelves lined the walls, full of small jars and bottles and boxes in colours that had nothing to do with utility. It smelled faintly floral, with a hint of herbs.
Minai froze in the doorway.
“This seems… unnecessary.”
“It is not necessary in the survival sense,” Kushina agreed as she moved confidently between the aisles. “But it is necessary in the ‘taking care of yourself because you deserve to feel good in your skin’ sense.”
Minai hovered near the entrance.
“Skin is skin,” she said.
“Skin dries. It cracks. It scars. It holds you together,” Kushina replied, plucking a jar from a shelf. “You put your body through a lot. You can be kind to it sometimes dattebane.”
Kushina opened the jar and held it out.
“Here. Smell.”
Minai hesitated, then leant forward the minimal amount required.
The scent that hit her was soft and clean. Something like rice, something like milk, faintly sweet without being overwhelming.
“What is it?”
“Moisturiser,” Kushina said. “Face cream.”
“What does it do?”
“Makes your skin less dry. Keeps it soft. Imagine armour for your face, but nice.”
Minai stared at the jar like it might leap out and attack her.
“Why would my face need armour?”
“Because the world keeps throwing things at you,” Kushina said. “Wind. Sun. Sand. Fire. Explosions.”
Minai considered that reasoning.
“That is… logical,” she admitted, with deep reluctance.
Kushina looked very pleased.
“That is the spirit.”
They collected a couple more basic items. A simple cleanser. A small stick of lip balm. Kushina kept the explanations minimal, sensing that too much information would send Minai back into mission-mode processing.
Back at Minai’s apartment, they sat on the floor with the haul spread between them.
“Right,” Kushina said. “Lesson one: skincare.”
“This feels like a briefing,” Minai said.
“It is,” Kushina replied. “The mission is: stop looking like ANBU was the only place you ever lived.”
She poured a little cleanser into Minai’s palm.
“Rub this between your hands, then on your face. Gently.”
Minai obeyed. At least, she thought she did.
She rubbed too vigorously, movements brisk and functional. Foam streaked up into her hairline, across her cheeks.
“Alright, alright, you are not sanding wood,” Kushina said, laughing. “You can be gentle. Your face is not the enemy.”
Minai slowed down, adjusting pressure.
“It feels strange,” she said.
“That means it is working,” Kushina replied cheerfully.
When it came time for moisturiser, Minai scooped far too much out of the jar. It squelched between her fingers.
“This is excessive,” she said flatly.
“Yes,” Kushina said. “Wipe some off. Your face is not an excavation site.”
Minai attempted to dab it on delicately, failed, and ended up with white streaks across her cheeks and the bridge of her nose.
Kushina clapped a hand over her mouth to stifle a laugh and failed entirely.
“Oh no,” she wheezed. “You look like you lost a fight with a snowstorm.”
Minai blinked.
“This is ineffective,” she agreed.
Kushina leaned in, still giggling, and used her thumbs to spread the cream properly, smoothing it into the skin.
Minai sat there, very still, letting someone else touch her face, something she seldom allowed. The sensation was odd. Gentle. The warm drag of Kushina’s fingers, the faint citrus scent of the cream.
“There,” Kushina said. “Now you look less like someone who sleeps with one eye open in the rain.”
“I did,” Minai said.
“I know,” Kushina replied softly. “We are changing that dattebane.”
They moved on to the lip balm.
“Now this,” Kushina said, holding up the small stick like it was a sacred scroll, “is precious. It is to keep the dryness away.”
Minai took the tube, turned it in her fingers, removed the cap. The product looked like some kind of pale wax.
She paused, then, with the same decisiveness she used to make split second combat decisions, dabbed it under her eye.
Kushina stared.
“Did you just put lip balm under your eye??”
Minai blinked. “You said it is for dryness.”
“For your mouth,” Kushina said, voice strangled. “Hence ‘lip’. Lip. Balm.”
Minai froze. “I misinterpreted.”
Kushina burst into laughter so hard she had to brace a hand on the floor. Tears gathered at the corners of her eyes.
“Oh, Mina,” she choked out. “You are… you are killing me dattebane.”
Minai wiped the balm away, vaguely offended at products that did not label their use more clearly.
“This is not an efficient system,” she muttered.
Kushina laughed until the sound looped over itself and softened into something warm.
Eventually, Minai found herself smiling. It happened without warning, the corners of her mouth lifting, her cheeks easing. The expression felt like an unfamiliar stance.
As soon as she realised, she reached up and touched her lips, startled.
“What,” Kushina asked, still wiping at her eyes.
“I…” Minai frowned. “I did not intend to make that face.”
“That is called a smile,” Kushina said. “People do it when they are happy, or amused, or sometimes when they want to punch someone but are being polite.”
Minai considered that.
“It does not feel like a combat expression.”
“It is not,” Kushina said softly. “Which is why I am very glad to see it on you.”
Minai dropped her hand, slightly embarrassed.
“It may have been an accident.”
“Then we will just have to make it happen again on purpose,” Kushina replied.
A few days later, Minato stopped her in the Hokage Tower corridor.
He had been looking over scrolls at the end of a meeting, posture tense from hours of sitting. When he stepped away from his desk and saw Minai standing near the window, he frowned slightly.
“Your shoulders are up here,” he said, tapping the air near his neck.
She blinked.
“This is my standard state,” she replied.
“That is the problem,” he said.
He crossed the room and stood in front of her.
“May I?” he asked, lifting his hands in clear view, palms open.
She gave a short nod.
His hands settled on her shoulders lightly, thumbs near her collarbone, fingers resting over the fabric of her shirt. The touch was professional, careful, like a medic assessing tension.
“Breathe in,” he instructed.
She inhaled.
“Now let your shoulders drop with the exhale.”
She tried. They lowered by a fraction.
He made a thoughtful noise.
“Again. Relax your jaw this time too.”
“I am relaxed,” she said.
“You are the opposite of relaxed,” he replied politely. “You are trying to be a kunai. You are allowed to be a person.”
She almost argued. Then, perhaps because she trusted him more than she had meant to, she tried again.
Inhale. Exhale. She felt his hands guide the motion, not forcing, just suggesting a different alignment.
Her shoulders sank another degree.
“There,” he said. “Better.”
“They feel wrong,” she said.
“They feel like they are not trying to strangle your spine,” he corrected.
He stepped back and mimicked her old stance, shoulders up, neck tight, jaw clenched, eyes scanning the room.
“This is assassin posture,” he said. “Useful. But exhausting if you hold it all the time.”
He shook the tension off, then stood normally, arms loose, weight evenly distributed.
“This is civilian posture. Also useful. For blending, for convincing people you are not about to stab them.”
Minai tilted her head.
“I do not usually care if civilians believe I will stab them or not.”
“Here is a secret,” Minato said conspiratorially. “People are much more forthcoming when they do not feel like they are one wrong sentence away from death.”
She considered that.
“That makes tactical sense,” she conceded.
He smiled.
“Good. Practise walking like you are not on a mission all the time.”
“I am on call at all times,” she reminded him.
“You can still let your body rest between calls,” he replied.
As she left the office, she consciously forced her shoulders down. It felt like trying to wear clothes that did not belong to her.
But Kushina had told her she deserved to feel good in her skin. And Minato had told her she was more than a blade. So she tried.
The changes were subtle at first.
She answered more than a single sentence when Kushina spoke to her. She started eating half a rice ball before checking the periphery of a room instead of the other way round. She sat, sometimes, with her back not entirely pressed to a wall.
When she walked through the market with Kushina, she began to notice not just threats, but details.
A child crying because they dropped their sweet. A mother bending down to wipe their face. Two teenagers arguing over which hair ornament matched a kimono. A merchant throwing a tarp over his stall as a cloud passed overhead.
And there, slipping between conversations, threads of whispered comments.
“She’s pretty, that girl with Kushina-san…”
“…those dark eyes, wow…”
“…do you think she is from a clan…?”
Minai’s shoulders crept up again, despite her efforts.
Kushina’s hand brushed lightly against her forearm, a grounding touch.
“They are not enemies,” she said under her breath. “Just people with opinions.”
“They are wrong,” Minai muttered back.
“About what?”
“About me.”
“In what sense?” Kushina pressed.
Minai searched for the answer.
“I do not see what they see.”
Kushina smiled.
“That is alright. You do not have to.”
“If I do not see it, how can it be true?”
“Do you see your own chakra,” Kushina asked. “Without a mirror. Without any technique. Just with your eyes?”
“No.”
“Is it still there?”
“Yes,” Minai admitted.
“Then let others see what you cannot, and do not argue with every compliment,” Kushina said. “It is exhausting dattebane.”
Minai scowled faintly.
“A compliment has no tactical purpose.”
“It has emotional purpose,” Kushina said. “And you are not a mission report.”
Minai did not have a good counter for that any more.
She was running out of them.
A week later, Minato saw her arrive at his home for dinner and stopped mid-greeting.
“Something is different,” he said.
Minai looked down at herself, then back at him.
“Kushina made me wear the red shirt,” she said.
It suited her unnervingly well.
The deep colour made her eyes stand out, brought warmth into her skin, softened the severity of her features without dulling their sharpness.
“She chose well,” Minato said. “You look… more like a teenager and less like ANBU decided to disguise as one.”
She frowned.
“I do not know what that means.”
“It means you look good,” he clarified. “Strong. And… at ease.”
She blinked.
“I am not at ease,” she said.
“You’re better,” he corrected. “Better than before.”
Inside, Kushina took one look and squealed.
“There it is,” she said. “You see? You can wear colour without exploding.”
“Exploding is not usually a side effect of clothing,” Minai observed.
Kushina grinned.
“Have you seen some of the things Suna women wear? Anyway, you look lovely dattebane.”
Lovely. Another variation. Minai wondered how many ways people had to say the same illogical thing.
During dinner, Kushina accidentally knocked over the salt, Minato teased her about being a disaster in the kitchen despite her talent, and Minai found herself making a dry comment before she could stop herself.
“You both have questionable battlefield coordination,” she said, watching them bump into each other as they tidied.
Kushina froze.
Minato froze.
Then both turned to look at her.
“Was that… a joke?” Minato asked, face lighting up.
“I am stating an observation,” Minai replied.
“No, that was definitely a joke,” Kushina declared. “You made a joke. Oh, this is PROGRESS!.”
Minai felt heat creep up her neck.
“I did not mean to be… amusing.”
Kushina placed her hands on her cheeks dramatically.
“She is adorable. Minato, I cannot. Look at her-ttebane.”
“I am,” he replied.
Minai looked between them, slightly alarmed.
“I do not know what to do with this,” she said.
“Nothing,” Kushina said. “You just keep talking. We will enjoy it.”
Minato added, voice softer, “You are allowed to be funny, Mina. You are allowed to have lightness.”
Lightness.
The word stirred something inside her.
After they ate, Minai helped clear the dishes without being asked. Minato allowed it this time, on the condition that she did not treat plates like explosive tags.
Kushina watched Minai dry a bowl with careful hands.
“You are smiling, you know,” she said quietly.
Minai paused.
“I am not.”
“You are,” Kushina insisted.
Minai reached up again, fingertips brushing at her mouth, as if expecting to find a foreign object there.
“There is nothing on my face,” she said.
“There is happiness on your face,” Kushina replied. “That is new, but I love it.”
Minai’s expression faltered, then steadied.
“It feels strange,” she admitted.
Kushina leaned against the counter.
“You will get used to it,” she said. “And if you are very unlucky, Minato will notice, and then you will never hear the end of it.”
Minai snorted.
It was a small sound.
But it was hers.
Later that night, as she walked home, her shoulders sat a little lower. Her steps sounded a fraction heavier on the road, not because she had grown less careful, but because she was allowing herself to exist in the world instead of just on top of it.
When she passed by a shop window, she caught sight of her reflection.
For the first time, she paused to look.
The girl in the glass stared back.
Same eyes. Same bones. Same scars both skin deep and unseen, faint but there.
Different, somehow.
Less like a ghost.
More like someone slowly, carefully, learning how to live.
Minai watched her own mouth tilt in the faintest, genuine smile.
Her hand lifted, touched it, and this time, she did not pull away in shock.
She let it stay.
Just for a moment.
Then she walked on.
Not lighter.
But no longer made entirely of steel.
——————————————————————————
Training Ground Three was quiet in the late afternoon.
The light was different at that hour, softer, slanting in through the trees and breaking into long shadows across the packed earth. The air held the faint scent of grass and sweat and old lightning, the residue of countless training sessions etched into it as surely as kunai scars in the trunks.
Minai moved through the trees without urgency for once.
No orders in her pocket. No timetable humming in the back of her mind. Minato had told her she had a day without missions. Kushina had fussed over her hair, then shoved her out of the door with a cheery “go do something that is not work”.
So she walked.
She let her feet choose the route and was almost surprised when they brought her here. Training Ground Three. A familiar layout from watching others use it. She seldom trained in public; ANBU habits kept her to more discreet locations.
She was about to turn away when movement caught her eye.
Not alarm, not an ambush. Just repetition, steady and precise.
In the centre of the clearing, Uchiha Itachi moved through a string of kata.
He was not wearing a uniform, just standard dark training clothes with the Uchiha fan on the back. His hair had grown longer since she last saw him years ago, tied at the nape of his neck. His expression was calm, eyes half lidded in concentration as he shifted from stance to stance, each motion measured.
Minai watched for a moment from the tree line, the way one prodigy involuntarily watched another.
His form was near perfect. Not just in a textbook sense, but in the way he adapted theory for his own balance. Weight distribution flawless. Timing impeccable.
He finished the sequence, breath steady, and straightened.
“You can come out,” he said.
Minai considered simply leaving out of sheer habit.
Instead, she stepped forward.
Her approach was soundless. He did not startle. He turned, Uchiha-dark eyes meeting obsidian ones.
“Good afternoon,” he said.
“Good afternoon,” she replied.
They regarded each other in silence for a heartbeat. Itachi’s gaze flicked over her, noting her appearance.
If he knew her before he’d notice the differences. Less rigid. Shoulders not quite as high. No mask. A red shirt, of all things, visible under her outer layer. Civilian touches Kushina would be pleased about.
“You are training alone,” she said.
“Yes.”
She stepped closer, boots scuffing the packed dirt.
“May I join you?”
There was no embarrassment, no coyness. Just directness.
He had seen her stance, could tell she would be a formidable opponent. So he nodded once.
“Yes. I would appreciate it.”
They did not waste more words.
They started with taijutsu.
No formal bow. Just mutual acknowledgement, and then movement.
Itachi stepped in first, testing. Minai pivoted, weight light but grounded, redirecting his strike with minimal effort. There was no extra motion in her movements. No flourish. Everything was exactly as much as it needed to be.
He liked that.
She liked the way he adjusted instantly, changing angles, not repeating a failed approach.
Within moments they had fallen into a rhythm.
Strike.
Block.
Counter.
They were not trying to kill each other. Not even trying to win. They were testing boundaries, learning ranges, mapping the edges of each other’s style.
Minai noted the compact efficiency of his attacks, the almost painful precision. He moved like someone for whom mistakes were not allowed. Like someone the world had decided would be flawless and then punished every moment he fell short.
She knew that feeling.
Itachi noted the way she seemed to disappear between movements, her presence thinning out when she switched directions. ANBU training, no doubt - built to blend into blind spots, to be forgotten between heartbeats.
Their breathing changed from resting to working, but neither of them panted. The exchange grew cleaner, smoother. Footwork patterns began to align. They adjusted to each other’s timing as naturally as lungs adjusted to new air after leaving water.
Eventually Itachi stepped back, lifted a hand in a small signal.
“Enough.”
Minai stopped instantly.
“You are very good,” he said.
“So are you,” she replied.
No false modesty, no flattery. Just factual recognition.
He tilted his head slightly.
“My name is Uchiha Itachi. May I ask who trained you in taijutsu?”
A flicker passed across her features. Sakumo’s face, smiling sadly. Danzo’s voice barking commands. Root sparring matches that never really ended.
“I’m Mina, Uzuha Mina. Several people helped train me,” she said, carefully neat.
He didn’t push.
“Would you like to go again?” he asked instead.
She nodded.
They reset their stances.
They might have stayed in that loop for hours, sharp, silent, surgical, if not for the sudden crash from the tree line.
Leaves rattled. A weight hit a branch, then another, then the ground.
“ITACHI!” a voice howled. “I brought snacks and emotional support and my unparalleled presence- oh.”
Uchiha Shisui dropped into the clearing like a slightly chaotic blessing.
He straightened, brushed a bit of bark off his shoulder and blinked at Minai.
Then he froze theatrically, stared, and leaned sideways to Itachi without breaking eye contact.
“Who is this?” he whispered, at full volume. “And why is she so symmetrical?”
Itachi blinked. “Shisui-”
“No, I am serious,” Shisui said, pointing blatantly. “Look at her. Are we sure she is not genjutsu? You are genjutsu, right? Some kind of illusion? My eyes are lying to me. Itachi, I’m an Uchiha and my eyes are broken.”
Minai stared back, expression very bland.
“Your hair is odd for an Uchiha,” she said.
Silence.
Then Itachi actually choked on a breath.
Shisui slapped a hand over his own heart.
“Itachi,” he gasped. “She has stabbed me. With facts.”
Minai’s brows twitched.
“You introduced yourself loudly,” she added. “That was your choice.”
Itachi turned away with a very quiet, very badly concealed snort of laughter.
Shisui dropped to a crouch in front of Minai, eyes wide in fascination.
“I like her,” he declared to Itachi. “We are keeping her. You. Mysterious terrifying girl. We are adopting you.”
Itachi rubbed his forehead.
“That is not how adoption works.”
Shisui pointed at him.
“I am the older cousin. I declare things.”
“You cannot just declare people family,” Itachi said calmly.
Shisui looked at Minai again.
“Do you want to be family?”
Minai stared at him.
“I do not understand the criteria,” she replied.
Shisui stood and clapped his hands.
“Too late. You are in. We have decided.”
Itachi sighed, but there was light buried in it.
“Shisui,” he said, “at least ask her name before you restructure her life.”
“Oh, right.”
Shisui turned back to her, grinning.
“I am Shisui,” he said. “Uchiha Shunshin no Shisui, future legend, current nuisance. That is Itachi, you probably know he is ridiculous already. You are…?”
“Mina,” she said.
“Mina,” he repeated, testing it on his tongue, as if trying out a new technique. “Nice. Simple. How old are you, Mina.”
“Thirteen.”
Shisui leaned away, offended.
“I am eleven!” he said. “Unacceptable. You fight like you are twenty.”
“You talk like you are eight,” Itachi muttered.
“Eight is a very powerful age,” Shisui said primly.
Minai watched the exchange, something loosening under her sternum. They bickered with ease. No malice. Just friction that generated warmth, not sparks.
“You two train together,” she said.
“Yes,” Itachi replied.
Shisui’s eyes lit up.
“You should join us,” he said. “We will become unstoppable. Three is a good number. You can be the silent scary one, Itachi can be the brooding scary one, and I will be the handsome one.”
“You’re not the only handsome one,” Minai said automatically.
Itachi looked like he had just been offered free dango.
Shisui put a hand to his chest again, staggering dramatically.
“She is savage,” he whispered. “I love her.”
“You met her two minutes ago,” Itachi said.
“And in those two minutes she has insulted me twice,” Shisui replied. “This is the foundation of true friendship.”
Minai felt something rise in her throat - a sound she wasn’t used to letting out.
She swallowed it back down, but some remnant escaped anyway.
It sounded suspiciously like a short, incredulous laugh.
Both boys heard it.
Shisui grinned even wider.
“See, Itachi? She has a sense of humour. We got lucky.”
They did train together.
It started as simple sparring, then shifted quickly into something more complex.
Three bodies in motion instead of two. Three different styles trying to find common ground.
Itachi’s fighting was precise and planned, always three moves ahead.
Shisui’s was fluid, unpredictable, all feints and spins and sudden shifts in momentum.
Minai’s was deadly efficient, vanishing in angles others forgot existed, momentum stripped down to its most useful forms.
The first few rounds were chaos.
“Left!” Shisui yelled at one point, darting behind Itachi.
“Your left or mine?” Itachi asked.
“Everyone’s left!”
Minai simply stepped out of their intersecting arcs and watched Shisui crash into a tree.
“You need better communication,” she observed.
Shisui groaned from the ground.
“That is what you are for,” he said. “You’re the oldest and you look like a commander.”
“I have commanded units recently,” she said.
“See?” he complained. “Unfair.”
Once they got over the initial clashing of rhythms, they began to find patterns.
It happened almost naturally - a small adjustment here, a sidestep there. Minai dropped her speed by a fraction to let Itachi align with her timing. Shisui cut down on unnecessary spins and used that energy to appear exactly where Minai needed him to be for a distraction.
Itachi was the first to notice what they were doing.
“Stop,” he said, raising a hand.
Shisui skidded to a halt, panting lightly.
“What?”
Itachi looked between the two of them.
“We can build something with this,” he said. “More than three people just fighting near each other.”
Minai tilted her head.
“Explain.”
Itachi stepped to the side, drawing three lines in the dirt with the tip of a kunai.
“Consider genjutsu,” he said. “Most users cast individually. Single source. The enemy adapts, eventually. But what if we stagger the timing, passing the illusion between us?”
Shisui’s eyes gleamed.
“Like a relay?”
Itachi nodded.
“I take the initial cast. Mina follows half a breath later with a layered pattern. You close, Shisui, with a movement-based trigger. The target will not know which of us to focus on.”
Minai knelt to study the lines he had drawn.
“Different chakra signatures,” she said quietly. “Different angles of attack. They would have to break three illusions, not one.”
“And if they manage that,” Shisui added, “we have already moved.”
He mimed shunshin steps around the lines, his enthusiasm infectiously bright.
“What do we call it?,” he asked.
“It is not a jutsu yet,” Itachi said, but he did not entirely hide the pleased note in his voice.
“It will be,” Shisui said. “You two are terrifying. Combined with me, we are unstoppable.”
Minai looked up.
“You presume a lot,” she said.
“I believe in us,” Shisui corrected.
She held his gaze.
Then nodded, just once.
“Then let us test it.”
They spent the next hour breaking down their existing habits to build something new.
Itachi cast a simple visual genjutsu, a flicker across Minai’s perception. She allowed herself to be caught, traced the feel of his chakra. Then she mimicked the pattern with her own, adjusting it.
“No,” Itachi said. “Do not copy. Layer. Make it yours.”
She nodded, closed her eyes, adjusted the illusion. Where his was elegant, precise, hers was almost surgical - cutting away unnecessary detail, focusing on pressure points in the sensory field.
Shisui watched, impressed.
“You two are freaks,” he said happily. “I love it.”
He added his own piece last, a trigger not of senses, but og movement - a sudden spin, a feint, a step that forced the gaze to whip in a particular direction just as the illusions shifted.
Their test subject was an unfortunate rabbit that had seen better days.
By the time they were done, even Minai, who had never been particularly sentimental about targets, felt slightly sorry for it.
“If that had been a person,” Shisui said, hands on his hips, “they would be on the ground vomiting by now.”
“It is not yet refined,” Itachi said. “But it could be effective.”
Minai nodded.
“We should test it on a volunteer,” Shisui said, eyes already gleaming with mischief.
“Who,” Minai asked.
Itachi exhaled, the faintest ghost of a smile crossing his face.
“We will refine it more before we inflict it on anyone,” he said.
From genjutsu, they moved to taijutsu concepts.
This time, Minai started.
“You both attack in predictable arcs,” she said.
Shisui looked personally insulted.
“Predictable?”
“In the sense that you choose effective lines,” she clarified. “Patterns of efficiency. It is possible to read you.”
“She means you look like you know what you are doing,” Itachi translated.
Shisui flipped his hair.
“Obviously.”
Minai continued, unbothered.
“If we introduce a deliberate fault into my stance, it will draw attacks into specific openings. Then I can exploit that.”
“You want to look weak on purpose,” Shisui said.
“Yes.”
Itachi’s eyes sharpened.
“A feint built into posture.”
“People trained me out of certain habits,” she said. “I can recreate them as bait.”
Shisui grinned slowly.
“Oh, I like that,” he said. “You look a bit off balance, they think it is their moment, and then we hit them from three sides at once.”
“Exactly,” she replied.
They practised.
Minai adjusted her stance, putting slightly too much weight on her front foot, letting one shoulder sit a fraction too low.
To an untrained eye, she still looked dangerous.
To a trained one, the flaw was obvious. Invitation.
Shisui attacked first, testing the opening. Minai pivoted off the so called weakness and used the extra weight to drive power into a counter.
Itachi watched, memorising the timing.
“When we do this together,” he said eventually, “we can use it as a trap. Mina draws them in, I take the flank, Shisui hits from behind.”
“If they even see me,” Shisui added, smirking.
“If they do not, means you missed and you need more training,” Itachi said.
“Rude,” Shisui replied.
Effective.
Shuriken came last.
It had rained the night before. The damp earth gave their steps a faint sound, but the air was clear now, the sky washed blue.
They lined up side by side, facing a cluster of wooden targets nailed to a battered stump.
“Standard triple pattern?” Shisui asked.
“Yes,” Itachi answered.
Minai said nothing.
They took turns at first.
Shisui went for flash - throws that arced wide and then corrected mid air with a twist of chakra, landing in a cluster near the centre.
Itachi’s were accurate to the point of boredom. Every throw landed exactly where he intended. No wasted motion.
Minai’s were precise but… unusual.
Her angles were odd. Her shuriken flew in ways that made predicting where they would land difficult until the last split second.
“You are compensating for enemy dodges,” Itachi observed.
“Yes,” she said.
“How?”
“By assuming they are as competent as I am,” she answered.
Shisui snorted.
“Terrifying,” he said. “Go on.”
They started experimenting with combined throws.
“What if,” Shisui said, “we layer our patterns as well? Different rotations, different speeds, aimed to create a net rather than three separate blows.”
Minai nodded.
“Our timings will need calibrating.”
“You can say ‘we will throw things and see who dies’, you know,” Shisui said.
“I prefer not to,” Minai replied.
They began with slow throws, calling out the beats.
“One,” Itachi said.
“Two,” Minai followed.
“Three!” Shisui finished, with his usual flare.
The first few attempts were messy, shuriken clinking against each other mid air.
“Again,” Minai said, steady.
They adjusted their release times.
“One.”
“Two.”
“Three.”
The spread tightened.
They added slight differences in chakra - Itachi’s steady, Minai’s sharp, Shisui’s erratic but calculated.
After a while, they stopped counting aloud. Their bodies had found the rhythm.
Three shuriken left their hands at slightly staggered intervals, crossing paths without collision, forming a lattice of steel that would be nightmarish to dodge under real conditions.
They stood in a line, watching the targets quiver.
“We are horrifying,” Shisui said eventually.
“Yes,” Minai agreed.
“Good,” Itachi added.
They looked at each other and, almost at the same time, smiled.
They met again the next day.
And the next.
What had started as an accident became habit.
Sometimes Minai arrived first. Sometimes Itachi. Often Shisui crashed in midway with an armful of snacks, declaring they needed “brain fuel for his favourite geniuses”.
They talked more now, in between drills and experiments.
Shisui provided most of the noise.
“…and I am telling you, if the elders say one more thing about duty, I am going to genjutsu them into seeing everything upside down for a week.”
“That would have diplomatic consequences,” Itachi said.
“Worth it.”
“Have you actually done it?” Minai asked.
“Not yet,” Shisui said. “But it lives in my heart rent free.”
Minai let out a soft huff of laughter.
Her humour was dry, often accidental, and devastating.
When Shisui bragged about shunshin being an art, she pointed out, “You tripped over a root yesterday.”
“It was a tactical fall,” he argued.
“You fell on your face,” Itachi added.
“You both wound me,” Shisui groaned.
They learned each other’s tells.
Itachi went even quieter when something was bothering him, the energy around him tightening.
Shisui got louder.
Minai’s jokes became sharper. They were three very different kinds of prodigy, orbiting the same centre.
It was Shisui who said it aloud first.
It was the way she held herself when she was thinking, chin lowered slightly, shoulders still. The same posture he had seen in his father.
And the way her silence was not empty, but observant.
During one session, when she demonstrated a fire release technique without seals, Shisui paused.
“You use fire chakra like someone who has been taught by an Uchiha,” he said quietly.
Minai froze.
Shisui stopped mid-stretch.
She looked between them, pulse steady but breath shallow.
“I taught myself,” she said.
Itachi studied her, weighing truth versus omission.
Shisui circled around, squinting dramatically.
“You also have the face,” he announced.
Minai blinked. “What face.”
“The Uchiha face. The I look calm but I am secretly judging the world face.”
Itachi sighed. “That is not a real category.”
“It is absolutely a category,” Shisui insisted. “And she has it.”
Minai said nothing.
“You do not have to tell us anything,” he said. “But we are not stupid.”
Itachi’s gaze did not waver.
“Are you?” he asked quietly, “An Uchiha?”
Minai’s heart beat a little too hard against her ribs.
She could lie. She had lied so often she almost knew no other way to answer questions about herself.
But these were not Danzo’s operatives. Not Root handlers.
These were Itachi, who had given her trust without asking for anything in return. Shisui, who had declared her family on sight and then acted like it every day since.
“Yes, half Uchiha,” she said, barely above a whisper.
Itachi’s expression did not shift into suspicion or scorn. If anything, it softened.
“Do you know which branch?” he asked.
She hesitated.
“My mother was from Amegakure,” she said. “Civilian. My father… is from the clan. Officially, I am nobody.”
Shisui’s eyes narrowed.
“Who is your father?” he asked, more gently than she had expected.
Her fingers tightened in the fabric of her trousers.
“Uchiha Fugaku.”
The silence that followed was thick.
Itachi’s head dropped, eyes shadowed by his hair for a moment.
Shisui let out a low, impressed whistle.
“Well,” Shisui said. “That explains the glare.”
Minai blinked.
“The… what?”
Itachi lifted his head.
“When did you find out?” he asked.
“I have always known my father was Uchiha,” she said. “My mother told me before she died. I told the Third when I arrived. He investigated. Uchiha-sama denied it, at first, as there was no proof. Later, when I awakened my Sharingan, he acknowledged… enough.”
She remembered the office. The brief meeting. The child Itachi behind Mikoto’s legs. The way she had seen his family and chosen to stay outside of it.
“I did not want to disrupt his household,” she said. “He has his wife. His son - you. I did not belong there.”
Shisui’s usual lightness dimmed. He watched her with startling seriousness.
“You chose to stay alone,” he said.
“Yes.”
Itachi’s jaw tightened.
“Now I remember, I saw you once,” he said suddenly. “When I was very young. In the Hokage’s office. Father was called there. I was with Mother. You were inside with the Third Hokage.”
Minai remembered the same day too. A small boy with watchful eyes, a mother clutching his shoulder, a door closing between them.
“We looked at each other,” Itachi continued. “I did not understand then. But I remember thinking you looked… like us.”
Minai looked down.
“I did not want to take space in your home,” she said quietly. “Or make things harder for your mother. Or for you. So I asked for only one thing.”
“Kana,” Itachi said softly.
Her head snapped up.
“You know my mother’s name?” she whispered.
He nodded.
“Father told Mother about Kana, once, years ago” he said. “I overheard. He was… ashamed. Not of you, I believe. Of himself. Mother was angry, but not at you either, she did not know of you, I don’t think, but she might have figured it out. It happened before they were married.”
Shisui let out a low breath.
“This clan,” he muttered. “Complicated does not even begin to cover it.”
Minai’s hands curled into fists.
“I thought if I stayed away,” she said, “it would be cleaner. Simpler.”
“You sacrificed your own happiness to protect a family you were not allowed to enter,” Itachi said.
She shrugged, a small, exhausted motion.
“It seemed logical at the time.”
Shisui stared at her.
“That is not logic,” he said. “That is heartbreak with good posture.”
Her throat constricted.
She looked away, gaze disappearing into the trees.
“I did not tell you because I did not want you to think I used you,” she admitted. “To get closer to the clan. To Uchiha-sama. I’m not trying to curry favour. You two are… important to me. I do not want that to be tainted.”
Something shifted in the air.
Itachi moved first, crossing the space between them with unhurried steps. He stopped in front of her and bowed his head just enough to meet her eyes at level.
“Well,” he said, voice very quiet and very steady, “it is nice to finally meet you properly, Mina nee-san.”
The world seemed to tilt.
Nee-san.
Elder sister.
Her chest tightened painfully.
“I am not technically-” she began, then stopped.
He held her gaze.
“You chose my wellbeing before your own,” he said. “Before you had any reason to care. You have trained me. Stood beside me. You push me, you protect me. You worry. That is what an older sister does.”
Shisui sprang to his feet, fists flung into the air.
“I knew it!” he yelled. “I knew you were family adjacent. This is official now. I have a little cousin and an older one. The universe has gifted me with balance.”
He tried to jump into the nearest tree in excitement and promptly misjudged the distance, smacking his shoulder against a branch before managing to scramble onto it.
“Still counts,” he called down. “I meant to do that.”
Itachi closed his eyes briefly, pinching the bridge of his nose.
Minai’s breathing had gone shallow.
“You two… do not mind?” she asked. “Who my father is?”
“Fugaku-sama being difficult is hardly your fault,” Shisui said from the tree. “The man cannot even smile without looking like he is contemplating homicide.”
Itachi’s lips twitched.
“I am… surprised,” he said. “But not angry. As I said, you were born before he married my mother. Still, the fault is his, not yours. And you refused the place you could have taken out of kindness. I cannot possibly resent you for that.”
He paused, then added, more softly than she had ever heard him speak:
“I am grateful. And I am honoured to call you nee-san.”
The old Root version of her wanted to reject it. Attachment was liability. Family was weakness.
The Minai who had sat at Minato and Kushina’s table, who had laughed as lip balm was smeared under her eye, who had watched her reflection smile, could not bring herself to push it away.
Her throat burned.
“Do not tell the clan, please,” she said. It was firm, but still pleading.
Shisui dropped from the tree with a much more controlled leap.
“Tell them what?” he said. “That their precious clan head had an affair during a war and accidentally made one of my favourite people? They do not deserve that story.”
Itachi nodded in agreement.
“It would cause difficulties,” he said. “For you, mainly. We will keep it between us. Unless one day you decide otherwise.”
Minai swallowed.
“Thank you,” she said. The words felt too small.
Shisui slung an arm around her shoulders with precisely zero respect for personal space.
“Welcome to the mess that is the Uchiha,” he said cheerfully. “We will now proceed to smother you with affection and sarcastic comments.”
She stiffened instinctively at the contact, then forced herself to breathe.
“This is a lot,” she said honestly.
“Good,” Shisui replied. “You deserve a lot. You have clearly been surviving on scraps, Mina.”
Itachi stepped slightly closer, not touching, but near.
“You are not alone,” he said. “Not any more, Mina nee-san.”
For a moment, Minai could not speak.
Her vision blurred at the edges, and she realised with vague alarm that her eyes were stinging.
She blinked hard.
“Fine,” she said, voice rough. “But if you call me nee-san in front of the whole clan, I will deny everything.”
Shisui gasped.
“Public scandal,” he whispered. “Tragic betrayal.”
Itachi nodded, a small, almost invisible smile curving his mouth.
“Understood,” he said. “Nee-san.”
She made a sound that might have been a laugh or a choked sob.
“Stop,” she muttered.
Neither of them did.
They trained again after that.
Nothing monumental changed in footwork or hand seals.
Everything changed anyway.
The distance between them had been erased, quietly, replaced with a thread of belonging.
Their genjutsu sequences grew more complex. Minai suggested modifications with Sharingan without hesitation now, dropping Root techniques into the mix with more trust that they would not recoil.
Their taijutsu feints became sharper, built on the assumption that none of them would abandon the other mid movement.
Their triple shuriken patterns got so tight that even Shisui stopped making jokes about them and started muttering delightedly about “unparalleled dominance of the battlefield”.
Between drills, they talked.
About the clan.
About the elders.
About Minato’s latest horrible paperwork pile. About Kushina’s cooking. About Kakashi’s legendary scowl. About Sakumo, once, in a quiet moment - Minai’s voice small as she mentioned a man with silver hair and sad eyes who had bought her ramen in the rain.
Itachi listened with quiet reverence.
Shisui demanded more details.
They did not pity her. They did not turn her grief into a spectacle.
They just stayed.
As the sun slid down behind the trees and the training ground fell into shadow, three figures remained there, still moving, still breathing, still learning each other.
Three prodigies.
One shared, slowly healing heart.
And for the first time in a very long time, Minai did not feel like the sharp edge held between someone else’s fingers.
She felt like part of something.
Chosen.
Wanted.
Family.
Itachi considered her closely. “You are changing.”
Minai paused. “Is that bad?”
“No,” Itachi said. “It is noticeable.”
She did not know how to respond to that.
So she stretched her fingers and said, “Again.”
Shisui groaned dramatically and got into position.
——————————————————————————
Minai started showing up at the Namikaze house so regularly that the neighbours began to assume she lived there.
It was not planned.
There was no mission timetable pinned to her wall that said “Go be loved at 18:00”.
But every few days, as the sun began to slide low over Konoha, her steps would turn without conscious decision, carrying her away from the quiet of her apartment and towards the house with the red-haired whirlwind and the too-bright Hokage.
By the third week, Kushina no longer looked surprised when Minai knocked.
She just flung the door open and yelled.
“MINA! You are late, dattebane!”
Minai glanced, automatically, at the sky.
“I am five minutes early,” she said.
“Exactly,” Kushina sniffed, grabbing her wrist and hauling her inside with all the gentle grace of a chakra chain. “For someone staying for dinner, that is late.”
Minato looked up from the sofa where he was sorting through scrolls.
“Kushina,” he said mildly, “that is not how time works.”
“Do you want to eat?” Kushina asked, narrowing her eyes at him.
“Yes.”
“Then hush dattebane.”
Minai watched their exchange with the faintest ghost of amusement tugging at her mouth.
“You are both so weird,” she said.
Kushina gasped loudly and clutched at her heart.
“Minato, did she just sass us?”
“I think she did,” Minato said, sounding delighted.
Minai looked at them, a little wrong-footed.
“I stated an observation.”
“That is what sass is,” Kushina replied, eyes gleaming. “Welcome to the art.”
Cooking lessons began because Minai insisted she could not eat at their house every time without contributing.
“Kushina nee-san,” she said one evening, standing at the entrance to the kitchen like she was requesting entry to a battlefield command tent, “it is inefficient for you to cook for three alone. I can assist.”
Kushina, who was stirring miso soup with a slightly too vigorous motion, turned with a flash in her eyes at the nickname.
“First of all,” she said loudly, “feeding you is not inefficient, it is my pleasure. Second of all, get over here and chop these spring onions, you adorable weirdo. And keep calling me nee-san, I love it dattebane.”
Minai stepped forward at once.
Kushina shoved a cutting board at her, along with a knife that was, surprisingly, sharper than some of Minai’s kunai.
“Do you know how to chop?” she asked.
“Yes,” Minai said.
She began in neat, uniform slices, almost alarmingly fast. Kushina watched, impressed.
“Okay, okay,” she said. “You chop like this is a mission.”
“It is,” Minai said. “The mission is to feed Minato nii-san before he forgets to eat again.”
From the living room, Minato called, horrified, but delighted by his new nickname, “I do not forget, I merely postpone!”
“You postponed yesterday and I found you drinking cold coffee for dinner,” Kushina yelled back.
“That is still nutrition,” he argued.
Minai’s eyes narrowed in remembered offence.
“That is an insult to food,” she said.
Kushina threw her head back and laughed, bracing a hand on the counter.
“You hear that, Minato? Even the trauma child knows you are hopeless.”
“I am deeply outnumbered in my own home,” he muttered to himself.
Minai chopped and Kushina cooked. Every instruction Kushina gave was treated like mission parameters; Minai took notes on scrap paper between tasks.
“Why are you writing this down,” Kushina asked at one point, peering over.
“So I can replicate it independently,” Minai said. “You said salt should be added ‘until the ancestors are satisfied’. That is not a standard measurement.”
Kushina stared at the line Minai had actually written.
Add salt until ancestors are satisfied (roughly one and a half pinches).
She started laughing so hard she nearly knocked into the stove.
“Minato!” she shouted. “Look at this, she is taking mission notes on seasoning dattebane!”
Minato appeared in the doorway, arms crossed, smile soft on his face.
“She takes everything seriously,” he said. “It is one of her strengths.”
“It is also extremely cute,” Kushina replied, ruffling Minai’s long hair.
Minai made a faint sound of protest and tried to smooth her hair back into place.
This became their routine.
Kushina taught her how to cook rice properly without making it into paste. How to marinate meat. How to chop vegetables without cutting her fingers even when distracted.
Minai followed every instruction, adjusted ratios, remembered which dishes Minato liked best and which flavours made Kushina perk up.
Kushina, for all her loudness, had a surprisingly delicate touch when it came to taste.
Minai watched. Learnt. And, slowly, took pride in making something that was not meant to harm but to heal.
Her apartment changed too.
Initially it had been a bare shell.
A futon. A plant. Weapons racks. Clothes folded with military precision, nothing on the walls.
Kushina practically hissed when she stepped in one afternoon with an armful of shopping.
“This is a crime scene,” she declared, standing in the middle of the room with her hands on her hips. “You live here or you interrogate people here?”
“I sleep and clean my weapons here,” Minai said.
“Exactly my point.”
Kushina dumped her bags unceremoniously on the futon.
“We are fixing this,” she said.
“I do not need anything else.”
“You do not need it,” Kushina agreed. “But you deserve it.”
Inside the bags were cushions in warm tones, a couple of soft blankets, a low lamp with patterned paper, and, mysteriously, three scented candles.
Minai picked one up, baffled.
“What are these for.”
“For making things smell nice,” Kushina said. “And for ambience dattebane.”
“Ambience does not increase survival chances.”
“Ambience increases emotional survival chances,” Kushina said firmly. “You are allowed to feel comfortable.”
Minai lit one as a test.
The scent that drifted into the room was soft and warm, sandalwood and something faintly sweet. It wrapped around the bare walls and made them feel less like a box and more like a place.
After that, she lit one every evening when she came home.
She added small things gradually, almost shyly.
A cushion in a shade of deep red that reminded her of her new shirt.
A folded blanket in orange that felt like carrying a piece of Kushina’s warmth back with her.
A small framed slip of calligraphy she commissioned quietly, the name Kana, written elegantly in Kanji, placed where she could see it every morning.
The apartment was still sparse compared to most, but it no longer looked like a staging ground.
It looked like a life.
Kushina insisted on exploring hobbies next.
“Right,” she said one evening, standing over Minai like a general over a map. “We have addressed your tragic clothes. We have handled skincare. Now we find things you do for fun.”
“I train,” Minai said.
“Aside from trying to break your body in new and interesting and innovative ways.”
Minai thought.
“I cook now,” she offered.
“That is for survival,” Kushina replied. “I want to know what makes you feel good.”
Minai frowned slightly.
“Food tastes good,” she said. “Sometimes. When you make it.”
Kushina blinked, then grinned.
“Nice try. Still counts as basic quality of life. Do you like music dattebane?”
“I have not had much access to it.”
“Can you play any instruments?”
“No.”
“Can you sing?”
Minai opened her mouth to say no by default.
What came out instead was, “A little.”
Kushina pounced.
“Show me.”
“Now?”
“Yes, now. What if we die tomorrow?”
“Minato is the Hokage; if he dies tomorrow, Konoha’s chain of command will be disrupted,” Minai said automatically.
Kushina stared, then clapped her hands to her cheeks.
“Why are you like this,” she wailed.
Minai blinked. “…Because of Root?”
Kushina burst out laughing, loud and delighted.
“Okay, fair. But you are not there now. Sing for me dattebane.”
Minai hesitated.
It had been a long time since she had voiced anything that was not utilitarian. In Amegakure, her mother had hummed sometimes while cooking. Little scraps of melody that clung to the edges of Minai’s memory.
She tried one.
Softly at first, barely above speaking volume. A wordless tune, simple but gentle, rising and falling like rain on tin.
Kushina froze.
Minai forgot herself. Her posture loosened, eyes going distant as the sound carried her somewhere else.
Her voice was not loud, but it was clear. Warm. There was a rawness to it, something untrained but honest. The kind of voice that could cut through war noise if she let it.
When she stopped, the room felt altered.
Kushina’s eyes were suspiciously shiny.
“You,” she said hoarsely, “have been hiding that dattebane?!”
Minai shifted, suddenly self conscious.
“It is not that good.”
“Not that-” Kushina spluttered. “Minai, you sound like a lullaby. You sound like… like peace.”
Minai’s throat worked.
“Peace is not my speciality,” she said quietly.
“It can be,” Kushina replied. “At least here.”
She stepped closer.
“Hum for me sometimes,” she said. “When you feel like it. I love it dattebane.”
Minai looked away.
“…Alright.”
Singing became a private hobby.
Not for missions. Not for anyone else’s use.
Sometimes, when she lit a candle in her room, she would hum under her breath, letting the sound fill the small space. Kushina overheard it once while dropping off food and stood silently in the corridor for a full minute, hand over her heart, before knocking loudly and pretending she had heard nothing.
Minai’s relationship with her reflection changed too.
At first, every time she caught people whispering about her beauty when she walked she reacted with discomfort. She checked for stains on her clothes, blood on her face, something out of place.
Kushina noticed and started correcting her gently, loudly.
“If someone calls you pretty,” she said, “you do not look for dirt. You say ‘thank you’ and move on, dattebane.”
“What if I do not agree,” Minai asked.
“Then you are wrong,” Kushina said. “And you still say ‘thank you’.”
One afternoon, they were walking near a fabric stall, Minai in soft civilian clothes, when two teenagers across the way nudged each other.
“Look at her,” one whispered not very quietly. “The girl with Kushina-san. She is gorgeous.”
Minai stiffened.
Kushina looked at her sideways.
“Well?” she said.
Minai inhaled slowly, exhaled, and did not flinch this time.
“They are correct,” she said, voice mild. “Your efforts on my appearance have been effective.”
Kushina blinked once.
Then grinned so wide it looked like it might split her face.
“Minato!” she yelled later that evening as they ate. “Our girl finally accepted she is gorgeous and I did that, dattebane!”
Minato smiled into his tea.
“You did a lot,” he said. “But she did most of it herself.”
Minai, caught between embarrassment and a very strange swirl of pride, poked at her rice.
“I am still in the room,” she said dryly.
“Yes,” Kushina replied, eyes soft. “And you are very loved in it.”
Life with Itachi and Shisui expanded alongside this domesticity.
What had begun as training sessions turned into something messier and more precious.
They still drilled techniques, the boys teaching her clan ninjutsu. Still developed their triple shuriken patterns and genjutsu rotations. But more and more often, they found themselves sprawled in the shade of trees, just talking.
Minai told them her full story one evening as the sky blushed purple.
Not all at once. Not in one dramatic rush.
It came in pieces.
Sakumo. The cardboard box. The orphanage. Root. Danzo. The hospital.
Itachi listened in silence, eyes dark and deep with sorrow for all she had endured, right under their noses.
Shisui swore colourfully under his breath a few times, punching the ground and swearing vengeance on old men with bandages.
Itachi added in his own attempt to offer her public protection of sorts, “Mina nee-san, when you are ready, you can come out in public with us more. We will handle the clan if need be. If you never are, that is also acceptable.”
They treated her boundaries as facts, not obstacles.
She told them, eventually, about Minato and Kushina too.
“How many overprotective people do you need,” Shisui complained cheerfully as they sat in the branches of a tall oak. “You have acquired a set of parents, one of them being the Hokage, and now a younger brother and a cousin. This is greed.”
“They are not my parents,” Minai said.
“Excuse you,” Shisui replied. “They offer wisdom and snacks. That is parenthood.”
Itachi raised an eyebrow.
“By that definition, you are a negligent parent on the wisdom part,” he said.
Shisui clutched his chest.
“Betrayal,” he gasped. “From my own clan.”
Minai laughed, properly, head tipping back, the sound spilling out into the leaves.
Itachi glanced at her, and for a moment, just watched.
She still had shadows in her eyes. But the light was growing.
Shisui’s chaos did not diminish in the slightest.
If anything, he amped it up in the face of Minai’s increasing willingness to banter back.
One day, he bounded into the training ground with the smugness of someone about to present a disaster.
“Behold,” he said grandly, striking a pose, “my ultimate secret technique.”
Itachi looked like he regretted being alive in that moment.
Minai tilted her head.
“You have many secret techniques,” she said. “You shouted about three last week alone.”
“This one is new,” Shisui declared. “The Shunshin Swallow Dive.”
“That sounds unnecessarily dramatic,” Itachi said.
“Exactly,” Shisui replied. “That is how you know it is good.”
He launched into a series of moves - shunshin, feint, flip, another shunshin, what might have been a fluttering hand sign purely for aesthetic - and ended in a low crouch with his arm extended, breathing slightly harder.
“See?” he said.
Minai considered.
“It looks impressive,” she conceded. “But you left your right side open, and it uses more chakra than necessary for the distance covered.”
Shisui sagged, stabbed through the ego.
“How about you show me a better one then,” he said.
Minai nodded.
“Okay.”
She stepped in, using almost the same opening he had, but trimmed down. No extra flip. A smaller feint. She let her body vanish at the moment an enemy’s eyes would focus, reappeared behind an imaginary target and lightly pressed two fingers where a kunai would have gone.
Three movements.
No waste.
Shisui stared.
“Why are you so efficient?!” he demanded.
“Because you are not,” she replied.
Itachi made a sound that might have been a very dignified snort.
Shisui flopped dramatically onto his back.
“Fine,” he groaned. “I will be the dramatic one. You can be the effective ones. Balance of the universe, blah blah.”
Minai lay down beside him, eyes on the leaves above.
“Dramatic is also useful,” she said.
“How?” he asked suspiciously.
“You draw fire,” she replied. “We strike from the flanks. You are an excellent decoy.”
Itachi lay down on her other side.
“She is calling you bait,” he said.
Shisui covered his face.
“I take it back,” he said. “I’ll just be the fun one.”
None of them moved for a while after that.
It was peaceful.
Minato sparred with her for the first time on a clear afternoon when paperwork had thoroughly defeated his patience.
He found Minai on the roof of the Hokage Tower, looking over the village, and said, “Do you have an hour?”
“Yes,” she replied, turning.
“Good. I need to hit something that is not a diplomat.”
They moved to a cleared training ground.
He shrugged off his cloak, rolled his shoulders, and fell into a stance that had earned him his epithet.
She faced him, calm, sliding easily from neutral posture into ready in the space of a breath.
“No weapons,” he said. “Taijutsu only.”
“Understood.”
He smiled.
“Try to keep up.”
They clashed.
Minato was fast in a way that bent sense. His body blurred, vanished, reappeared. Even when he did not fully use the Flying Thunder God, there was a lightness to his movement, a refusal to be in one place for longer than necessary.
Most shinobi would have been overwhelmed.
Minai was not most shinobi.
Her eyes tracked him, predicting angles, filling in gaps. Where she could not see, she guessed. Where she could not guess, she blocked.
His first three attacks were tests. Her first three responses were precise.
Strike. Block. Redirect.
By the sixth exchange, he was grinning.
“You are reading me,” he said between blows.
“You are broadcasting,” she replied.
He barked a laugh.
Their movements grew sharper.
She adapted to his footwork. He adjusted to her minimalism.
She used openings that most would miss – a fraction of weight shift, a half breath too long in a particular extension. He dodged most of them, appreciating the way she thought even as he avoided being slammed into the ground.
Once, she feinted a misstep.
He almost took it.
Almost.
He flipped back with a rush of air, landing lightly.
“Nice,” he said. “Someone taught you to weaponise your own mistakes.”
“I taught myself,” she replied.
Of course she had.
Eventually, he called a stop, holding up both hands.
“That is enough,” he panted lightly. “I am supposed to be signing documents later. I cannot show up bruised.”
“You could say you fell,” Minai offered.
“Into what, a tornado?” he asked, laughing.
She inclined her head.
“Into training,” she said. “Intense training is acceptable.”
He shook his head, smiling.
“You move like a veteran,” he said, more serious now. “Not just in skill, but in the way you commit to each motion. You are… remarkable, Minai.”
Her chest tightened in a different way to battle strain.
“I have had to be,” she said simply.
He stepped closer, placing a hand briefly on her shoulder.
“You do not have to do it alone any more, I’m here for you,” he said. “Not only as Hokage, but as your… Minato nii-san, if you will allow it.”
She swallowed.
“I will.”
Something in his face brightened.
“Good,” he said. “Now, come ruin my paperwork with your superior brain.”
That was the moment he decided to teach her the Flying Raijin. Of course, because she was the way she was, using the sharingan to inspect his chakra flow and memorise the hand seals, Minai had learned it in two weeks. Minato felt grey hairs blooming in his sunlight hair - she was simply too talented for her own good.
The paperwork incident happened because Minato, in a fit of either trust or desperation, called her into his office while he was reviewing troop deployment.
“Minai,” he said, rubbing his forehead, “look at this.”
She stepped to his side, eyes going over the map and the neat lines of script.
There was a distribution of jonin and chunin across different border posts. On paper, it made sense. Balanced numbers. Coverage.
In practice…
“You are underestimating the intelligence division needed here,” she said, pointing to a particular outpost near the border. “And overestimating this squad’s ability to deal with an ambush, given their chakra natures.”
Minato blinked.
“How?”
She traced lines with her finger, not touching the paper, just following routes.
“Team Four is composed of two earth types and one water with mediocre genjutsu resistance. Placing them there,” she tapped, “makes them vulnerable to airborne and long range, especially if Suna adapts. Team Seven has better range variation and stronger perception, they should switch.”
He stared.
“That… is very correct,” he said slowly.
She continued, almost hesitant.
“This formation here looks balanced, but if there is a barrier breach, it will take this squad too long to reinforce, unless you are assuming no interference from the west. That is unlikely.”
She redrew, mentally, lines of reinforcement.
Minato watched her eyes move.
“You see battlefields like puzzles,” he said.
“Yes,” she replied.
“Has anyone ever asked you to do this before?” he asked.
“No.”
He sat back, letting out a low whistle.
“I knew you were sharp,” he said. “I did not realise you were this sharp.”
She frowned.
“Is that not standard?”
“No,” he said, a little wry. “It is very much not standard. Shikaku will cry when he meets you.”
“Why.”
“Because he will finally have someone who can argue with him on a diagram level,” Minato said. “You have a strategist’s mind.”
Her first instinct was to deflect. Root had praised her efficiency. Danzo had valued her as a tool. No one had framed her analysis as something to be… proud of.
“Is that… good?” she asked.
“It is excellent,” Minato replied. “If you are willing, I would like to consult you on troop formations more often. We can make Konoha’s defences stronger, and later… when you are older, you might formally take a strategist advisor position.”
Her heart bumped oddly at the idea of a role that did not require her to be on the frontline every time.
“I would like that,” she said quietly.
“Good,” he said. “Welcome to the paperwork war.”
She told Minato and Kushina about Itachi and Shisui a little later, over dinner, when Kushina was ranting about clan politics at top volume.
“…honestly, those old bats need to stop acting like the Uchiha invented stoicism, dattebane,” she said, waving chopsticks dangerously close to Minato’s face. “Mikoto is lovely, Itachi is sweet, and if they think they can push the whole clan into the corner without consequences, they are stupider than they look.”
Minai cleared her throat.
Kushina stopped mid-tirade and looked at her.
“Yes?”
“I have been… spending time,” Minai began slowly, “with Itachi and Shisui.”
Minato blinked.
“You have?” he asked. “How did that happen dattebane?”
“By existing near a training ground,” Minai said. “Shisui appeared. Itachi was already there. It was inevitable.”
“That tracks,” Kushina muttered.
Minai set her chopsticks down.
“I told them,” she said, “about my… Uchiha origin.”
Minato went very still.
Kushina did too, but in a much more dramatic way - chopsticks frozen halfway to her mouth, eyes wide.
“And?” Minato asked softly.
“They deduced most of it themselves,” Minai said. “I confirmed it. They did not… reject me.”
She swallowed.
“In fact, Itachi called me… nee-san.”
Kushina’s eyes immediately filled with tears.
“Oh no,” Minai said, alarmed. “I have upset you.”
Kushina flung herself around the table at her.
“You precious thing,” she wailed, grabbing Minai’s shoulders. “You are collecting family like dango sticks, dattebane! This is the best thing I have ever heard in my life!”
Minato’s eyes were suspiciously bright.
“They accepted you,” he said softly. “I am glad. They are good boys.”
“They promised to keep my secret,” Minai added. “They know it would cause trouble otherwise. Shisui said the clan does not deserve the story.”
“That sounds like him,” Minato replied.
Kushina pulled back enough to cup Minai’s face in both hands.
“Listen to me,” she said fiercely. “You deserve every bit of love you get. From us. From them. From anyone who is lucky enough to meet you. Understand dattebane?”
Minai stared at her.
“I am trying to,” she said.
Kushina sniffed loudly.
“Well, keep trying,” she said. “You will manage it. You are very stubborn.”
“You are also very stubborn,” Minai replied.
Kushina’s mouth curved into a watery grin.
“Of course I am,” she said. “How else would I match you, dattebane?”
Minato reached across the table and squeezed Minai’s hand.
“You have us,” he said. “And you have them. You are not alone in any world now. Not the Hokage’s, not the Uchiha’s, not your own.”
Minai squeezed back.
“I know,” she said.
And she did.
For the first time in her life, the knowledge settled in her bones not like a fragile hope, but like a fact she could lean on.
By the end of that year, Minai was not the same girl who had walked into Minato’s office like a shadow with a mask.
She still moved like a shinobi - that would never leave her - but there was a difference in how she existed between movements.
She smiled often now. Not just by accident. She made Shisui choke on his own laughter at least twice a week. She nudged Itachi’s shoulder when he brooded too much. She teased Minato for his coffee intake. She told Kushina when she was overdoing something and when she needed rest.
She could read a battlefield and a person.
She learnt to notice when Shisui’s jokes were covering worry, and when Itachi’s silence meant he needed someone to sit near him, not talk.
She learnt to say when she was tired.
She learnt to say when she was happy.
She loved her skincare routine. Not because she thought she had to, but because the ritual of it, wash, cream, balm, made her feel present in her own body. She loved her scented candles. She loved the feeling of choosing a soft blanket and knowing it was hers, not issued.
She loved cooking for Minato and Kushina and seeing them eat with pleasure.
She loved singing, quietly, when she thought no one was listening.
And she loved, slowly, cautiously, but genuinely, herself, as she was becoming.
Not just the hard edges. Not just the sharp mind. But the girl who could laugh and pout and roll her eyes and choose an orange shirt because it made her think of sunlight.
The soldier was still there, in the way she moved when danger whispered.
But she was no longer only that.
She was Minai.
And she was loved.
It happened on a quiet night.
Minai had stayed later than usual at the Namikaze house. Kushina had insisted they try a stew recipe, then declared halfway through cooking that measuring was for cowards and eyeballed half the ingredients. Minai had taken secret notes anyway.
By the time dishes were washed and Minato had been bullied into bed early for once, the moon was high.
“Stay a bit,” Kushina said, tugging Minai back down onto the sofa when she stood. “I am not sleepy yet, dattebane.”
“You should rest,” Minai said. “Your chakra usage was high today-”
Kushina slapped a hand over her mouth, affronted.
“If you finish that sentence like a textbook, I will throw a cushion at you,” she warned. “Sit. We can do nothing together. It is very advanced dattebane.”
Minai hesitated, then sank back onto the cushion. The house was warm and dim. A small lamp glowed on the table. Outside, the village had settled into the soft hush of late evening.
Kushina lay sideways, head against the armrest, feet nudging Minai’s thigh.
For a while they said nothing. Minai listened to the rhythm of the house: the distant murmur of water in the pipes, the faint rustle of leaves outside, Minato’s chakra like a steady flame two rooms away.
And beneath it, suddenly, something else.
It rolled across her senses like a wave of heat and pressure.
Massive. Old. Furious and coiled and so vast it did not feel like it belonged in a human body at all.
Her spine snapped straight. Instinct drove her hand halfway to a weapon she was not carrying.
Kushina flinched almost imperceptibly, one hand going to her stomach. A flicker of sealing formula pulsed faintly under the cloth of her shirt, then settled.
The presence receded, like a great beast rolling over and returning to sleep.
The room felt bigger again when it was gone.
Minai’s fingers were digging into the cushion.
“What was that?” she asked quietly.
Kushina’s expression shifted. The easy grin faded, replaced by something more serious, older.
“You felt it,” she said.
“Yes.”
Kushina sat up properly, tucking one leg under herself.
“What did it feel like?” she asked.
Minai searched for words.
“Large,” she said finally. “Like a chakra storm. Killing intent without direction. Old. Angry. Contained.”
Her gaze went to Kushina’s hand where it still rested against her abdomen.
“You?” she said.
“Me,” Kushina confirmed. “Well. Me and my very grumpy roommate.”
Minai processed that.
“You are the Nine Tails jinchuriki,” she said.
No judgement. Just conclusion.
Kushina huffed.
“Straight to the point, huh. Yes. That fuzzball you felt is the Kyuubi. We share a body. It is a terrible living arrangement most days.”
Minai’s grip on the cushion eased, but her eyes remained intent.
“Why did it flare just now.”
“Seal twitched,” Kushina said. “It does that sometimes when I am tired or annoyed. Kyuubi likes to press against it, like a child kicking a wall. But he is not getting out.”
Her voice was fierce. Sure.
Minai’s mind slid briefly to what she had read in old reports and scrolls. The Nine Tails attack on Konoha years ago, before Kushina. The damage, the loss, the hatred that followed any mention of tailed beasts.
“Does anyone else feel it like that?” she asked. “That strongly?”
“Most shinobi sense something if they are close enough and paying attention,” Kushina said. “Very few can read it that clearly. You are special that way, dattebane.”
Minai absorbed that, and the way Kushina said special like a compliment, not a burden.
“Do you hate it?” she asked. “Being a jinchuriki?”
Kushina leaned her head back against the sofa and looked at the ceiling.
“Sometimes,” she said, honest. “When I was younger, people treated me like I was a weapon or a curse waiting to happen. Not a girl. Not a person. Just a vessel.”
Minai’s chest tightened. Too familiar.
She continued.
“But I have Minato now. And friends. And you. And Kyuubi and I… have an understanding of sorts I guess?”
“What kind of understanding?” Minai asked.
“He hates everything,” Kushina said matter of factly. “I do not let him destroy things. That is about it.”
Minai almost smiled.
“And if the seal were ever…?” She did not finish the sentence.
Kushina’s eyes sharpened.
“If something ever went wrong, Minato will stop it,” she said firmly. “So will I. And so will people like you.”
Minai met her gaze.
“Do you trust me with that?” she asked.
“Yes,” Kushina said without hesitation. “You have seen what power can do when people use it wrong. You will not let it happen again, dattebane, I’m sure.”
Minai looked down at her hands.
“If anything ever puts you at risk because of this,” she said slowly, “I will remove it.”
Kushina blinked.
“What?”
“Any person,” Minai clarified. “Any threat. Anyone who tries to use you for the Kyuubi. I will remove them.”
Kushina stared for a moment, then laughed, but her eyes were wet.
“Look at you, dattebane,” she said. “Swearing murder as a love language.”
Minai frowned slightly.
“I am simply stating my response parameters.”
“Those parameters are very sweet,” Kushina said. She reached out, hooked a hand behind Minai’s neck and pulled her into a sudden, fierce embrace.
Minai stiffened, then slowly relaxed, hands hovering uncertainly before settling lightly against Kushina’s back.
She could feel it more clearly, pressed close like this. Two chakras in one body: Kushina’s, wild, bright, stubborn, and beneath it a vast ocean of crimson rage, held firm by intricate seals and an iron will.
“You are not a vessel,” Minai said quietly, almost into Kushina’s shoulder. “You are you.”
Kushina squeezed her tighter.
“Right back at you, Minai,” she murmured. “Right back at you.”
It happened on a different night.
This time, she arrived at their door late. Too late.
The mission had run long. She was still in partial gear, fresh bandages visible under her sleeves where a kunai had slipped past her guard. It was not serious, by her standards. She had been cleared by medic-nin, sent home with instructions to rest.
Home, for some reason, meant here.
She knocked quietly, intending to say a brief hello, to reassure them she was alive, then leave.
Kushina yanked the door open half an inch into the first knock.
“Mina?” she started, then saw the bandage and her eyes went wide.
“What happened? Who did that? Are they dead? If they are not, why not, dattebane?”
Minai stepped back a little under the onslaught.
“It was a minor complication,” she said. “The mission was successful. I did not mean to worry you.”
“That is not how worrying works!” Kushina snapped, grabbing her wrist to pull her inside. “You cannot decide for me if I worry. If you are injured, you tell me dattebane.”
“Kushina,” Minato said from the hallway, already moving towards them.
He took in the scene in one sweep: Minai’s tired eyes, the stiffness in her shoulders, the poorly hidden flinch when Kushina’s hand brushed the bandage by accident.
His expression tightened.
“Sit,” he said, voice gentle but leaving no room for argument.
Minai sat.
Kushina bustled to fetch a medical kit even though Minai had been treated. It was not about medicine. It was about doing something with her hands.
Minato crouched in front of Minai, eyes level with hers.
“Why did you come here?” he asked softly.
Minai blinked.
“I…” She faltered.
The answer was simple: because this is where my feet brought me. Because your house is warm and my apartment is quiet and I did not want to be alone with mission echoes.
She settled on something safer.
“I wanted to inform you that I returned?”
“You report to me at the Tower,” Minato said gently. “Not at my front door at night.”
Kushina knelt beside him, hand hovering near Minai’s knee.
“Did you think we would be angry,” she asked, “if you simply wanted to come here after you were hurt?”
Minai looked between them, confused.
“I thought you might be… inconvenienced,” she said. “You have your own lives. Your duties. Your future to think of. My injuries are my responsibility.”
Kushina’s jaw dropped.
“Minato,” she hissed. “Hold me back. I am going to find Danzo’s ghost and beat it up.”
“He is not dead,” Minato said reflexively.
“I will fix that, dattebane” she snapped.
Minai watched, thrown off balance by the sheer emotional force of it.
“Kushina nee-san,” she began.
“No,” Kushina said, eyes bright and fierce. “You listen to me, Mina. You do not inconvenience me by existing. You do not burden me by being hurt. You come home and you let us see you and fuss over you, dattebane.”
Minato nodded.
“You do not have to handle everything alone any more,” he said. “You are not an ANBU tool in a cupboard. You are our…”
He paused, glanced at Kushina.
“Basically our kid, dattebane,” Kushina supplied, with no hesitation at all.
Minai’s brain short circuited.
“I am… what?”
Kushina took her hands, bandages and all.
“You are like our kid,” she said, voice thick. “Maybe not on paper. Maybe not by blood. But in here,” she thumped her chest, “and here,” she tapped her temple, “you are ours, dattebane.”
Minato’s gaze was steady, unwavering.
“We love you, Minai,” he said.
He said it simply. Not like a weapon, not like a test. Just a truth.
Kushina nodded fiercely, tears welling.
“We really do love you,” she said. “So much it makes me want to punch walls sometimes.”
The world narrowed to the two of them, their hands on hers, their eyes on her face.
No one had ever said those words to her like that.
Not as thanks. Not as manipulation. Just pure, ridiculous, impossible affection.
Her mouth opened, closed.
“You should not,” she said, because habit spoke first. “I am dangerous. I have done terrible things. I have killed. I am rooted in too much blood. I am not-”
Kushina slapped a hand over her lips.
“Shut up-ttebane,” she said, voice shaking. “I do not care how many missions you have done. I do not care how many kills you have on your record. I have killed too. So has Minato. So has every shinobi with a hitai-ate and more than three months of service. You are not a sum of your kills.”
Minato nodded.
“You are kind,” he said quietly. “You put others before yourself. You sacrificed a place in a family to protect them. You protect the village with your life on the line since you were less than 10 years old. You worry about us and Shisui and Itachi. You are so stubbornly, fiercely good that it scares me sometimes.”
“Plus,” Kushina added, “you are funny, and you cook well sometimes, and you make my husband’s ridiculous days better, and you sing like a damn lullaby. We are allowed to love you dattebane.”
Minai’s vision blurred.
She realised, distantly, that she was crying.
She did not remember when she had started.
Tears slid hot and steady down her face. Her breathing hitched. For a moment, she tried to clamp down, to swallow it, to make it neat.
Kushina did not let her.
She pulled Minai forward, wrapping her up in a fierce embrace that brooked no escape. Minato’s hand settled between Minai’s shoulder blades, warm and steady.
Minai clutched at Kushina’s shirt, fingers anchoring on the fabric as years of carefully contained grief and loneliness cracked under the weight of three simple words.
“I do not know how,” she whispered, voice raw. “How to be loved.”
“We will teach you,” Minato murmured. “You are a very quick learner.”
“You are already doing better than you think,” Kushina added, pressing a kiss to the side of Minai’s head. “Step one: you came here. That is love too, you know. Letting us be your safe place.”
Minai shuddered.
“I love you,” she said, very quietly, barely audible.
Kushina froze for half a second, then squeezed her so hard she squeaked.
“There,” Kushina said, half sobbing, half laughing. “You are perfect. That is it. That is the feeling. You got it dattebane.”
Minato’s eyes shone.
“You are part of our family,” he said.
Minai closed her eyes.
Yes, she thought.
I am.
The Sharingan training proposal came from Itachi, but Shisui pretended it was his idea.
They were sitting under their usual tree, empty bento boxes stacked beside them, when Shisui suddenly sat up straight.
“Wait a second,” he said. “We have been terrible clansmen.”
“You are terrible in many respects,” Itachi replied.
“Rude. Accurate, but rude,” Shisui said. He pointed at Minai. “We have not once done proper Sharingan training with her.”
Minai raised an eyebrow.
“We use it sometimes in coordination,” she pointed out.
“Not the same,” Shisui said. “Clan basics. Exercises. Drills. All the boring stuff our elders yell at us about. You never got that.”
“I improvised,” she said.
“Exactly,” Shisui replied. “And you should not have had to. So. New project. Uchiha Optic Club. Membership: three. Motto: we will out-see god.”
Itachi sighed, but there was no real resistance in it.
“He is right,” he said quietly. “You awakened early. You have been using a three tomoe pattern without guidance. We can help you refine it.”
Minai hesitated.
“The more I use my Sharingan, the more obvious my origin becomes,” she said. “I have kept it discreet on purpose.”
“Then we will train somewhere no one can see,” Itachi said. “Far from the compound. In the forest. Or other grounds.”
Shisui nodded vigorously.
“And if anyone does see,” he added, “we say you are my secret twin. They will be so confused they will forget what they came for.”
Minai snorted.
“Genetics do not work like that.”
“Genjutsu does,” Shisui argued.
In the end, she agreed.
They chose a clearing well off the main paths, wrapped in enough tall trees that stray eyes were unlikely.
“Alright,” Shisui said, bouncing slightly on the balls of his feet. “Step one. Turn them on.”
Minai looked at him flatly.
“I am not a lantern.”
“Humour him,” Itachi said, amused.
Minai sighed, rolled her shoulders back, and let her chakra flow to her eyes.
The world flickered, then sharpened.
Her dark irises bled into crimson, tomoe spinning into existence - three black tomoe on each eye, forming a clear pattern.
Itachi had seen many Sharingan.
He had never seen one that woke like that. So fast, so steady. No flicker. No stutter between forms.
Shisui whistled quietly.
“Every time I see those, I get goosebumps, even though I have a Sharingan too” he said. “You have no business looking that cool.”
Minai blinked, eyes adjusting to the extra input.
“What do clan exercises look like,” she asked.
“At first they teach you to track thrown objects,” Itachi said. “Speed, arc, pattern. They build reaction time and motion prediction.”
“I did that on missions,” she said.
“Of course you did,” Shisui muttered.
Itachi picked up three stones.
“Follow,” he said.
He tossed them in quick succession, different heights and angles.
Minai watched. Her eyes tracked easily, absorbing the motion, mapping trajectories. It was almost insultingly simple compared to dodging kunai under enemy fire.
Itachi increased the speed. Then added more stones. Then switched to shuriken.
Minai’s eyes moved a fraction faster, but her expression stayed dry.
“This is… easy,” she said.
“It is supposed to be hard for children,” Itachi said. “You skipped ‘child’ as a stage.”
Shisui snorted.
“Alright, visual tracking is fine,” he said. “Next: copying.”
They worked through kata, one after another.
Itachi executed a sequence once at medium speed. Minai watched, then repeated it almost perfectly, adjusting small details to suit her reach and strength.
Shisui attempted something overly dramatic to throw her off. She copied the core of it, discarded the flash, and returned a leaner, more efficient version.
“You are cheating,” Shisui said.
“How?” she asked.
“You are using the brain,” he muttered. “Unfair.”
They moved on to subtler uses.
“This,” Itachi said, meeting her gaze, “is a basic sharingan genjutsu overlay.”
He cast something simple, a minor visual distortion, colours dimming at the edges of her perception. She tracked the chakra flow into his eyes, the way it pulsed along the path into her own mind.
“You can do this quickly,” he said. “With practice.”
Minai nodded.
“Root taught me some,” she said. “But nothing… gentle.”
“What did they teach you,” Shisui asked.
She hesitated, then lifted her gaze.
Her Sharingan burned a little brighter for a moment.
Shisui flinched.
The clearing disappeared.
For three seconds he was back in a different forest, one from a mission months ago where an enemy had almost taken Itachi’s head off, the smell of blood and metal thick in the air.
Then it snapped back. He was in the clearing again, Minai standing in front of him, eyes faintly remorseful.
“I am sorry,” she said. “Old habit.”
Itachi’s jaw clenched.
“That was… a memory trigger,” he said. “Root-level?”
“Yes,” she replied.
Shisui exhaled slowly, hand over his heart.
“Okay,” he said. “Remind me never to get on your bad side.”
“I would not use that on you without need,” she said.
“I know,” he said. “That is what makes it scarier.”
They sat down to rebuild from there.
Itachi showed her the clan’s more fluid genjutsu applications, how they preferred illusions that could nudge rather than crush. Minai listened, then showed them how to layer those subtle illusions with precise mental pressure points, creating multi-tiered traps that would not all break at once.
She used her Sharingan not just to overwhelm, but to modulate. To limit colour input for stealth. To slow perceived motion in her own mind so she could make better decisions without fully committing to full power every time.
“You use it to compensate for exhaustion Mina nee-san,” Itachi realised at one point. “At lower levels, not always fully active.”
“Yes,” she said. “Root did not care if eyes bled. But I care about my vision. So I learnt to… ration.”
Shisui stared, then laughed softly, though there was no mockery in it.
“You turn everything into logistics,” he said. “Including your own pupils.”
“It is efficient,” she replied.
“And brilliant,” Itachi added quietly.
They started sparring with Sharingan active on all three sides.
The forest around them became a flicker of red, black, and movement. Each of them reading the others, predicting, counter predicting.
It could have become a competition. It did not.
Instead, it became a collaboration.
“Your entry angle is too honest,” Minai told Shisui at one point.
“You drop your guard more when you are worried,” Shisui told her. “I can see it in the way your eyes tighten.”
“You both neglect lower leg sweeps,” Itachi said. “And your patterns get repetitive when tired.”
They laughed, corrected, adjusted.
And somewhere in there, Minai realised that when she thought of the word Sharingan now, she did not only think of Danzo and blood and Root corridors.
She thought of this clearing, this forest, these two idiots, and the way they trusted her enough to let her rewire the way they fought.
Her eyes, once weaponised only for others, had become something else.
Not just a tool.
A bridge.
And she was learning, slowly and surely, that she was not dangerous because of them.
She was dangerous for the people she loved.
Which, these days, was a growing list.
And she was oddly, quietly, glad about that.
——————————————————————————
The first time Kakashi saw her properly outside of missions, she was laughing.
That was the part that threw him.
He had come down from the Hokage Tower, leaving a scroll with Minato, mind half on mission reports and half on the quiet itch under his skin that came with being back in the village too long. He cut through the market on autopilot, hitai-ate slanted over his left eye, flak jacket half unzipped.
He was not really paying attention.
Until he heard Kushina.
“Nee, Mina, try this one! I am telling you, if you do not own at least one ridiculous cardigan, are you even living, dattebane?”
Kakashi registered the familiar, loud voice first. The name came second. Mina.
He looked over almost automatically.
Kushina stood at a stall that specialised in knitwear, hands on her hips, glaring fiercely at a display of cardigans as if they had personally offended her. Next to her, half turned, was a girl he now knew as Mina.
Her dark hair pulled up into a loose tail, a red shirt under a light jacket, and the sort of posture that said: I can kill you with three everyday objects and you will never find my name in the report. She held up a cardigan like it was a trap, examining it with suspicious care.
“I do not understand the tactical purpose of this,” she said. He agreed.
“The tactical purpose is warmth and looking cute,” Kushina replied immediately. “Also pockets. Many pockets.”
“It looks flammable,” the girl said.
“Everything is flammable if you believe,” Kushina shot back. “Put it on.”
The girl sighed but slid her arms into the cardigan. It was a soft, loose thing in a deep maroon that set off the warm undertones in her skin. She turned once, uncertain, fingers tugging at the edge.
Kushina clapped her hands together.
“Look at you!” she crowed. “Minato is going to fall off his chair when he sees this, dattebane.”
“He will not fall,” the girl answered. “He will blink twice, then ask if the cardigan restricts my reach.”
Kushina snorted.
“True,” she said. “We will make it part of the next training discussion, then.”
The girl’s mouth did a tiny, reluctant curve. Then Shisui came into view from behind the stall, nearly walking straight into Kakashi.
“Oi, Kushina-san, I found those silly hair ribbons you wanted!” he called, waving a packet in triumph. “Red and orange, like you said. Perfect for corrupting Mina.”
Mina turned, took one look at the ribbons, and said calmly, “Absolutely not.”
Shisui pressed the back of his hand to his brow.
“Itachi,” he stage-whispered, and Kakashi only then realised the other boy standing by a fruit stand, arms folded, faintly exasperated. “Our Mina rejects accessories. Is this how betrayal feels?”
Itachi gave the tiniest shrug.
“She is allowed preferences,” he said.
“But she is so prettyyy,” Shisui protested. “We should weaponise it!”
Kakashi found himself looking more closely.
Pretty was one word. There were others: striking, elegant, quietly arresting. She did not stand like Kushina, all loud confidence and wild energy, nor like the average civilian. There was purpose in her balance, care in where she placed her weight. From her years in ANBU, Kakashi’s instincts supplied.
Mina took the ribbon packet from Shisui’s hand, studied it, and said, “I will wear one if you promise not to tell anyone.”
Shisui gasped.
“Itachi,” he hissed. “She has spoken the secret language. This is trust.”
Kushina cackled.
“This is fashion,” she said. “And I fully intend to abuse this power.”
Kakashi did not realise he had stopped walking until someone bumped his shoulder lightly. He murmured an apology and moved on, mind filing the image away under I-mildly-care-but-not-enough-to-ask.
He did not expect to see her so soon again on a mission.
That came later.
The request arrived on stiff paper, as most unreasonable requests did.
Kakashi stood in front of Minato’s desk, hands in his pockets, while his sensei leafed through several mission folders. Sunlight spilled across the office; the new curtains Kushina had insisted on glowed faintly orange, making the room look warmer than a Hokage’s office had any right to be.
“Team Ro’s next assignment,” Minato said, tapping one of the files. “Standard ANBU escort with high risk of ambush. In and out. Nothing you cannot handle.”
Kakashi nodded.
“There is one change,” Minato added. “Lynx has a punctured lung from the last border skirmish. She is benched until the med-nin clear her.”
Kakashi’s gaze sharpened.
“So we will postpone,” he said.
Minato shook his head.
“This cannot be postponed. And I am not sending your team in short. You will have a substitute.”
Kakashi raised an eyebrow.
“Who?” he asked.
Minato smiled, just a little.
“Ryuu,” he said.
Kakashi very deliberately did not roll his visible eye.
“Understood,” he said.
Ryuu was waiting at the staging ground when Kakashi arrived with the rest of Team Ro.
The dragon mask was as distinctive as he remembered: sharp lines, an almost stylised snarl. The operative behind it stood with arms loosely folded, posture neutral, weight more on the balls of the feet than the heels.
“Ryuu,” Kakashi said in greeting.
“Hound,” came the answer.
“We will be escorting a sealed scroll to the Fire Daimyo’s outpost,” Kakashi said. “We expect interception attempts from missing nin. Formation is standard wedge, I will take centre with the package, Cat and Penguin flank, you on rear guard.”
Ryuu inclined her head.
“Understood.”
They moved out.
For the first few kilometres, there was nothing.
Trees blurred past. Birds called. The rest of Team Ro kept their own counsel. Kakashi found himself sliding into that peculiar ANBU headspace where his own life felt secondary to the mission and his teammates’ survival.
He became aware, gradually, of Ryuu’s pace: matched to his almost perfectly, steps landing in the spaces between his own more often than not. When the path narrowed, Ryuu never once brushed against him; it was like moving alongside a shadow that knew precisely how much room it needed. Just like on their last mission.
At one point, he caught a glimpse of her hand beneath the cloak: small, long-fingered, scarred.
Pretty, his brain offered again, unhelpfully in the middle of operational assessment.
They were attacked three hours out.
The first kunai came from above, the second from the left. A textbook attempt at a choke-point ambush.
“Down,” Kakashi snapped.
Team Ro dropped. A flurry of steel cut through the space where their necks had been.
Two missing nin emerged from the trees - one with bandaged arms, blood-stained wrappings, the other with a scar over his mouth and a wild look in his eyes.
“ANBU, huh,” Scar sneered. “What did they send, the kids?”
Kakashi did not bother to answer.
“Cat, Penguin, take the right,” he said. “Ryuu, left with me.”
“Yes,” Ryuu said.
Kakashi went forward like a knife.
The bandaged one turned out to favour mid-range jutsu, spitting fire with sloppy control. Kakashi dodged, countered, kept him busy.
He did not see all of what Ryuu did, because Ryuu moved in that peculiar not-there way some very dangerous shinobi had. One moment she was at his side; the next she was behind the second missing nin, blade catching the light.
The fight was short.
When it was over, both attackers were dead. The fire had scorched a few trees, nothing more.
Kakashi straightened, steadying his breathing, and glanced over.
Ryuu stood over her opponent’s body for a moment longer, then knelt and closed the man’s eyes with two fingers. It was a small thing. Not all ANBU bothered.
Kakashi took note.
“Efficient,” he said.
Ryuu tilted her head.
“Necessary,” they replied.
On the way back, Kakashi found himself… curious. Curiosity was dangerous in ANBU. He let it sit anyway.
At one river crossing, as they paused to refill canteens, he found himself beside Ryuu at the water’s edge.
“Did you ask to be paired with team Ro?” he asked, keeping his voice light.
Ryuu did not look up from the bottle they were filling.
“Not necessarily,” she said. “But I enjoy collaborating with your team, I have seen your work first hand.”
“That sounds ominous.”
“Mostly your messy reports,” she added. “Too many lightnings.”
He huffed a laugh.
“You have been talking to Minato-sensei,” he muttered.
“Minato nii-san is fond of you,” Ryuu said, screwing the cap back on. “He worries.”
“He worries about many things,” Kakashi said, deflecting. “You included, apparently.”
There was a fraction of pause. Then:
“I am aware,” Ryuu said quietly.
Kakashi glanced sideways at the mask, at the way her shoulders shifted, at the almost imperceptible relaxation around the neck when Minato’s name was mentioned.
“I saw you in the market once,” he said, before he could stop himself. “With Kushina-san.”
Ryuu’s head snapped round, just slightly.
“Oh?” She said.
“You suit cardigans,” Kakashi said. Then, because he was who he was, he added, “And ribbons.”
For a heartbeat, he thought he had overstepped.
Then Ryuu made a very small, very strangled sound that, after a second, he realised was not anger.
It was laughter.
“I see,” Ryuu said slowly. “He sent you to check on me?”
“No,” Kakashi said. “I am just observant.”
Silence. Then, unexpectedly:
“Kushina-nee san likes to experiment,” Ryuu said, voice almost dry. “I am… practising.”
“Practising what?”
“Being a normal person,” she said.
He did not quite know what to do with that.
“Could have fooled me,” he said softly.
She did not answer, but he felt the air between them shift, just a fraction, into something that was not quite comradeship yet but no longer pure ANBU anonymity either.
They delivered the scroll. Came home. Hana in the mission desk signed them off without much fuss.
When Kakashi reported to Minato afterwards, he simply said:
“Ryuu is capable as usual. Solid in a team.”
Minato smiled.
“I know,” he said. “Thank you.”
Later, when he passed Kushina in the corridor and heard her yell, “MINA, YOU ARE NOT HIDING THAT RIBBON FROM ME, DATTEBANE!”, he had to cough into his hand to hide his smile.
Konoha adapted faster than Minai expected to the fact that Mina existed.
In the weeks that followed, she found herself in an odd liminal place: To civilians, she was the quiet, pretty girl often seen with the Hokage’s wife and, sometimes, the Hokage himself. To shinobi, she was an ANBU whose codename came with rumours and whose presence in a room made people straighten instinctively.
To Itachi and Shisui, she was something else entirely.
“Listen,” Shisui announced one afternoon, dropping down from a branch and almost landing on her head. “I have solved the ultimate question.”
“Which one?” Minai asked, not looking up from the kunai she was honing.
“Why you are scary,” he said cheerfully.
Itachi, across the clearing, sighed.
“Do I want to know?” Minai asked.
“Yes,” Shisui said enthusiastically. “It is because you have Minato-sama level precision and Uchiha-level death glare, and that combination is illegal.”
Minai paused.
“Illegal by which statute?” she asked.
“The statute of my heart,” Shisui said, placing a hand over his chest. “It cannot take this much cool in one person.”
Itachi looked up from the scroll he was reading.
“That is not a real statute,” he said.
“It is if I say it with enough conviction,” Shisui replied.
Minai resumed sharpening the kunai.
“You are projecting,” she said. “My glare is nowhere near Uchiha level.”
“Wrong,” Shisui said. “You have the same eyebrow crinkle Mikoto oba-san when someone insults someone you care about.”
Minai stilled.
“I do not.”
Itachi’s lips twitched.
“You do, Mina nee-san” he said quietly.
She opened her mouth to argue, then shut it again. The argument was, she knew, doomed.
“Fine,” she said. “I will work on it.”
“Do not,” Shisui said immediately. “It is a valuable clan resource now.”
“What, my eyebrows?”
“Yes,” he said solemnly. “We must protect them at all costs.”
She flicked a kunai. It passed a centimetre from his ear and embedded itself solidly in the tree trunk behind him.
Shisui did not flinch.
“See?” he said to Itachi. “This is love.”
Itachi rubbed the bridge of his nose.
“I am surrounded by lunatics,” he murmured.
“You like us,” Minai said.
Unfortunately for him, his small, fond smile gave him away.
“Yes,” he said. “I do.”
Shisui beamed.
“That is what family is,” he said. “Shared insanity. And weapons.”
Minai let herself relax against the tree trunk, the sounds of the forest thick around them. For a moment, she let her eyes slide closed, then opened them, crimson bleeding in.
“We should work on the triple pattern again,” she said. “If Shisui is going to be bait, he needs better defence.”
“Hey,” Shisui protested.
“She is right,” Itachi said.
Shisui sighed dramatically.
“Fine,” he said. “But if I die, I am haunting both of you.”
“You would even if you did not die,” Minai said.
He considered this.
“True,” he conceded.
They moved into position.
Three figures in the clearing, three sets of eyes with the same blood-coloured legacy, three very different ways of carrying it.
Minai watched them, watched herself among them, and thought, with a small, steady warmth in her chest that surprised her still:
This. This is worth surviving for.
That night, lighting one of her candles in her now-softened apartment, Mina caught her reflection in the window.
Red shirt. Loose cardigan. Ribbon barely visible tying back a section of hair. The faintest trace of gloss on her lips because Kushina had insisted.
She had missions. She had ghosts. She had blood on her hands.
She also had:
A Hokage who looked at her and saw more than a weapon.
A woman with a bijuu in her belly who hugged her so hard her ribs creaked and called her daughter.
Two Uchiha boys who called her nee-san and argued with her about shuriken trajectories.
Candles that made the room smell of sandalwood and citrus.
A life that was slowly, stubbornly becoming hers.
She let her Sharingan fade, watching her eyes return to basic dark.
“Minai,” she said quietly, to the empty room, acknowledging the name only she and a few others knew.
Then, more firmly:
“Mina.”
Both were her.
And for the first time, she did not feel like either one had to erase the other.
Outside, the village hummed, alive.
Inside, she hummed too, a soft melody from Ame that had somehow survived all the years between rain and sunlight.
The dragon slept, just for tonight.
Tomorrow, there would be more missions, more training, more laughter, more arguments, more tea, more ramen, more chaos.
For now, she blew out the candle, lay down under a blanket Kushina had bullied her into buying, and let herself rest.
Not as a weapon waiting for orders.
As a girl who had people to wake up for.
And that, she thought as sleep tugged at her, was more powerful than any jutsu she had ever learnt. That, the will later learn, was her Will of Fire
——————————————————————————
Minai had been told many times, in many different ways, to stand still.
In Root, standing still meant silence and readiness and the absence of anything that could be mistaken for hesitation. In ANBU, it meant poised balance, weight on the balls of the feet, blade within easy reach. In most of her life before this, stillness had been a kind of armour.
These days, people kept telling her the opposite.
“You are twitchy,” Shisui commented one afternoon, hanging upside down from a branch as if gravity was an optional suggestion. “Like a cat that has just seen a cucumber.”
Minai looked up at him, arms folded.
“I am not twitchy,” she said.
“You are a little twitchy,” Itachi said from his place leaning against the same tree, arms loosely crossed. “Less than before. You used to feel like a tripwire.”
“I do not feel like a tripwire,” she replied.
“You used to,” Shisui insisted. “Now, more like a… moderately tense wire. Progress.”
She rolled her eyes.
The movement was small and quick and, to her own surprise, came naturally.
Shisui clutched his chest.
“Did you see that?” he said to Itachi. “She rolled her eyes. At me. Again. This is growth. I am so proud.”
“You take credit for things you did not do,” Minai said.
“I contributed,” he countered. “I am enriching your life through annoyance.”
“That I will not argue with,” she murmured.
Itachi’s gaze softened.
“Your chakra feels different, Mina nee-san” he said quietly.
Minai glanced at him.
“Different how,” she asked.
“Smoother,” he replied. “Less like it is always braced for impact. Happier, I suppose.”
“Chakra cannot be happy,” she said.
“It can be,” Shisui said from his branch. “Mine is happiest when I am annoying people.”
“That explains a lot,” Minai muttered.
Shisui pointed at her.
“See. She does sarcasm now. We are doing excellent work.”
She tried to hold back the small smirk that wanted to form. It escaped anyway, tugging at one corner of her mouth.
The boys looked far too pleased about that.
It turned out, family can grow faster than Minai had assumed.
The night Kushina told her she was pregnant started in a very normal way.
Minai had just returned from a mid level mission, nothing too dramatic. Some minor sabotage, a little information gathering, one altercation that ended quickly. She had cleaned up, changed into civilian clothes, and found her feet leading her, as usual, to the Namikaze home.
She did not bother knocking any more. She announced herself instead.
“It is Mina,” she called softly from the entryway.
“MINA!,” Kushina corrected from the kitchen. “Come in, dattebane.”
Minai stepped out of her sandals and did as told. Minato was at the table, half a stack of paperwork already signed, half untouched. He looked up when she entered, his expression brightening in a way that always made something shift in her chest.
“You are back,” he said.
“Report submitted,” she said. “No complications. Minor bruising.”
“Sit here,” he said. “Food is almost ready.”
Kushina stuck her head out of the kitchen.
“Wash your hands,” she added. “And do not try to skip it just because I am busy, I have eyes everywhere, dattebane.”
“Yes, Kushina nee-san,” Minai said.
They ate. It was cosy, simple. There was rice, grilled fish, some miso soup. Kushina complained about Minato overworking. Minato failed to deny it convincingly. Minai contributed the occasional dry comment that made Minato blush and Kushina cackle.
Halfway through the meal, Kushina put her chopsticks down and looked at both of them with an expression that Minai could not quite read.
“Kushina,” Minato said, pausing. “You are making your serious face.”
“I am making my about-to-announce-something-face,” she corrected. “Which is different.”
Minai opened her mouth.
“Do not ask me to assassinate anyone domestically,” she said. “Hiruzen-sama will complain to Minato nii-san.”
Kushina snorted.
“No assassinations,” she said. She took a breath. “I am pregnant.”
Silence hit the table like a thrown kunai.
Minato’s eyes softened in that way they did sometimes, the way that made him look like the sun slipping over the horizon. He had known, Minai realised. Of course he had known.
She had not.
“You are…” she repeated slowly. “Pregnant?”
“Yes,” Kushina said. “With a baby. Hopefully just one. If it is two, I will bully Minato until he does all the night feeds.”
Minato nodded solemnly.
“I accept my fate,” he said.
Minai looked at Kushina. At her face, flushed with a mixture of excitement and nerves. At the subtle extra warmth in her chakra. At the way her hand had gone unconsciously to her stomach.
Something tightened, then bloomed, inside Minai’s chest. It was not a sensation she had a ready name for.
“A child,” she said.
“Little one,” Kushina agreed. “Ours.”
Minai’s hands curled lightly around her bowl.
“You are happy,” she said.
Kushina’s eyes shone.
“Terrified,” she admitted. “But yes. Very happy.”
“Me too,” Minato said, voice quiet, eyes fixed on his wife.
Minai swallowed.
“Then I am happy too,” she said.
Kushina reached across the table and flicked her forehead lightly.
“You are allowed to be happy, you know,” she said. “Not just happy because we are. But I will take what I can get, dattebane.”
Minai touched the spot.
“You will need protection,” she said.
Minato and Kushina exchanged a glance.
“Yes,” Minato said. “We will have guard rotations. Seals. Security measures.”
“I will guard you,” Minai said.
Minato smiled.
“You already do,” he said.
She shook her head.
“I mean… more,” she said, frowning slightly. “People will be careless around you. I will not.”
Kushina raised an eyebrow.
“Careless?” she repeated.
“For example,” Minai said carefully, “you should not carry heavy grocery bags without assistance.”
“I can carry my own bags,” Kushina protested.
“You should not,” Minai said.
Minato cleared his throat.
“She… may have carried a box of sealing supplies today as well,” he confessed quietly.
Minai turned to look at him with the kind of flat stare that used to be reserved for enemy shinobi.
“Minato nii-san,” she said. “That is unacceptable.”
He blinked.
“She carried it only a short distance,” he tried.
“No distance,” she replied.
Kushina burst out laughing.
“Oh no,” she wheezed. “Oh no, Minato. You have created another overprotective maniac dattebane!.”
“I would like to remind the court,” Minato said, “that you are also an overprotective maniac.”
“Mine is charming,” she said. “Hers is terrifying. This is an upgrade.”
Minai huffed.
“I am not terrifying,” she said.
Both of them looked at her.
“Mina,” Minato said gently, “you once told a jonin captain that if he miscounted his squad’s supplies again you would reorganise the entire logistics department around his corpse.”
“It was a reasonable threat,” she replied.
“It was memorable,” he amended.
Kushina wiped her eyes.
“Listen, brat,” she said. “Kakashi is going to be assigned to my guard as well. You can terrorise me together.”
Minai considered this.
“That is acceptable,” she said.
Kakashi arrived three days later with new orders and a familiar wary tilt to his shoulders.
Minai found him on Kushina’s porch, one hand lifted to knock, posture professional and slightly strained in the way of someone who expects trouble even in a friendly space.
“Kakashi-san,” she said.
He turned. His visible eye flickered with recognition, then relaxed by about a millimetre.
“Mina,” he said. “I see you are still alive.”
“Likewise,” she said. Then, because she was learning: “Good work.”
He dipped his head.
“Minato-sensei has assigned me to Kushina-san’s protection detail,” he said. “I am here to coordinate with you.”
“With me?” she repeated.
“You are always here,” he pointed out. “And you are more frightening than most jonin I have met. I am not foolish enough to ignore that asset.”
“That is a compliment,” she decided.
“It is,” he said.
Kushina yanked the door open before either of them could knock.
“Kakashi!” she said, delighted. “Look at you, all grown up and sulky, dattebane. Come in. Mina is just about to scold me for trying to pick up a kettle by myself.”
“You should not pick up heavy things,” Minai said.
“It was a kettle,” Kushina said. “With water.”
“Water is heavy,” Minai replied.
Kakashi stepped aside as they began a familiar argument.
He watched, silently amused, as Minai reached out without looking and took the kettle from Kushina’s hand, carrying it to the stove like a precious artefact. It was not the movement that caught his attention, but the ease of it, the way she did it as if it were the most obvious thing in the world.
He had seen protectiveness in many forms. This was new.
Later, as they sat around the table, Kakashi listened to Minato outline the guard schedule.
“Kakashi, you will be primary external guard during her last trimester,” Minato said. “Rotations with other jonin, but you will be point.”
Kakashi nodded.
“And internally,” Minai said.
Minato gave her a look.
“Internally, you will be here regardless of what I assign,” he said. “We both know that.”
“Yes,” she said, completely unbothered.
Kushina grinned.
“See?” she said to Kakashi. “She is worse than you.”
“I am not that protective,” Kakashi said reflexively.
Three pairs of eyes turned to him.
He thought about it.
“…I am moderately protective,” he corrected.
“You threw a man through a wall for speaking badly of Minato nii-san,” Minai said.
Kakashi stared.
“You were not there,” he said slowly.
“I read the report,” she replied.
“That was a structural weakness issue,” he argued.
“It was a temper issue,” Minai said.
Minato raised a hand.
“Let us not compare who has more issues,” he said mildly. “We will be here all day.”
“If we are all overprotective together,” Kushina said smugly, “it means I am the safest woman in the world, dattebane.”
“That is the goal,” Minai said.
Kakashi inclined his head.
“I will coordinate with you on patrol routes,” he said to her. “There is a blind spot on the east side roofline. If someone tries to approach from that angle, I would prefer we notice before they notice us.”
Minai’s eyes sharpened.
“I saw it,” she said. “I have already set up two mirror angles there. I can share the vantage points.”
Kakashi nodded.
“Good,” he said. “I will add a trap line along the inner edge.”
Kushina watched them with open satisfaction.
“Well,” she said. “I feel thoroughly smothered. I love it dattebane.”
Minai’s protectiveness escalated quickly.
It started with obvious things. Heavy objects. Sharp corners. Unnecessary exertion. She followed Kushina around the house, subtly intercepting anything that looked remotely risky.
It did not stop there.
One afternoon, Shisui dropped by, as he often did, through the upstairs window.
He slithered in with his usual lack of respect for physics, landed in a crouch, and grinned.
“Kushina-san!” he called. “I heard there were snacks.”
“There are always snacks if you help cook,” Kushina replied from the kitchen.
Shisui padded down the hallway, then stopped abruptly when Minai stepped into his path like an unimpressed cat.
“You are late,” she said.
“I did not know I had a schedule,” he replied.
“You do now,” she said.
He blinked past her.
“…Is that a barrier seal on that window?” he asked, squinting.
“Yes,” she said.
“You will seal my entrance,” he said, sounding personally betrayed.
“You could have fallen,” she replied. “The sill is narrow.”
“I am a shinobi,” he protested.
“You are careless,” she corrected.
Itachi appeared behind him.
“Be grateful she did not put spikes under it,” he said.
Shisui looked down.
“…Did you put spikes under it?” he asked, horrified.
“No,” Minai said.
Shisui narrowed his eyes.
“I do not believe you,” he said.
He was not entirely wrong. She had considered it.
“We need to talk about this,” he muttered as he followed her towards the kitchen. “Your paranoia is getting creative.”
“Kushina nee-san is pregnant,” she said simply.
Shisui paused.
“I know,” he said, softer now. “And you are going to fight the air if it looks at her funny, is that it?”
“The air is suspicious,” she said.
He stopped again, then laughed so hard he had to lean on the wall.
“She is ready to fight the air,” he wheezed to Itachi. “Itachi, do you hear this? The atmosphere itself is in danger.”
Itachi shook his head, but his eyes were fond.
“It is far better than her thinking nothing here is worth protecting,” he said.
Shisui sobered at that.
“Yeah,” he said quietly. “Yeah, it is.”
The changes in Minai were not just visible to those closest to her. They were palpable.
Itachi noticed it first in training.
They were working in their usual clearing. Hot afternoon, cicadas buzzing, sweat beading at Minai’s temple as she flowed from one stance to another. Shisui was trying to combine a new footwork pattern with a genjutsu feint and failing spectacularly.
“Your back foot is lazy,” Minai said.
“My back foot is doing its best,” Shisui protested, wobbling.
“Your back foot is going to get stabbed,” she replied.
He pouted, then adjusted.
Itachi watched the exchange, the way Minai’s tone had softened, the faint amusement that laced her criticism. Once, her corrections had been precise, clinical, almost Root like in their dryness. Now there was something warmer threaded through them, a quiet humour.
He closed his eyes briefly and extended his senses, feeling for chakra more than sight.
Minai’s chakra used to feel like edges and tight coils, always braced, always half an inch from fight. Now it still held power and tension, but the constant high alert had… smoothed. There were soft patches. Warm pools.
“Her chakra feels even calmer now,” he said aloud, almost to himself.
Shisui, having finally managed three steps without trying to fall over, looked up.
“Of course it does,” he said. “She has us. We are amazing.”
Minai threw a twig at him. It bounced off his forehead.
“You are not taking credit for this,” she said, but she was smiling.
Itachi thought, privately, that they both absolutely deserved some of the credit, as did Minato and Kushina. Most of it, though, he suspected came from Minai herself.
She had decided to risk softening.
That was always the hardest part.
Minai did not notice the change in herself until much later.
It was one of those evenings where the sky turned a soft amber and the air smelled faintly of rain on dry roofs. She and Kushina sat on the veranda, legs stretched out, sharing a bowl of sliced fruit.
Minato was still at the Tower finishing paperwork. The house felt strangely quiet without his gentle presence, but not empty.
“Here,” Kushina said, skewering a piece of apple and holding it out.
Minai leaned forward and ate it off the skewer without much thought.
Kushina raised an eyebrow.
“Look at you,” she said. “You used to flinch anytime someone got that close to your face. Now you are just chewing.”
Minai paused, apple halfway swallowed.
“Did I?” she asked.
“Yes,” Kushina said. “You were like a spooked deer most of the time. Very stabby deer, but still.”
Minai turned that over in her mind.
“Am I that different from before?” she asked.
Kushina looked at her for a long moment.
“Yes,” she said eventually. “And no.”
“That is not helpful,” Minai said.
Kushina laughed.
“You are still you,” she said. “Still stubborn, still terrifyingly efficient, still too willing to throw yourself in front of kunai for people you care about. But you laugh more. You argue. You tease. You make fun of my cooking which, rude, but also shows progress.”
“You cook well,” Minai said.
“I cook chaotically,” Kushina corrected. “There is a difference.”
Minai thought about it.
“I feel… less cold,” she said slowly. “Inside. Sometimes it frightens me. As if I am lowering my guard.”
“You are,” Kushina said. “That is what trust is, dattebane.”
“That should seem impractical,” Minai said.
Kushina nudged her shoulder.
“It is impractical,” she agreed. “And also worth it.”
Minai turned her head to look at her.
“What if it gets taken away,” she asked quietly.
Kushina’s eyes softened.
“Then it will hurt,” she said honestly. “A lot. More than fighting, more than most wounds. But it will not make what you had less real. And you will not be alone while you heal. That is the difference.”
Minai looked down at her hands.
“I do not know if I am strong enough for that,” she said.
“You are,” Kushina said. “And if you are not, then we are strong enough for you. That is how family works, dattebane.”
“Family,” Minai repeated, tasting the word.
“Yes,” Kushina said. “Minato. Me. You. That little one.” She touched her stomach gently. “Itachi and Shisui. Kakashi, if he heals faster. Maybe more, who knows. We are a disaster of a family, but we are stubborn.”
Minai’s throat tightened.
“Thank you,” she said, low.
“For what?” Kushina asked.
“For letting me be here,” Minai said. “For putting up with me.”
Kushina snorted.
“Mina,” she said. “We are not putting up with you. We love you.”
Minai closed her eyes briefly. When she opened them, the world looked just slightly sharper.
“Am I becoming someone else?” she asked.
Kushina shook her head.
“You are becoming yourself,” she said.
Later that week, Minato stood at the edge of the training grounds and watched his student.
Not Kakashi this time, though Kakashi was there, leaning against a post with his hands in his pockets, one eye half lidded in that deceptively lazy way of his.
Minato was watching Minai.
She stood in the field, hair tied back in a neat tail, red shirt under a light flak vest, expression focused. Itachi and Shisui flanked her, their Sharingan active. The three of them moved through a complex pattern of taijutsu and shuriken, their coordination so precise it almost looked choreographed.
He had seen her fight before, of course. He had seen her as Ryuu, moving like a storm through enemy lines. This was different.
She laughed. Out loud. At one point, when Shisui tripped over a root he himself had grown with earth chakra.
“Do not blame the terrain you created,” she called. “That is poor form.”
“Betrayed by my own jutsu,” Shisui groaned.
Itachi’s mouth curved in that micro smile that Minato had come to recognise as his version of loud cackling.
Kakashi made a quiet noise beside him.
“What do you think?” Minato asked.
“She is lighter on her feet,” Kakashi said.
“More practice,” Minato suggested.
“More reason to come home,” Kakashi replied.
Minato glanced at him.
“That too,” he said.
They watched in silence for a while.
Minai’s movements were still efficient, still economical. She did not waste effort. But there was less of that brittle edge, that constant fight or flight readiness. Her chakra, to Minato’s senses, flowed differently now. Less like a straight blade, more like a river. Still dangerous if mishandled, but not always on the verge of cutting.
Kushina had said it best, he thought. She was becoming herself.
He had seen many kinds of strength in his life. This, he suspected, was one of the rarest.
That night, Minai stood outside the Namikaze home again.
The street was quiet. The lantern by the door cast a soft circle of light on the wooden steps and the railing where she rested her hand.
Inside, she could hear Minato humming, low and absent minded, as he tidied away papers at the table. Kushina laughed at something he said, the sound muffled by walls but still bright.
Minai closed her eyes for a moment and let her senses stretch.
She felt:
Kushina’s chakra, warmer and thicker now, layered carefully over the deeper, massive presence of Kyuubi.
Minato’s, steady and golden, threads of it always reaching outward across the village even when he was at rest.
Kakashi’s, not far away, keeping his quiet vigil on the rooftop as per his assignment.
Itachi and Shisui somewhere in the district, faint but familiar flares on her mental map.
This, she thought, is what safety feels like.
It was not an absence of danger. There were always threats, always shadows, always things that could go wrong. She knew that better than most.
But there was something here worth guarding that was more than a duty. More than a mission. More than an order from above.
Her hand tightened on the railing.
“I will protect this,” she whispered.
The words did not feel like a Root mantra or an ANBU mission statement. They felt like a promise made to herself.
To Kana, who had died in the rain so she could live.
To Sakumo, who had shown her what a kind shinobi looked like.
To Minato and Kushina, who had taken a broken weapon and called her their kid.
To Itachi and Shisui, who called her nee-san and argued with her like brothers.
To the baby not yet born, whose chakra was only a faint spark under layers of seal and Uzumaki will.
For the first time in a very long time, Minai was not afraid of wanting something.
She wanted this.
She wanted dinners and arguments and stupid cardigans and Kakashi rolling his eye at Shisui’s jokes. She wanted Kushina nagging her about conditioner and Minato asking her opinion on troop deployment and Itachi quietly placing tea by her elbow when she stayed sat while they practiced, reading reports.
She wanted a world where the next generation did not have to live in cardboard boxes or Root cells.
She had no illusions. Wanting it would not make it safe. It might even make the losses, when they came, hurt more.
But as she stood there, the lamplight catching on the curve of her cheek, she realised something important.
She would rather hurt than go back to feeling nothing at all.
A small, unguarded smile pulled at her lips. Not the careful, controlled curve she had used in interrogation rooms. Not the polite one she sometimes put on for diplomats and elders.
A real smile. Young. Soft. A little crooked.
A girl’s smile.
She let it stay.
Behind her, the door slid open.
“Killing the railing with your thoughts?” Kushina asked, leaning against the frame. “Come in, brat. Tea is ready. Minato is going to try and sneak extra sugar into his again later and I need you as a witness, dattebane.”
Minai turned, smile lingering.
“Yes, Kushina nee-san,” she said.
She stepped inside the warm house and closed the door behind her.
Notes:
Thank you for sticking with Minai’s story!! I can’t promise I’ll always manage to post more than 1 chapter per week, but when I can, I’ll do it, I promise!!
Chapter 6: The World Burned, and So did She
Summary:
Aaaand let the angst begin! In this chapter we cover the Nine Tails Attack and the aftermath of it - immediate and otherwise. Things will get a little heavy in the upcoming chapters as well, so brace yourselves everyone! Without further ado, lets dive into it.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The mission scroll lay on the desk between them like it was nothing special.
Minai knew it was a lie before Minato even opened his mouth.
They were alone in the Hokage’s office except for the quiet rustle of the curtains and the faint scratch of a pen from the far side, where Kakashi was finishing a brief on the last ANBU operation. The afternoon light made the room look gentler than it had any right to be. Paperwork was stacked in neat towers. A pot of tea steamed gently, untouched.
Minato held the scroll with both hands, thumbs pressed a little too firmly against the seal.
“Lightning Country,” he said. “Small border village. There have been a few suspicious disappearances. I want you to take a look.”
Minai stood at attention in front of his desk, mask tucked under one arm. She had showered after her last mission, changed into a clean set of clothes, but there was still the taste of blood and smoke at the back of her throat. It was usually there.
She glanced at the mission stamp. B rank. Recon focus. Two days out, one day on site, two days back.
Too clean. Too symmetrical. Too far.
“Why me?” she asked.
Minato smiled. It almost reached his eyes.
“Because you are good at not being seen,” he said. “And because I trust your judgement.”
He was not lying. That did not mean he was telling her everything.
She narrowed her eyes slightly.
“There are plenty of ANBU who can do recon,” she said. “You rarely send me alone outside Fire Country without a high value target.”
Kakashi’s pen paused, just for a fraction of a second. Then he continued writing, but Minai knew his attention had shifted.
Minato exhaled through his nose.
“It is not a trap,” he said. “It really is just a village check. There were reports of a missing minor noble and I would rather have someone competent verify the facts before the Daimyo’s office starts panicking.”
“That still does not answer the question of why now,” she said.
His fingers tightened on the scroll.
Outside, somewhere beyond the walls, a dog barked. The village went about its business. The world, for the moment, had not yet split open.
Minato looked at her for a long time.
Mina, he thought. Minai. The girl who had dragged herself out of rain and dirt and Root and turned herself into a weapon so sharp he sometimes forgot she was made of skin and bone and not steel.
He set the scroll down.
“I need you away from Konoha for a few days,” he said quietly. “It is precaution.”
Precaution.
The word landed heavily.
“Precaution against what,” Minai asked.
He did not answer at once. That alone was answer enough.
Her gaze sharpened.
“It is Kushina,” she said.
He did not flinch, but the tiny softening of his mouth gave him away.
“The seal is holding,” he said. “Jiraiya has checked it three times. We have all the security measures in place. Kakashi is on also on guard duty. ANBU rotations are set. The barrier team is on alert.”
“And?” she prompted.
“And,” he said, “I am still a paranoid husband.”
From the far side of the room, Kakashi made a small noise that might have been agreement.
Minato rubbed the back of his neck.
“Childbirth is… complicated,” he said. “Even for people without a tailed beast sealed inside them.”
Minai said nothing.
He looked up at her, eyes very blue and very tired.
“If something goes wrong,” he said, “you will come running. I know you. You will tear yourself in half to reach her. You will ignore orders. You will use every jutsu you have, even some you should not, and you will arrive in the middle of whatever is happening because you love her that much and because you do not know how not to.”
He said it without accusation. Just simple fact.
Her throat felt tight.
“I cannot protect her from in Lightning Country,” she said.
“I am not asking you to protect her,” he said. “That is my job. I am asking you to live.”
Silence pooled in the room.
She stared at him, fingers digging slightly into the edge of her mask.
“You taught me Flying Raijin,” she said. “You trained me. If there is danger, I am more useful here.”
He smiled faintly.
“That is exactly why I am sending you away,” he said. “You are too useful. You would throw yourself at whatever appears. If it is something I can handle, then you are not needed. If it is something I cannot handle, then I will not have you die with us.”
Her heart stuttered.
“With us,” she repeated.
He waved a hand.
“Bad phrasing,” he said lightly. “I do not intend to die. It would ruin my schedule.”
It was a weak joke, but she felt an unwilling huff leave her chest.
“Minato nii-san,” she said quietly. “If something happens to you, the village will break.”
“Yes,” he said. “Which is another reason I need at least one person I trust completely to be alive and uninjured on the outside, just in case. Kakashi knows how to follow my orders in tense circumstances, Im afraid you won’t.”
She swallowed, looking down at the scroll.
Lightning Country. Five days. Too long, if anything went wrong. Too short, if nothing did.
“You are lying by omission, aren’t you” she said.
“Yes,” he said. “For your sake.”
She hated that she could not argue with that.
Behind her, Kakashi’s chair creaked softly as he shifted. She could feel his attention like a prickle between her shoulder blades.
Minato reached across the desk and placed his hand over the scroll, then slid it towards her.
“Go,” he said, voice softer now. “It will make me feel better.”
She stared at his hand. At the faint ink stains on his fingers from too much paperwork. At the pale line of an old cut across his knuckles.
“You are the Hokage,” she said. “Your feelings should not dictate mission assignments.”
“They do sometimes,” he said. “I am not Hiruzen. I refuse to pretend I am made of stone.”
She pressed her lips together.
“We have prepared for this,” he went on, tone gentler. “We have seals. We have guards. We have contingency plans. I trust my wife. I trust my comrades. I trust the village. So I need you to trust me.”
Her fingernails dug into the wood.
“What if I refuse,” she asked.
He met her gaze squarely.
“Then I will pull rank,” he said. “Hokage’s order. You leave within two hours.”
It did not sound like a threat. It sounded like a man doing something he hated.
Minai closed her eyes briefly.
She saw, in that darkness, flashes of things that had already been taken from her. Kana’s blood on wet stone. Sakumo’s name spoken in a Root corridor in that casual tone that spoke of death. Orochimaru’s back as he walked away from the village. Minato and Kushina smiling at her over dinner, arguing about whether the baby would like spicy food.
She opened her eyes again.
“If you die while I am gone,” she said, very calmly, “I will be extremely angry.”
He laughed, short and startled.
“I will bear that in mind Mina,” he said.
“Good,” she replied.
She picked up the scroll. The paper felt heavier than it should.
“When do I leave?” she asked.
“After you have eaten,” he said. “Kushina would punch me if I sent you out on an empty stomach.”
“She would punch you regardless,” Minai said.
“True,” he admitted.
She turned to go.
At the door, Kakashi stood up from his corner and straightened. His mask was on, his expression mostly hidden, but his visible eye was narrowed in that way that meant he was thinking too much.
“Ryuu,” he said quietly.
She looked at him.
He hesitated, then gave a small, almost imperceptible nod.
“Come back safe,” he said.
The words were simple, but she heard everything under them. Suspicion. Worry. Recognition that this was not a normal assignment.
Minai inclined her head.
“You too,” she said.
She stepped out into the corridor, out of the office, out of their sight. When the door clicked shut behind her, Kakashi exhaled slowly.
“You really are sure she’ll go rogue if Kushina needed saving,” he said.
Minato looked down at his hands.
“Yes,” he agreed.
Kakashi stared at him for a moment, then looked away, jaw tense.
“You are really going to send her away,” he said. “In case everything goes wrong and she runs into it head first.”
“Yes,” Minato said.
“You think she will forgive you?” Kakashi asked.
Minato’s smile was tired and sad.
“No,” he said. “But I would rather have her hate me and live.”
Kakashi’s fingers curled at his sides.
“And if nothing happens?” he asked.
“Then she returns, yells at me for being paranoid, and Kushina makes us both tea,” Minato said. “That is the outcome I want.”
Kakashi looked at him for a long time, then nodded once.
“Understood,” he said.
Minato watched the door Minai had gone through.
“Protect Kushina, Kakashi, but not at the cost of your life either,” he said softly.
Kakashi straightened.
“Okay,” he said.
Minato smiled, but it did not quite reach his eyes.
“Good,” he said. “Then go.”
Kakashi vanished in a flicker of movement.
Minato sat alone in the office for a few seconds more, hands resting on the desk, eyes on nothing.
“Please,” he murmured to no one. “Let this be enough.”
Outside, the village moved around them, unaware that the world had just been nudged, gently and desperately, in the hope that when it broke, at least one piece of it would survive intact.
——————————————————————————
The storm over Lightning Country had not yet broken, but Minai could smell it. The clouds hung low, swollen and metallic, the air thick with that charged pressure that always came before a downpour. She moved through the trees like a blade slipping between armour plates, silent, unhurried, executing the last sweep of her perimeter.
A low-risk reconnaissance mission, Minato had called it.
A precaution.
A favour.
A lie wrapped in a smile she trusted more than any she had known.
She paused on a branch, senses widening, chakra spread thin across the forest floor. Nothing. Just wind. Just leaves. Just her heartbeat, steady and cold and precise.
A messenger hawk screeched above her.
Not a call. Not a shout.
Screech.
Minai’s breath caught as she tore the scroll from its case on it’s leg and unrolled it in one motion.
The message was short.
Urgent recall. Return immediately.
No signature. No details. Just Hiruzen’s chakra laced into the Hokage seal, strained and uneven. Not Minato’s.
Her stomach dropped.
She didn’t think. She didn’t breathe.
She ran.
The forest blurred. Branches became streaks of green and grey. Her lungs expanded beyond capacity. Her legs screamed. She pushed harder. The hiraishin formula she had carved into the guard of some of her kunai glimmered faintly at her hip. She flicked one, vanished, reappeared miles away, then ran again. Teleportation chained into sprint, sprint into teleportation, her chakra draining faster than she could hold onto it.
Every breath tasted wrong.
Every beat of her heart sounded like a warning.
Minato had told her it was precaution.
And Minato never lied.
But he had withheld some facts from her, to protect her, to shield her, to steer her away from the edges of storms she would willingly run into.
She reached another marker she had tagged earlier in the mission and vanished again, reappearing on the cliffs just outside Fire Country. Her knees buckled. She forced herself upright. She did not stop. She could not stop.
When the gates of Konoha came into view, she expected relief.
Instead she froze.
Smoke curled over the walls like black fingers. The village rooftops smouldered. The air tasted like ash. And the guards on duty would not meet her eyes. They looked anywhere else. Ground. Trees. Sky. Never her. Never each other even.
Her heartbeat did not quicken.
It slowed.
Dangerously. Terrifyingly.
She crossed the threshold and did not wait for permission. Her feet carried her through streets she knew by memory. Familiar corners were unrecognisable burnt edges. Windows shattered. Tiles cracked. Civilians whispering with trembling hands pressed over their mouths. A child crying somewhere far away. The echo felt muffled, as if underwater.
Her mind catalogued everything with ANBU precision.
Her heart rejected all of it.
Minai reached the temporary triage tents set up beside the Hokage tower when she stopped dead.
Kakashi was standing outside.
His mask uniform was torn, hanging uselessly in some places. Blood stained his gloves. His posture was wrong. Hatake Kakashi did not slump like that. But he was slumped now, shoulders bowed, one hand gripping the tent pole as if it were the only thing keeping him upright.
He looked up when he sensed her chakra.
His visible eye widened.
Shock.
Recognition.
Horror.
Minai stepped closer, each movement deliberate, controlled, because she could not afford to let the growing ice in her lungs paralyse her.
“Kakashi,” she said, voice low. No honorific, no surname. The first time she’s used his name so openly.
He opened his mouth.
Nothing came out.
His throat worked uselessly.
Finally, in a voice that was barely a whisper, barely sound at all:
“I’m sorry.”
The world snapped.
She didn’t hear the crowd.
Didn’t hear the crackle of dying fires.
Didn’t hear her own breath.
Just the words.
I’m sorry.
Her vision narrowed, collapsing inward. Her feet moved before conscious thought returned. She darted past Kakashi, past the tents, past the med-nin who reached out instinctively as she passed, and straight toward the Hokage tower.
Doors slammed open before she touched them.
ANBU, stationed outside the office, stiffened.
She strode inside.
The Hokage’s office felt too large.
Minai stood in the centre of the room, drenched in cold sweat, clothes still smeared with ash from her sprint back to the village. Her hair clung to her cheeks. Her breathing was shallow, a thin thread that might snap if she drew it too deeply.
Hiruzen watched her carefully from behind the desk.
He looked older than he had that morning. Older than he had during the war. Older than any shinobi had the right to look and still keep fighting.
“Sit, Minai,” he said gently.
She didn’t.
Her body refused to obey anything except the instinct screaming behind her ribs.
“Where are they,” she whispered. “Where are Minato and Kushina?”
Hiruzen’s face tightened.
He closed his eyes as if bracing himself for something physical. When he exhaled, it was slow and grief-heavy.
“Minai,” he said, “something went wrong.”
That alone told her everything.
But he continued, voice low, steady, breaking only at the edges.
“The Nine Tails was released. Uncontrolled. The village was nearly destroyed.”
Minai’s pulse hammered through her skull. The office walls wavered.
“Kushina,” she said. “The seal…”
Hiruzen nodded once.
“Failed. Or was forcibly undone. We do not yet know how.”
Her fingers curled until her nails dug half-moons into her palms. She didn’t feel the pain.
Hiruzen stepped around the desk, stopping at a respectful distance. His voice softened.
“Minato tried to intervene. He… did everything he could.”
That word.
Did.
Past tense.
Minai shook her head. A tiny, violent movement.
“Tell me they survived,” she whispered. “Tell me I am wrong.”
Hiruzen’s silence was the answer.
The world thinned.
Her knees nearly buckled.
She clutched the edge of the chair she had refused to sit in, breath wheezing out in small, fractured gasps.
“Kushina died protecting her newborn son,” Hiruzen said.
Her vision blurred.
“And Minato as well… he too sacrificed himself to seal the Nine Tails.”
Minai’s breath stopped.
Not caught. Not paused.
Stopped.
Her ears rang. Her vision turned white at the edges. Something sharp and cold and merciless cracked down the centre of her chest.
Not them.
Not them.
Not her family.
Her found family. Her real one. Her chosen one. Warmth and laughter and softness and everything she had never been allowed to have.
Minai’s voice broke.
“No,” she whispered. “No. They were supposed to… I was supposed to…”
Hiruzen flinched.
It was the first time he had ever seen her unravel.
“Minato sent you away because he trusted you would survive,” he said quietly. “He wanted you safe.”
She stared at him, uncomprehending.
Safe.
She didn’t want safe.
She wanted them.
She wanted to be there. To protect them. To die with them if she had to.
Hiruzen continued, because truth demanded it.
“Kushina did not die immediately. Minato fought to protect her. They both fought until the end.”
Her legs gave out.
She collapsed to her knees.
Her hands trembled uncontrollably. Her throat refused to open. Her heart felt like it was tearing itself apart with every beat.
And then Hiruzen delivered the final blow.
“Naruto survived.”
For a moment, Minai didn’t understand the words.
Naruto.
Survived.
Which meant-
“Minato sealed the fox into him,” Hiruzen said. “It was the only way.”
Her breath hitched so sharply it hurt.
“Why would he do that to his own child,” she whispered.
“Because he believed in Naruto’s future,” Hiruzen said. “And because he had no time. No other choice.”
Minai felt the room tilt.
She tried to stand.
Failed.
Tried again.
Her chakra surged without warning, lashing out in a violent burst. The wood of the floor cracked beneath her feet. The ink pots on the desk rattled. Scrolls trembled.
Her vision sharpened to agonising clarity. Each grain of wood in the walls. Each pulse of chakra from Hiruzen’s reserves. Each heartbeat echoing through the village.
Her eyes burned.
Not like they had during training.
Like someone had set fire to the nerves behind them.
Hiruzen stepped forward instinctively.
“Minai,” he warned softly.
Too late.
Her pupils twisted.
The world convulsed.
A kaleidoscope of black and crimson swallowed her vision.
Her Mangekyō Sharingan snapped open.
A six-pronged sun spun slowly in her irises, its curved beams seeming to ripple with each pulse of her grief. Gekirin, her mind supplied.
Hiruzen gasped, not in fear, but in sorrow.
“Minai,” he whispered. “Oh, child…”
But Minai barely heard him.
Because the Mangekyō did not feel like power.
It felt like drowning.
Time bent at the edges. Warped. Stretched taut like a bowstring.
Her instincts screamed to go back.
To refuse the mission.
To stay with Kushina.
To be faster.
To be enough.
Five seconds.
Five seconds could have changed everything.
She tried to breathe.
Failed.
Her voice cracked open on a whisper.
“Please… let me go back… please…”
Her legs shook violently.
Blood dripped from the corners of her eyes. And she knew. Somehow instinctively she knew what her ability was - rewind. Five seconds from the current timeline of one target, she could rewind it, only boy, not the mind, and no matter what had happened in those 5 seconds. She could rewind it. Gekirin. It was hers now, and now was far too late.
Hiruzen knelt beside her, hands steady despite the tremor of grief in his own voice.
“There is nothing you could have done,” he murmured, and the heartbreak in his tone nearly made her collapse completely. “Minato knew there were risks. Kushina knew too. They made their choice.”
Minai didn’t argue.
She couldn’t.
Her body folded in on itself, shoulders trembling. She clenched her fists so tightly her knuckles turned white.
And then, finally, she choked out the question tearing her apart.
“Where is he?” she whispered. “Where is Naruto?” The name Jiraiya came up with, the name they chose, when they chose him as naruto’s godfather. Minai has never met the man aside from when they brought her to Konoha years ago, but wasn’t he supposed to be some fuinjutsu specialist?! Genius?? Sannin for god’s sake!! Minato said he has checked the seal THREE TIMES and it was fine. Then why wasn’t it FINE??!
“In the hospital. Sleeping,” Hiruzen answered. “I will watch over him. I promise you that.”
Minai’s breath returned in fragments.
The world steadied slightly.
Her Mangekyō dimmed, spinning slower, then settling down. The black-red sun remained, but its violent brightness faded into something hollow.
She wiped the blood from her cheek with the back of her hand.
Her voice was barely audible.
“Take care of him,” she said. “For them.”
Hiruzen bowed his head.
“I will.”
Minai stood on shaking legs. Then deactivated her Sharingan, and left.
She didn’t look back.
Not when she left the office.
Not when she walked down the corridor.
Not when she stepped out into the night air.
Kakashi was waiting outside.
He wasn’t guarding the door. He wasn’t even pretending to be. He was leaning against the outer wall of the tower like a man who had been pacing for hours.
When Minai emerged, he straightened.
He didn’t speak.
Neither did she.
But when she lifted her head, Kakashi saw her. Saw the empty, broken look in her eyes.
His visible eye softened.
Not pity.
Recognition.
Shared loss.
He knew what it was to love Minato.
To lose Minato.
To lose light.
To lose everything.
He took one step toward her, then stopped, unsure.
Minai didn’t reach for him.
She didn’t need support.
She needed purpose.
She brushed past him.
Not unkindly.
Quietly.
And Kakashi whispered, more to himself than to her:
“We both lost them.”
She was back in ANBU the next morning.
Hiruzen tried to slow her.
She refused.
She took every mission offered.
Then asked for more.
Then requested solo deployments only.
Three days in the village.
Four days away.
Eight days away.
Two weeks away.
Back and forth like a ghost with no tether. Years passed.
Her weapons grew sharper.
Her movements colder.
Her mask quieter.
Her eyes darker.
No one stopped her.
She didn’t stop herself.
She didn’t sleep properly for months.
She didn’t eat unless forced.
She didn’t let herself heal.
But she kept living.
Barely.
Only two people kept her tethered to the world.
Itachi and Shisui.
They visited her apartment without being asked. Dragged her out for tea she barely drank. Sat with her on rooftops without speaking. Left charms at her door. Made her meet and hold baby Sasuke, because babies didn’t understand grief and would not judge her for breaking.
It helped.
Not enough.
But enough to keep her alive.
She did not go to see Naruto.
She couldn’t.
She imagined his face.
Minato’s eyes.
Kushina’s temper.
Their baby.
Their light.
She imagined looking at him and falling apart completely.
So she stayed away.
Hiruzen updated her quietly.
“He eats well.”
“He is growing.”
“He laughs.”
Minai nodded every time.
But each update cut her open a little more.
She whispered their names at night.
Minato.
Kushina.
Along those of Sakumo, Kana, Orochimaru. The names of everyone she’s ever had.
The names of everyone she’s ever lost.
She whispered Naruto’s, too.
And she told herself she would see him soon, when she was a little more ready.
She was wrong.
Because she would see him not when she was ready, but when the world pushed her into his life once more.
Violently.
Unexpectedly.
And fate would shift again.
——————————————————————————
By the time Minai crossed back into Konoha, the sun was already leaning toward late afternoon, casting long shadows down the main road.
She was still in full ANBU black. The armour rubbed against half-healed bruises; there was dried blood at the edge of her sleeve that she had not bothered to wash off. Her gear rode heavy on her back. Her body moved like a machine that had been set to one mode and never reset.
In.
Kill.
Out.
Repeat.
She handed in her scroll at the mission desk with clipped efficiency, accepted the perfunctory nod, and stepped out into the village streets as if she were still behind a mask.
She had not really slept in days.
Her stomach felt hollow. She ignored it.
The market was crowded. Voices rose and fell, merchants calling out prices, civilians laughing, children weaving through adults in fits of manic energy. It should have been noise. Instead it felt distant, like she was watching it all from underwater.
She turned a corner without thinking and almost collided with the past.
Red hair. A flash of yellow. Laughter.
For half a second, her heart stopped. Then her brain caught up and reminded her that Kushina was dead.
The red was fabric. A banner over a stall.
She swallowed once, hard, and kept moving.
She did not intend to cut through the narrow side street. Her feet took her there anyway. It was a shortcut she had used a hundred times, the alley that led past a small shop that sold dried goods and cheap snacks.
It was also, she would always think later, the point at which the world decided enough was enough.
“Get out, you pest,” a man snarled.
Minai’s attention snapped sideways out of instinct.
The voice came from the doorway of the small shop. The owner, a thickset man with a red face, loomed in the entrance. His hand was lifted, fingers clutching a tin can.
At his feet, on the dusty stone just outside, was a small boy.
He could not have been more than three. Blond hair stuck up in wild spikes. A t-shirt a size too big. Knees scraped. Blue eyes wide and wet and far older than they should have been.
Naruto.
Her breath stopped.
The man lifted the can higher, arm tensing as if to throw.
“Didn’t I tell you not to come back, you demon,” he spat. “Think you can come sniffing around my store like a stray mutt? How many times do we have to tell you? Get. Out!”
Naruto flinched and stumbled back a step, arms lifting as if he had been in this predicament before. As if he already knew how much this would hurt.
The can left the man’s hand.
Minai moved.
Shunshin turned the air around her into a blur; she reappeared between Naruto and the man before the can could hit.
Her hand snapped up.
Metal met leather gloves.
The can smacked into her palm. The force barely jarred her.
Silence fell.
People who had been nearby turned, conversations stuttering into hush.
Minai lowered her hand slowly and looked at the shopkeeper.
Her face was blank.
Her eyes were not.
“Try that again,” she said.
The words were soft. Calm. Neutral.
They chilled the street like a sudden gust of winter.
The shopkeeper’s expression twisted from rage to something closer to unease.
“Who the fuck are you?” he demanded, bluster returning when he saw only a slim figure in dark clothing. No mask. No flak jacket. Only her forehead protector visible on her forehead.
“Someone,” she said, “who does not like seeing grown men throw things at children.”
“He’s not a child,” the man snapped. “He’s a demon. A monster. People like you think you’re protecting the village, but you have no idea what walks among us.”
Monster.
The word echoed in places Minai had carefully walled off.
She smiled.
It was not kind.
“And you think throwing a can at him will solve that?” she asked.
The man flushed.
“He should not be allowed here,” he hissed. “He brings bad luck just breathing. My wife had a miscarriage the year he was born. My brother died in the attack. Every time he walks past my shop, my sales go down. He is cursed. We all know it. The Hokage should have got rid of him.”
Minai’s fingers tightened convulsively around the can. The metal bent with a faint crunch.
Behind her, she felt Naruto inch closer to the wall, small fingers scraping at the stone as if hoping it would swallow him.
Her voice dropped fractionally.
“You blame a three year old,” she said, “for your grief.”
The man sneered.
“You don’t know what it’s like.”
“I know exactly what it is like,” she said through her teeth.
The street had gone very quiet. Civilians watched from the edges, eyes narrowed, some mouths thin with disapproval.
Not for him.
For her.
For stepping in.
For daring to stand between their fear and its scapegoat.
Minai breathed once, slowly, in through her nose, out through her mouth.
“When the Nine Tails attacked,” she said, “the Fourth Hokage decided this boy should live.”
A murmur ran through the crowd.
The man snorted.
“The Fourth is dead,” he said. “He isn’t here to see what his decision did.”
Minai’s eyes darkened.
“No,” she said. “He isn’t.”
She tossed the crushed can aside. It clattered across the ground and rolled into the gutter.
“Here is what will happen next,” she continued, tone so flat and clear it made several people flinch. “You will not throw anything at him. You will not call him demon. You will not try to hurt him again. If you do, I will come back. And then we will discuss, in practice, what it means to pick fights with someone weaker than you.”
The man spluttered.
“Is that a threat?” he demanded.
“It is a promise,” she said.
Something in her voice pressed on the nerves of everyone in earshot. The crowd shuffled back, unconsciously widening the space around her. A few mothers grabbed their children and left, muttering.
The shopkeeper looked at her properly then. Really looked.
Saw the way she held herself.
Saw the shinobi lines at the edges of her posture.
Saw the old blood on her sleeve.
His mouth snapped shut.
He retreated into his shop and slammed the door.
The people watching dispersed in uneasy clusters, throwing her dark looks, throwing Naruto darker ones, but none of them said anything out loud.
Minai did not relax.
Not yet.
She turned slowly.
Naruto stood plastered against the wall, eyes huge, shoulders hunched. He stared at her as if waiting for her to shout. Or hit. Or tell him to go away.
Up close, it hurt.
He had Kushina’s eye shape and Minato’s colouring. A tiny crease between his brows she recognised from Kushina’s fury and Minato’s concentration. But the way he held himself, small and defensive, belonged to no one but himself and the years he had spent being treated like something less than human.
Minai crouched, lowering herself to his level, careful to keep her hands visible and empty.
“Are you hurt?” she asked.
He shook his head, blond hair flopping.
She nodded once.
“Good.”
His eyes flicked to her forehead, to her clothes, to her hands, then back again.
Suspicion.
Wary confusion.
Fear.
“Why…” he began, then stopped. His mouth worked. He tried again. “Why did you… do that?”
“Do what?” she asked.
“Stop him,” Naruto said. “Nobody… nobody does that.”
The words were too matter of fact.
Too resigned.
Something old and ugly and jagged twisted in Minai’s gut. Memories surfaced unbidden. Orphanage staff turning away. Ame villagers ignoring a crying, hungry child. Root handlers watching impassively as older trainees hurt younger ones. Hiruzen’s promises.
“I do that,” she said. “When I see such things happen.”
Naruto frowned slightly.
“Why?” he repeated, as if he genuinely could not grasp the concept.
Because you are theirs, she thought. Because you are you. Because no child should have to flinch from rubbish thrown by idiots who are too cowardly to confront their own fear. Because Sakumo would have done something too.
Aloud, she said,
“Because you did nothing wrong.”
He stared.
Then, tentatively, as if reaching for something he had never seen but had heard described once long ago:
“People say I’m… bad. A demon. Are you… are you stupid?” He flushed, panicked. “I mean… not stupid, but… they say… they say only stupid people are nice to me.”
Minai’s jaw tightened.
“I have been called many things,” she said. “Stupid is not usually one of them.”
He blinked. The tiniest ghost of a smile tried to form and then faltered, like it did not quite know how.
“But you still did it,” he said. “You still… helped.”
“Yes,” she said.
“Why?” he whispered again.
This time she did not sidestep.
“Because,” she said, and her voice softened, “someone I loved very much would have been furious with me if I had walked past and done nothing.”
He tilted his head.
“Someone…?” he echoed.
“A friend,” she said, tasting the name. “My family.”
Naruto’s eyes widened.
“Are they still here?” he asked.
She nodded.
“No,” she said, sorrow ebbing through her words. “But if they were, they would have hated the way you’re treated.”
He bit his lip.
“Who… who are you?” he asked, almost afraid of the answer.
A hundred names ran through her mind.
Root operative.
Ryuu.
Minai.
Weapon.
Monster.
Daughter-in-all-but-blood.
She picked the one they had given her.
“My name is Mina,” she said gently. “And I’d like to be your friend.”
He stared at her, then at the ground, then back at her as if trying to fit this impossibility into a world that had not yet given him much that was good.
His stomach growled.
Loudly.
He flinched again, mortified.
Minai did not laugh.
“When did you eat last?” she asked.
“Dunno,” he muttered. “Yesterday. Maybe.”
“Maybe,” she repeated, slowly. “That is not enough.”
He shrugged, small and brittle.
“Sometimes they don’t let me buy things,” he mumbled. “Or they kick me out. Or the prices get… weird. So I just… go away.”
Minai inhaled slowly.
The street felt hotter.
Anger, slow and cold and precise, licked around her lungs.
“Come with me,” she said, standing.
He tensed.
“Where?” he asked.
“To get food,” she answered. “Proper food.”
He eyed her warily.
“You’re not going to… make fun of me?” he asked. “For eating a lot?”
“No,” she said. “If you eat a lot, it means you are growing well.”
He blinked.
“That’s not what people say,” he muttered.
“People say many things,” she replied. “Most of them are wrong.”
He stared at her for another heartbeat.
Then, cautiously, he stepped away from the wall and edged closer, small hand brushing her sleeve as if to anchor himself to her presence.
“Can we… can we go to Ichiraku?” he asked, almost timid. “They let me go there sometimes. Teuchi-jiji is nice.”
For a moment, her throat closed. Teuchi was nice to her too, back then.
Ichiraku.
She saw Kushina in a flash. Laughing. Slamming her hands on the counter. Yelling for extra pork. Teuchi smiling fondly. Minato watching them both with that soft look he saved for family, and for the girl who had not realised she was becoming part of it. Sakumo, warm smile and kind eyes, treating a foreign orphan to warm meals.
“Yes,” Minai said quietly. “We can go to Ichiraku.”
The curtains of the ramen stand were as familiar as a half-forgotten song.
The wood was the same as she remembers from last time she was here about three years ago. The stools the same crooked heights. The air smelled of broth and noodles and the faint metallic hint of old oil.
Teuchi glanced up when the curtain lifted.
His eyes widened when he saw who had come in.
“Naruto,” he said warmly. “You’re early this week. Couldn’t stay away, huh?”
Naruto grinned, briefly losing his wariness.
“Teuchi-jiji,” he chirped. “Can I have-”
He broke off as Teuchi caught sight of Minai behind him.
For a second, the man froze.
He looked older than he had when she had sat here with Sakumo. When she had sat here with Kushina and Minato. Lines that had not been there back then creased his forehead.
“Mina-chan,” he said quietly.
She drew in a breath.
“You remember me, Teuchi-san,” she said.
“Of course I remember you,” he said with warmth she didn’t expect. Then straightened up and added “I never forget who likes what kind of broth!”
Something in her chest loosened by a fraction.
“Two bowls,” she said. “One chicken miso. One… whatever Naruto likes, with extra everything.”
Naruto lit up.
“Really?” he asked, almost vibrating. “Extra everything?”
“Yes,” she said. “You are small. You need fuel.”
Teuchi chuckled.
“You sound like her, you know,” he said. “She used to say the same thing. Though usually only about herself.”
Minai swallowed around the lump in her throat. She knew who he was referring to, a glimpse of fiery red hair flashing behind her eyes.
Naruto climbed onto the stool, heels kicking. Minai took the seat next to him, back instinctively to the wall, line of sight unobstructed.
The noise of the stand washed around them, a gentle hum. Teuchi worked in easy, practised motions, hands steady.
“So,” he said casually as he set the bowls down. “How did you two meet?”
Naruto looked up, cheeks already full of noodles.
“She saved me dattebayo!” he said.
Teuchi’s hands stilled for half a heartbeat. Minai’s breath caught at the colloquialism, different, but still similar, nostalgic.
“Saved you?” Teuchi repeated.
“A guy threw stuff at me,” Naruto said around his food. “Called me names. She caught the can. And then she made him stop. Nobody’s ever done that before.”
Minai kept her gaze on her own bowl, fingers tight around the chopsticks.
Teuchi’s eyes softened.
“Well,” he said. “Sounds like you picked a good person to walk around with, Naruto.”
Naruto blinked.
“I didn’t pick her,” he said. Then, hurriedly, as if afraid she would be offended, “Not like in a bad way! She just… was there.”
Teuchi smiled, knowingly.
“Sometimes the best people just show up,” he said.
Minai took a bite of ramen. She knew that to be very true.
The taste hit her tongue like a punch.
Chicken miso.
The same warmth. The same salt. The same faint hint of garlic and something else that Teuchi refused to name.
Memories rushed in.
Sakumo’s low chuckle.
Pakkun’s snoring under a stool.
Kushina slurping noodles with no decorum whatsoever.
Minato tipping his head back to laugh when Kushina smacked his shoulder.
She closed her eyes briefly, then opened them again, fixing her attention on Naruto.
He ate like he expected the bowl to be taken away at any moment. Fast. Messy. Half choking on broth.
“Slow down,” she said quietly. “You will hurt your stomach.”
He blinked and forced himself to chew more carefully.
“Sorry,” he muttered.
“You do not need to apologise for eating,” she said.
He glanced up at her, wary amazement in his eyes, then, slowly, allowed himself another mouthful at a more measured pace.
Teuchi’s gaze flicked between them, thoughtful and sad and fond.
“You know,” he said conversationally, “she used to sit there.”
He nodded at Minai’s stool.
“And he sat there,” he added, nodding at Naruto.
Naruto froze.
“Who?” he breathed.
“Good people, great even,” Teuchi said. “You make the same face when the broth is good.”
Naruto flushed.
“I do? Like who?” he asked.
“Exactly the same,” Teuchi said. “They would be happy to see you here.” He never specified to Naruto who he was referring to.
Minai stared down at her ramen so he would not see the way her eyes shone.
“I miss them,” she said softly, almost to the bowl. As if admitting it out loud for the first time.
Teuchi’s grip on the ladle tightened.
“So do I,” he said.
They ate in quiet after that.
Quiet, but not empty. The steam rose from the bowls. Naruto’s kicking feet thudded against the stool. Teuchi hummed as he washed spare dishes. The curtain swayed in the slight breeze.
For the first time since the night of the attack, Minai felt the sharp edge of her grief ease.
Not gone.
Never gone.
But softened by the reality of the boy in front of her. The living proof that Minato and Kushina’s story had not ended with their deaths.
When Naruto’s second bowl was empty, he slumped back with a happy groan.
“That was so good,” he declared.
“You ate well,” Minai noted. “I’m glad.”
He nodded earnestly.
“Can… can we do this again?” he asked, eyes wide. “Someday?”
She swallowed.
“Yes,” she said. “We definitely can.”
He smiled then.
A full, bright, blinding thing.
It almost hurt to look at.
She walked him home.
The sun had dipped lower. The air had cooled. The village seemed calmer in the fading light.
Naruto skipped ahead, then fell back, then skipped ahead again, chatter bubbling out now that his stomach was full and the immediate fear had receded.
He pointed out cracks in the pavement he had once tripped on. A tree he had tried to climb and fallen from. A stray cat that sometimes let him pet it and sometimes scratched him.
Minai listened.
The more he spoke, the more she heard what he didn’t say.
He did not mention friends.
He did not mention anyone waiting for him.
He did not mention home with anything but factual precision.
They reached his building.
It was one of the cheaper complexes, on the edge of a decent district. Not the worst place in Konoha, but not somewhere you put someone you valued either.
Naruto trotted up the steps and bounced impatiently while she studied the entrance.
It was not well maintained. The paint peeled. The railing had a loose bolt.
Her jaw tightened.
He pushed open the door and she followed him up a narrow staircase that smelled faintly of damp and instant ramen.
His apartment door was easy to pick. The locks were laughable.
He did not seem to notice.
“Welcome to my house!” he said proudly, throwing his arms wide as he burst inside.
Minai stepped in after him.
The first things she saw were instant ramen cups.
They were everywhere.
On the table. On the counter. In the bin. Stacked by the sink. Some clean. Many not.
The floor was dusty. The small counter had a few misaligned plates. The single, tiny plant on the windowsill was dead, drooping pathetically in its pot.
There were no photographs.
No decorations.
No signs that anybody had ever lived here with him.
The only bright splashes of colour were crayon drawings stuck haphazardly to the wall. Some were stick figures. Some were swirls of orange and yellow and blue.
Minai breathed in slowly.
“When was this place last cleaned?” she asked.
Naruto shrugged.
“I clean sometimes,” he said. “When the dust makes me sneeze.”
“What about food?” she asked. “Aside from instant ramen.”
He scratched his cheek.
“Sometimes I get bread,” he said. “And milk. The lady at the store sells it to me if she’s in a good mood.”
“Only sometimes…” Minai said.
He nodded.
“Sometimes they say I should just be grateful I have a roof,” he added. “Or that the Fourth Hokage died so I could live, so I shouldn’t complain.”
Her hands curled into fists at her sides.
She forced her voice to stay level.
“And the instant ramen?” she asked, looking pointedly at the debris.
He brightened.
“It’s easy,” he said. “Just hot water. I can do that by myself. I don’t have to talk to people if I don’t want to. And it tastes good.”
“It is not healthy to eat only that,” she said.
“I know,” he said. “But it’s cheap. And I like it. I… don’t have a lot of money. BUT Teuchi-jiji gives me a lot of discounts dattebayo!”
She looked around again.
No toys aside from a single battered ball. No extra blankets. The bed in the corner was a thin mattress with a worn sheet.
“Is anyone supposed to be looking after you?” she asked.
He frowned, puzzled.
“The old man comes by sometimes,” he said. “The Hokage. He asks if I’m all right. He brings me some money. But he’s mostly busy.”
She closed her eyes briefly.
Hiruzen’s voice echoed back at her.
I will take care of him. I promise you that.
Her temper, always carefully held, began to fracture.
She knelt down so she could look Naruto in the eyes.
“Does anyone cook for you?” she asked quietly.
He shook his head.
“Does anyone tell you bedtime stories? Tuck you in?”
He laughed, a small, bewildered sound.
“No,” he said. “That’s… that’s just in stories.”
“Does anyone hug you?” she asked.
He blinked.
The question seemed to genuinely stump him.
“Sometimes the old man pats my head,” he said slowly. “But only when no one is looking.”
Minai’s chest hurt.
“Why only then?” she asked, already knowing.
“He says people wouldn’t understand,” Naruto said. “They don’t like me much.”
That was the moment something inside her snapped.
Not loud.
Not explosive.
Something deeper.
A quiet, devastating break.
She reached out, almost without thinking, and put her hand on his hair and held him impossibly close.
He flinched.
Then slowly, cautiously, leaned into the touch.
“You did nothing to deserve this,” she said, voice low.
He looked straight ahead at a wall, with his head over her shoulder, confused and hopeful and a little frightened.
“Why are you nice to me?” he asked, barely audible. “Everyone else says… I’m a monster. Or a curse. Or a demon. Are you not scared?”
She shook her head.
“No,” she said. “You are not a demon. You are Naruto.”
He swallowed.
“And that’s… okay?” he asked.
“It is more than okay,” she said. “It is good.”
His eyes burned.
He looked down quickly so she wouldn’t notice.
Too late.
Her Sharingan spun silently in her gaze, not out of battle readiness, but because the emotions inside her were too much to hold without something breaking. Thankfully he couldn’t see with the way she was hugging him, because she could not control its activation at that moment.
They stood like that for a while, embraced. Then, she forced herself to deactivate her sharingan and stand.
It felt like her bones were made of glass.
“Stay here,” she said. “Do not open the door to anyone.”
His small face crumpled.
“Did I… do something wrong?” he asked.
“No,” she said, more sharply than intended. She softened her tone. “You did nothing wrong. I need to speak to someone. I will come back.”
“You promise?” he asked.
She nodded.
“I promise.”
She stepped back through the doorway and slid the door shut behind her.
For a moment, she stood in the dim hallway, fists clenched so tight her nails bit into her palms.
Then she turned and walked.
Not toward her own apartment.
Not toward ANBU headquarters.
Toward the Hokage Tower.
Her steps were silent.
Her chakra was not.
It crackled just under her skin, a storm held in human shape, sharp and bright and edged.
By the time she reached the tower, ANBU stationed on the roof had sent quiet, alarmed signals down the line.
By the time she strode through the front doors without pausing, Hiruzen was already straightening behind his desk, some part of him knowing, instinctively, that the promise he had made years ago was about to be dragged into the light.
Minai climbed the stairs without using the handrail.
She did not knock.
She opened the office door and stepped inside like a blade being drawn.
Hiruzen looked up.
Saw her face.
Saw her eyes.
And knew. He activated the privacy seal and waved the ANBU stationed inside the office away.
“Minai,” he said.
She closed the door behind her carefully.
The click was very soft in the large room.
For a heartbeat, neither of them spoke.
Then Minai moved forward, each step deliberate, measured, controlled in a way that made Hiruzen’s stomach knot.
She stopped in front of the desk.
Her hands were at her sides.
Her voice, when it came, was calm.
“How long,” she asked, “have you known that Naruto is living alone in squalor?”
Hiruzen’s jaw tightened.
“I have seen his apartment,” he said. “He is looked in on regularly. He receives an allowance.”
“That is not what I asked,” she said, still quiet. “I asked how long you have known that he is alone.”
Hiruzen exhaled through his nose.
“He is a jinchuriki,” he began. “There are risks. It is…”
“Do not say necessary,” she said coldly.
The air between them crackled.
Her Mangekyō flickered to life without her consciously deciding to use it, the black on crimson sun spinning slowly in her eyes.
Hiruzen’s breath caught.
Not because she was threatening him.
Because he could see, in that terrible, beautiful dojutsu, just how deeply she was hurt.
“You promised me,” she said, voice still low, still controlled. “You promised you would take care of him. You gave me your word, and I trusted it. I went back to ANBU. I gave you my strength. I gave you my time. I gave you my life, again, because I believed you would do the one thing I asked.”
She leaned forward, hands slamming down on the desk with a crack.
“He is THREE,” she said. “He eats instant ramen because no one cooks for him. He lives in filth because no one taught him how to clean. He sleeps alone. He is hit in the street and no one defends him. They call him demon. They call him monster. They look at him the way they looked at ME when I came here from Ame. And you LET IT happen!”
Her voice rose, finally, a raw edge scraping through the restraint.
“You failed Minato’s dying wish,” she spat. “You failed Kushina’s sacrifice. You failed Naruto. And you failed me. The only thing I asked of you was that you do not let him grow up like I did.”
Hiruzen sat, shoulders heavy, eyes closed.
“I have ANBU watching him,” he said. “No one will kill him. No one will let the fox get loose. There are seals. There are contingencies. He is… protected.”
Minai laughed.
It was not a pleasant sound.
“Protected?” she echoed. “From what? From knives? From enemy shinobi? Perhaps. But who is protecting him from his OWN village? From hunger? From loneliness? From the knowledge that he is HATED for something he never did? Minato must have wanted him to be a HERO! NOT a scapegoat for people’s anger!”
She straightened.
Her Mangekyō spun faster.
“You looked away,” she said. “The same way you looked away when I was in Root. The same way you looked away when orphanage staff refused to properly feed a little girl from Ame. You told yourself that because we were not dead, we were fine. We are NOT. FINE.”
Silence pressed down on the room.
Hiruzen opened his eyes.
They were tired.
Old.
Haunted.
“You think I do not regret Root?” he asked quietly. “You think I do not see your scars and hate that I did not stop it in time?”
“Then why are you repeating it?” she asked.
He flinched.
“I am not Danzo,” he snapped, more sharply than he intended. “I am not using Naruto as a weapon.”
“You are using him as a symbol,” she said sharply. “You are letting him suffer because you are afraid of what the village will say if you tell them the truth. Because it is easier to let them hate a child than force them to confront their own cowardice. And, thanks to your senseless decree you won’t even let anyone who cared tell him about HIS OWN FAMILY!”
Her hands shook.
She curled them into fists.
“I will not allow it,” she said.
Hiruzen stared at her.
“And what,” he asked slowly, “do you propose?”
She met his gaze unflinchingly.
“Give him to me,” she said.
The room felt smaller suddenly.
Hiruzen blinked.
“You are still ANBU,” he said. “You are nineteen years old. You are exhausted. You are not a citizen from a clan who can buffer the political blowback. The council will never allow-”
“The council can go to HELL!,” she scoffed.
“Minai,” he said, sharp.
“MINA!” she corrected, furious. “UZUHA. MINA! The name Minato nii-san gave me. The one he wrote in my file when helped me make a life for myself, become someone. You WILL use it!”
He inhaled, then let it out slowly.
“Mina,” he said at last. “This is not a decision we make lightly.”
“It is the only decision that makes any sense,” she replied.
Her tone changed then, shifting from raw fury to something colder. Tactical. Root and ANBU training turned on the man who had fostered both despite trying to soften them.
“You want logic?” she asked. “Here it is. I am not from any clan. There is no danger of me using Naruto politically, or being seen as a political move of preference from the Hokage office. I am ANBU and Root trained. I can protect him in ways most your guards cannot. I have a Sharingan. If the fox ever stirs, I am one of the few people alive who can suppress it long enough for a seal master to take over, and I don’t come with the clan baggage other such dojutsu holders do..”
Her hand curled briefly over her abdomen, fingers brushing the old surgical scar Orochimaru had falsified into her record.
“Thanks to Danzo,” she added blandly, “I can never have children. There will be no succession struggle, no question of inheritance. I also have more than enough money saved from my ANBU missions to support him without touching Minato and Kushina’s estate. I need nothing from you or him other than the chance to give him what his parents wanted for him.”
She leaned forward again, eyes burning.
“And above all,” she said, “I know what it is to be hungry. To be cold. To be ignored. To be treated as less than. I will not let Naruto live the same life I did.”
Hiruzen looked at her for a very long time.
“You already let one child suffer in silence,” she finished, voice dropping to a razor whisper. “I refuse to let it happen again.”
Her Mangekyō flared.
Hiruzen did not move.
He was not trapped by the genjutsu. She was not weaving one.
But the sheer weight of her intent pinned him harder than any illusion.
He saw, in that moment, not a weapon, not a subordinate, not an asset.
He saw a girl who had survived hell twice, and chosen, somehow, to care anyway.
He saw Minato’s trust. Kushina’s care. The way they had spoken of her when they thought he was not listening.
Hiruzen closed his eyes.
When he opened them again, some of the fight had bled out of his shoulders.
“You will leave ANBU,” he said, voice quiet. “You will join the regular jonin roster. Half day missions only. No long term assignments.”
“Yes,” she said without hesitation.
“You become his legal guardian, not his adoptive mother,” he continued. “On paper, you will be Uzuha Mina, jonin, war orphan, former ANBU. You offer to take in Naruto because you shared a similar childhood and do not want him to go through the same. I will handle the council.”
“Yes,” she said again.
“You will be given a two bedroom apartment in a safer part of the village,” he said. “You will be responsible for his upbringing, his food, his schooling, his discipline. You will answer to me if something goes wrong.”
“Yes,” she said, for the third time.
He studied her.
“Are you certain?” he asked.
She almost laughed.
“Have you ever known me to be unsure?” she said.
His mouth twitched despite himself.
“No,” he admitted.
He reached for a drawer, pulled out a form, and set it on the desk.
His hands shook slightly as he wrote.
Name: Uzuha Mina.
Rank: Jonin.
Request: Legal guardianship of Uzumaki Naruto.
He wrote the justification himself.
When he slid the form across the desk, Minai took the pen.
For the first time in a long time, her hands were not entirely steady.
She stilled them deliberately, the way she did before a kill.
This, she thought, is the opposite of killing.
She signed.
Uzuha Mina.
The ink glistened wetly on the page for a heartbeat before sinking into the fibres.
Hiruzen added his own signature.
“Done, with my signature you receive approval from the Hokage office, this request is now pending Clan Council approval. Consider it done, I’ll make sure it happens” he said quietly.
Something in her chest shifted.
Not healed.
But anchored.
Hiruzen sat back.
“From this moment,” he said, “Naruto is your responsibility.”
She bowed.
“Thank you,” she said.
It was not gratitude for him.
It was for Minato and Kushina.
For Naruto.
For herself.
Later that night, Hiruzen summoned Kakashi.
The young man arrived through the window, silent as ever, mask pulled up, posture stiff.
“You called for me, Hokage-sama,” he said.
Hiruzen gestured for him to remove the mask.
Kakashi did so reluctantly, tugging it down around his neck.
“How much do you know about Naruto’s situation?” Hiruzen asked.
Kakashi’s visible eye flickered.
“I know he is the Fourth’s son,” he said. “I know people treat him poorly. I know ANBU keep watch so no one kills him in a drunken rage.”
Hiruzen nodded.
“Mina came to me today,” he said. “She saw his apartment. She saw how he lives. She saw how the villagers speak to him.”
Kakashi’s jaw clenched.
“And?” he asked.
“She requested guardianship,” Hiruzen said simply.
Kakashi’s head snapped up.
“What?” he asked, too fast.
“Uzuha Mina,” Hiruzen said, emphasising the name, “will be Naruto’s legal guardian. Effective immediately. She is leaving ANBU. She will move to a new apartment with him within the week.”
Kakashi stared.
“You agreed,” he said slowly.
“Yes,” Hiruzen replied.
“Why her?” Kakashi asked before he could stop himself.
Hiruzen’s eyes softened.
“Because she offered. Minato trusted her with his life,” he said. “Because Kushina did too. Because they loved her. And because she loved them. You know that, they loved you too, the same way.”
Images flashed through Kakashi’s mind.
Mina at Minato’s desk.
Standing next to Kushina with a tea tray.
Laughing once at something Shisui said.
The dead look in her eyes after the Nine Tails rampage.
He swallowed.
“I don’t know if she is… stable,” he said carefully. “She throws herself at missions. She does not sleep. She barely eats. Other ANBU operatives have noticed. Are you sure putting a child in her care is wise?”
Hiruzen’s gaze sharpened.
“You were not stable when Minato put his trust in you either,” he said. “He did it anyway. And you learnt to carry that weight.”
Kakashi flinched.
Hiruzen continued, softer now.
“Mina’s instability comes from caring too much,” he said. “Not too little. She is the one who dragged herself out of situations without becoming what people wanted her to. She is the one who would not let her spirit break. Today, she stood in front of me and demanded I give her the chance to stop Naruto from living like this. No clan head did that. No sannin. No elder. She did.”
Kakashi looked down.
Guilt, sharp and familiar, twisted under his ribs.
He had not offered.
He had simply watched from the shadows. Guarding, yes. But never stepped forward.
“She loved them,” Hiruzen said softly. “The way they loved you. And they wanted a family that included both of you. If they had lived, they would have likely adopted her, if she agreed, as she had no clan name protection, but was in the elite shinobi business anyway. She was already theirs in everything but name.”
Kakashi’s throat went tight.
He remembered Kushina’s hands in Mina’s hair, teaching her braids. Minato’s fond exasperation when the two of them ganged up on him over paperwork. Mina’s quiet “nii-san” and “nee-san”.
“I cannot undo what has already been done,” Hiruzen said. “But I can let Mina do what she was always meant to do. Protect their son, and care for him.”
Kakashi nodded slowly.
“Do you want me to keep an eye on them?” he asked.
“Yes,” Hiruzen said. “Officially, as an ANBU ensuring Konoha’s jinchuriki is safe. Unofficially, as someone who loved Minato and has a stake in Naruto’s future.”
Kakashi huffed something that wasn’t quite a laugh.
“Understood,” he said.
Hiruzen’s gaze softened further.
“You can trust Uzuha Mina,” he said. “Even if you do not yet understand her.”
Kakashi looked away.
“I do not understand myself most days,” he muttered. “But… I will try.”
He stepped towards the window, then paused.
“Hokage-sama,” he said quietly. “Why do you sound so certain she will take good care of Minato sensei’s son?”
Hiruzen thought of the way Minai had said never again.
Of the Mangekyō burning in her eyes.
Of the memory of a small Ame girl refusing to join her father’s clan to protect his family.
“Because she has already chosen what matters to her,” he said. “And she does not fail the people she has chosen.”
Kakashi nodded once.
He disappeared into the night without another word.
As he moved through the rooftops, he thought of Minato’s voice.
Protect what matters, Kakashi.
He thought of Naruto’s small, lonely apartment, and the conversation he had heard echoing faintly from it earlier that evening, a sound he had never once heard spill out of those windows before.
Maybe, he thought, as he landed silently on a neighbouring roof and watched a slim figure move back inside that apartment, fussing over a child who stood on a chair to reach the counter, Minato chose well.
Maybe she was exactly what Naruto needed.
And maybe, just maybe, he could learn from her how to protect the living, instead of just mourning the dead.
——————————————————————————
They settled into a rhythm before either of them understood that was what it was.
For the next seven days, Minai finished her duties, filed her reports, then went to fetch Naruto.
Sometimes she found him loitering near the market, hands in his pockets, pretending not to be waiting. Sometimes he was sitting on a swing near the academy playground, scuffing his sandals in the dirt while other children ran around him in loose circles and did not quite look at him. Once, he was crouched by the river, poking at the water with a stick and talking to himself.
Each time she appeared, his face did the same thing.
Suspicion. Surprise. Cautious hope.
“Mina nee-chan,” he would say, as if testing whether she was still real.
And each time, she would nod, smile and say, “Come. We are going to eat something that is not instant ramen,” and he would grin like the sun had moved slightly closer.
They ate at Ichiraku. They ate on benches with skewers from stalls. Once she made him walk all the way to a dango shop on the other side of the village just so she could make an old lady blink at the sight of a small blond boy demolishing six sticks in record time.
He talked.
About nothing and everything.
About a bug he had seen that morning. About a cat that hissed at him sometimes but let him pet it on Thursdays for reasons known only to itself. About a boy with a bowl cut who had shouted about youth until Naruto had laughed so hard he fell over.
Minai listened.
She did not speak much about herself. When he asked, she picked careful truths.
“I had blonde hair once,” she told him, and he believed her, because why wouldn’t he. “Then I cut it. It made missions easier. It grew back dark”
“You can do it again,” he said. “Then we’ll match dattebayo!”
She smiled faintly.
“Perhaps,” she said.
On the eighth day, she took him to Ichiraku again, but there was a different weight in her hands when she lifted the curtain.
Teuchi greeted them. Naruto launched into a story about how he had outrun an angry dog that morning (Minai privately suspected the dog had been playing). She waited until their bowls had been set down, until Naruto was happily slurping noodles with broth dripping down his chin.
“Naruto,” she said.
He looked up, cheeks full, eyes bright.
“Mm?” he managed.
She let him swallow.
“I spoke to the Hokage,” she said.
He stiffened.
“Did I do something wrong?” he asked quickly. “Is he mad at me?”
Minai’s heart squeezed.
“No,” she said. “You did nothing wrong. This is about me.”
He blinked, thrown.
“About you?” he repeated.
She nodded.
“I asked him for something,” she said. “He agreed.”
Naruto leaned forward, curiosity overtaking wariness.
“What did you ask for?” he demanded.
She hesitated, suddenly, unexpectedly nervous.
“You know how you live alone?” she said.
His shoulders hunched automatically.
“Yeah,” he said. “Everyone says that’s how it’s supposed to be.”
“Everyone is wrong,” Minai said calmly. “No child should live alone.”
He looked at her, not quite daring to believe where this might be going.
“So,” she continued, “I asked Hiruzen-sama if I could be the one to look after you. Formally. Not just sometimes.”
Naruto stared.
She could see the exact moment the words slotted into place in his mind.
His eyes went wide. His mouth opened.
“Like… like…?” He flailed for the right word. “Like… like family?”
The word hit her like a kunai.
Her throat closed.
“Yes,” she said, voice soft. “Like family.”
Something broke open in his expression.
He half stood on the stool in his excitement, almost knocking over his bowl.
“Really?” he shouted. “Really really? You want to live with me? And I can live with you dattebayo? In the same house? And I won’t get sent away?”
Teuchi chuckled under his breath, with tears in his eyes, turning away politely to give them the illusion of privacy.
Minai’s vision blurred for a heartbeat.
“I would not have asked if I did not want that,” she said. “He agreed. If you say yes, you will move to a new apartment with me. We will live there together. We will still keep your old one, in case you change your mind. I will cook. You will… attempt to help.”
He gasped.
“Yes!” he blurted. “Yes, I want that DATTEBAYO! I want that so much. I can… I can help!” His hands gestured wildly. “I can wash dishes. And sweep the floor. And I don’t even mind if I have the small room. And I can… I can… Mina nee-chan, really?”
Her eyes stung.
She reached out and put a hand on his shoulder to steady him.
“Really, and you don’t have to help, I’ll take care of you” she said.
Naruto’s face crumpled.
For one horrible second, she thought he was going to cry.
Instead he launched himself at her.
She caught him on instinct, his small arms wrapping round her neck with surprising strength. He pressed his face into her collarbone and she felt his breath hitch against her throat.
“Thank you,” he mumbled. “Thank you thank you thank you dattebayo.”
She closed her eyes.
You are welcome, she thought. Kushina nee-san. Minato nii-san. I am late, but I am here.
Aloud, she said, “You are my Tenshi now. I will look after you.”
He pulled back just enough to squint at her.
“Tenshi?” he repeated.
“Angel,” she explained.
He brightened.
“Like a special nickname?” he asked.
“Yes,” she said. “Just for you.”
He grinned so hard it looked like his face might split.
“Then I’ll call you Mina nee-chan forever and ever dattebayo!” he declared. “Even when I become Hokage.”
She snorted softly.
“Sounds great,” she said.
The new apartment was small, but it was theirs.
Bright street. Clean, whitewashed buildings. A tree out front that shed leaves in autumn and blossoms in spring. A view over a little side park where children played after academy hours.
Minai stood in the doorway, key still in the lock, and let Naruto barrel past her into the empty rooms.
He skidded to a stop in the main space.
“Whoa,” he breathed, voice echoing slightly. “It’s so big.”
“It is modest,” Minai said. “But yes. Bigger than your previous apartment.”
He darted down the short corridor and flung open the first door.
A small bedroom. A window. A wardrobe. A bed frame waiting for a mattress.
He dashed to the second.
Another bedroom, slightly larger, with light falling in a soft square through the window.
“Mina nee-chan!” he yelled. “Can I… can I choose my room?”
“Yes,” she called back. “That is the point.”
He bounced between the two like a very indecisive sparrow.
“This one has more sun,” he announced, standing in the larger room. “But this one is closer to the kitchen. And if there’s a monster under my bed, it’s closer to your room so I can come running and wake you up so we can fight it together.”
Minai leaned on the doorframe, amused.
“You assume I will fight imaginary monsters with you,” she said.
“You fight real ones, don’t you?” he shot back. “Imaginary ones are easier.”
“Debatable,” she said. “But yes, you can definitely wake me up.”
He considered this gravely.
Then he marched back to the smaller room and planted his hands on his hips.
“This one,” he declared. “I like it.”
“Any particular reason?” she asked.
He nodded.
“You are older than me,” he said, glancing back down the hall, “you can have the big room. Grown ups like space, right? You need it, because you work hard. And this one is enough for me.”
Her chest tightened.
So used to being last. To taking the scraps.
She crossed the corridor, knelt so they were eye level, and rested her hand lightly on his head.
“If you want the bigger room,” she said, “it is perfectly fine, Tenshi.”
He blinked.
“Really?” he asked.
“Yes,” she said. “Nothing in this house will ever be too good for you.”
He flushed, flustered by the seriousness of her tone.
“I know it’s just a room,” he muttered. “But… it would be mine, ours.”
“Then the big one is yours and the whole apartment is ours,” she replied.
It took the rest of the day to move what little he owned.
It did not take long.
A box of clothes that were mostly too big or too small.
A handful of battered toys.
A stack of colouring pencils with most of the colours worn to stubs.
His drawings, peeled carefully from the old wall and rolled into a tube.
Minai brought the few things she cared about from her own place.
Her skincare, her clothes.
A stack of well-thumbed books and mission scrolls.
A small box of keepsakes she had never shown anyone: Sakumo’s old training notes; a faded hair ribbon Kushina had once tied around her wrist and called a lucky charm; a photo of the four of them, where Minato was smiling, Kushina was grinning, and she stood half in shadow behind Kakashi, Kushina’s arms flung round both of them.
She pinned Naruto’s drawings to the main room wall.
He watched her, eyes shining.
“You’re really putting them up?” he asked.
“Yes,” she said. “They make the room better.”
He beamed.
Later, she unfolded Kushina’s old cooking notes on the counter. The paper was creased and stained, scrawled in Kushina’s messy handwriting.
Do not burn the garlic, Mina!
Minato likes this one.
Naruto will love this, I’m telling you.
Her fingers shook for a moment.
Naruto clambered onto a chair and leaned over, hands on the table.
“What’s that?” he asked.
“Notes,” she said. “From someone who tried to teach me how not to set the kitchen on fire.”
“Did it work?” he asked, suspicious.
“Back then, yes,” she said. “We will find out together if I’m still any good.”
He laughed.
They attempted curry.
The rice stuck slightly. The vegetables were dutifully chopped but uneven. The curry itself ended up thicker than it should have been. She stared at the pot, frowning.
“That is not quite like I was taught to make it,” she muttered.
Naruto, of course, inhaled the first bowl like it was a masterpiece.
“This is amazing!” he said, eyes wide. “You made this?”
“Yes,” she said, cautious. “It is… acceptable?”
“It’s the best thing I’ve ever eaten,” he said around a mouthful. “Don’t tell Teuchi-jiji.”
Her shoulders loosened.
“It will get better,” she promised. “I will practise.”
“Can I help?” he demanded.
“You can stir,” she said. “Under supervision.”
He puffed up proudly.
In the evenings, they fell into small rituals without naming them.
She would spread reports on the table, line up ink and brushes, and half watch him draw while she worked. He would narrate his day, complete with wild exaggerations.
“And then I punched the tree and it almost fell over,” he boasted one night.
She glanced at his small, scraped knuckles.
“Did the tree cry?” she asked.
“Trees don’t cry, Mina nee-chan,” he scoffed.
“Then it did not almost fall over,” she replied.
He huffed.
“You’re no fun,” he said.
“You are still smiling,” she pointed out. “That suggests I am at least a little fun.”
He grinned at that.
He took to calling her Mina nee-chan constantly.
In the mornings, when he stumbled sleepy-eyed into the main room, hair sticking up worse than usual.
At midday, when she turned up at her room door demanding to play.
In the evenings, when she told him, “Bed. Now,” and he tried, very poorly, to negotiate for another hour.
“Mina nee-chan?”
“Yes.”
“Mina nee-chan.”
“Yes, Tenshi.”
He glowed every time she used the nickname.
Once, when he was curled on the sofa (they had a sofa now, a slightly worn but soft one she had bought with the grim determination of someone adding a shield to a battlefield), he looked up at her suddenly.
“Why Tenshi?” he asked.
“Because you are my angel,” she said.
He made a face.
“I don’t have wings,” he replied. “That’s lame.”
“You have very loud lungs instead,” she said dryly. “Consider it a trade.”
He giggled and threw a cushion at her.
She caught it easily and flicked it back, deliberately missing his head by an inch.
That first week passed like that.
Small, domestic battles.
Small, quiet victories.
On the seventh night, something shifted.
He yawned his way through dinner, blinking slowly over his rice.
“Go and brush your teeth,” Minai said. “Then bed.”
He shuffled off obediently, feet dragging.
When he came back, pyjamas slightly crooked, hair damp from splashing too much water on his face, she was already sitting on the edge of his bed.
He paused in the doorway, surprised.
“You’re… waiting,” he said.
“Yes,” she said. “I told you I would be here.”
“Oh,” he said, as if this was a strange, fragile blessing he hadn’t wanted to assume.
He climbed into bed and wriggled under the blanket. She reached down automatically to tug it over his shoulders.
“Do you want me to tell you a story?” she asked.
He considered.
“Can you tell me about him?” he asked quietly. “About the Fourth? I know he was, like really cool, but people won’t tell me. They say… they say it’s dangerous to talk about them too much. Or that I shouldn’t ask.”
A familiar ache spread through her chest.
“Yes,” she said. “I can tell you about him. But before him, I must tell you about his wife”
She talked about Kushina first, because Kushina would have demanded it. She never named either one of them, or told him who he was to them, as per the decree, despite her immense disapproval of it.
She told him about red hair like a banner, and a temper like a wildfire, and a laugh that filled rooms. About the way she swore creatively when she stubbed her toe. About how she had declared Ichiraku sacred ground and threatened to hex anyone who said otherwise.
Naruto snorted with delight.
“She sounds loud,” he said happily.
“She was,” Minai agreed. “You would have got on well.”
Then she spoke of Minato.
Calm. Clever. Too kind for the role he held, people said, but somehow strong enough to hold it anyway. She told Naruto about the way he frowned when he thought too hard, about his terrible puns, about the way he could appear beside you with a grin and a Flying Raijin mark.
She did not talk about the night he died.
There would be time for that later, at some point in his life.
Naruto’s eyelids drooped.
“Would they… would they have liked me? These cool people?” he asked, voice thick with sleep.
She swallowed.
“They would have loved you,” she said. “I promise you they would.”
He shifted closer, pillow rustling.
“Do you think I can become better Hokage than the Fourth?” he murmured.
“Yes,” she whispered.
His hand crept out from under the blanket, clumsy fingers curling around the sleeve of her shirt.
“Nee-chan…” he mumbled, words slurring at the edges, “we… we’re… family... right?”
“Yes,” she said again. “We are family.”
He fell asleep like that, hand still clutching her sleeve.
She sat there, unmoving, watching his face smooth out, watching his breath even.
The room was dark except for the soft glow from the street outside.
For the first time in years, the silence did not feel like it was trying to swallow her.
It held something instead.
A promise.
Only when she was sure he was deeply asleep did she allow herself to move.
Very carefully, she eased his fingers open. Even more carefully, she slid her hand into his instead and let his grip close around her palm.
Her eyes burned.
Tears slipped down her cheeks silently, hot and unfamiliar. She did not sob. She didn’t shake. The crying was quiet, almost clinical, as if her body had finally collected enough evidence to conclude it was safe to release.
She bowed her head over their joined hands.
“Tenshi,” she whispered. “I am here. I will not leave you alone.”
Her Mangekyō flickered faintly in the dark. Too faint to be seen.
For once, it was not born from fury or pain.
It was activated by a vow, and the wish to always remember this moment.
Kakashi told himself he was just passing by.
He happened to be on patrol, he said. He happened to take the street that ran past Mina’s new building. He happened to leap up to the neighbouring rooftop and land in a crouch with a perfect line of sight to the window she had cracked open to let the evening air in.
He did not drop his mask, but he lifted the edge just enough to breathe properly.
He could feel her chakra.
Low. Calm. A thin thread of exhaustion underlined by something softer.
He edged forward until he could see through the window without being seen.
Inside, the main room was lit by a single lamp.
There were toys on the floor. A ball near the sofa. A pile of wooden blocks that had been arranged into something that might have been a tower and then clearly knocked over with great enthusiasm.
Crayon drawings covered one wall. Some were childish scribbles. Some, he realised with a tiny jolt, were eerily precise architectural lines. Mina’s hand guiding Naruto’s, perhaps.
On the table lay an open notebook in Kushina’s handwriting.
There was a blanket folded badly over the back of a chair, corners uneven.
In the doorway of the bigger bedroom, he saw them.
Naruto, curled up in bed, hair spiked in all directions, mouth open slightly as he snored faintly.
Mina, sitting beside him, still in simple clothes, armour stripped away, hair falling loose around her shoulders.
Their hands were clasped.
Naruto’s fingers were tangled firmly in her sleeve.
She sat very still.
Her face was turned slightly away from the window, but he saw the trail of tears drying on her cheeks. He saw the softness in her expression, a tenderness he had never glimpsed when she moved through ANBU corridors like a ghost.
She said something he couldn’t hear.
Then she bent and pressed her forehead lightly against Naruto’s.
Kakashi’s chest hurt.
He stepped back from the edge of the roof, careful not to scuff the tiles.
Maybe Minato really did choose well, he thought again.
He had always known the Fourth saw things in people Kakashi did not. He had seen it in Obito. In Rin. In Kakashi himself.
He was seeing it now in Mina.
Maybe she was exactly what Naruto needed.
Someone who knew how to kill monsters.
And someone who knew, finally, how to love without running.
He turned away, melted back into the shadows of the next rooftop, and let the night swallow him.
Inside, in the small, bright apartment on the safe street, a girl who had been born in rain and war and silence sat beside a sleeping child and chose, very quietly, to build something new.
Family.
——————————————————————————
The clan heads’ council chamber always smelled faintly of ink, old wood and compressed tension.
Hiruzen sat at the head of the low table, hat resting beside him rather than on his head, pipe unlit for once. Around him, the clan leaders took their seats in a loose semi-circle. Papers lay in front of each of them, the same document copied several times.
Guardianship request: Uzuha Mina for Uzumaki Naruto.
Nara Shikaku lounged with deceptive laziness, one elbow on the table, dark hair tied back, eyes half lidded. Inuzuka Tsume sprawled almost sideways, boots unapologetically muddy, her ninken curled asleep at her feet. Yamanaka Inoichi read with his mouth pressed thin. Akimichi Choza chewed slowly on a rice cracker, brows drawn. Hiashi Hyuga sat still.
Fugaku Uchiha sat very straight, arms folded in his sleeves, expression carved in stone. Only Mikoto, at his side, allowed herself to look openly curious.
Shikaku finished reading first.
He tilted his head, gaze drifting to the top corner of the page where Mina’s file summary was stapled.
Uzuha Mina.
Age: 18.
Rank: Jonin.
Background: Konoha orphan, ward of the Third Hokage, ex ANBU.
Most of it was technically true.
Shikaku had been a strategist too long not to recognise when truth had been arranged like shogi pieces to obscure the more dangerous parts of the board.
He tapped the paper with one long finger.
“So,” he said, drawling, “you finally let someone stand up for the kid.”
Hiruzen exhaled through his nose.
“Someone finally insisted,” he replied.
Shikaku’s lips twitched.
“Yeah,” he said. “Finally.”
He had watched Uzuha Mina on missions, from a distance. He had seen her file. He had noticed that wherever she went, missions ended quickly, efficiently, and with an unsettlingly low casualty count on their side.
He had also noticed she disappeared for long stretches into ANBU shadows and that whenever she came back, she looked a little more hollow round the eyes.
He skimmed the justification again.
She had requested guardianship. She had been approved pending clan council review. Hiruzen’s personal recommendation was underlined twice.
Shikaku steepled his fingers under his chin.
“She will be good for him,” he said finally.
Inoichi glanced sideways.
“You say that as if it is obvious,” he replied. “We have one jinchuriki in this village. Giving him to an eighteen year old former ANBU is not exactly standard protocol.”
“Standard protocol,” Shikaku said dryly, “has so far given us a three year old who eats instant ramen for all meals and thinks being insulted in the street is normal. Forgive me if I am not impressed.”
Choza shifted, uncomfortable.
“I am not saying the boy is not neglected,” he rumbled. “Just that we must be careful. Jinchuriki are… delicate matters. If she is unstable, if she breaks, if she turns violent with him…”
“She will not,” Shikaku said.
Tsume snorted.
“You sound very sure,” she said. “Have you been spying on her too, Nara?”
“What a drag, I’ve been observing,” he corrected mildly. “Spying is such an ugly word.”
Her grin flashed sharp teeth.
He continued.
“She has a spine made out of something ANBU could not crush,” he said. “That alone makes her interesting. She survived ANBU and came out still wanting to protect things. That does not happen often.”
“You know more about her than you are saying,” Inoichi observed.
“Of course I do,” Shikaku lied smoothly. “It is my job.”
Mikoto leaned forward, eyes soft.
“She was close to Kushina,” she said. “Minato, too.”
That made several heads turn.
“She came to our compound once,” Mikoto added. “Kushina, I mean. She told me of her love for this girl. She is also friends with our eldest, and he says she makes Sasuke laugh. He does not do that for just anyone.”
Fugaku made a low sound that might, in a more expressive man, have been a grunt of reluctant agreement.
“She does train with Itachi and Shisui,” he said. “They speak well of her.”
Coming from Fugaku, that was almost an extravagant endorsement.
Tsume barked a short laugh.
“So she has Uchiha approval and the Fourth’s wife’s approval,” she said. “And she put herself in Danzo’s line of fire on purpose to take in the fox’s brat. Girl has guts. I like her already.”
She scratched idly behind her ninken’s ears.
“Taking care of your pack is important,” Tsume added. “Brat might have a demon in his gut, but he is still pack. If she wants him, I say let her have him and see who is stupid enough to try and take him away after.”
Choza sighed, crumbs dusting his fingers.
“I am not opposed,” he said slowly. “Just cautious.”
Inoichi nodded in agreement.
“I will be frank,” he said. “The boy’s mental state is likely to be… complex. He will carry stigma. Anger. Confusion. Trauma. Whoever raises him must be prepared for that. Is she?”
Hiruzen’s gaze dropped briefly to the table.
“She has carried more than her share of those already,” he said. “She knows what it is to be alone. To be hated. To be feared. She will not run from it in him.”
He looked up.
“And she is, perhaps, one of the few people who might understand what it means to be feared for something you carry rather than something you have done.”
Only one of them knew what he meant, even if the Hokage had not said the word Uchiha aloud. Fugaku kept very still.
Shikaku stretched his back lazily.
“Look,” he said, “if we say no, what is her alternative? She stays in ANBU, keeps throwing herself at missions until something finally manages to kill her, and Naruto continues to grow up hated and half starved. I see no upside to that scenario.”
Inoichi pressed his lips together.
“That is a rather blunt way to put it,” he said.
Shikaku shrugged.
“Blunt is efficient,” he replied.
Tsume slapped her hand on the table.
“I vote yes,” she said. “The girl understands pack. That is enough for me.”
Choza sighed again.
“I vote… yes,” he said. “If only because not doing so feels wrong.”
Inoichi hesitated, then nodded once.
“Yes,” he said. “On the condition that we monitor Naruto’s mental health as he grows.”
Hiruzen inclined his head.
“Agreed,” he said.
Hiashi made a brief sound of approval, not that anyone expected the stoic Hyuga to look like he cared about anything outside of his clan compound.
Several sets of eyes turned, almost as one, to Fugaku.
The Uchiha clan head had not moved.
He sat like carved basalt, gaze on the papers before him.
Inside, old memories stirred.
Rain on a foreign rooftop. A woman with a sad smile. Her name. Kana.
A girl in his Hokage’s office, six years old, eyes too tired, bowing and telling him she would not ruin his family.
He had tried very hard, for very long, not to think about her.
It was easier that way.
Mikoto’s hand brushed his under the table, a small, grounding touch.
“They loved her,” she said quietly, speaking not as an Uchiha but as someone who had listened to Kushina talk far into the night. “Kushina, Minato. They spoke of her as family.”
Fugaku looked up.
He had seen Mina in recent years at the edges of gatherings. Not in the compound, never there, but on rooftops, in shadows, at his son’s favourite training ground. Itachi spoke of her with respect. Shisui spoke of her with unguarded affection.
She had declined the name he had denied her. She had declined the place in his house and taken the burden of his silence instead.
And now she was asking to carry someone else’s burden too.
His gaze met Hiruzen’s, steady.
“The Uchiha agree,” he said simply. “Uzuha Mina will be good for the boy.”
Hiruzen nodded once.
“Then it is decided,” he said.
Shikaku flicked his page closed.
He leaned back, eyes sliding half shut again.
“I will help with the paperwork,” he said. “Save you the headache.”
Hiruzen huffed.
“Thank you,” he replied.
Shikaku rose, stretching, already mapping out in his head the arguments he would use in front of a certain bandaged war hawk.
He paused in the doorway.
“By the way,” he added casually over his shoulder, “Danzo is going to hate this.”
Hiruzen grimaced.
“I am aware,” he said.
Shikaku smirked faintly.
“I will bring tea,” he said. “For you, not him.”
Then he left.
Danzo Shimura’s cane clicked sharply against the polished floor as he strode into Hiruzen’s office without waiting to be announced.
Hiruzen did not bother pretending he had not expected him.
“You gave her guardianship,” Danzo said without preamble. “Of all the people in this village, you chose her.”
Hiruzen kept his face neutral.
“Good afternoon to you too, Danzo,” he said.
Danzo ignored the civility.
“An ex Root operative,” he continued, voice low and edged. “You saw her conditioning. You know what I crafted there. You know exactly how dangerous she is. And you decide to place the Nine Tails’ host under her roof?”
“I decided,” Hiruzen said, “to place Naruto under the care of someone who has already proven she cares more about people than about power.”
Danzo’s visible eye narrowed.
“Do not dress this in sentiment,” he said. “This is about security. She is an Uchiha whether you write it in her file or not. Their blood is a curse. We both know it.”
Hiruzen’s gaze hardened.
“What I know,” he said, “is that Uzuha Mina has been given every reason to turn her back on this village and has not done so. She could have taken Naruto and run. Instead she came here, signed the forms, and allowed us to make it legal.”
“She is unstable,” Danzo snapped.
“She is grieving,” Hiruzen corrected. “There is a difference. One you seem to have forgotten.”
Danzo’s hand tightened on his cane.
“This is reckless,” he said. “You are putting our greatest weapon into the hands of someone I once moulded. You cannot trust that conditioning to have entirely worn off. If I speak to the council, they will see reason. They will overrule you.”
“The council has already approved,” Hiruzen replied.
Danzo stilled.
“What,” he said flatly.
“Unanimous clan head agreement at the quorum in the meeting,” Hiruzen said. “Even the Uchiha.”
Danzo’s lip curled.
“Of course,” he said. “They would champion one of their cursed bloodline. They cannot help themselves.”
Hiruzen’s patience snapped.
“Enough,” he said, voice sharp.
Danzo’s eye flicked to his.
“You forget,” Hiruzen continued, “that I too have my limits. You touched that girl once. You had your chance to shape her. You did so in ways I will never forgive. I will not give you an opportunity to touch Naruto as well. Not directly, not by proxy, not by sabotaging the only person who has stepped forward without ulterior motive.”
Danzo’s face smoothed into something dangerously blank.
“You will regret this,” he said.
Hiruzen smiled, cold and tired.
“I regret many things already,” he said. “This will not be one of them.”
Danzo held his gaze for a long moment.
Then he turned and left, footfalls measured.
Behind the calm line of his shoulders, rage coiled like a striking snake.
Another Uchiha asset gone. Another potential tool ripped from his fingers by Hiruzen’s sentimentality and Minato’s bleeding heart legacy. The girl had not only survived Root, she had become something that slipped entirely out of his grasp.
He hated that.
He hated the way Uchiha blood refused to obey his will.
Now this bastard child who had chosen her own path.
Very well, he thought.
If he could not control her, he would watch.
And if she ever slipped, ever gave him the slightest excuse, he would be there.
With a seal.
With a blade.
With whatever it took to bring the Kyuubi back under the village’s control.
Somewhere much quieter, far from council chambers and old grudges, Mikoto poured tea.
The Uchiha matriarch sat in her kitchen, Sasuke in her lap. The baby tugged on the sleeve of her kimono, fascinated with the pattern. Fugaku sat opposite her, posture still formal even at home.
“You did not have to support it,” Mikoto said softly.
Fugaku accepted the tea, eyes lowering.
“I know,” he said.
“Then why?” she prodded gently.
He watched the steam rise from his cup.
“She made a choice years ago to protect my family,” Fugaku said at last. “The least I can do now is support the family she has chosen.” He spoke quietly, so their son did not hear.
“Plus she seemed to have been… persistent,” he said.
Mikoto smiled faintly.
“That is one word for it,” she said.
He glanced at her, then away.
“She had every right,” he said slowly, “to demand a place in this house. In this family. She did not. She saw you in the doorway. She saw Itachi. She chose to walk away rather than tear what we had built. I did not appreciate it enough then. I appreciate it now.”
Mikoto’s hand tightened briefly in Sasuke’s hair.
“They will find out one day,” she whispered, thinking of her sons.
Fugaku took a sip of tea.
“They likely will,” he agreed. “I hope by then they will have the sense to understand.”
Mikoto watched him, then changed the subject gently.
“Minato and Kushina asked me to look out for her once,” she said. “Before…”
He did not make her finish.
“I don’t remember,” he said quietly.
“You did not know, she asked me, offhandedly,” she said, not unkindly.
“Should I have done more?” he asked.
She reached her free hand across the table and covered his.
“You just did,” she said.
He looked at their joined hands.
He thought of a girl with dark eyes and a bowed head thanking him for giving her her mother’s name.
He thought of Naruto, Minato’s son, growing up in a home that was not his parents’, but that was, at least, a home.
“It is very little, compared to what I owe her,” he said.
“It is something,” Mikoto replied.
The next time Itachi and Shisui turned up at Mina’s door, they did not knock. They had been told they could come without ceremony. They took that as permission to treat her flat as an extension of their training ground.
Itachi opened the door quietly, Shisui behind him, Sasuke perched, holding Shisui’s arms.
The smell of rice and miso drifted out.
Naruto’s voice came first.
“Then they said I shouldn’t paint the Hokage faces, but it was funny! You should have seen the old man’s expression, he looked like he’d swallowed a bug, it was great, Mina nee-chan, are you listening?”
“Unfortunately,” Mina replied dryly. “Also, you are not allowed within three metres of paint for the next month.”
“You can’t ban paint,” Naruto protested. “That’s illegal.”
“It is legal now,” she said.
Shisui snorted.
He stepped into the main room, grinning.
“Well, well,” he declared. “Look at this domestic paradise.”
Mina glanced up from the stove.
She was in a simple dark shirt, hair braided loosely over one shoulder, expression falling into familiar exasperation.
“You did not knock,” she observed.
“I brought an adorable bribe,” Shisui said, pushing Sasuke forward gently. The kid waved a fist in her direction and said hi. “That counts.”
Itachi slipped his sandals off at the door, eyes taking in the small changes since he had last visited.
More drawings on the wall. A new cushion on the sofa. A plant that had not yet died.
He allowed himself a tiny, inward smile.
“It smells good,” he said.
“It will taste better,” Mina replied. “Sit. Food in five minutes. Shisui, do not let Sasuke leap off anything higher than the sofa. Naruto, do not teach Sasuke anything “creative”.”
“What?” Naruto yelped from his seat at the table. “Why me?”
“Because your idea of “creative” involves defacing monuments,” she said.
Shisui winced theatrically.
“Harsh but fair,” he said.
They ate together, the five of them.
Sasuke ate with all the grace a serious three year old could muster, then scoffed quietly when Naruto tried copying him. Shisui tried to teach Naruto how to spin chopsticks between his fingers and almost flung one into Itachi’s eye. Mina, with frightening ANBU reflexes, caught it mid air without looking.
Itachi watched her.
Her posture was looser now. She smiled more easily. Her laughter was still quiet, but it came quicker. The edge in her eyes had not disappeared, but it was no longer the only thing there.
At one point, while Naruto argued passionately with Shisui about whether orange was a superior colour to green, Itachi leaned closer to Mina.
“Your chakra feels different than last time,” he said.
She arched a brow.
“Is that a compliment again?” she asked.
“A statement,” he replied. “Less… pained. Calmer.”
She considered that.
“I suppose it is harder to brood when someone is yelling about ramen in your ear,” she said.
Naruto perked up.
“I heard that,” he said.
“You were meant to,” she replied.
Shisui leaned back on his hands, balancing his chair dangerously.
“She is a menace now,” he told Itachi cheerfully. “Do you know she actually told me to take a day off last week? Me. As if I am not the embodiment of relaxation.”
“You are the opposite of that,” Mina said without missing a beat.
Naruto giggled.
Sasuke echoed the sound.
After dinner, when Shisui declared he would handle washing up because, and I quote, “geniuses belong in the kitchen too”, Mina let him, mostly because she trusted Itachi to prevent him breaking anything.
She took Naruto and Sasuke to the living room, sat on the floor between them, and indulged the boys in building a tower out of blocks. Sasuke tried to knock it over at every stage. Naruto defended it like it was Konoha’s outer wall.
Itachi watched from the doorway, arms folded loosely.
“This is good for her,” he thought.
“This is good for us too,” Shisui said out loud, thunking a plate into the drying rack. “And for them.”
Itachi glanced back at him.
“You are listening again,” he observed.
“I am always listening,” Shisui replied. “I just only respond when it is entertaining.”
Itachi gave him a flat look.
Shisui sobered slightly.
“You worried less now?” he asked.
Itachi followed his gaze back to Mina.
She was laughing at something Naruto had said, head tipped back.
Sasuke was shoving a block into her hand, demanding she add it to the top of the teetering structure.
Naruto looked happier than Itachi had ever seen him.
“Yes,” Itachi said. “I am.”
Later that night, after everyone had gone and the flat was quiet, Mina tucked Naruto into bed again.
He was sleepy and full, eyes heavy.
“Do I have to start lessons with you tomorrow?” he mumbled.
“Yes,” she said. “We are not raising the future Hokage to be illiterate.”
He wrinkled his nose.
“Fine,” he sighed. “But only because you said future Hokage.”
She tucked the blanket around him properly.
He reached for her sleeve without looking, fingers finding the fabric in practised familiarity.
“Mina nee-chan?” he mumbled.
“Yes, Tenshi,” she said.
“You’re not… you’re not going to go away, right?” he asked, voice small. “On one of those long missions strong shinobi take. And not come back?”
Her heart jolted.
“I will still take missions,” she said honestly. “But they will be short now. I will always come back to you.”
He seemed to weigh her words carefully in that way children did when the world had already taught them not to trust easily.
“Promise?” he whispered.
She leaned down and pressed her forehead to his.
“I promise,” she said.
He sighed, tension draining from his small frame.
“Okay,” he murmured.
Within minutes, his breathing had evened out.
Mina sat there, fingers lightly wrapped round his hand, eyes adjusting to the dark.
Her gaze went to the window.
Outside, the village slept.
Somewhere, Danzo plotted.
Somewhere, Shikaku thought three steps ahead.
Somewhere, Fugaku sat with his family and did not speak of his regrets.
Somewhere, Itachi and Shisui walked the night on patrol, two silhouettes slipping over rooftops.
In this small apartment, on this quiet street, the world was narrowed down to one simple, enormous thing.
A boy’s breath against the silence.
Her Mangekyou glowed faintly, then faded.
“You are safe,” she whispered into the dark. “I promise.”
This time, the words did not feel like a desperate hope.
They felt like a fact she would carve into reality with tooth and nail and blade if she had to.
She sat there until sleep finally tugged her eyelids heavy.
Only then did she ease her hand free, stand, and close the door softly behind her, leaving a little crack for the light to slip through.
The day the world broke had already passed.
Now, quietly, stubbornly, she was building a new one.
Notes:
Thank you for reading BRE and for all the love in the comments! I hope to do a double update this week too, please stay tuned!!
Chapter 7: The Calm Before The Storm
Summary:
BRE bonus update this week too!! Please enjoy🥰
Chapter Text
The thing about Naruto having a new home of his own was that he liked to run.
Not away. Just… everywhere.
He tore from the front door to the tiny kitchen, then back to the living room, then disappeared down the short hallway and flung himself into his bedroom, bare feet thudding across the floorboards in a rapid, uneven rhythm that would have made any neighbour complain. Mina stood in the doorway and watched him, a small, helpless smile tugging at her mouth.
He was not fast, not yet, not the way shinobi were. But every step of his little feet sounded like proof.
Proof he was here.
Proof he belonged somewhere.
“Mina nee-chan, look!” Naruto shouted, leaning so far out of his new window she nearly had a heart attack. His hair was messy as always, sunlight catching in the blond spikes. “I can see the street from here, dattebayo!”
“Inside voice, Tenshi,” Mina called back, although there was no real bite to it. “And inside body, if you do not mind. I would rather not scrape you off the road.”
Naruto pulled his head back in with a laugh. “I won’t fall, I’m a ninja!”
“You are four,” Mina said mildly, setting the box down and moving closer just in case. “You are a future ninja. For now you are a boy who trips over his own sandals.”
“I do not!” he protested, then immediately caught his heel on the edge of the tatami and stumbled. Only her swift hand, catching the back of his shirt, kept him from giving himself a concussion on the wall.
He blinked up at her, eyes wide and blue. “That wasn’t my fault,” he declared solemnly. “The floor moved.”
“Of course it did,” Mina said, deadpan. “We will have to discipline it later.”
Naruto giggled, high and bright, leaning back into her hand with unconscious trust. She steadied him, then reluctantly let go. The urge to keep a grip on the back of his shirt all day was ridiculous and impractical and absolutely there.
The flat itself was small. Two bedrooms, one narrow living space that tried its best to be both lounge and kitchen, a tiny bathroom and a balcony that looked out over one of Konoha’s quieter streets and park. The walls were plain cream, the floor scuffed in places, the tatami a little worn, but there were windows and light and no mould creeping up the corners. The rent was reasonable. The neighbours were boring. All of these things had been deliberate choices on Hiruzen’s part.
Naruto did not need interesting neighbours. He had enough chaos in himself.
He darted back into the hall. Mina shifted sideways with trained ease, flowed around his sudden movement like water around a rock. Years of Root, years of ANBU, a childhood in Amegakure’s alleys, all distilled into the simple skill of not being flattened by a small excited child.
“Mina nee-chan!” he yelled again, appearing in his doorway. “When can we paint?”
“When you slow down and not a second sooner,” she replied, dragging the child playfully into his room. “Unless you wish to paint the floor. And the ceiling. And me.”
He considered this. “That sounds fun.”
“It sounds like a nightmare,” Mina said dryly. “Come. We will start with your walls. You promised to help, remember?”
He bounced in place, then zoomed over to the bundle of supplies she had purchased earlier. There were buckets of paint, brushes, newspapers to protect the floor, and a terrifying number of frog themed items piled in the corner.
Naruto had discovered he liked frogs exactly three days ago. Mina suspected this was less about the creature itself and more about the ridiculous green jacket with the cartoon frogs on it that he had spotted on a market stall and promptly imprinted on. It did not matter. He liked frogs. So now frogs would be everywhere.
She had grown attached for smaller reasons than that.
She opened the first paint bucket, a pale moss green, and handed him a brush that was almost as long as his forearm. Naruto accepted it with an intensity usually reserved for mission scrolls.
“Right,” she said. “The rules. One, paint goes on the wall.”
He nodded gravely.
“Two, paint does not go on Mina.”
He squinted at her. “Not even a little bit?”
“Not even a little bit.”
“Not even by accident?” There was a calculating glint in his eyes that reminded her of Nara Shikaku and she made a mental note to be very afraid when those two finally met.
“If it is by accident, you will apologise,” Mina said, tapping his forehead gently with her knuckles. “And help me clean up.”
He huffed, but not in real protest. “Fine.”
“Good. Three, if you feel tired, you say so. You do not have to finish everything today.”
Naruto stared at the blank wall for a long moment, small shoulders straightening. “I wanna do it today. I wanna sleep in my frog room.”
Something in her chest tightened. “We will do what we can,” she said quietly.
He dipped the brush in the paint with wild enthusiasm and slapped it against the wall. The first stroke was too heavy, splattering dots of green across the newspapers and his own shirt. He gasped, then looked back at her, eyes immediately nervous, as if waiting for anger.
Mina only raised an eyebrow. “The floor moved again?”
He blinked, then grinned, wide and relieved. “Yeah!”
“Terrible habit, this floor has,” she remarked, dipping her own smaller brush with more control. “We should take away its sweets.”
They painted.
Well. She painted and he attacked the wall with an energy that belonged on a battlefield. The strokes were uneven and streaky, some sections thinner, some thick with paint, but he hummed under his breath and periodically shouted things like, “Look, Mina nee-chan, this bit looks like a cloud!” or, “This one looks like a frog, dattebayo!”
It did not. It looked like a blob. She agreed anyway.
By the time the base colour was done, there were specks of green on his cheeks, in his hair, up his arms, and somehow on the back of his neck. Mina had one tiny smear on the cuff of her shirt. Naruto squinted at it.
“You got paint on you,” he accused, delighted.
“I see,” Mina said. “Clearly the wall is rebelling. Perhaps it is loyal to the floor.”
He snorted, then yawned. The sound slipped out of him unexpectedly, small jaw cracking. Mina’s hand moved automatically to steady him again as he swayed a little.
“Tired?” she asked.
“No,” he said, around another yawn. “Not… tired…” His eyelids drooped.
She smiled. “You are not convincing anyone, little fox.”
He wrinkled his nose. “I’m not a fox.”
“You make as much mess.”
“I do not!”
The very carefully positioned newspaper under his feet squelched when he shifted. Paint smeared.
Mina looked at the green footprint and hummed. “Of course not.”
He grinned, then reached for the nearest frog sticker from the pile and clutched it to his chest. “Mina nee-chan… I can really have this one?”
“All of them,” she said without thinking. “All of it, Tenshi. It is yours.”
His hands froze.
Mina felt it the moment the words hit him. The way his chakra hesitated, rippling, uncertain. He stared at the sticker like it was something fragile and impossible.
“All of it?” he repeated, very quietly now. “Not just… one?”
“We bought them for your room,” she said, forcing her voice to stay steady, simple, factual. “And this is your room. So yes. All of it.”
He swallowed. “You’re sure?”
Mina set her brush down, wiped her fingers on a cloth, and came to kneel so they were eye level. Green paint dotted his cheek like a freckle. She reached up and wiped it away with her thumb.
“I am sure,” she said. “Naruto, you do not need to ask permission for every little thing that is yours. If it is in your room and it is not on fire, you are probably allowed to touch it.”
He stared at her for a heartbeat, then for another. His lower lip wobbled. “Mina nee-chan…”
Her throat went tight. “Yes?”
“Thank you,” he said, the words thick. “Thank you, thank you, thank you, dattebayo!”
He flung himself at her like a kunai loosed from a careless hand. She caught him, stumbling slightly, arms closing around his small frame. His grip was fierce, desperate, like he was afraid she would disappear if he let go.
She had been held like this exactly twice in her life. Once by a dying mother in the rain. Once by Kushina in a sunlit kitchen, unshed tears in her hair and Minato in the next room.
She wrapped her arms around him and held on.
“You are welcome,” she said, because anything else would have broken her voice.
Later, when the paint had dried and both of them had scrubbed their hands raw at the sink, Naruto decided to help by putting some of the cups away. Mina turned her back for all of ten seconds.
There was a sharp crash.
She spun around, chakra flaring instinctively, the outline of her Sharingan pressing at the back of her eyes before she forced it down. Her gaze landed on Naruto, frozen in front of the cupboard, shards of ceramic on the floor at his feet. His hands shook. His eyes were huge and terrified.
“I… I…” His voice broke. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to, I’ll clean it, I swear, I can fix it, please don’t be mad, I’ll sleep outside, I won’t break anything else, I…”
His words came faster and faster, spilling out in a frantic, breathless tumble that made something inside Mina go cold.
She saw a smaller version of herself in the corner of an Ame alleyway, clutching a chipped bowl with both hands, watching it crack in slow motion as a bigger child shoved her aside. She remembered the sharp smack that came after. The muttered words about useless brats and wasted food.
Naruto pressed himself back against the counter, as if bracing for a blow.
Mina inhaled once. Deep. Slow. She stepped forward and went down on one knee, calmly, carefully. Her chakra stayed low, her hands visible.
“Naruto,” she said.
He flinched. “I’m sorry,” he whispered again, voice tiny now.
“It is just a cup,” Mina said gently. “Porcelain and clay. Nothing more. Are you hurt?”
He blinked. “Hurt?”
She glanced at his bare feet and reached for his ankle, checking for cuts. “Did the pieces cut you?” She turned his foot in her hand, examining the skin. No blood. Good.
Naruto stared at her hand on his ankle like it was something unreal. “You’re… not mad?”
“It is a cup,” Mina repeated, looking up at him. “Cups can be replaced. You cannot.”
He swallowed audibly. “But I broke it.”
“Yes,” she said. “Which means we sweep it up, throw it away, and perhaps buy another if we need it. That is all.” She paused, then added lightly, “And we make a note that future missions involving kitchen equipment should probably be mine.”
He let out a shaky laugh that was almost a sob. “I’m bad at cups.”
“You are four,” she reminded him. “The cups will survive.”
“Not that one,” he mumbled, but some of the panic had left his eyes.
Mina squeezed his ankle once, reassuring, then let go and rose. “Stand back,” she said. “Sharp edges.”
They cleaned together. She swept, he held the dustpan, tongue sticking out a little with concentration. He took the job very seriously. When they were done, he looked back at the empty shelf where the cup had been.
“Do… do I have to buy you a new one?” he asked hesitantly. “I have some money. Not a lot. But I can get more, I can do little jobs and stuff, I can…”
Mina turned to him fully, heart twisting. “Tenshi,” she said softly, “I am an adult with a jonin salary. I can afford a new cup.”
“But I broke it,” he insisted. “That means I have to fix it, dattebayo.”
“You apologised and helped clean the mess,” she replied. “That is already taking responsibility.”
He frowned, thinking. “So… I don’t have to pay you back?”
“If you insist on paying me back,” Mina said, straight faced, “you can do so by not climbing on the counter for one week.”
Naruto gasped. “A whole week?”
“Yes.”
“That’s extreme, Mina nee-chan.”
She laughed. “Two days, then.”
He considered this, then nodded slowly. “Two days,” he agreed. “But cups have to try harder not to fall.”
“Of course,” Mina said. “I will speak to them.”
He nodded, serious. “Good.”
Later that evening, once Naruto had finally collapsed into bed, face half buried in the frog patterned pillowcase they had picked out together, Mina stood in the doorway and watched him breathe. His small chest rose and fell, steady, occasionally interrupted by a tiny snore that barely qualified as sound.
He had fallen asleep gripping her sleeve again. She had waited until his fingers loosened and gently extricated herself. The fabric was wrinkled where his hand had clung.
She did not smooth it out.
The flat was quiet. Not the hollow, echoing quiet of her old ANBU apartment, but a soft one, filled with the memory of noise. Toys lay scattered in the living room, a wooden kunai under the table, a half finished drawing on the low kotatsu. In the corner, a new plant sat on the windowsill because Naruto had decided they should have something green like in the Hokage tower.
Mina walked quietly through the space, fingertips brushing the back of the sofa, the edge of the counter. She checked the locks on the windows, the seal on the balcony door, the trip wire she had left on the outside wall purely out of habit. Nothing disturbed. No foreign chakra in the immediate vicinity.
She should have gone to bed.
Instead, she drifted to the balcony and slid the door open, stepping out into the night air. Konoha below was a patchwork of lights and shadows, lanterns glowing, occasional laughter drifting up from a nearby street where someone was still drinking sake and recounting the same war stories again.
She leaned her forearms on the railing and let her shoulders loosen one degree, the way Minato had taught her.
Somewhere above, on the roof, chakra flickered, small and familiar.
Mina did not look up.
Kakashi had been there often. Sometimes on the roof opposite, sometimes on their own roof, sometimes simply in the next street, just close enough that she could taste his chakra signature on the air like steel and rain. He never came to the door. Never spoke. Just watched.
She did not blame him. Naruto’s face was a mirror of Minato’s eyes and hair and Kushina’s grin all at once. For someone who had watched their teacher die, that had to hurt.
Tonight his chakra wavered, as if he was shifting, restless. She could picture him up there, one hand in his pocket, the other curled around the edge of the roof, masked gaze turned towards the window where her lamp still burned.
She did not call out.
She simply stood there, looking at the village, and let him have his distance.
On the other side of the glass, Naruto rolled over in his sleep, grabbing for his frog plush and mumbling something about ramen. The thin curtains shifted in the breeze.
Mina’s throat tightened again, for the third time that day. It was ridiculous, how quickly her body had forgotten how to cry and how often it now threatened to remember.
Behind her, in the shadow of the opposite building, Kakashi watched the little domestic tableau and felt his own chest pull tight in ways he did not examine closely.
From his angle, he could see the outline of the small blond boy tangled in blankets and frogs, and the slim figure of the woman on the balcony, dark hair tied up, posture alert even in rest. She moved like an ANBU, quiet and contained, but there was a softness around her now that had not been there when he had first met her as Ryuu. The edges were less sharp. The eyes less empty.
“Minato sensei,” he thought, fingers curling a little on the rooftop tiles. “You would be glad he is not alone.”
The guilt that had lodged in his gut ever since that night pulsed at the thought. He had not offered. He had not thought he could. He had barely held himself together. And this girl, this clanless ANBU who had already lost so much, had walked into the Hokage’s office and demanded the right to raise his sensei’s child.
He still did not know how to face Naruto. Every time he saw that mop of blond hair and those familiar blue eyes, it felt like someone had reached inside him and twisted.
But watching them now, through a pane of glass and a veil of distance, he felt something ease.
Naruto’s hand twitched, as if reaching for someone. Mina turned her head, just slightly, listening. When the boy did not wake, she relaxed again, but only a little.
She would wake on the first whimper, Kakashi realised. She would get up every night if she had to. She would make ramen at three in the morning if it meant he smiled. It was written into the set of her shoulders now, the way she oriented herself naturally so she could always see the bedroom door, always put herself between Naruto and the rest of the world.
Kakashi closed his eye for a moment.
“Thank you,” he thought, silently, to the girl on the balcony who did not know he was watching. Or so he thought. “For doing what I could not.”
Mina turned her face up to the night sky, eyes tracing constellations she had learned from Itachi during quiet evenings on the training field. Stars stared back, cold and distant. Somewhere out there, beyond what human senses could touch, she liked to imagine Minato and Kushina looking down, complaining about paperwork or ramen or the state of the village.
“I am doing my best,” she murmured under her breath, words barely audible even to herself. “I hope it is enough.”
On the roof, Kakashi opened his eye again and melted back into the deeper shadows, moving away without a sound. He did not knock. Not yet. He was not ready. But he would come back tomorrow, and the day after, and the day after that, to watch and listen and reassure himself that Naruto was still laughing.
Inside, Mina stepped back into the flat and closed the balcony door. She checked the seal once more, more out of habit than necessity, then went to Naruto’s room. She stopped in the doorway, leaning lightly against the frame.
The walls were an uneven green. Frog stickers clustered around the window. One was half peeling, its round eyes slightly askew. She would press it back in the morning. For now, she let it hang.
Naruto had managed, somehow, to kick his blanket half off the bed. His toes stuck out at the end, small and grubby. She moved soundlessly across the tatami and tugged the blanket back up, tucking it around his shoulders with the care of someone defusing an explosive tag.
He sighed in his sleep, relaxing.
Mina brushed a hand through his hair once, very gently. “Sleep well, Tenshi,” she whispered. “Tomorrow we will put up the rest of your frogs.”
He made a content noise and burrowed deeper into the pillow. One hand curled loosely, as if still grasping her sleeve.
Mina stood there for another moment, letting the little scene sear itself into her mind, then turned away and padded back to her own room. There were short missions to plan, lessons to think about, budgets to calculate. She could worry about those in the morning.
For now, Konoha’s most infamous orphan slept in a frog filled room, in a flat that smelled faintly of paint and miso and shampoo, with someone in the next room who would come running at the slightest sound.
For now, that was enough.
——————————————————————————
Breakfast, Mina discovered, was a daily assassination attempt.
On her nerves.
The first time she left Naruto alone in the kitchen for more than three minutes, she made exactly two mistakes.
One, she underestimated how early he woke up when he was excited.
Two, she assumed that because the stove was sealed with a basic safety tag, no one under one metre tall could cause trouble with it.
She opened her bedroom door to the smell of smoke.
It was not quite the thick, oily smoke of burning oil, nor the sharp tang of scorched meat. It was something in between, with a worrying hint of melting plastic. Her feet carried her towards the kitchen before her conscious mind caught up, chakra already coiling in her muscles.
“Mina nee-chan!” Naruto’s voice came from the kitchen, far too cheerful for the situation. “I made breakfast, dattebayo!”
That statement should have been heart-warming.
It was not.
She skidded to a halt in the doorway.
Naruto stood on one of the dining chairs, dragged up to the counter. The pan on the stove contained what might once have been an egg. It now resembled an enemy stronghold that had been firebombed. The spatula was half melted at the edges, drooping sadly where it had clearly been abandoned in the pan for too long. Smoke curled up towards the ceiling.
Naruto himself had a streak of black across one cheek and a smear of raw egg in his hair.
Mina took it in, all in one breath. “Turn the stove off,” she said, voice calm.
“It is off!” he said proudly, pointing at the knob. “I remembered!”
This was true. The flame was gone.
Progress, she supposed.
She crossed the room in three quick steps, plucked the pan off the heat and set it on the back ring, then opened the window with her free hand. The cold morning air rushed in, taking some of the smoke with it. She flicked her wrist once, sending a tiny chakra burst to disturb the smoky air and push it out of the window faster.
Naruto watched her with wide eyes. “It was supposed to be sunny side up,” he said mournfully. “Now it is… sunny side… dead.”
Mina looked at the pan, then at him and laughed. “You are not wrong.”
He brightened slightly. “It is very crispy. Crispy is good, right?” He poked the blackened mass with one finger. It did not move. “Probably.”
“Crispy is a spectrum,” Mina said. “You have gone past crispy into… fossil.”
He giggled at that, tension easing out of his small shoulders. She stepped closer and lifted him off the chair, setting him safely on the floor. His toes were too close to the fallen drops of melted plastic for her liking.
“Were you trying to surprise me?” she asked, brushing the soot from his cheek with her thumb.
He nodded, lip jutting out. “You always make breakfast. I wanted to try. You were still sleeping and I thought if I am really quiet you can sleep more…” His voice turned small. “I messed up.”
Mina glanced at the ruined egg, then at the boy who had climbed up on a chair to perform what was essentially a mission in unknown territory, just so she could rest. Her chest constricted.
“You did not mess up,” she said gently. “You tried something difficult on your own. That is brave.”
“But the egg died,” he said seriously.
“The egg was always going to die,” Mina reminded him. “That is the point of eggs.”
He blinked, then snorted. “You’re weird, Mina nee-chan.”
“So are you.”
He grinned. Some of the sadness faded.
She tapped his forehead lightly. “Next time you want to cook, you wait for me, all right. You can help. We will make sure no more spatulas sacrifice themselves to your enthusiasm.”
Naruto looked at the poor melted utensil and winced. “Sorry, spatula.”
Mina’s mouth twitched. “I am sure it forgives you.”
He turned hopeful eyes up at her. “Can we still have eggs?”
“We can,” she said. “But this time I will be the one to summon the fire.”
His eyes widened. “Summon the… nee-chan, are we going to do fire jutsu in the kitchen? Dattebayo, that is so cool!”
“No,” she said firmly. “Do not ever say those words again.”
He laughed loudly at that, delighted. She shook her head, but she could not quite hold back her own smile as she cracked two new eggs into a clean pan.
Naruto clambered up onto the chair again, but this time she kept a steadying hand on his shoulder and repositioned him slightly farther from the stove.
“Now,” she said. “Watch closely. Cooking is ninjutsu for the home.”
He blinked. “Ninjutsu… for the home?”
“Yes,” Mina confirmed seriously. “You want the result to be effective but controlled. No unnecessary destruction. No casualties, human or spatula.”
He leaned towards the pan, fascinated. “So… it is like a mission?”
“A very tasty mission,” she said.
He nodded, suddenly solemn. “I will be very serious, then.”
“You can be serious,” Mina said, “and still have fun. First, you let the pan heat. Not too hot. Just enough.” She tilted the pan so the oil shimmered. “If you rush in without preparation, what happens?”
“You mess up the mission,” Naruto said promptly. He was good at remembering anything mission related. “And you get detention from the Hokage, dattebayo.”
“Correct. Or you die.” He made a face. She smiled faintly. “Cooking is the same. If the pan is too hot, the outside burns before the inside is ready. If it is too cold, nothing happens and you waste energy. You need patience more than fire.”
Naruto groaned dramatically. “But patience is boring!”
“Yes,” she agreed easily. “Sometimes boring is how you stay alive.”
He thought about that, scrunching his nose. “Fine. I will be… patiency.” He paused. “Is that a word?”
“It is now,” Mina said.
When the eggs were done, soft around the edges, yolks still whole, she slid them onto two plates. The toast she had prepared earlier popped up from the toaster and nearly made Naruto jump out of his skin. He slapped a hand over his heart.
“That almost killed me,” he announced.
“The toast is not out to get you,” Mina told him, straight faced. “It has bigger worries.”
He eyed the toaster suspiciously. “I will be watching you,” he muttered at it, then grabbed his plate, beaming. “This looks amazing, Mina nee-chan!”
She watched him dig in with all the enthusiasm of a starving wolf. Egg ended up on his chin, toast crumbs in his hair. He was messy, loud, happy.
It was, Mina decided, the best kind of chaos.
They built their days slowly.
Mornings became their anchor. After breakfast, once dishes were stacked neatly and the stove triple checked, Mina would clear the kotatsu and pull out a stack of slightly battered workbooks she had bought from a stall near the academy.
Naruto eyed them as if they might bite.
“Do we have to?” he asked, already wriggling.
“At some point,” Mina said, “you will join the academy. The academy will expect you to be able to read your own name and count higher than the number of bowls of ramen you can eat in one sitting.”
“I can already do that,” he said defensively. “I can count really high. One, two, three, lots.”
She raised an eyebrow. “Very impressive. Less impressive when you need to read a mission scroll.”
He groaned, flopping dramatically onto the cushions. “But letters are boring, dattebayo.”
She considered him for a moment, taking in the way his legs swung, heel tapping an uneven rhythm against the floor. He could not stay still. Not for long. Keeping him forced in place would only make him hate learning.
Sakumo had never forced her either.
“All right,” Mina said. “If letters are boring… we will make them dangerous.”
His head popped up. “Dangerous?”
“But not to you,” she said quickly. “To your enemies.”
His eyes lit up in an instant. “Enemies?”
“Yes.” She slid the workbook aside and picked up a blank sheet of paper. With swift, sure strokes, she sketched out a crude figure with a startled face and a bandana marked with a random squiggle. Then she wrote a short word under it in neat characters. “See this?”
He leaned forward, squinting. “It is a weird person.”
“This weird person is a bandit,” she said. “He has stolen all the ramen from Ichiraku.”
Naruto gasped, horrified. “All of it?!”
“All of it.”
“We have to defeat him,” Naruto declared at once.
Mina’s lips twitched. “We do. Unfortunately, this bandit has a secret technique. He can only be defeated if you read his name out loud.”
He stared at the characters as if they would rearrange themselves into something less offensive. “That is not fair.”
“War never is.”
He stuck his tongue out at her, then leaned closer. “What does it say?”
“If I tell you, he wins,” Mina said. “He will think you are too scared to fight him.”
Naruto scowled at the paper. “I am not scared.”
“Prove it.”
He narrowed his eyes, then poked the word with one finger. “Is it… ra… me… n?”
“No,” Mina said, amused. “That would be breakfast, not a bandit. This says thief.”
“Thief,” he repeated carefully, frowning. “How do you know?”
“Because I learned to read,” Mina replied.
“That is cheating,” he complained.
“Quite possibly.”
She spent the next ten minutes breaking the word down for him, explaining each character, turning it into a story. The first symbol became a little roof, the second a hand reaching, the third a path. Naruto was sceptical at first, but then the game format sank its hooks into him.
“So if I read it… he dies?” he asked eventually.
“Yes,” Mina said solemnly. “He explodes in shame.”
Naruto braced himself, planted his elbows on the table, and glared at the page as though trying to set it on fire with his mind.
“Shi…” he began slowly. “Shi… fu… no. Shi… hi… hief.” He flailed, frustrated.
Mina waited a heartbeat, then gently corrected, splitting the syllables, making him repeat them after her. He stumbled. Tried again. Tripped over the consonants. On the fourth attempt he managed to force the sounds into something close enough.
“Thief,” he said, breathless. “Thief.”
“Very good,” Mina said.
She took a small red pencil and drew a dramatic cross through the stick figure bandit. Then, for good measure, she added cartoon lines to indicate that he was exploding.
Naruto laughed so hard he nearly knocked his own chair over. “I killed him with letters! Dattebayo!”
“Yes,” she said. “You used information as a weapon. That is what shinobi do.”
He stared at the paper, then at her. Something like understanding flickered, quick and unfamiliar, across his face. “So… if I learn more words… I can beat more enemies.”
“Exactly.”
He slammed both palms on the table. “Teach me all the words.”
Mina chuckled. “I will start with this page.”
It still took effort. He wriggled, twisted, tried to climb under the table to see if the words looked different from underneath. At one point he folded the corner of the page into a paper hat for the bandit. It took three deep breaths on Mina’s part not to laugh and encourage him.
She adapted.
She took small flash cards and cut them into shuriken shapes, writing numbers and simple words on them. She arranged them on the far side of the room, then told Naruto that each one was a target with a code word. He had to read the word before he was allowed to throw a soft ball at it.
If he guessed wrong, he had to do three star jumps.
If he guessed right, he got a piece of dried fruit or a bit of candy and the chance to yell “Target eliminated!” at the top of his lungs.
The neighbours would survive.
By the fourth afternoon of this, she had half the word list from the first workbook turned into fallen enemy units, and Naruto had started recognising the characters for ramen and home and Mina without prompting.
One evening, as the sky turned orange outside their window and the light caught dust motes in the air, Naruto bounced on his knees at the kotatsu and thumped his fist on the table.
“Again!” he demanded. “More!”
“You realise you are asking for more studying,” Mina said, amused. “Voluntarily.”
“It is not studying,” he said stubbornly. “It is training. For my brain. Dattebayo.”
“That is what studying is,” she pointed out.
He froze at this, betrayed. “You tricked me.”
“Yes.”
He thought about this for a moment, then flashed a cheeky grin. “Do it again.”
She was not expecting that. Her throat tightened, inexplicably. “Very well,” she said quietly. “Again.”
The first time he finished a whole line of characters without turning the pen into a pretend kunai, he shouted so loudly she nearly leapt out of her skin.
“Mina nee-chan!” Naruto yelled, waving the exercise book in the air. “Look, look, look! I finished a whole line! I did not even draw a frog in the middle! Dattebayo!”
She took the book from his flailing hands before he could accidentally give himself a paper cut. The line of characters marched across the page, slightly wobbly, some larger than others, a couple of strokes missing here and there, but they were all recognisable. His name, written again and again, declarations of existence in clumsy ink.
Uzumaki Naruto.
Her vision blurred.
It was stupid, how much that hit her.
Maybe it was because she could see Sakumo’s hand over hers in the dim corner behind a restaurant, guiding her stick of charcoal. Maybe it was Kushina’s laughter in her memory, the time she had made Mina write her own name on a note pinned to a packed bento and smugly announced that was how you claimed things as yours.
Maybe it was just that this boy, who had been treated like a curse for four years, was looking at his name as if it were a trophy.
“You did very well,” she said, and her voice came out rougher than she intended.
Naruto puffed up like a little bird. “I told you I am smart.”
“You are,” she agreed. “You are clever and stubborn. A dangerous combination.”
He grinned, then noticed the dampness gathering in the corner of her eyes. His smile faltered. “Mina nee-chan… did I mess it up?”
“No,” she said quickly, shaking her head. “No. I am just… proud.”
He blinked. “Proud people cry?”
“Sometimes,” Mina said.
He seemed to accept that as a new, weird fact about the world. “Then I will make you proud lots,” he declared. “So you will cry lots. Dattebayo.”
“That is not how that works,” she said, but her lips curved anyway.
He bounced in his seat. “Can I show Tachi-nii and Shisui-nii when they come visit? And Sasuke? And everyone? I can write my name, nee-chan! That means I exist, right?”
It hit her again, sharper, the way he clung to validation. “You have always existed,” she said softly. “But yes. Now you can leave proof written down, so people who are foolish enough to forget will be reminded.”
He nodded fiercely. “Yeah!”
That evening, long after Naruto had collapsed sideways on the sofa and fallen asleep mid sentence with his arm slung over her lap, Mina sat with the exercise book open in front of her. The lamps cast a warm glow on the page. Outside, Konoha’s rooftops were painted in shades of indigo and silver.
She ran a fingertip over the scribbled line of characters. Uzumaki Naruto. Her little brother. Her Tenshi.
Kushina would have screamed herself hoarse with delight over this.
Minato would have ruffled Naruto’s hair until it stuck up in every direction, then gently corrected his stroke order.
Sakumo would have looked over her shoulder and said something like, “You learnt quickly too, you know.”
Mina swallowed around the ache, then gently closed the book.
On the rooftop to her left, unseen by her eyes but not unfelt by her senses, chakra stirred. Kakashi was passing by again, his presence a familiar prickle at the edge of her awareness.
She felt him pause above, just for a heartbeat, as if his foot had faltered.
Naruto rolled over in his sleep and drooled on her thigh. She huffed a quiet laugh and shifted just enough to make sure his neck was not at a painful angle. Her hand settled automatically on his back, fingers splayed over the small rise and fall of his breathing.
The chakra above them lingered.
Kakashi had not meant to stop.
He had told himself, very clearly, that he would take the northern route tonight. The route that did not go past Uzuha Mina’s building. The route that would keep him from looking through a certain window and ripping old wounds open for no reason.
His feet had other ideas.
By the time he realised, he was already on the familiar rooftop opposite their balcony, the evening breeze tugging at his hitai ate and the silver of his hair. Below, the flat was lit, the curtains half drawn, offering glimpses of colour and movement.
He heard it first.
Naruto’s laughter, bright and unrestrained, floated up into the quiet. It hit Kakashi like a kunai to the sternum.
He had heard Naruto cry before. Shout, wail, rage at being chased away from stalls and ignored in streets. That sound had always twisted something in him, but it felt… appropriate, in a bitter way. Children like them cried. Of course they did.
He had never heard Naruto laugh like this. Deeply. Freely. Without any edge of hysteria or desperation.
Kakashi edged closer to the roof’s ridge, keeping low, and risked a glance.
Through the narrow gap where the curtain did not quite meet, he could see Naruto half sprawled on the sofa, hair wild, flailing his arms as he recounted something with exaggerated gestures. Mina sat beside him, one leg tucked under her, expression soft in a way he had never seen on her face when she wore a mask.
The boy said something about “killing a bandit with letters” and “exploding in shame, dattebayo”. Mina snorted into her tea.
Kakashi’s eye followed the movement unconsciously, watched as she leaned over to rescue a pen Naruto was about to drop between the cushions. Her hand brushed his hair in passing. He leaned into the touch without even noticing.
They looked like… family.
The word tasted strange in his mind.
His throat tightened. He looked away quickly, staring instead at the stars beginning to prick through the deepening blue of the sky.
“So he can laugh like that,” Kakashi thought, bewildered and relieved and slightly nauseous all at once. “He can be this loud and ridiculous and… normal.”
Guilt twisted somewhere beneath his ribs. He could have been the one to give Naruto this. He could have tried. But when Minato had died and everything had fallen apart, Kakashi had barely been able to get out of bed, let alone keep a child alive and happy.
Mina had been just as broken, maybe more. She had lost not only her Hokage and mentor but the only people who had ever been parents to her. Yet she had marched into Hiruzen’s office and demanded custody with fire in her eyes and a voice that did not shake.
He gripped the edge of the roof, fingers digging into the stone.
“You are a coward,” a small, nasty part of his mind whispered.
Another part, quieter, said, “You are alive. That is enough.”
He let his gaze slip back to the window for a moment. Mina had picked up an exercise book now, showing Naruto something on the page. The boy’s face lit up. He threw his arms around her, nearly knocking her tea over. She flailed, then laughed, free and unguarded.
Kakashi felt his eye sting.
That was enough for one night.
He pushed away from the roof’s edge, turning his back on the scene. Before he left, he cast one last look over his shoulder at the softly glowing window and the shadows moving within.
“Minato sensei,” he thought, voice a whisper only he could hear. “Your kid is… all right. He is… happy. Somehow.”
He did not know how Uzuha Mina had dragged herself out of her own grief and turned it into something so fiercely protective. He did not understand why she cared so much for a child who was not her blood, why she spent hours cutting paper into silly shapes and pretending to be assassinated by badly drawn bandits.
He did not understand. But he was grateful.
With that thought, he vanished into the night, hopping rooftops until the sounds of Naruto’s laughter faded into the general hum of the village.
Inside, Mina’s hand paused for a fraction of a second on the page.
She had felt him. Of course she had. Kakashi was subtle, but his chakra had a particular frequency now, coloured by the things he had survived. It brushed against her senses like mist over steel. She could always tell when he was near.
She pretended not to.
He was not ready. Pushing him would only make him retreat further. She knew what being trapped in grief felt like. She was not about to corner someone else in their own shadow.
Instead, she focused on the boy in front of her, who had just written the word ramen in characters that sprawled across the entire line.
“Mina nee-chan,” Naruto said breathlessly, jabbing the page. “Look, look! Now I can read the most important word ever.”
“Yes,” she said. “You have your priorities in order.”
He beamed. “Can we celebrate with ramen?”
“You have eaten three times today already,” Mina reminded him. “Your stomach will mutiny.”
“Mutiny?” he repeated, intrigued. “Is that like a jutsu?”
“It is when your insides decide they hate you,” she said.
He made a face. “Gross.”
“Exactly.”
She watched him scrunch up his nose, then burst into giggles. His joy was ridiculous. Infectious. Terrifying.
Mina closed the exercise book, tapping it lightly against the table.
“All right, Tenshi,” she said. “Training is over for today. Go and wash your hands. They are beginning to resemble battlefield scrolls.”
He lifted his palms and gasped at the ink smears. “Whoa. Cool.”
“Bathroom,” she said, pointing.
He bolted, nearly tripping over the tatami edge again, then vanished round the corner.
Mina leaned back on her hands and let herself breathe out slowly. The flat smelled faintly of ink and miso and child. The sounds of splashing water began in the bathroom, accompanied by Naruto’s off key humming.
She looked at the closed window, where the curtain fluttered slightly in the night breeze. Kakashi’s chakra signature had long since gone, fading into the general noise of Konoha. She was glad he had seen this. Glad he knew Naruto could laugh like that.
“Come when you are ready,” she thought at the empty air. “Until then, I will hold the line.”
In the bathroom, Naruto yelled, “Mina nee-chan! The soap is attacking me!”
“It is doing its duty,” Mina called back, smiling despite herself. “Use it properly and it will surrender.”
His laughter rang through the flat again.
The routines settled around them, day by day. They were messy, loud, full of ink stains and burnt toast and fallen shuriken shaped flashcards. They were nothing like the rigid schedules she had grown up with. They were everything she had never known she wanted.
And slowly, without quite noticing when, Mina stopped living like a weapon waiting for orders and started living like someone who had a home to return to.
Naruto’s home.
Their home.
——————————————————————————
One time when Itachi and Shisui came to the flat after Naruto moved in, Mina had exactly three seconds of warning.
The warning was a pigeon.
Or, more precisely, a very disgruntled pigeon that landed on her windowsill, pecked the glass like it had a personal grudge, then presented its leg with an air of long suffering.
Mina opened the window, accepted the tiny scroll, and unrolled it.
We are outside in thirty seconds. Hide the questionable snacks. - Shisui (Itachi says he did not approve this message.)
Mina snorted and flicked the paper between her fingers until it crumbled to nothing. She could already feel Itachi’s steady, familiar chakra and Shisui’s bright, sparking one approaching down the street.
“Tenshi,” she called towards Naruto’s room. “Guests again.”
There was a loud thump, a muffled yelp, and then Naruto barrelled out of his room with one shoe on and a frog plush half attached to his shirt.
“Is it ramen?” he demanded.
“Ramen is not a guest,” Mina said. “Most of the time.”
He squinted suspiciously. “Could be.”
“Not today. Itachi and Shisui with Sasuke.”
Naruto’s entire face lit up so fast it was like someone had turned on a lantern behind his eyes.
“Tachi-nii!” he yelled, apparently under the impression that screaming his name would make Itachi arrive faster. “Shisui-nii! Dattebayo!”
“Indoor voice,” Mina reminded him as she went to open the door.
He tried. He really did.
It came out only slightly quieter.
Itachi was already lifting a hand to the door handle when the door slid open. He blinked, hand still hovering in front of him. Shisui, beside him, grinned like a fox caught raiding a henhouse.
“Perfect timing,” Shisui said cheerfully. “We must be becoming psychic, Itachi.”
“We are not,” Itachi said.
Naruto did not wait for further commentary. He hurled himself at Itachi’s midsection like a blonde missile.
“Tachi-nii!” he squealed. “Look, look, I can read the word ramen now, dattebayo!”
Itachi rocked back half a step, caught entirely off guard, then steadied himself and patted Naruto’s wild hair with all the calm of someone used to being ambushed on battlefields, but not in doorways by small children.
“Hello, Naruto,” he said, a faint curve at the corner of his mouth. “I am glad to hear it.”
Naruto did not notice the smile, but Mina did. It was small, almost invisible to anyone who did not know how to read Itachi’s careful face, but it was there. Warmth ghosted through her chest.
Behind Itachi, another, smaller figure shifted. Sasuke peeked around his brother’s leg, dark eyes narrowed, expression caught somewhere between suspicion and sulk.
Mina stepped aside to let them all in. “Come in,” she said, soft and sincere. “You are always welcome.”
“Thank you, nee-san,” Itachi said quietly as he passed her. He had taken to calling her that in front of people too, since people simply thought it was a manner of expressing love and respect for the older girl. It was both that and the truth, but that wasn’t for anyone else to know.
Shisui knocked his shoulder lightly against hers in greeting, then darted past and spun a quick circle in the living room, apparently just to check if the furniture was still there and in the same place.
“Good, good,” he said, nodding. “Everything is where I left it. You did not sell the sofa. I am proud of you.”
“I did not know I was supposed to,” Mina replied dryly as she shut the door.
“You are not,” Itachi said.
“Do not listen to him, he is a bad influence,” Shisui stage whispered to Naruto. “I, on the other hand, am a delight.”
Naruto already believed that. “Shisui-nii, look!” He ran to the low table, grabbed one of his exercise sheets, and ran back, thrusting it up at them. “I killed a bandit with letters!”
Shisui blinked. “You what?”
Mina pinched the bridge of her nose. “I may have used some dramatics to motivate his reading.”
“It was awesome,” Naruto insisted. “The bandit exploded in shame, dattebayo.”
That did it. Shisui threw his head back and laughed, loud and bright. Itachi’s shoulders shook once in silent amusement.
“You are creating a menace,” Shisui told Mina, wiping at the corner of his eye.
“I am creating literacy,” Mina corrected. “The menaces were there already.”
“Oi,” someone said indignantly at knee level.
Sasuke, who had been hovering by the doorway like he was considering escape routes, finally stepped forward, hands clenched at his sides. He planted himself in front of his brother and glared up at Naruto with all the offended dignity of a small prince whose territory had been invaded.
“Itachi-nii is my nii-san,” he announced. “You cannot just steal him.”
Naruto bristled at once, blue eyes widening in outrage. “I am not stealing! He came to visit Mina nee-chan, dattebayo!”
“He came with me,” Sasuke shot back.
“Yeah, but he is also my Tachi-nii,” Naruto insisted, clutching at Itachi’s sleeve. “He helped me with numbers last time.”
“He tucked me in yesterday,” Sasuke said, lifting his chin. “He is mine.”
Naruto gasped. “Selfish!”
Sasuke crossed his arms. “You are loud.”
“You are grumpy!”
“You are blonde!”
Naruto opened his mouth, then froze. “That is not an insult.”
“It could be,” Sasuke said.
“Itachi,” Mina murmured to the side, voice amused. “Your little brother is experimenting with new taijutsu forms. Verbal ones.”
Shisui snorted. “They are both dangerous.”
Itachi looked up at Mina, deadpan. “I blame you.”
“You are welcome,” she said, smug.
The argument escalated.
Or at least, Naruto and Sasuke believed it did. From Mina’s perspective, it was less a true fight and more two kittens attempting to intimidate each other with hissing and occasional paw swats.
“No, listen,” Naruto said, stamping a foot. “We can share.”
Sasuke scowled. “You cannot share a nii-san.”
“Then do not call my Mina nee-chan Mina-nee, dattebayo!” Naruto shot back at once, folding his arms in mimicry of Sasuke. “We either share or we do not.”
There was a small silence.
Shisui choked on his own breath.
Itachi blinked very slowly.
Mina decided she would not laugh. It would not be dignified. It would, however, be very satisfying.
Sasuke looked honestly affronted. “Mina nee-chan is my friend. I can call her that.”
“She lives with me,” Naruto countered. “I see her all the time!”
“You hog her,” Sasuke accused.
“You hog Itachi-nii,” Naruto retorted.
Another pause.
Shisui failed his saving throw against laughter and doubled over, clutching his stomach. “They… they are fighting over joint custody,” he wheezed.
Mina gave up and let herself smile. “It is only fair,” she said. “Shared siblings.”
Itachi tilted his head, eyes soft with something complicated. “You do not mind?” he asked quietly, pitched so only Mina would hear.
That they considered her something like that. That they argued over her attention as if it was worth fighting for.
“Mind?” Mina repeated. “I am honoured.”
She meant it. Every word.
“Fine,” Sasuke decided at last, nodding with all the gravity of a future clan head. “You can borrow Itachi-nii sometimes.”
Naruto squinted. “Borrow?”
“For training,” Sasuke clarified. “He is my nii-san, but you can have him… part time.”
Naruto considered this, then jerked his chin. “Okay. Then you can borrow Mina nee-chan sometimes for training too.”
Sasuke eyed Mina. She raised one eyebrow.
“I approve this contract,” she said solemnly.
Naruto stuck out his hand. Sasuke stared at it, then reluctantly took it. Their handshake was messy and overenthusiastic and they nearly fell over, but it sealed something invisible and important.
Shisui clapped his hands together. “Excellent. The first joint custody agreement of Konoha has been signed. I will write it into the history books.”
“I would prefer you did not,” Itachi said.
From then on, visits became a habit.
Sometimes Itachi arrived alone with Sasuke in tow. Sometimes Shisui came too, claiming he had important intelligence to share, which generally amounted to gossip.
Naruto opened the door almost before Mina could move, as if he had developed an early warning system specifically for familiar chakra signatures.
“Tachi-nii! Shisui-nii! Sasuke!” he would shout, bouncing in place.
Sasuke would mutter something about troublesome blondes and stomp inside, but he never refused to come.
Mina watched them weave themselves into each other’s days and found her flat filling not just with one small life, but with four.
On one lazy afternoon, rain pattered softly outside and the air in the flat was warm from the heater. Naruto and Sasuke sat at the low table, sheets of paper and ink pens spread out before them. Naruto was supposed to be practising his characters. Sasuke was supposed to be helping.
In practice, Naruto had drawn three frogs, one very wobbly kunai, and something he insisted was Shisui, although Mina suspected that was slander towards the concept of anatomy.
“Your lines are crooked,” Sasuke said, frowning at Naruto’s work.
“Your face is crooked, teme,” Naruto shot back without missing a beat.
“…What is a teme,” Sasuke demanded irritably. “You keep calling me that.”
Naruto puffed out his cheeks. “It is a secret battle name.”
“That is not an answer.”
“It is my answer, dattebayo.”
“Infuriating,” Sasuke muttered.
Mina, sitting just off to the side with a cup of tea, exchanged an amused glance with Itachi where he perched near the window. Shisui laid sprawled on his back on the floor, legs propped up on the wall, idly flipping a kunai between fingers.
“So,” Shisui drawled. “You two decided who is going to be Hokage yet?”
Naruto slammed his pen down. “Me,” he declared. “Obviously.”
Sasuke scoffed. “You cannot even write your address properly. You cannot be Hokage.”
“I will learn it,” Naruto said immediately. “Then I will be Hokage dattebayo.”
“I am going to be stronger than you,” Sasuke replied coolly. “So I will be Hokage.”
“You cannot both be Hokage,” Shisui pointed out cheerfully. “Unless you cut the hat in half.”
They both looked genuinely intrigued by that idea.
“No,” Mina said immediately.
Naruto pouted. “You do not know, Mina nee-chan. Maybe double Hokage is a thing.”
“It is not,” Itachi said.
“Maybe I will invent it,” Naruto said, undeterred.
“Then I will invent triple Hokage,” Sasuke countered for no reason other than refusing to be outdone.
“You cannot just add Hokage,” Mina said, exasperated. “This is not a shopping list.”
“Why not?” Naruto asked.
Shisui snorted. “Let them dream, Mina. At least if they are both Hokage they will be too busy with paperwork to cause trouble.”
“You say that like you have met Naruto,” Mina muttered. “He would simply learn to weaponise paperwork.”
Naruto brightened at that. “Weapon paper… that sounds cool dattebayo.”
“I take it back,” Shisui said quickly.
Despite all their bickering, the boys helped each other in small, unspoken ways.
When Naruto stumbled over a character, brow furrowed and tongue peeking out at the corner of his mouth, Sasuke would lean over and correct his stroke order with a quiet huff, pretending he was offended by the mistake.
“That line goes there, idiot,” he would say. “Like this. See.”
Naruto grumbled but copied his movement. “I knew that.”
“You did not.”
“I did a little bit.”
“…You drew a frog instead of a number four.”
“That is a powerful frog.”
Mina watched them from the kitchen doorway on evenings like this, dish towel in her hands, and felt a knot of old fear loosen slowly in her chest.
This was what she had wanted for Naruto. Not just a roof and food and someone to drag him to bed at a reasonable hour. Friends. Rivals. People who would push him forward and argue with him and also hand him a pencil when his broke.
When Naruto fell asleep that night, sprawled halfway across his bed, one arm dangling over the edge and hair sticking in every direction, Mina stood quietly in the doorway for a moment. Sasuke had already gone home with Itachi. Shisui had slipped away into the evening with a lazy salute.
The flat was quiet again.
But not empty.
Some evenings, they used the training ground instead of the living room.
Mina would lead the small pack through the streets to a less frequented field near the edge of the residential district. The grass there was a little worn from practice, the wooden posts at the far end pitted with shuriken scars, but it was quiet and open, with enough room for three prodigies to think and two children to tackle each other into the dirt.
“Warm up,” Mina would say, dropping into a stretch. “No complaining.”
Naruto and Sasuke complained.
While complaining, they warmed up anyway.
Itachi went through a series of smooth, efficient movements, body folding and unfolding almost like water. Shisui bounced on the balls of his feet, swinging his arms, whistling something tuneless.
Once everyone had at least pretended to prepare, Mina clapped her hands.
“All right,” she said. “Today you two get to fight under very strict rules.”
Naruto’s eyes lit up. “Fight!”
Sasuke smirked. “Finally. A chance to prove I am better.”
“The rules,” Mina repeated pointedly. “You will not use any chakra. No jutsu. Not that you know any… But also no weapons that are not soft and can take an eye out. And if either of you actually hurts the other badly enough to bleed more than a nose, Itachi and I will make you regret it.”
Both boys sobered slightly.
“We are practising control, not trying to recreate the Warring States era,” she added.
“Fine,” Naruto grumbled.
Sasuke nodded.
They fought anyway, of course.
It was mostly flailing, rolling, grabbing and the occasional surprisingly well aimed kick. Naruto fought like a whirlwind, all heart and no technique, throwing himself at Sasuke with desperate enthusiasm. Sasuke fought like a sharp knife, planting his feet and using leverage and angles, trying to redirect Naruto’s wild momentum.
Mina watched their footwork, saw where Naruto’s bad habits could grow into dangerous tells, where Sasuke’s insistence on staying rooted could be exploited.
“Lower your centre of gravity, Naruto,” she called. “You are going to topple over like that.”
“Tense less, Sasuke,” Shisui added from his lounging spot. “You are not a tree. Trees get chopped down.”
“Trees also do not chase idiots across fields,” Sasuke shot back, and then Naruto ploughed into him and they both went down.
Itachi’s lips twitched.
After one particularly dramatic tumble where Naruto ended up flat on his back staring at the clouds, arms spreadeagled, Sasuke hovered over him, hands braced on either side of Naruto’s head.
“Give up,” Sasuke said.
“Never,” Naruto replied, panting. “I am going to be Hokage.”
“You said that yesterday too.”
“Because it is true, dattebayo.”
“You cannot even get up,” Sasuke pointed out.
Naruto squinted. “That is a temporary setback.”
Mina burst out laughing. She had not intended to. It slipped free, light and startled and real. All three boys turned to look at her.
Naruto beamed, ridiculously proud of himself.
“I made her laugh,” he informed Sasuke smugly. “You did not.”
Sasuke rolled his eyes. “You are so needy.”
“You are too,” Naruto said. “You whined when she ran out of dango last time you were here.”
“I did not.”
“You made a face.”
“It was not a whine.”
“It was whine adjacent,” Mina added.
Sasuke looked betrayed. Itachi covered his mouth for a moment, shoulders shaking almost imperceptibly.
Shisui simply lay on the grass and laughed until he ran out of air.
Later, when everyone was tired and grass stained, Mina sat the boys down with water bottles and rice balls. Naruto tried to stuff an entire one into his mouth at once. Sasuke looked mildly offended by this lack of decorum. Shisui encouraged it. Itachi pretended not to see.
“Chew,” Mina said warningly.
Naruto chewed.
Sasuke stole a piece of pickled plum from his rice ball and flicked it at Shisui, who caught it in his mouth without looking and bowed like a performer.
“Show off,” Mina muttered.
“Always,” he replied.
The sky over Konoha was streaked with pink by the time they walked back, Naruto between Mina and Itachi, Sasuke on the other side of his brother, Shisui trailing behind and humming.
At the corner where the road forked, one path leading deeper into the civilian district and the other curving towards the Uchiha compound, they stopped.
“It is late,” Itachi said. “We should go.”
Naruto’s face fell for a second, then he grinned. “Come back soon, yeah? I need someone to see how amazing I am at writing ‘ramen’ now dattebayo.”
“You showed us three times,” Sasuke pointed out.
“I will show you four times,” Naruto said proudly.
“Annoying,” Sasuke muttered, but his mouth twitched.
Itachi rested a hand briefly on Mina’s shoulder. A simple touch, grounding. Gratitude, acknowledgement, shared worry. “Thank you for dinner, nee-san” he said.
“It was just rice and miso,” she said.
“Usually it is just rice and miso,” Naruto piped up. “But Mina nee-chan makes it extra yummy, dattebayo. She puts herbs in it.”
“Herbs,” Shisui repeated solemnly. “Very advanced technique.”
Mina rolled her eyes, but she could not stop the fond warmth that filled her chest as she watched the trio head towards the clan district, Sasuke chattering quietly to Itachi, Shisui looping an arm around both their shoulders and leaning in to say something that made Sasuke huff and Itachi almost smile.
Later that night, after Naruto had fallen into bed face first and snored within seconds, Mina padded to the window and leaned her forearms on the sill.
From here, she could see the lights of the Uchiha compound in the distance, a cluster of soft glows at the village edge. She could feel the faint hum of their chakra, a familiar echo in her own blood. It tugged at a place in her that had always been half empty and refused to stop hoping.
She watched those distant lights and saw in her mind’s eye the image of Sasuke and Naruto shoulder to shoulder, bickering over who would be Hokage, and then automatically reaching to help each other up when one tripped.
Maybe Naruto would not grow up alone after all.
Maybe this strange little rivalry, this mess of shouted insults and shared pencils and tug of war over big brothers and elder sisters, would be the thing that anchored him in ways she never could alone.
“I like their weird friendship,” she murmured to the quiet room. “I like that he has someone to shout at who shouts back.”
Behind her, Naruto mumbled something incoherent in his sleep and rolled over, kicking his blanket half off. Mina turned, crossed the room, and pulled it back over his shoulders. He sighed, small face relaxing.
“You are not alone, Tenshi,” she whispered, more to herself than to him. “Not anymore.”
Out on a distant rooftop, a silver flash of hair shifted against the night sky where Kakashi watched unseen, chest heavy and strangely light at the same time.
He took in the small flat, the boy sprawled across his futon, the extra pair of slippers by the door that had belonged to Sasuke earlier, and the soft glow in Mina’s eyes when she looked at Naruto like he was the most important mission she had ever received.
“A home,” Kakashi thought quietly. “He has a home.”
The thought hurt. It also healed.
He stayed there a little longer than usual before finally turning away, leaving the light in that window behind him as he disappeared into the darker streets, strangely certain that, for tonight at least, the world was arranged the way Minato and Kushina would have wanted.
——————————————————————————
The first time Mina met Nara Shikaku in this life, she was haggling over tomatoes.
The market at mid morning was busy in that gentle Konoha way. Voices rolled over one another in a soft, constant hum. Cloth stalls rippled in the breeze. Somewhere, a vendor shouted about discount mochi. Naruto was at her side, hopping from foot to foot with the kind of energy that made stall owners nervous.
“Mina nee-chan,” he whispered loudly, “these ones are redder. Red means better, dattebayo.”
The old woman behind the stall snorted.
“Red means ripe, brat,” she said, though there was a hint of amusement in her tone. “And ripe means you eat them fast.”
“We can do that,” Naruto declared. “We are very fast. And Sasuke likes tomatoes”
“We are not eating six tomatoes in a day,” Mina said, amused. “We would explode. Even Sasuke.”
Naruto considered that.
“Like an exploding tag?”
“In principle.”
He made an impressed noise.
She picked up one of the tomatoes he had indicated and turned it in her hand, checking the skin for bruises. Simple, mundane tasks. Kunoichi work of the gentlest kind. It still felt new.
“You have an eye for good produce,” a lazy voice said from somewhere over her shoulder. “That one is from the northern fields. Better soil.”
Mina turned.
Shikaku stood a little way off, hands in his pockets, hair spiked up in its familiar ponytail, expression half lidded and faintly bored. To anyone else, he looked as if he had simply wandered into the conversation by accident.
Mina had trained under different people long enough to know better.
“Nara-san,” she said politely, inclining her head.
“Nara Shikaku,” Naruto blurted, eyes wide. “You are like the main shadow guy, dattebayo.”
Shikaku blinked.
“That is one way to put it,” he said. “You must be Uzumaki Naruto.”
Naruto straightened.
“Yeah,” he said, chest puffed out. “I am going to be Hokage one day.”
Shikaku’s mouth tugged, not quite a smile, not quite disbelief.
“How troublesome it will be,” he said. “For everyone else.” But didn’t deny the claim
Naruto beamed, taking that as simple agreement.
Mina’s lips curved.
She shifted the basket on her arm. There were vegetables inside, a bag of rice, a small sack of sweet bean paste because Naruto had given her that particular hopeful look at the stall earlier. Ordinary groceries. Ordinary weight.
Shikaku’s eyes flicked over it, then up to her face.
“So,” he said, as if making idle conversation, “you are the girl who took the boy in.”
There was no hostility in his tone, just blunt acknowledgment, like stating the weather.
Mina met his gaze evenly.
“I am Naruto’s guardian,” she said. “Yes.”
Shikaku studied her.
He had the kind of intelligence that did not need theatrics. It was there in the set of his mouth, the lines at the corners of his eyes, the way he did not bother with small talk once he had decided what he wanted from an exchange.
“Gutsy move,” he said at last. “Smart one. No clan could have done it without causing chaos. Too much politics, too much posturing. They would fight over the boy until he disappeared under the weight of it.”
Mina’s fingers tightened very slightly on the handle of the basket.
“The alternative,” she said softly, “was letting him grow up alone.”
Shikaku grunted.
“Bad alternative,” he said. “I’m told we already tried that with other children. I’m sure it was not easy for them.”
He did not say which child. He did not have to. She saw Sakumo’s shadow in that comment, and another small boy left alone in a house that had suddenly become too silent.
Naruto had lost interest in adult words and was currently trying to see if he could balance a tomato on his head. The stall owner was watching him with resigned horror. Mina barely spared them a glance, one eye automatically tracking his chakra, her attention mostly on Shikaku.
He scratched the back of his neck.
“Good on you, though,” he went on. “Takes a certain kind of stubbornness to stand in front of a village’s fear and say no. My boy is his age. If something happens to me or Yoshino, I would hope someone would care for Shikamaru like you care for Naruto.”
His eyes shifted, watching her carefully now.
“The boys should meet,” he added, almost offhand. “Playdate, or whatever the women call it. Personally, I call it a drag, but they seem to like it.”
Mina recognised what this was.
This was not simply a father talking about his son. This was the head of the Nara clan extending his hand. Not quite a formal alliance, but something close in spirit. An offer of inclusion. Of acceptance.
There was a quiet part of her that wanted to curl up around that warmth and sleep.
She inclined her head.
“Thank you, Nara-san,” she said, voice soft but steady. “Truly.”
Shikaku waved a hand as if batting away something inconvenient.
“Do not make a fuss,” he said. “Bring him by sometime. The compound is always crawling with deers and lazy children. He will fit right in.”
Naruto, who had managed to get the tomato to stay on his head for three seconds, chose that moment to lose his balance. The tomato went flying. Mina caught it without looking, fingers closing around the fruit before it could hit the ground.
“Wow,” Naruto breathed. “You are so cool, Mina nee-chan.”
Shikaku looked between them. Something like amusement warmed his expression.
“Yes,” he said quietly. “She is.”
He turned to go, raising a hand in casual farewell.
As he did, his gaze slid past Mina’s shoulder, towards the roofline on the opposite side of the street. For the space of a heartbeat, his eyes sharpened, focusing on a particular spot where no civilian would think to look.
Mina did not turn.
She did not have to.
She felt Kakashi’s chakra the way one felt the faint prickle of static before a storm. Always there at the edges. Never close enough to reach.
Shikaku’s mouth quirked, as if he had noticed too.
“See you around,” he said.
Then he was gone, folding himself back into the flow of the crowd, all lazy steps and slouched shoulders, as if he had never been there at all.
Mina let out a breath she had not realised she was holding.
She looked down at Naruto, who was now trying to see if he could balance two tomatoes at once.
“Do not juggle the groceries,” she told him.
“Why not, dattebayo?” he protested.
“Because I am not explaining to Teuchi-san why you have a concussion due to a tomato related incident.”
He paused, considering, then decided that sounded like effort.
“Fine,” he said. “Can we get dumplings on the way home?”
“We will see,” Mina said, which Naruto already knew it mostly meant yes.
Up on the roof, Kakashi watched them.
He had intended only to pass by, to continue making sure the Hokage’s paperwork about guardianship had translated into actual, visible safety. It was one thing to sign a form that said “Uzuha Mina, legal guardian of Uzumaki Naruto”, another to see the boy walking through the market with someone’s hand hovering near his shoulder every moment, ready to catch him if he fell.
He saw the way Naruto leaned against Mina’s hip when they stopped, automatically seeking contact. He saw the way she reached out and ruffled his hair when he pouted about not being allowed to juggle tomatoes.
He saw Shikaku speak to them, saw Mina bow politely, saw the atmosphere between them. Not hostile. Not wary. Something like pragmatic respect.
His chest ached.
Minato sensei, he thought, if you could see him now. He is not alone anymore.
His fingers tightened on the edge of the roof.
He did not climb down. He was not ready to stand on that street yet, where Naruto’s eyes might meet his and see too much of a man who had failed to save his parents. Or him.
So he stayed on the roof, watching from a distance he knew how to manage, and told himself it was enough, for now, that the boy laughed like that with someone else.
Tsume Inuzuka arrived in Mina’s life the way most Inuzukas tended to do things.
Loudly.
Mina had taken Naruto to one of the small parks on the edge of the residential district, the one with a sandpit that seemed to consume half the sand and spit it back out on children’s clothes. Naruto was currently engaged in a very serious mission to build “the coolest sand fortress ever, dattebayo”, which apparently required him to roll in the dirt as much as possible.
Mina sat on a nearby bench, watching. She had a book open on her lap, but her attention flicked between the pages and Naruto’s chakra, checking for spikes that might indicate injury, fear, or an ill advised attempt at spontaneous rookie ninjutsu.
She had almost relaxed when a hand the size of a shovel slammed down between her shoulder blades.
“Oi,” a woman’s voice barked, “you are Uzuha Mina, right?”
Mina’s body moved before her brain registered the words. Years of Root and ANBU training did not vanish simply because she bought curtains now.
She rolled forward off the bench, pivoted, and came up in a low crouch with her weight balanced over the balls of her feet, one hand already lifted to strike or block if needed.
The woman who had slapped her back grinned down at her, sharp teeth flashing, eyes bright with amusement rather than threat.
“Good reflexes,” she said. “Did not expect anything else, mind you.”
Mina straightened slowly.
“Inuzuka-sama,” she said, recognising the wild brown hair, the fang markings on her cheeks, the general air of barely contained chaos. “My apologies. You surprised me.”
Tsume laughed, a loud, delighted sound that had several children on the swings turn to stare.
“No apologies,” she said. “You are a shinobi, you are supposed to be twitchy. Keeps you alive.”
She looked Mina up and down, assessing. Not with the cold calculation of Danzo or the distant weighing of Hiruzen. There was something very direct about her gaze, something that made Mina feel, faintly, as if she were being sniffed at.
“I have been meaning to hunt you down,” Tsume went on cheerfully. “Heard you took in the Uzumaki kid. That true, I see.” She said as if she did not vote “yes” for this to happen in first place.
Naruto, hearing his name, looked up from the sand with a wide grin, face streaked with dirt.
“That is me,” he yelled. “Hi, dattebayo.”
Tsume’s grin widened.
“Good lungs,” she approved. “He will fit right in with my lot.”
Mina exhaled slowly, allowing her muscles to ease out of battle readiness.
“Yes,” she said, inclining her head. “I am his guardian.”
Tsume clapped her on the shoulder again, this time a hair gentler.
“Good,” she said. “I like people who do the right thing.”
Then she jerked her chin towards a boy at the other side of the park, who was currently attempting to wrestle a small dog that looked entirely too amused by the situation.
“That menace over there is my pup. Kiba. The little white one is Akamaru, his ninken. They are about Naruto’s age. They can run around together, burn off some energy. Just do not let either of them eat dirt. They will try.”
Naruto had already spotted the potential new friend. His eyes lit up.
“A puppy,” he breathed. “Mina nee-chan, can I go say hi. Please, please, please, dattebayo.”
Mina’s mouth curved.
“Go on,” she said. “Be gentle.”
“I am always gentle,” he said confidently, then sprinted towards Kiba at top speed.
Mina sighed.
Tsume snorted.
“Gentle like a hurricane,” she said.
“He is getting better,” Mina replied, though there was fond pride in her voice.
Naruto skidded to a halt in front of Kiba and Akamaru, almost falling on his face. Akamaru barked. Kiba laughed at whatever Akamaru had said. Naruto, naturally, tried to bark too.
Within seconds, all three were rolling in the grass, a tangle of limbs and yapping.
Tsume watched, hands on her hips, endless amusement in her posture.
“See,” she said. “Perfect.”
Mina could not help it. She smiled.
“I appreciate the introduction, Inuzuka-sama,” she said. It felt right to be formal. Clan heads were not people you addressed lightly.
Tsume wrinkled her nose.
“None of that Inuzuka-sama crap,” she said. “That was my dad. I am Tsume. Or nee-san, if you feel like flattering me.”
Mina blinked.
“Tsume-san,” she corrected obediently, fighting a tiny laugh. “Thank you.”
“That is better,” Tsume said firmly. “Honestly, you ANBU types, always so stiff. Relax a bit. You live in a village, not in a war zone.”
Her tone was teasing, but there was an undercurrent there. A woman who had seen enough of both to know the difference.
Mina inclined her head.
“I am learning,” she said quietly.
Tsume’s sharp eyes softened.
“Yeah,” she said. “I can see that. You are doing a good job with the brat, by the way. Less graffiti on the Hokage monuments lately. I almost miss it.”
Mina huffed a small laugh.
“I think you are the only one.”
“Probably,” Tsume agreed cheerfully. “Anyway. You ever need a hand, you come to the Inuzuka compound. Dogs are good at spotting danger. And at scaring off idiots.”
“That is very kind of you, thank you. I will keep that in mind,” Mina said.
Tsume grinned, then after a while of watching the children play, threw back her head and whistled sharply. Kiba and Akamaru looked up. So did Naruto. Tsume jerked her head.
“Five more minutes,” she called. “Then we head home.” Mina repeated. The sentiment, aimed at Naruto.
“Yes, mum,” Kiba shouted back. Naruto echoed him automatically, then froze, turning to Mina with wide, horrified eyes, as if worried she would be offended by the slip.
Mina’s heart did a strange, painful thing.
She smiled, gentle and sure.
“It’s okay,” she called. “Five more minutes, Tenshi.”
He relaxed, grinned, and went back to rolling in the grass with the dog.
Tsume gave Mina a sideways glance.
“See?” she said quietly. “You are doing it already.”
“Doing what?” Mina asked.
“Being his pack,” Tsume replied. “That is what matters. Blood is one thing, but pack is who stands by you when you are tired and loud and covered in mud. You have got that part handled.”
Mina swallowed thickly.
“Thank you,” she said, and meant it.
Yoshino Nara arrived entirely differently.
She did not slam anyone’s back. She did not shout from across a park. She appeared at Mina’s door one afternoon with a neat basket on her arm and a small boy behind her leg.
“Uzuha Mina-san,” she said pleasantly, though there was steel in her posture. “I am Nara Yoshino.”
Mina, who had been expecting a delivery of miso, stared for a half second, then remembered to bow.
“Nara-sama,” she said. “It is an honour.”
Yoshino smiled, small and genuine.
“I thought it was about time I introduced myself properly,” she said. “My husband has a habit of wandering through life as if meetings happen by accident. They usually do not.”
That sounded exactly like Shikaku.
Mina stepped aside.
“Please, come in,” she said. “I apologise for the mess, Naruto is currently attempting to build a pillow fort big enough to house the entire village.”
From the main room, Naruto’s voice floated out.
“Only half the village, dattebayo.”
“See,” Mina said, smiling. “He is being modest.”
Yoshino laughed.
She stepped inside with the comfortable confidence of a woman who had run a household and a clan for years. The boy peeking out from behind her was small, with dark hair tied back in a wild, pineapple-like ponytail, eyes half lidded in an expression that already seemed to say he had done enough thinking about life for one day.
“This is Shikamaru,” Yoshino said, nudging him forward gently. “He is Naruto’s age and likely will be in the same class in the Academy. I thought they should know each other.”
Mina dropped to a crouch so she was at the boy’s eye level.
“Hello, Shikamaru,” she said. “I am Mina. Naruto is in the other room. He will be very happy to have someone to show his fort to.”
Shikamaru sighed.
“This is troublesome,” he muttered, but he stepped forward anyway.
Yoshino’s brows rose faintly at the lack of basic greeting. She opened her mouth, likely to scold him.
Mina shook her head very slightly.
“It is all right,” she said. “Naruto does enough talking for two.”
She raised her voice.
“Naruto, we have a guest.”
There was a thump, then a crash, then a very loud “I am okay, dattebayo”, then Naruto came skidding into the hall, hair sticking up, cheeks flushed from effort.
“Guest,” he repeated, then stopped dead when he saw Shikamaru. “You are little,” he observed.
Shikamaru looked at him.
“So are you,” he replied.
Naruto gasped.
“Rude,” he declared. “I am tall for my age, dattebayo.”
“Troublesome,” Shikamaru muttered again, but there was curiosity in his eyes now.
Within ten minutes, they were both in the main room, Naruto enthusiastically explaining the strategic advantages of his pillow fortress, all inconsistent with real life scenarious of course, Shikamaru pointing out the structural weaknesses and how an enemy might infiltrate with minimal effort.
Mina listened from the kitchen doorway, amused and faintly impressed.
Yoshino stood beside her, arms folded.
“Thank you for caring for him,” she said quietly.
Mina turned.
Yoshino’s face was very calm. Her eyes, though, were bright.
“We teach Shikamaru that no one should be left alone,” she went on. “Not in this village. Not if we can help it. I am glad you have been taught the same lesson.”
Mina swallowed past the sudden tightness in her throat.
“I was not,” she said honestly. “Not at first. I learnt it later. I decided I did not want any more children here to grow up the way I did.”
Yoshino studied her for a moment.
Without knowing the details, she seemed to understand enough.
“Well,” she said, “whoever taught you, I am glad. You are doing well.”
She glanced towards the living room, where Naruto was insisting the fort needed more blankets and Shikamaru was insisting it needed structural supports, but agreed to blankets because he imagined lying in it would be comfortable.
“My son is lazy by nature,” Yoshino said. “Too clever for his own good, but lazy. Your calm will be good for him. And Naruto’s energy will stop him from sleeping his life away. It will balance.”
Mina smiled, small and warm.
“I hope so,” she said.
“Bring Naruto by for dinner some evening,” Yoshino added. “They can play, and you can talk to Shikaku about whatever it is you shinobi discuss in between your reports. Please do not let him chain you to the strategy table too often. He forgets that people need to go home to their families.”
“I will remind him,” Mina said lightly. “It is easier now that I have someone to go home to.”
Yoshino’s expression softened.
“Good, and please, call me Yoshino,” she said simply.
The other clan heads came into their orbit in fragments.
The Akimichi connection started, as many valuable things did, with food.
Mina had taken Naruto to the Akimichi owned restaurant on the recommendation of half the village. She had been warned that portions were large and prices fair. Naruto had interpreted this as “all you can eat free for hyperactive future Hokage”, which was not quite inaccurate in the end.
They sat at a low table, Naruto swinging his legs under the bench.
“Do you think they have ramen?” he whispered, as if the lack of ramen would be a personal insult. “Or dumplings? Or both? Both is good, dattebayo.”
“We are here to try something new,” Mina reminded him. “You can have ramen at Ichiraku any time.”
Naruto made a face, but perked up again when a large man with kind eyes, swirls on his cheeks and a gentle smile came over with a tray.
“Welcome,” he said. “I am Akimichi Choza. My wife says you are the guardian who finally put some weight on that boy.”
Naruto blinked.
“I have weight,” he protested. “Look, I am very solid.” He slapped his own arm as proof.
Choza laughed.
“So you are,” he agreed. “Well, then, let us see if we can add a little more.”
He set down an extra plate of sizzling pork cutlets that Mina had not ordered.
“On the house,” he said when she opened her mouth to protest. “Growing boys need food. Especially ones who have a lot of running after their dreams to do.”
Naruto stared at the platter.
“Can I… can I eat this?” he asked, voice wobbling around the edges.
“Yes,” Mina said gently. “It is for you.”
“For me,” he echoed.
“For us,” Choza corrected. “If your guardian gets none, you will have to deal with my wife, and she is much scarier than me.”
Naruto blinked very fast.
“Thank you,” he managed, then dissolved into enthusiastic appreciation.
By the time they left, Choza wife had emerged from the kitchen to fuss over Naruto, adjust his scarf, and insist they come back next week. Their son, Choji, had shyly offered Naruto a handful of crisps and the solemn declaration that “chips taste better when you share them”.
Naruto had nodded as if given a profound piece of wisdom.
Outside, Mina bowed deeply.
“Thank you,” she said. “You have been… very kind.”
Choza waved a hand, embarrassed.
“Nonsense,” he said. “You took on a big job that was not yours to take. The least we can do is make sure you are not doing it on an empty stomach.”
The Yamanaka encounter took place in a wash of colour and petals.
Mina brought Naruto to the flower shop because he had pressed his face to the window once and whispered that it looked like a forest inside. She had promised they would go in when she had some time and space on the living room table that was not assigned to food or crafts.
Now they stepped through the door together. The air was cool and scented with greenery. Bouquets in careful arrangements lined the walls.
Naruto spun in a slow circle.
“Wow,” he breathed. “It smells… nice. Like the forest but cleaner, dattebayo.”
A blond girl his age popped up from behind a counter, eyes pale blue and bright.
“Welcome,” she chirped. “I am Yamanaka Ino, future most beautiful kunoichi of Konoha.”
Naruto stared.
“I am Uzumaki Naruto,” he replied. “Future Hokage, dattebayo.”
Ino nodded, as if that seemed fair.
Her father emerged from the back a moment later, wiping his hands on a cloth.
“Ino,” he chided gently, “you cannot just ambush customers like that.”
“I am not ambushing, papa,” she said cheerfully. “I am greeting.”
She turned to Mina, eyes going wide.
“Wow,” she said frankly. “Nee-chan, you are so pretty. You have to have pretty flowers.”
Mina blinked.
“We are only here, because Naruto wanted to look-” she began, but Ino was already darting around the shop, grabbing stems and blossoms with surprising care for someone moving at that speed.
Inoichi watched her with a long suffering fondness, then looked at Mina.
“You are Uzuha Mina, yes,” he said. “Naruto’s guardian.”
Mina inclined her head.
“I am,” she said.
He studied her, not invasive, but careful, the way a medic might look at a patient, or a mind walker at someone’s chakra.
“I was,” he said slowly, “one of the people who advised the Hokage to have Naruto checked regularly. For his own safety, and for the village’s. I worried about the influence the other part of him might have on a child without support.”
Mina stilled.
“I see,” she said.
“I have changed my mind, recently, after hearing the village talks,” Inoichi went on calmly. “And seeing him now. Seeing you. He is… bright. He laughs easily. His chakra is lively, but not unstable. Whatever you are doing, it is working. I will not insist on any procedures. If you wish to consult, I am always available, but the push for mandatory checks stops before it began.”
It took her a moment to speak.
“Thank you,” she said quietly. “I appreciate your honesty.”
He nodded.
Ino returned with a small, clumsy bouquet of white and red flowers tied with a piece of twine. She thrust it towards Mina. The older girl took a look at the colour scheme, reminiscent of the Uchiha palette, and her heart tightened for a brief moment.
“For you,” she declared. “Because you are very very pretty and the colours suit you.”
Naruto heaved an enthusiastic nod.
“Yeah,” he said. “She is the best Mina nee-chan ever, dattebayo.”
Mina flushed, caught between embarrassment and a warmth so intense it almost hurt.
“I- thank you- but I have no use-,” she protested weakly.
Inoichi shook his head.
“Consider it a gift,” he said. “From the Yamanaka clan to the woman who is raising someone else’s son. We loved that someone too.”
Mina bowed.
She took the bouquet home and put it in a glass on the kitchen table.
Naruto stopped to sniff it every time he ran past.
The Hyuga recognition came in the simplest form.
Mina was walking Naruto home one late afternoon, hands full of shopping bags, Naruto full of chatter about how he was definitely going to beat Sasuke at practice next time.
At the corner near the main street, a small group of Hyuga passed by, white eyes with no pupils calm and distant. In front walked Hiashi, solemn, a little cold, but very composed.
He glanced their way as he approached, eyes taking in Naruto’s whisker marked cheeks, Mina’s face, the way Naruto held on to her sleeve.
His gaze sharpened for a heartbeat.
Then, very slightly, he nodded.
It was the barest dip of the chin, a fraction of movement. To anyone else, it might have seemed like nothing.
To Mina, who had read of the Hyuga clan head and his stoic antics in council meetings, whose default expression was somewhere between frost and stone, it was enormous.
She stopped, adjusted the bags in one hand, and bowed back with a small, respectful incline, letting a grateful smile reach her eyes.
Hiashi’s mouth did not move, but something in his shoulders eased.
He walked on.
Naruto tugged at her sleeve.
“Mina nee-chan, who was that?” he asked.
“A very important man,” she said. “Who just told us he sees you.”
Naruto frowned, thinking about that.
“People see me all the time, dattebayo,” he said. “I am loud.”
She smiled.
“They see you,” she agreed, “but not all of them are willing to show it in public.”
He considered this, then nodded slowly, though she was not sure he fully understood yet.
That was all right.
One day, he would.
Aburame Shibi approached her in the park, silent as mist.
Mina was on the bench again, watching Naruto play with Kiba and Akamaru. Both boys were filthy. Both were happy. Mina had already resigned herself to laundry. She would do it as many times as needed, if it brought that smile on Naruto’s face.
There was a faint rustle beside her. She looked up to see a man in high collar and dark glasses, insects a faint hum under his skin.
“Uzuha Mina,” he said.
“Aburame-sama,” she replied, inclining her head.
He stood there for a moment, hands hidden in his pockets, posture neutral.
“My kikaichu are very sensitive to emotional fluctuations,” he said. “They react strongly to distress, to anger, to fear.”
Mina waited, listening.
“Since you took guardianship of Uzumaki Naruto,” Shibi continued, “their baseline reaction to him has… changed. His emotional output has become more stable. Less wild. It still spikes. That is his nature. But it returns to calm more quickly.”
He turned his head very slightly in her direction.
“Your presence stabilises the boy’s emotional output,” he said.
Mina blinked.
Of all the compliments she could have imagined receiving, this one was certainly unique.
“Thank you,” she said carefully.
Shibi inclined his head.
“It is a good thing,” he clarified, in case she had missed it. “For him. For the insects. For the village.”
Then, without another word, he turned and walked away, coat shifting around him like a cloak of shadow and buzz.
Mina watched him go, faintly amused.
“Did that man just call you calming,” Naruto asked, suddenly at her elbow, hair full of twigs.
“Something like that,” she said.
“That is weird,” Naruto declared. “You hit really hard when we train, dattebayo.”
“Those are not mutually exclusive,” she replied, smiling softly, remembering Kushina’s warm presence, as well as her heavy fist.
He considered this and finally nodded, accepting it as one more strange adult fact.
On a roof overlooking the park, Kakashi lay on his back and stared at the sky.
He had been following a pattern without quite admitting it. Visiting the monument in the cemetery in the morning, training or missions around midday, however long they lasted, drifting past Mina and Naruto’s usual places on the way back as if by accident.
It was not intentional, he told himself. He was simply checking on Minato sensei’s legacy. Making sure the boy had not burned down his new flat. Making sure no one was stupid enough to try anything within sight of someone whose ANBU training meant she could cut a person to pieces before they blinked.
That was all.
From his vantage point, he had seen Shikaku talking to Mina in the market, hands in his pockets, eyes sharper than they looked. He had seen the way Mina bowed, the way Shikaku’s shoulders eased.
He had seen Tsume throw an arm around Mina and laugh, Kiba and Naruto howling at the sky together.
He had seen Yoshino at Mina’s door, a basket on her arm, Shikamaru shuffling in behind her with the air of someone already tired of life at four.
He had seen Choza pass Naruto an extra plate of food and ruffle his hair. He had seen Ino crown Mina with flowers, Inoichi watching quietly. He had seen Hiashi’s tiny nod, Shibi’s quiet approach.
He had seen a circle forming around her and the boy. A loose ring of clan heads and civilians and shinobi, all drawn by one stubborn girl who had decided the world would not hurt this child if she could help it.
She is making them accept him, he thought.
He kept waiting for resentment to rise, for jealousy, for the bitter taste of “why could I not do that” to choke him.
It did not come.
Instead, he felt something gentler. Something he did not often allow himself.
Relief.
He rolled onto his side, propped his head on his hand, and watched Naruto throw himself into the grass with Kiba again.
He does not know I am here, Kakashi thought. He does not know I am watching. But he laughs. He runs. He has friends now. He has someone who tucks him in at night and sings the lullaby I only ever heard once, through a thin wall in a house, when Kushina was tired and Mina’s voice was soft and shy.
Kakashi closed his eye.
How, he wondered, does she do it?
How does she drag herself out of the same rubble I am sitting in? Minato, Kushina, Obito, Rin, the war, Root, Danzo, ANBU, all of it. How does she pick herself up, carry her own grief, and then still have arms left to pick up this child too?
He did not know.
He only knew that he was glad she did.
On the bench below, Mina glanced up at the roofline.
For a moment, their eyes almost met, though he knew she could not actually see him behind the parapet.
She looked away again, letting him keep his distance.
He was grateful for that.
He would come down in his own time. Or never. He wasn’t sure yet.
For now, it was enough to watch as she stood when Naruto tripped and to hear her call, calm and sure, “You are all right, Tenshi. Up you get.”
——————————————————————————
Naruto’s scream tore through the dark like a kunai splitting cloth.
Mina bolted upright instantly, instincts slicing through the haze of sleep. The room was dim, the only light coming from the soft glow of the street lanterns through the thin curtains. Naruto thrashed under his blankets, chakra flaring and sputtering, bright and unstable. She felt the pulse of it before she even reached him, sharp like a spark arching against her skin.
“Tenshi,” she breathed, sliding onto the bed beside him. “Tenshi, I am here.”
He gasped like he was drowning in air, fists curled tight. His eyes were squeezed shut, tears leaking out from the corners. When she touched his shoulder, he flinched violently.
“No, no,” she whispered softly, voice turning gentle in a way that would have terrified her former ANBU handlers. “You are safe. I have you.”
His breathing stuttered. Mina wrapped her arms around him and pulled him against her chest. His face pressed into her collarbone, soaking the fabric with silent tears.
“It hurts,” he whimpered. “Mina nee-chan… it hurts, dattebayo…”
Her heart twisted.
“I know,” she whispered. “I know, sweetheart. Let it pass. I am not letting go.”
His chakra raged again. The second pulse was not Naruto’s. It was deeper, older, bitter in a way that reminded her of blood-soaked battlefields and howling storms.
Kurama.
She tightened her hold, humming a quiet melody she remembered Kushina liking when heavily pregnant, sitting in a small garden with her hands on her belly. Mina did not know if she hummed it correctly. Kushina had never minded.
Naruto slowly quieted.
But his chakra stormed on.
And this was only the first night.
Over the following weeks, the pattern repeated.
Naruto would scream. His chakra would writhe. Mina would be at his bedside before the echo faded.
She tried everything. Holding him. Calming pressure on chakra points. Soft words. Warm blankets. Water. Tea. Breathing exercises.
Sometimes he woke up sobbing. Sometimes he woke gasping. Sometimes he woke and blinked in confusion, tears caught on his lashes, as if unable to understand why someone was there to hold him at all.
Other nights he never woke, but the chakra turbulence kept her awake beside him, holding him in her arms until dawn.
He was growing. And with his growth, the seal was stretching, adjusting, thinning. Kushina had warned Minato once, back when Mina was a quiet little shadow in their home: a seal could not stay pristine forever.
Mina lay awake one night after the worst episode yet, Naruto limp in her arms after the storm finally died. His small hand clutched her shirt, fingers curled with desperate fear.
She brushed his hair back gently.
He deserved a peaceful sleep.
He deserved better than fear.
He deserved better than her.
The thought stung.
She pushed it away.
There had to be a way to help him. And she knew exactly where the trouble lay.
Inside.
The next time Naruto’s chakra began to spiral violently, Mina did not shake him awake.
She smoothed a hand through his hair.
“It is all right,” she murmured. “Sleep. I will be right here.”
With a steadying breath, she activated her Sharingan.
Her vision split sideways as the real world dissolved, funnelled through layers of consciousness until the air tasted like water and the floor rippled wetly beneath her feet.
She landed in ankle-deep water, the echo of dripping ringing like distant bells.
A sewer-like mindscape.
And ahead, towering behind red bars thicker than tree trunks, was a monstrous presence, chakra coiled like a storm.
Nine long orange tails lashed once behind the cage.
Two enormous scarlet eyes snapped open.
Kurama roared.
“ANOTHER UCHIHA?!”
The sound shook the water under her feet like an earthquake. Mina’s hair whipped back from the force of it.
She bowed without fear.
“Only by blood, not by name,” she said calmly. “And only half.”
The fox’s eyes narrowed. “Then what are you, insolent pretender?”
“I am Mina.”
Kurama snarled. “Uchiha filth by any name. Have you come to bind me again? To twist my chakra? To use me?”
“No,” she said softly. “I have come to help Naruto sleep.”
Kurama blinked.
Not the response he expected.
The fox lowered his great head, nose inches from the bars, breath hot and heavy with malice.
“You,” he growled, “trying to help him? A fragile, breakable human girl? You expect me to believe that?”
“Believe what you wish,” Mina said as she lowered herself to the ground, sitting cross-legged in front of the bars. “But his nightmares hurt him. And if I can ease them, I will.”
Kurama gave a disbelieving laugh, a horrible, thunderous sound.
“You would waltz into a bijuu’s prison cell out of the goodwill of your fragile little heart?”
“Yes.”
“You are either stupidly insane,” Kurama rumbled, “or insanely stupid.”
“Possibly both,” Mina admitted.
Kurama stared.
Then:
“What do you think you can give me, insolent child? What could a puny human possibly offer the Nine Tails?”
Mina tilted her head in thought.
“I cannot free you, it would likely kill the boy that hosts you, and I will not allow that, I’m sorry”She thought longer still, then something clicked and she said “I can offer company.”
Kurama froze.
“…What?”
“I imagine you are bored,” she said with disarming sincerity. “This place is silent. And you cannot leave it.”
The fox’s eye twitched.
“That is not the point, you puny little child!”
“What is your name?” she asked politely.
Kurama’s fur bristled from the tip of his snout to the ends of his tails. “Outrageous. No human deserves my name. Insolent, audacious, infuriating-”
He ranted, thunder shaking the bars.
Mina listened, hands folded neatly in her lap, posture calm.
She had survived Danzo. She had survived Root. She had survived war and ANBU. She had survived loss that should have broken anyone her age.
A fox behind bars was not that frightening, when comparing it to Sakumo, Minato and Kushina’s deaths.
When Kurama finally ran out of breath, he snarled:
“Well? Why are you still here?”
She shrugged.
“You did not tell me to leave.”
Kurama stared at her again, more confused than angry.
The nightmares continued, though far less violently, and Mina visited the mindscape often. At first, only when Naruto screamed. Later, when his chakra flickered. Eventually, sometimes when he was merely restless.
Every visit, Kurama complained.
“What are you humming? Stop that.”
“Then stop listening.”
“I am not listening.”
“Of course.”
“You are doing it again.”
“So are you.”
“You are insufferable.”
“Thank you.”
He grumbled, but he never told her to leave.
Over time, Mina talked more.
Not about Kushina, whose memory was still a wound she could not touch without bleeding, even here in dreams.
But about Ame. About hiding in a cardboard box during the second war. About Root and its cold corridors. About Sakumo’s kindness. About her real origins. About Uchiha Minai. About Minato gifting her the name Uzuha Mina. About Kushina teaching her how to care for her hair. About being someone’s soldier, someone’s weapon, someone’s shadow, and slowly, someone’s family.
Kurama listened, at first with disdain, then with interest, then with something quiet and reluctant. Then she went on apologising for the position he is in - she understood prisons well, after all, she suffered in one for years. Not one that had wide bars with seals on them, but a prison nonetheless. She apologised to the tailed beast for the human insolence in binding him to vessels for years. That made him pause.
“You, human girl,” he said during one visit. “You do not speak like other humans.”
“That may be a compliment,” she replied, unsure.
“It is not.”
“So you claim.”
Kurama grumbled again.
“You talk about suffering too easily,” he accused.
“I have lived too much of it myself,” she replied. “And sharing it hurts less. Apologising too”
Sometimes he roared just to make her come, thrashing his tails enough that Naruto twitched in his sleep until Mina dropped into the mindscape.
“You called?” she asked dryly.
Kurama snarled, “I did not.”
She sat anyway.
A strange camaraderie grew in the shadows of the cage.
Against all logic.
Against all history.
Against all reason.
Kurama sniffed at her once.
“I remember you,” he growled at last. “Tiny soldier. Kushina cared for you.”
Mina’s chest tightened. Her breath caught. Her eyes flickered.
“I know,” she whispered.
Kurama huffed.
“You hold her sadness in your eyes.”
That almost broke her.
She did not speak for the rest of that visit. Kurama did not either.
They simply sat in silence, the drip of water echoing around them.
Two months passed.
Naruto’s nightmares faded almost entirely. He slept more peacefully, more deeply. He woke up smiling. Kakashi, lurking on rooftops like a stray cat, had noticed the difference and puzzled endlessly over it.
And one quiet night, as Mina stood to leave the mindscape, Kurama spoke.
“Human girl Mina.”
She paused.
“You shared your secrets.”
His voice was rough, something ancient and grudging caught in his throat.
“Here is one of mine.”
She blinked.
“My name,” the fox said, “is Kurama.”
Her breath left her in a soft exhale.
She bowed low, respectful. “Thank you.”
Kurama flicked an ear. “I will keep your secrets as long as you keep mine.”
“I will protect your name,” she said softly. “And I will visit, even if Naruto does not have nightmares.”
Kurama huffed, pretending not to care.
“Do what you want.”
She smiled.
For the first time since this began, Mina left the mindscape with warmth blooming in her chest.
Kakashi crouched on the roof of Mina’s home, watching through the small crack where the curtains did not fully meet.
Naruto slept peacefully, arms wrapped around a stuffed frog, face soft and slack with untroubled dreams.
It had not been like this two months ago.
The nightmares had been loud. Violent. Painful to watch.
Now they were rare.
Kakashi frowned behind his mask.
“What are you doing, Mina?” he muttered under his breath. “How are you helping him?”
He had never been able to soothe Naruto like this, no matter how far he watched from the shadows.
Inside, Mina checked Naruto’s blanket, brushed his hair back gently, and leaned down to kiss his forehead.
“Tenshi,” she whispered, so soft Kakashi could barely catch it. “Sleep well.”
Naruto smiled in his sleep.
Kakashi felt something crack in his chest.
“She is helping him,” he murmured. “Somehow… she is helping him sleep better. Keeping the nightmares at bay.”
He stayed there a while longer, letting the warm sight soothe something raw inside him. Something old.
Then he slipped away into the night, grateful and aching all at once.
——————————————————————————
The Hokage Tower slept light.
Even this late, there were still shinobi passing through the entrance hall, bent over mission reports or rubbing at tired eyes as they waited for debrief. Candles and chakra lamps left the corridors threaded with bars of gold and shadow. Somewhere above, Hiruzen Sarutobi was almost certainly awake, carrying the weight of a village and all of its secrets on his old shoulders.
Uzuha Mina moved through his domain as soundlessly as a shadow that had learned to walk.
Her sandals made no sound on the polished floor. Her chakra was drawn in tight against her skin, muted to the thinnest whisper. On paper she was no longer ANBU, no longer Ryuu, no longer the invisible weapon on the borderlines of war. In practice, habits that had been carved into her bones did not simply disappear because someone had written a line in ink.
Two chunin guards at the stair landing exchanged conversation, half bored, half curious about the day shift gossip. Mina lingered at the turn in the stairs, listened long enough to be sure their attention was elsewhere, then slipped past in the gap between blinks.
The Hokage Archives were buried deep in the tower, behind two seals and one heavy door reinforced with chakra. Her chakra. She recognised the faint residue of her own work in the first locking seal, a delicate lattice of protection she had helped Hiruzen upgrade months ago.
“At least he did not waste it,” she murmured under her breath.
She pressed her fingers to the seal, fed a pulse of chakra into the correct points, and felt the array part for her. For anyone else it would have been a tedious code.
For her, it was a familiar door.
The second seal was older, older even than Hiruzen. It hummed with the weight of generations. She treated it with more respect, bowed, then fed in exactly as much chakra as was safe to use without lighting up the entire tower with alarm, with the help of her sharingan.
The door opened.
Inside, the air was cool and dry. Scroll shelves lined the walls from floor to ceiling, each row labeled in tiny neat script. Reports, census, mission records, supply lists, treaties, old and new. Whole wars were stored here in paper.
It smelled faintly of ink, dust and quiet.
Mina closed the door behind her and let herself exhale properly for the first time since she had entered the tower. Here she moved without hiding. Hiruzen knew she came down here sometimes. He did not always ask why. He was old enough to recognise a mind that did not stop working simply because it was safer that way.
She did not come as often as her curiosity might have liked. She was aware she walked a knife edge between necessary knowledge and dangerous truths. But some nights, when Naruto slept peacefully, and Kurama’s chakra was quiet in the background of the boy’s dreams, her mind returned to the night her world had ended.
The old Nine Tails attack reports did not match what she knew of Minato’s thinking.
So tonight, she wanted to see for herself.
She walked the aisles until she reached the section she wanted: records from the year of the attack, arranged by month, then by document type. Tonight she was going to go through all of them
Her fingers closed around a thick scroll labelled “Supply Inventory - Quarter Three, Border Weapons and Ammunition.” To anyone else, it would have been exactly what it claimed.
To her eyes, even without her Sharingan activated, she could sense there was something wrong with the ink.
Mina unfurled it carefully on the archive table, weighed the ends down with small carved paperweights, then activated her Sharingan.
Red cut through the dark like coals flaring to life.
Lines of ink that had looked perfectly ordinary a moment ago shivered. Layers of chakra coating peeled away, showing the faint sheen of a henge that had been wrapped around the writing.
Not illusion. Not exactly. More like misdirection. Someone had used a subtle ink technique that overlaid fake words over real ones, but left the chakra signature buried beneath.
Mina focused on that signature, eyes narrowing. There was a flavour to seals, a pattern to how people worked with ink and chakra. Thats is what Minato and Kushina taught her. She had also spent enough time in ANBU and in Root before that to recognise the difference between lazy admin scribbles and serious concealment.
This was serious.
She traced the first heading with her eyes.
The supply numbers blurred and shifted, rearranging themselves into new shapes. For a moment there was nothing but smears of dark ink. Then the henge broke, and the true text bled through.
Her stomach tightened.
It was not an inventory.
It was an order.
“Root battalions - stand down, do not engage Nine Tails. Maintain covert positions at periphery for intelligence only.
Konoha Military Police - do not engage Nine Tails. Contain civilian panic, maintain distance from direct assault on central district.
Authority -”
The line stopped.
Where the name should have been, there was only a black bar of ink so thick it had soaked through the paper and faintly stained the wooden table below.
Mina stared at it.
Her Sharingan picked up no chakra from the black bar. No writing lurked beneath it. Whoever had redacted the name had done so long after the initial order had been written, and with a level of care that made her teeth clench.
She shifted her focus away, tracing the seal at the bottom of the page.
The Hokage’s stamp.
With Minato’s chakra embedded, pressed in red ink, slightly smudged at the edges as if someone less careful than he was had been in a hurry.
Her jaw locked.
“Minato nii-san would not have ordered this,” she whispered, heart beating hard against her ribs. “Not like this. Not with them singled out. And the careful redaction of the order issuer…”
Ordering no engagement from Root… she could faintly imagine that. Minato had always mistrusted Danzo’s methods, even if he never said as much aloud in Mina’s presence. He valued control and damage limitation. Keeping Root from the main field might have been his way of restricting Danzo’s influence.
But ordering the Military Police to stand down as well, to keep away from the Nine Tails, while other shinobi died protecting the centre of the village…
That did not fit.
He had been trying to repair relations with the Uchiha, not isolate them further.
Her eyes slid to the black bar again.
If the name had been Minato’s, why redact it? The Hokage’s orders were not something one hid away after the fact, not in their own archives. Unless Hiruzen had chosen to protect Minato’s reputation by erasing something that might be misinterpreted.
But she had seen the old man’s guilt.
He carried too much blame. If he thought it was Minato’s, he would have let it stand and defended it. The fact that the name had been scrubbed meant it was dangerous for someone else.
Red light flickered in her irises as she analysed the ink composition, the way the stamp had been applied.
The order had been written in one hand, signed with the Hokage’s seal… and later redacted in another.
So either Minato had written the order himself, then someone else had removed his name later, or someone had used his seal while he was either fighting, or no longer here.
She thought of the night of the attack. The reports she read and the rumours she heard, and tried to picture it all, piece it in her mind. Panic in the streets. Kushina bleeding on the ground. Minato vanishing and reappearing in yellow flashes between one disaster and the next.
How many windows had there really been for him to sit down and write such a bureaucratic order at a desk?
Her fingers tightened around the edge of the scroll.
“Minato nii-san would not have issued this,” she thought, the words sharp. “So who framed him, and the Uchiha both?”
Because that was what it would look like, on paper.
Root and the Police both kept away from the Nine Tails. Afterwards, once the dust settled and the dead were counted, it would have been very easy to point at that stand-down order and say: look, the Military Police did nothing. They sat back and let the village burn, protecting only their own.
Very convenient, if one wanted a clan already distrusted to be pushed into the outer districts. Very convenient if one wanted to feed the whispers that the Uchiha had something to do with the attack, that they had stood back deliberately.
And there was only one person she knew who profited from that kind of distrust.
Danzo Shimura.
Her old handler. Her old jailor.
He had always hated the Uchiha. Feared their power. Coveted it. He would have been delighted to have them corralled away from the heart of the village where his influence was strongest.
Mina traced the edge of the faded stamp again.
The ink of the seal did not lie. The pressure pattern was wrong for Minato’s hand. It was heavier, pressed with more force than the man usually used. She had watched Minato sign enough mission files to know exactly how his hand fell when he was calm and when he was rushed. This was neither.
It felt like someone had taken his seal and slammed it down, almost with aggression.
The thought that formed in her chest was ugly and familiar.
Danzo had never been above forging, lying, twisting anything he could get his hands on. She knew, she worked for him, even though she never got to the stage of being branded with his mark, his personal Root seal.
The fact that the issuer name had been redacted afterwards suggested someone had discovered this after the fact and tried to contain the fallout without burning Danzo alive over it. Probably Hiruzen. Probably one of the reasons his guilt about that night sat so heavy behind his eyes. Mina hated him for it, because it showed he knew something was wrong with how Kushina’s birth unfolded. To think he would conceal that, when he lost his wife, Biwako, that night…Mina did not know what to think, only that she was slowly realising she could no longer trust Hiruzen to do the right thing.
She rolled the scroll up again with careful precision, reactivating its henge with a light touch so that it would appear, once more, as a boring weapons inventory if anyone else fetched it.
Then she put it back exactly where she had found it.
There were more answers here, but some of them would take longer to pry loose. The truth was a net. Tug one thread too hard, the whole web moved.
But she knew singular papers and circumstantial evidence was not going to be enough to push the cogs of the machinery that Konoha Hokage Office was. She needed more than that. More solid evidence, more information.
She needed the whole picture, before she unfurled the story in front of anyone else.
The mindscape smelled of damp stone and old hatred.
Mina stood with water lapping at her ankles, hands relaxed by her sides. The air hummed with contained power.
Kurama’s massive form loomed behind the bars, those baleful red eyes focused on her the moment she stepped in.
“You are back again,” he grumbled. “The runt is not screaming this time.”
“I know,” Mina said. “He only kicked once.”
Kurama snorted. “He dreams loud even when he sleeps quietly.”
“He is energetic,” she agreed.
“Gullible,” Kurama corrected.
Mina smiled faintly. “That too. You’ll end up liking him one day, mark my words. He is “not like other humans” too.”
He huffed, tails thudding once against the ground of his cage. “You would come here even if he did not dream at all, human girl.”
“Perhaps,” she said smoothly. “Perhaps I enjoy your company, Kurama.”
The bijuu bristled, then glared.
“Do not say my name like that,” he rumbled. “Human tongues are not worthy.”
“You gave it to me,” she pointed out.
“I regret it.”
“You do not.”
“Silence.”
She laughed then, a soft, low sound. It bounced strangely around the mindscape walls, folding over the echoes of his chakra.
They let the silence sit between them for a while. Mina took in the surroundings again, as she always did. Same heavy bars. Same great seal tag hanging over the gate, glowing with the pattern of Minato’s work. Same faint hum of Naruto’s small bright chakra somewhere overhead, the boy’s presence like a sun behind clouds.
She did not know how long this uneasy peace would last, this balance between boy and beast. The least she could do was make it as bearable as possible while she still could.
Kurama flicked an ear.
“You are thinking too loudly,” he snapped.
“Am I?” she said. “Then I will ask away.”
He narrowed his eyes. “Ask what?”
“I went into the Hokage archives,” she said. “To read the reports of the night you were released.”
“Of course you did,” he sneered. “Humans and their papers. As if ink on dead trees can contain the truth.”
“Sometimes it hides it,” she agreed.
His eyes sharpened at the tone.
“What did you find, little soldier?”
“A stand down order,” she said. “Root told to stay back. The Military Police told not to engage. The issuing name removed. The Hokage seal used.”
Kurama’s lips peeled back from his teeth in an ugly grin.
“Your village smells of lies,” he snarled. “It always has.”
She let that pass. Still waiting.
He growled.
“Do you think I enjoy remembering the night I was torn from Kushina’s body?” he demanded. “Do you think I savour the memory of being forced to kill and crush and destroy at someone else’s will? I am angry at my jailors, yes, but I am not indiscriminately cruel”
“Someone else’s…” she repeated softly, “No, I don’t think you do” she said quietly. “But you were there. And I am trying to find out what happened back then - to you and to my family. The truth might one day keep Naruto from facing the same threat alone.”
Kurama stared at her for a long, slow moment.
His eyes flicked once to the invisible ceiling of the mindscape, where Naruto’s chakra pulsed faintly, then back to Mina.
“When Kushina’s seal weakened,” he began grudgingly, “I felt it before she did. Her body was tired. Childbirth drains even a jinchuriki. The chains that had held me for so long were thinner, strained, and I thought… it might be my chance.”
His tails lashed slowly against the floor.
“And then he came. The masked one. I felt him before I saw him. Malice and hunger and something else. A great, cold emptiness. He was not like your usual humans. He did not fear me. He did not worship me. He looked at me… like a tool.”
Mina’s spine went cold.
“His chakra,” Kurama continued, “smelled of stone and earth and rot. Not like yours. Not like the Uchiha whose eyes burn bright and obvious. His was twisted. And yet… there was a Sharingan.”
He narrowed his eyes.
“One,” he said. “A single eye behind the mask. Red, with tomoe spinning. Not Madara’s. I know that chakra. I would never mistake it. Not yours either. Not any I remember. Familiar somehow… and yet not.”
Mina exhaled slowly.
“One Sharingan,” she repeated.
“Yes,” Kurama growled. “He used it to slip into Kushina’s mind. To tear at the seal. To rip me out. I felt his control clamp down around my body like chains and puppeteer strings. For a while I could not stop myself. Could not think. Only rage and movement.”
His voice dropped low. “And then… I do not remember clearly. There was a flash of yellow. A roar. I felt pain, but not my own. And then I was here, behind these bars. Again.”
Mina stared into the red glare of his eyes.
One Sharingan. Controlled by someone whose chakra did not match any Uchiha he knew. Someone who had been strong enough to force open a jinchuriki’s seal and take hold of a bijuu’s will long enough to unleash disaster upon a village.
Her mind mapped the possibilities. Could it have been an Uchiha who had left the village? One who had gone rogue, unrecorded or deliberately erased from the books? Or was it something worse. An eye stolen from a corpse and transplanted into a different skull. A Sharingan being wielded by someone with no right to it at all?
“It cannot have been an Uchiha of the current clan,” she thought grimly. “No self respecting Uchiha would use only one of their eyes if they had both. And if any of the clan had lost an eye, it would have been recorded, a scandal even. They hate dojutsu theft almost as much as they hate seeming weak. If one of theirs ended up with an empty socket, we would have heard. No one has spoken of such a thing, not in all the years since I came to Konoha.”
And if it were stolen, that meant someone was collecting power in a way that did not care what body it belonged in.
That was the kind of method that could belong to only a few people.
Most of them not even from Konoha.
Her mind briefly flicked to one snake like grin she knew well, but she discarded it immediately. Orochimaru’s obsessions had taken other directions. He had not been present that night in that way, she would have felt his residue chakra, someone would have recognised his techniques. And Kurama would have told her if the chakra had matched the Sannin’s… maybe.
That meant this was someone else.
Someone larger than even her village.
“Your silence is noisy,” Kurama grumbled. “What are you thinking now, human girl Mina?”
“That this is bigger than Konoha,” she said. “Bigger than just our council and its rot. That someone out there has a Sharingan that should not belong to him, and a grudge that uses villages as fuel.”
Kurama snorted. “Welcome to the world.”
She huffed a small laugh.
“You see, this is why I enjoy talking to you. So uplifting.”
He bared his teeth in what might have been a smirk. “You humans are resilient. You can take it.”
“Sometimes,” she said. “Sometimes we break.”
“You did not,” he pointed out. “That is why you irritate me so much.”
She dipped her head, accepting the strange compliment.
“This information,” she said slowly, “is dangerous.”
Kurama’s ears flicked.
“You are only realising that now?”
“I mean,” she clarified, “dangerous to share. If I go to Itachi and Shisui tomorrow and tell them that the Uchiha were kept from the fight by fake orders, that their clan has been quietly blamed for years for a disaster someone else orchestrated using a stolen eye…”
She saw it, clear as daylight.
Itachi’s quiet horror. Shisui’s blazing outrage.
The way anger might harden into action.
If the Uchiha were already feeling pushed into a corner by the relocation and the suspicion, this kind of revelation might shove them right over the edge.
And Danzo would love that. It would be the perfect excuse.
The tightness between the village and the clan had been growing for years, ever since the attack. She had seen it in the weary lines of Itachi’s shoulders. In the brittle joking edge Shisui used when talking about clan meetings. The Uchiha Police were already treated like outsiders in their own home. All it would take was one push. Moreover, one single sharingan pointed directly at Kakashi, even though Kurama said the masked man’s chakra felt familiar, yet unknown to him. Even though Kakashi has been around Kushina multiple times and Kurama would have easily recognised the young Hatake’s chakra, this was a risk she could not take.
Not yet, she thought. Not like this.
She needed more evidence. More context. More time.
And she might not have any of that before everything exploded.
But telling them too early could make things worse.
“I cannot tell them,” she concluded quietly. “Not yet.”
Kurama watched her silently for a long time.
“Humans and your secrets,” he muttered at last. “You lock away truths until they rot, then scream when the decay spreads.”
“We also die,” she said. “And there are things that will only matter if they are known at exactly the right moment. Too soon, they spark disaster. Too late, they fall into ashes.”
“And you think you are the one who can find that moment?” Kurama asked, voice dry.
She thought of Naruto sleeping above them. Of Sasuke and Naruto bickering over who would be Hokage one day. Of Itachi and Shisui standing between clan and village with tired eyes, trying to keep both from shattering.
“I have to try,” she replied.
He snorted.
“You humans,” he said again. “Always trying to control what you cannot see.”
“You are a fine one to talk,” she shot back, smiling. “You spent decades lashing at bars you could not break.”
“Cheeky,” he growled. “You were more obedient when you were a tiny soldier.”
“I was never obedient,” she said. “I was surviving.”
He huffed, but there was something like agreement in the way his tails settled.
She left the mindscape with the sense of something heavy settling in the back of her mind.
This was not just about Minato anymore. Not just about Kushina. Not just about the loss of her family, or a village Hokage. It was about that one night when a masked man had used stolen power to rip open a village and leave a scream echoing through years.
This was about the way Danzo had leveraged the chaos that followed, neatly pushing the Uchiha further out, isolating them, laying groundwork for future blame. It was about someone outside Konoha using an Uchiha eye like a weapon. It was about the fact that if whoever had done it was not stopped, Naruto might one day be forced to face that monster himself.
In the kitchen, the kettle whistled, startling her back into her body fully. She had left it on before she slid into Naruto’s mind, knowing she might need tea when she came out.
She poured herself a cup, hands steady by long training alone.
Naruto slept, breath soft and even. His chakra was calm now, Kurama resting with a little less rage coiled around him than there had been months ago.
Mina stood in the doorway and watched him for a long moment.
“You nearly killed us all,” she thought at the invisible fox, not unkindly. “And yet you help me anchor him now.”
She had always known the world was layered. Enemy and ally were not always fixed positions. They slid sometimes, shifted, changed based on who was hurting more and who had the power to act.
This was no different.
“Itachi and Shisui deserve to know,” she told herself softly. “But not yet. If I tell them now, when the clan is this tense, I might as well hand Danzo their heads and Naruto’s along with them.”
She sipped her tea, eyes half closed, and began to map out possibilities in her mind.
She could gather more documents. Watch the way orders were issued. Track which missions Danzo had his fingers in. Look for patterns. That was a start.
She could quietly encourage Shikaku to dig in his own way. The Nara clan head loved puzzles. If she was subtle enough, he could discover things “by accident” that might later be used to pin Danzo down.
She could tell Hiruzen she suspected someone outside Konoha had been involved, without giving away that she had direct testimony from the bijuu himself. The old man already suspected that much, probably. Hearing it voiced might stiffen his spine when the time came.
Most importantly, she could continue watching the Uchiha.
If the whispers of coup became louder, if Fugaku’s patience thinned and the clan’s anger rose, that would be the time to decide whether to reveal what she knew to Shisui and Itachi.
They deserved the truth.
But timing mattered.
“If Danzo tried to set them up once,” she murmured, fingers tightening around the cup, “he will do it again.”
She was tired of watching children pay for the mistakes of men who thought themselves untouchable.
Not again.
Not if she could help it.
Under the blanket, Naruto shifted, rolled over, and grabbed the nearest thing in his sleep.
It was her sleeve.
He tugged, settling instantly when his fingers closed in the fabric.
Mina smiled, soft and aching.
Whatever shadows were moving in the tower and behind the walls of the Uchiha district, there was one clear line in her priorities.
She would untangle conspiracies. She would investigate forged orders. She would quietly, relentlessly track a stolen eye across nations with nothing but hints and scraps.
But above all of that, she would make sure the boy in the room slept well, laughing the next morning loud enough to make even Kakashi flinch on the rooftop.
She set the empty cup down, went back to Naruto’s side, and lay down next to him on top of the blankets.
His hand slackened, but did not let go.
“Sleep, Tenshi,” she whispered, eyes drifting closed at last. “I will handle the monsters. Imaginary and not”
Inside the mindscape, far below the surface of his dreams, Kurama snorted.
“You better do, Mina” he muttered to the empty sewer. “Because if another thief comes for me, I will bite back. And this time, I might not be so inclined to listen to lullabies.”
But when Mina fell asleep beside Naruto, his chakra curled around the boy a little more gently.
Just in case.
——————————————————————————
Kakashi first noticed the window because of the light.
It was not particularly bright. Just a soft, steady rectangle on the side of a modest building two streets off the main road, glowing golden against the deepening blue of evening. In any other part of the village it would have been one more warm shape in a row of homes.
This one had Naruto in it.
From the rooftop opposite, hidden behind a short line of laundry that flapped like dull flags in the breeze, Kakashi crouched and watched.
Inside, the little main room of Mina’s flat was a lived-in mess of cushions and books and things that clearly belonged to a child. Crayons spilled out of a cracked tin onto the low table. One of Naruto’s frog toys sat upside down on the back of the sofa. There was a blanket half slid to the floor where it had been dragged around and abandoned mid-play.
Naruto himself was in the middle of the room, feet braced, arms thrown wide as he declared something very important at Sasuke, who sat cross-legged opposite him with the unimpressed face of a child who had been unimpressed since birth.
“I’m gonna be Hokage, dattebayo!” Naruto shouted.
“You cannot be Hokage,” Sasuke said, with calm certainty. “You can barely write your name.”
“I can too!” Naruto protested. “Mina nee-chan says I am getting better. And you will see. I am going to be the most amazing, coolest, strongest Hokage ever, and everyone will have to acknowledge me.”
Sasuke folded his arms. “I will be stronger than you.”
“In your dreams, teme!”
“Again with this teme thing?” Sasuke demanded, slight frown forming.
Mina, seated by the table with an open book and a mug of tea, did not even look up.
“It is a word you only use on each other,” she said mildly. “If you try it on me or Itachi, both of you will be on dish duty for a week. But you can use it on Shisui.”
Shisui, sprawled sideways in one of her chairs, choked on nothing.
Itachi’s mouth twitched.
Kakashi felt something strange in his chest. Something tight and almost raw.
A home, he thought, the words forming again and sitting in his mind with faint astonishment once more. He has a real home.
Not the bare, echoing rooms of the old apartment, with thin blankets and thinner walls and a whole village full of children who did not look at Naruto unless it was to glare. Not the cold politeness of clan compounds he would never be invited into.
A cluttered, warm room where people were loud and ridiculous and did not flinch from him.
Mina leaned over and ruffled Naruto’s hair when he pouted at Sasuke.
“Being Hokage requires more than shouting, Tenshi,” she said. “You will need to study. And listen.”
“I listen!” Naruto insisted.
Shisui snorted. “Do you, really.”
“I listen when Mina nee-chan talks,” Naruto shot back. “Most of the time.”
“That is generous of you,” Mina said dryly.
Kakashi’s eye softened as he watched Naruto clamber up onto the sofa, nearly slip, and be automatically steadied by Sasuke’s hand without either of them thinking about it.
He had been avoiding this view for three years.
Avoiding the way Minato’s face looked on a child. Avoiding the way Kushina’s laugh seemed to echo in Naruto’s chest whenever he yelled. Avoiding the bright, painful reminder of everything he had lost every time Naruto ran through the street with that same determined tilt to his shoulders.
Better to stay away. Better to stand on rooftops and look at paperwork and pretend the ache in his chest was just an old habit and not something still bleeding.
But today, work had taken him to this sector of the village. Again. And his feet had chosen the route. Again.
And now he was here, watching Naruto and Sasuke bicker in a space that was undeniably a home, and the guilt that rose in him felt different. Again.
He was glad.
He was grateful.
And he felt utterly, deeply unworthy.
Mina moved about the little kitchen space, quietly efficient, stirring something in a pot on the stove. Itachi followed her with his eyes, occasionally answering Naruto’s questions with a low-voiced explanation, filling in gaps Mina left deliberately for Naruto and Sasuke to figure out on their own.
Shisui, at some point, produced a deck of cards from nowhere and started teaching the boys a game, loudly cheating and just as loudly denying it when Naruto complained.
“This one is going to be a menace, seriously,” Shisui said cheerfully, ruffling Naruto’s hair again. “Number one knuckle-headed ninja of Konoha.”
“Oi! I am not a knuckle-head, dattebayo!”
Mina smiled, a small helpless thing that Kakashi almost did not recognise on her face. Once, she had smiled like someone learning to move an unfamiliar muscle. Now there was ease in it.
Naruto launched himself at Shisui. Sasuke followed, apparently deciding that if Naruto got to tackle his cousin, he did too. The three of them collapsed in a laughing heap on the floor.
Itachi looked at Mina.
Mina looked at the three idiots on the floor, then at Itachi. Both of their expressions said, without speaking, that they were too tired to intervene and also that this was fine.
Kakashi let out a slow breath.
He has friends, he thought. He has family. He is loud and messy and happy. He is not alone.
Something like relief loosened the muscles at the back of his neck. Something like shame coiled with it.
You should have been the one, said a voice that sounded like Obito on a bad day. You should have taken him in. He was Minato sensei’s son. You owe him that much.
Kakashi swallowed, mouth dry.
He could barely breathe in his own flat. Walls there still whispered with the ghosts of Obito and Rin and Minato and Kushina, even when he sat perfectly still and stared at nothing. He had no idea how to help a child. He could barely manage his own grief without drowning in it.
And yet Mina - same age as him, with more scars than most veterans - had taken Naruto’s hand and dragged herself into the light hard enough to pull him with her.
He watched Naruto fling his arms around Sasuke in a childish headlock, both boys yelling and laughing, Mina reaching over with casual familiarity to tug them apart before they broke her only decent lamp.
You are doing a better job than I ever could, he thought, eyes steady on Mina’s profile.
It did not take away the guilt.
But it gave it somewhere less jagged to sit.
He slipped away a few minutes later, before any of the three older shinobi in the flat looked up and sensed him.
He told himself it was better this way.
He told himself he did not want to intrude.
He did not admit that the idea of Naruto turning that bright, open face up to him and saying Kakashi with Minato’s ton and Kushina’s volume terrified him more than any battlefield.
The next time he came, he almost made it to the door.
It was late afternoon. The sun cast long orange shadows along the side of the building. Children’s chalk drawings decorated the pavement near the stairs - lopsided frogs, huge sunbursts, something that might have been a dog if you tilted your head and squinted.
Kakashi stood at the bottom of the short staircase and looked up at the door to Mina’s flat.
He had no mission excuses today. No patrol routes that just happened to pass this way. He had come deliberately, with every step from his own apartment marked by the quiet drum of his heart and the increasingly insistent thought that he could not keep watching from the outside forever.
Minato sensei would not have liked that.
Kushina would have hit him for it.
So he stood there, one hand in his pocket, the other hanging at his side, and stared at the wood.
He should go up. Just knock once. Check that Naruto was well. Say a sentence or two. Then leave. He could do that. He had walked into enemy strongholds with much less hesitation.
His feet did not move.
He imagined the door opening. Naruto’s face appearing. That wide grin. The blunt, honest questions. Where have you been? Why did you not come? Did you know my parents? Why did you not tell me?
He knew those questions would not be asked. Kakashi’s throat tightened anyway.
He lifted his hand halfway, fingers curling as if to knock.
Then he turned away, sharp and abrupt, intending to leave and pretend he had never come.
And because he was thinking about leaving and not about where his body was in space, he almost walked straight into someone coming up the stairs.
They managed not to collide purely due to reflex. Mina stopped one step from the bottom, a bag of groceries hanging off one wrist, her other hand braced against the wall where she had caught herself.
Kakashi stopped so fast his heel scuffed the stone.
For a heartbeat they simply stared at each other.
Up this close, Mina looked tired in the way all jonin did - a weariness that lived deep under the skin, not always evident when they were in motion. There were faint smudges under her eyes, but her gaze was sharp. Her hair was tied back in a loose ponytail. She wore a simple dark shirt and trousers, nothing that screamed shinobi to civilian eyes. To him, she radiated discipline and awareness and quiet danger.
She had not expected to find him there. That much was very clear.
“Hatake-san,” she said, blinking once.
“Uzuha-san,” he replied, automatic.
The air between them felt strangely delicate, as if the wrong word might make it shatter.
He did not know whether he was more aware of his own heartbeat or of the fact that the faint sound of Naruto humming something tuneless floated through the door behind him.
Mina shifted the grocery bag higher on her wrist.
“Would you like to join us for dinner, Hatake-san?” she asked.
The question was simple, politely phrased, her tone casual. But he could hear the intention beneath it.
You are welcome here.
You do not have to stay on the roof.
His shoulders went stiff before he could stop them.
“No,” he said, and hated how stiff it sounded. “I just came to check on Minato sensei’s son.”
The slightest sadness flickered through her eyes. It was gone almost instantly, smoothed away by gentler understanding.
She nodded.
“He is well,” she said quietly. “He is loud. He is stubborn. He has eaten too much ramen recently and I am insisting on more vegetables. If you come in, he will likely want to show you the frog he drew on the wall.”
There was no accusation in her voice. Only a careful honesty.
Kakashi looked away, then back.
He could see over his shoulder into the flat, despite the door being closed. He knew it that well by now - just a glimpse of the sofa, a flash of bright yellow hair as Naruto darted past, the corner of one of the frog toys on the table.
Something in his chest squeezed.
“If you ever change your mind,” Mina added, softer now, “the door is open. You are welcome here any time.”
The words snagged at an old memory.
Minato, standing in the doorway of his and Kushina’s first apartment, smiling that ridiculous soft smile, saying, “If you ever get tired of your own walls, Kakashi, our door is open. Come eat something that is not cooked by you once in a while.”
Minai had been in that position too, leaning awkwardly against the frame, still learning how to stand in a home without expecting to be thrown out. Minato had told her the same thing.
She had believed him.
She had walked through that door.
And look where she was now.
Kakashi swallowed.
He tilted his head, using the movement to hide the way his eye warmed.
“…Thank you,” he managed, voice rougher than he liked. “I will… keep that in mind.”
For now, it was the best he could do.
Mina did not push. She never had. That had been part of Minato’s trust in her, he realised - she knew when to step back for the sake of People’s emotions.
She gave him a small bow, more a dip of her head than anything overly formal, and stepped past him up the stairs.
“Naruto,” she called as she went, voice lifting. “I am back. I hope you did not put the frog on the ceiling while I was gone.”
“But Mina nee-chan, he wants to fly!”
“Leave him on the table. If he flies, I will blame you.”
Naruto’s laughter spilled out into the stairwell.
Kakashi stood there a moment longer, listening, then quietly walked away.
He did not see Mina glance back up over her shoulder once, eyes tracking his retreating figure with a sort of relieved fondness.
She had not expected him to say yes yet.
But he had come to the door.
That was a start. Minato and Kushina would be proud.
On the next evening, he did not intend to stop at all.
He had been returning from an ANBU briefing with Itachi and Shisui, the three masks dispersing into different directions on the rooftops once they had cleared the Tower. Kakashi had gone east, taking the long way home simply because his apartment seemed too quiet tonight.
The sun had fully set. Lanterns lined the streets. Somewhere in the distance, a dog barked. A drunk sang something off-key.
He moved by habit, using the shadowed paths where few would look up.
As he cut across the roof above Mina’s building, a sound drifted up through the night and into his sensitive ears.
A low song.
He froze mid step.
The notes were soft enough that anyone else might have dismissed them as wind through an open window. But Kakashi’s ear caught the shape of the melody and his heart stopped.
He walked to the edge of the roof on sudden, careful feet and looked down.
Mina’s window was partly open. The curtains fluttered, letting the song through.
Inside, the lights were low. He could see the silhouette of Mina sitting on the edge of Naruto’s bed, one hand carding gently through the boy’s hair. Naruto lay on his side, eyes half closed, making sleepy little noises whenever her hand paused.
The song was one Kakashi had heard before.
Years ago, in another house, when Kushina was heavily pregnant and Minato had insisted on his student taking every possible guard duty near her. Kakashi had stood outside their door more than once, ANBU mask on, listening to Kushina’s terrible, off-key humming as she tried to soothe the baby kicking at her ribs by singing some old lullaby Mina had hummed once.
Later, Kushina had bullied Mina into singing it herself, saying that the baby liked her voice better. Kushina had exaggerated horribly, but there had been some truth in it. Minai’s voice was low and clear, with a steady, unforced warmth in it that made even harsh words sound strangely gentle.
Now that same song filled Naruto’s little room.
“Sleep now, little river stone…” she sang under her breath, the words barely audible. “The rain will guard your dreams tonight…”
Kakashi’s fingers curled around the edge of the roof, knuckles white.
He had not realised until this moment how much he had missed hearing a lullaby. He could not remember his own mother’s voice. Sakumo had not been the singing sort. The ANBU barracks did not echo with songs meant for children.
The sound burrowed under his armour like a kunai sliding beneath a plate, finding the gap.
It was perfect. Her did not pitch waver once, even when Naruto yawned and kicked. She laughed softly in the middle of one verse when he mumbled something about ramen even in his sleep. But she kept singing, steady and patient, until his breathing evened out completely.
Kakashi’s eye prickled.
He blinked hard.
He was almost certain no one had sung any kind of lullaby for Mina when she was small enough to remember. Not in the Konoha orphanage, where the children had cried themselves hoarse alone. Not in ANBU, where missions had tried to tear all softness out of them. Maybe Kushina, once or twice, when Mina had been dragged into their home and made to sit down and eat and listen to someone being frivolous on purpose.
It seemed painfully right that she had taken that scrap and woven it into something new for Naruto.
He could not remember anyone ever singing to him at all.
His throat tightened around something too old and rusted to name.
“Kushina-san,” he thought, looking down at the scene through the window, Naruto’s small fist curled in Mina’s sleeve. “You would be if you were here to see him now. You would be loud and embarrassing about it. You would tell me I was an idiot for hiding on roofs instead of joining them for dinner.”
He almost laughed. It came out as a ragged exhale.
Inside, Mina finished the last line of the song and fell quiet.
She sat there for a moment longer, watching Naruto’s face. One hand reached out to tuck the blanket more securely around his shoulders. Her fingers lingered for a heartbeat against his hair.
Then she leaned down and pressed a kiss to his forehead.
“Good night, Tenshi,” she whispered. “You are safe. I promise.”
Kakashi pressed his lips together.
He stepped back from the roof edge, letting the darkness swallow him again.
He did not go far. He found another rooftop across the street and sat down, legs drawn up, arms draped over his knees. The sky above Konoha was clear. Stars pricked through the darkness, faint and distant.
He tipped his head back and stared at them for a long time.
He had lost a lot. Too much, by any reasonable measure.
But tonight, looking down at the boy sleeping in a room full of frogs and crayons, watched over by a girl who had somehow refused to break despite every effort made to shatter her, he let himself believe something simple.
Not everything had been destroyed.
Some things had survived. Some things had even grown.
Naruto had food and warmth and someone to sing to him.
Mina, somehow, had become the kind of person who could give that to another child despite never having had it herself.
Kakashi’s chest ached, but not with the empty hollowness he was used to. It was a sharper, stranger feeling. Almost like hope, if he squinted at it from the right angle.
He thought again of the offer she had made at the door.
If you ever change your mind, the door is open. You are always welcome here.
He was not ready yet.
But for the first time, he let himself think that maybe, one day, he could stand in that doorway and say yes.
For now, he stayed in the shadows, a silent guardian on the roof, and listened to the quiet of a home with light in it.
——————————————————————————
The first hint was not in words, but in the way Itachi carried his shoulders.
He arrived at Mina’s door just after sunset, the sky behind him a washed-out violet. He knocked once, the sound precise and soft, and when she opened the door Naruto barrelled into him so hard he almost stumbled.
“Tachi-nii! Tachi-nii! Look, look, I learned a new kanji, dattebayo!”
Itachi caught him without effort, steady as ever.
“Is that so,” he said, voice low. “Show me.”
Naruto immediately abandoned all dignity, dragging him inside by the hand.
It was only when the boy let go to go fetch his notebook that Mina saw it.
A faint tightness along Itachi’s jaw. The way his eyes seemed to weigh the corners of the room, the windows, the angle of the door as if calculating lines of entry and escape even in a safe space. The exhaustion that lived not in his body, but behind his eyes.
“Long day?” she asked quietly, closing the door behind them.
Itachi glanced at her, then inclined his head.
“Something like that.”
That was unusual, too. He did not normally answer vague questions with anything that admitted weight.
Shisui arrived a few minutes later, landing on the balcony with his usual lack of subtlety and nearly walking into the glass before remembering to slide the door open instead of trying to phase through it and failing.
“Minaaa,” he called, flopping dramatically over the back of the armchair. “Your favourite cousin is here and I brought… absolutely nothing of value. But my presence is a gift in itself, you are welcome.”
“You are not my cousin,” Mina reminded him calmly, since Naruto and Sasuke were in earshot, though her mouth was already twitching, “and your presence is a fire hazard.”
Naruto popped his head out of his bedroom, where he had vanished to retrieve his precious notebook.
“Shisui-nii!” He waved wildly. “You are late, dattebayo!”
“My apologies, oh mighty future Hokage,” Shisui said, one hand to his heart. “The streets were crowded. With my fans. It is so very difficult to move through the world when one is this handsome.”
Sasuke, sitting at the table with a worksheet in front of him, rolled his eyes so hard Mina was faintly impressed they did not fall out. After all, it would be unbecoming of an Uchiha to lose their eyes to sass.
“You are not that handsome,” he muttered.
Shisui gasped.
“Betrayed by my own clan! Mina, tell him I am handsome.”
“You are very adequate, but you are charming. Ina weird, chaotic kind of way,” Mina said, unhelpful.
Naruto shrieked with laughter.
For a little while, the room was simply that. Laughter and bickering and the normal flow of their visits. Mina brewed tea. Sasuke pretended he did not need help with his sums and then quietly drifted closer to Itachi’s side anyway when a number refused to make sense. Naruto presented his newest kanji line to Itachi, who examined it with solemn care and made a small correction in the neatest possible handwriting.
“You are improving,” he told Naruto. “Your strokes are more even.”
Naruto flushed with pride.
“Ha! Hear that, teme? I am improving.”
Sasuke sniffed. “You will still never beat me in maths.”
“You are both four,” Mina pointed out. “There is time for both of you to be adequate at numbers.”
Shisui laughed so hard he slid off the armchair.
When the boys were eventually absorbed in a card game that required more volume than sense, Mina caught Itachi’s eye and tipped her head very slightly towards the balcony.
He understood at once. He always did.
A moment later, they stepped out onto the narrow balcony together. The air outside was cool. The village lights were a scatter of yellow below and around them, familiar and comforting.
Shisui joined them after a few breaths, hopping up to sit on the railing with no regard for gravity.
“What is the mission?” he asked, mock serious. “Shall we go steal sweets from the Akimichi pantry?”
“We would not survive,” Itachi said. “Choza-san would notice.”
“True,” Shisui sighed. “Truly a fortress of snacks.”
Mina let them settle into that familiar banter, then said, quietly enough that it would not carry through the window, “You both look tired.”
Itachi’s hand tightened infinitesimally on the balcony rail. Shisui’s grin faltered, then returned, a touch strained at the edges.
“We have been busy,” Itachi said.
“Busy,” Shisui echoed. “With extremely boring patrols. And paperwork. And clan meetings where old men talk too much.”
Mina gave him a flat look.
“Try that again without using the word patrols as if it hides everything.”
Shisui blew out a breath, looking away over the rooftops.
“She has become even more annoying since becoming a parent,” he muttered, not quite under his breath.
“It is almost as if she cares,” Itachi replied.
Shisui kicked at him without heat.
Mina folded her arms.
“You told me once that you would not insult my intelligence by pretending you were fine when you were not,” she said quietly. “Do not start now.”
Itachi considered her for a long moment.
“We are under new command,” he said at last. “In ANBU.”
Her eyes sharpened.
“I suspected as much. So, new command,” she repeated. “Who.”
“Hatake,” Shisui said. “Our fearless cyclops captain.”
Mina blinked.
She had expected many names. That one still surprised her.
“Hatake,” she said. “He is leading your team?”
“Ah,” Shisui said, scratching the back of his neck. “Well. Yeah. It is… complicated. There are a lot of overlapping patrols and… this is why I do not like politics. They give me headaches.”
Itachi’s mouth twisted, the ghost of a frown.
“It is unusual,” Mina said slowly. “An heir of the Uchiha clan in ANBU at all, let alone under a non clan captain.”
“We volunteered,” Shisui said lightly.
“Did you, now…” Mina said.
Itachi’s silence was its own answer.
She thought of Fugaku, of the weight in his eyes that day in the Hokage’s office when she had refused to claim a place in his household. She thought of the way the clan had closed ranks after the Nine Tails attack, resentment simmering under the surface, forced to move as a block to the outskirts of the village, separated from the centre like a limb being gently, politely amputated.
“Does your father approve?” she asked Itachi.
There was the slightest pause.
“He agreed,” Itachi said.
That was not the same thing.
“Of course he did,” Shisui said, leaning back on his hands. “What self respecting clan head would not want eyes in ANBU and in the police and everywhere else. It is very efficient. I am sure the elders are proud.”
The bitterness in his voice was thin and sharp as wire.
Mina’s jaw tightened.
Fugaku, she thought, you are not as blind as some of the others, but you are still a man who knows the value of a piece on the board.
She understood political necessity. She had lived most of her life under the weight of other people’s calculations. Tools and assets and contingency plans. She had been all of those things to other men. Danzo had seen her as a weapon and a womb. Hiruzen had seen her as a shield and an apology. Minato had seen her as a comrade and then the child that she was.
She had accepted many roles.
But looking at Itachi and Shisui now, she felt something tight coil in her chest.
They were too good to be used as mere pieces.
You are doing it too, she told herself. You love them, but you still catalogue the information they let slip, for tactical advantage. Do not pretend you are above it.
That was true. But I do it to protect them.
And the difference was that she would never let them burn to ash for the sake of an idea.
“When did this start,” she asked quietly.
“A few months ago,” Itachi said. “After some… discussions between the clan and the Hokage.”
“Discussions,” Shisui repeated with a grimace. “That is one word for it.”
Mina looked out over the village.
Fire country nights always felt deceptively gentle. The air held the faint sweetness of tree sap and earth, the hum of insects, the distant murmur of people. It was easy to pretend nothing waited just under the surface.
“What are your orders?” she asked. “The official ones, at least.”
“Monitor,” Itachi said. “High level patrols. High level protection. Intelligence gathering.”
“That is the ANBU description of every mission,” Mina said. “Do you have specific instructions from the clan as well?”
“Look at her,” Shisui muttered. “She does not even try to pretend she thinks we are just following standard protocol.”
Itachi did not answer immediately.
“That is an answer too…” Mina said softly.
Finally, Itachi inclined his head.
“Yes,” he said. “The clan wishes to know what is said in the Hokage’s tower. They wish to know how they are spoken of. What decisions are being made and do those decisions affect them.”
“And the Hokage,” Mina said, “wishes to know what is said in the police station. And in the compound.”
Itachi’s mouth tightened. He had almost forgotten that he can’t fool Mina.
“Something like that,” he said. “Yes.”
Shisui groaned and flopped backwards along the railing, hanging upside down over the alley several floors below.
“We are walking tightropes,” he said, his voice muffled by gravity. “Of the very sharp, very explosive kind. It is thrilling, I suppose. I do not recommend it, though.”
Mina watched them.
Underneath the jokes and the careful measured words, they were both far too tense.
“You realise,” she said mildly, “that you being used as messengers between sides means you are also the ones who will be blamed if anything goes wrong.”
Shisui snorted.
“Of course,” he said. “We are Uchiha. If anything goes wrong, someone will point at us eventually anyway. Might as well get used to it.”
Itachi gave him a look. Shisui’s grin softened, became less like a mask, more like a weary habit.
“Joking,” he said. “Mostly. Look, Mina, we know the situation is bad. But if not us, then who? Someone who already has started to hate the village? Do you truly want some of the older hot headed cousins being the ones standing between the clan elders and the Hokage’s advisors?”
Mina pictured that.
She winced.
“No,” she admitted.
“It is not that simple,” Itachi said. “Father believes that if we are there, we can prevent misunderstanding. Or at least… reduce them.”
“And do you believe that?” she asked.
He was silent for a long moment.
“I believe,” he said slowly, “that if someone must bear the weight of walking this line, it should be those who can see more than one side.”
Which was as close as he would come to saying yes to some parts and no to others.
Mina looked between them.
It was the curse of prodigies, she thought. To see more, to understand better, and then to be placed in positions no one their age should have to occupy because of it.
She knew that weight intimately.
Shisui shifted, swinging himself back up to sit comfortably.
“Do not go looking at us like that, Mina,” he said, a little too lightly. “We are not going to break. You taught us too much for that to happen. I will simply annoy both sides into submission.”
“Shisui,” Itachi said mildly, “that is not a documented conflict resolution strategy.”
“It should be,” Shisui shot back.
Despite herself, Mina huffed a small laugh.
It did not erase the cold knot forming in her stomach.
“If it escalates,” she said quietly, “if at any point you think the clan will cross a line they cannot come back from, you come to me.”
Both boys looked at her.
“Mina,” Shisui began, trying for his usual playful tone, “we are not going to drag you into this mess any more than you already are. You have enough on your plate with your miniature storm inside and his tenant fox, and with Kakashi lurking on the roofs like some depressed scarecrow. You do not need…”
“Shisui,” she cut in.
Something in her voice made him stop.
She held their eyes, one after the other, the way she would on a mission before giving an order that might get them killed if they did not understand properly.
“I am already in it,” she said. “I was in it the day Danzo decided to use my existence as leverage. The day Minato died. The day the clan was pushed to the edge of the village. I have been a tool in other people’s games most of my life. I refuse to let both of you be sacrificed because men who should know better insist on repeating history.”
She took a slow breath. Then continued, even more quietly.
“If it escalates, I need to know. Because there are things I have seen that you have not. And there are… pieces on the board that I do not trust to stay where they are. Let me act like the oldest one of us, and protect my little brother and cousin.”
She thought of the falsified orders in the archive disguised as weapons inventory. She thought of the redacted line where only a Hokage or Danzo could have signed. She thought of Kurama’s grudging words about a single Sharingan, unknown and invasive, just before he had been torn out of Kushina’s dying body.
She thought of the police being given stand down orders the night of the attack, blamed afterwards for not acting.
She thought of the way the clan had been blamed in whispers for a disaster they had been ordered not to help avert.
If Danzo tried to set the Uchiha up once, she thought grimly once again, he will do it again. And the next time, the price will be more blood.
“Danzo,” she said aloud, voice flat, “has not stopped moving simply because Minato is gone. Nor because I slipped out of Root. He is not the sort to accept losing a piece without trying to take others in exchange.”
Shisui’s expression darkened, the mischief in his eyes hardening into something sharp. They had not mentioned the elder’s name, and with how sharp Mina is, they shouldn’t have been surprised she pieced it together.
“Do you have proof?” Itachi asked.
Mina shook her head.
“Not enough,” she said. “Just patterns. And one too many coincidences.”
“And if we come to you,” Shisui said quietly, “what will you do?”
“Whatever I can,” she replied. “You are my family too. I will do what I must to make sure you live through whatever is coming. Even if it makes the elders angry. Even if it makes Danzo furious. I have survived worse. And for you, I’ll do whatever it takes.”
Itachi’s gaze held hers.
He had always been able to read more from silence than others could from shouted arguments.
He saw the steel there.
He also saw the line she did not speak aloud.
Even if it kills me.
Shisui looked between them, then let out a slow sigh.
“Your timing is awful,” he muttered. “Here I was, planning to pretend for one more night that everything was fine, and then you have to be all serious and protective and big sister like this.”
“You can still pretend,” Mina said dryly. “Just do it after you leave my balcony.”
Shisui made an offended noise.
Itachi’s lips twitched.
Inside, Naruto’s voice rose in exasperation at Sasuke cheating at cards. Or possibly it was the other way round. Hard to tell with those two.
“I will keep you informed,” Itachi said finally. “If I can. If it becomes… necessary.”
That was as much of a promise as he could make in words.
Mina inclined her head.
“Good,” she said quietly. “That is all I ask.”
Shisui hopped down from the railing and stretched his arms above his head, back arching with a series of satisfying pops.
“All right,” he said briskly. “Enough doom and gloom. We have at least one more evening where we are not actively dealing with clan elders and suspicious councillors, and I fully intend to use it. I am going to go inside and beat Naruto and Sasuke at cards until they are forced to acknowledge my genius.”
“You cheat,” Itachi pointed out.
“That is part of my genius,” Shisui shot back.
He slid the balcony door open and vanished inside in a whirl of noise, immediately declaring himself the card champion and starting an argument that could be heard three floors down.
Itachi lingered a moment longer.
“Mina,” he said softly.
She looked at him.
“Do you think it will come to that?” he asked. “Escalation?”
She considered lying.
He would know.
“Yes,” she said instead, voice calm. “Eventually. If nothing changes. The pressure is too high. Something will crack.”
Itachi’s eyes dropped to his hands on the rail, then lifted back to hers.
“Then we will have to be ready,” he said.
She nodded.
He stepped back inside, shoulders straight, expression smooth and unreadable once more.
Mina stood alone on the balcony for a long moment, watching his back as he went.
The village around her hummed with life. Lanterns swayed. Somewhere in the distance, someone called for a child to come inside for dinner. For a few more years, maybe, hopefully, things would look like this. Quiet. Busy. Ordinary.
Underneath, the currents were shifting.
She had felt this once before, as a child in Amegakure, when the war had thickened the air and adults had begun speaking in tighter, tenser voices when they thought the children were not listening. In Konoha too.
That time, she had lived in a cardboard box when the fallout reached her.
This time, she had a child to protect. Two, if she counted the way Sasuke’s small scowls softened when Naruto was involved. Four, if her sibling and cousin can be considered children, despite the genius minds that resided in their pretty, ebony-haired heads.
She curled her fingers around the balcony rail.
If Danzo set them up once, she repeated a third time, eyes narrowing, he will try again. He cannot leave the Uchiha alone. He cannot leave Naruto alone. He cannot leave me alone.
Fine.
Let him move.
She would be ready. Or try to, at least.
She turned back inside, where Shisui had somehow convinced Naruto and Sasuke to make a bet involving who would do the washing up, and resolved, as she watched the chaos unfold in her living room, that no matter what storm gathered over this village, she would keep this room safe.
Even if she had to stand in the doorway alone against the world.
——————————————————————————
It was one of those evenings that Konoha seemed to specialise in, all gold light and soft breeze and the faint smell of someone grilling fish three streets away.
Mina had the window open.
The little flat breathed with the village. Voices drifted up from the street below. Somewhere a dog barked. A baby cried and was soothed. Footsteps went past, the light, bouncing rhythm of a genin team just dismissed from training.
Inside, the world was smaller and warmer.
Naruto was sitting cross legged on the floor at the low table, hair still damp from his bath, pyjama top half buttoned, the other buttons a complete mystery he had not yet tried to solve. His cheeks were flushed, his eyes bright. There was curry on his face.
Mina, across from him, reached out with a practised ease and wiped the smear away with a thumb.
He wrinkled his nose.
“Oi,” he protested. “I was going to lick that, dattebayo.”
“There is plenty left in the bowl,” she said mildly. “Do not lick your cheeks. You are not a dog.”
“Kiba does it,” he argued.
“Kiba also tries to eat dirt,” she replied. “Do you want to copy him in everything?”
Naruto paused.
“…no.”
“Then let us keep the licking to the food, Tenshi.”
He grinned, sticking his tongue out at her before shovelling another heroic spoonful of curry into his mouth.
The television in the corner - a small, second hand thing that crackled whenever someone moved too close to it - was on, but muted. Images of a nature documentary flickered across the screen. Naruto glanced at it occasionally, mostly whenever an animal fought another, but his focus was on the curry and on telling Mina, in great detail, about how today Kiba had tried to sneak Akamaru into a small cafe and the owner had almost sat on him.
“It was so funny,” Naruto said, nearly choking as he laughed and ate at the same time. “Akamaru squeaked and then Kiba squeaked and the owner made that face, you know, the one with the line here.” He jabbed a finger between his eyebrows. “And then he made us both run laps, but it was worth it, dattebayo.”
Mina watched him fondly.
“You must not eat while laughing,” she said. “You will choke.”
“I will not,” he said confidently.
He choked thirty seconds later.
Mina sighed and handed him a glass of water, waiting until he had wheezed and swallowed and thumped his chest with small, determined fists.
“See,” she said softly. “I am not nagging without reason.”
Naruto wiped his eyes, then launched straight back into his story.
She listened, finishing her own meal at a slower pace, nodding at the right points, adding the occasional dry comment that made him splutter with outrage and laughter.
By the time the curry bowls were empty and the rice scraped clean, the last of the daylight had checked out of the sky. The village outside slipped from gold to dark blue. Lamps winked on in windows up and down the street, little squares of warm brightness.
Mina gathered the bowls, stacking them neatly.
“Go brush your teeth,” she told Naruto. “I will do the washing up.”
“I can help,” he said instantly.
“You can dry,” she compromised. “If you do not use the towel as a weapon.”
Naruto looked very offended.
“I would not,” he said. “Probably. Maybe. Sometimes.”
“Tenshi.”
“…fine. Teeth first, then drying, no weapons.”
“Good.”
He hopped to his feet and padded away to the tiny bathroom, humming under his breath. The flat echoed with his presence in the best way - footsteps, a tuneless song about being Hokage, the clatter of a cup almost falling into the sink and then being caught at the last second.
Mina turned to the sink, rolled up her sleeves, and began to wash the dishes.
The water was warm. The washing up liquid Kakashi had once “accidentally” left at their door - anonymous, but his chakra had lingered on the handle of the bag - smelled faintly of citrus. Her hands moved automatically, cleaning, rinsing, stacking.
On the back of her neck, the hairs stirred.
She did not look up immediately. There was no need. She knew that chakra signature, deep and steady like earth, with flickers of sharp lightning through it. It sat on the roof like a familiar weight.
Kakashi again.
He came most evenings now, in one guise or another. Recently, he lingered on the telegraph pole at the end of the street. Sometimes, like tonight, he chose the roof directly above, close enough that if he dropped down he could be at her window in two well placed steps.
He never did.
Mina finished the washing up, wiped down the table, and turned off the kitchen light. The flat sank into that cosy half dark, the glow from the living room lamp pooling soft gold over the tatami.
“Bed time,” she called.
A dramatic groan answered her, followed by the thump of small feet.
“Sleep is boring,” Naruto declared, dragging his blanket into the main room like it weighed a thousand kilos.
“Sleep is how you grow,” she said. “You want to be tall enough to tower over the Hokage monument, do you not?”
He brightened.
“Yeah,” he said. “Taller than anyone. Even taller than you, dattebayo.”
“Then sleep,” she said. “Or at least lie down and pretend convincingly.”
Together they unrolled his futon in its usual spot near the window. Naruto flopped onto it like a fish onto a dock. Mina shook out his blanket and dropped it over him, ignoring his theatrical flailing.
He settled in eventually, wriggling until he was cocooned up to his chin.
Mina sat down beside him, her back against the wall, one knee drawn up. From here she could see his face, the rise and fall of his chest, and - beyond the glass - a sliver of the night sky and the shadowed outline of the rooftops.
Naruto stared at the ceiling for a bit, then at her.
“Mina nee-chan.”
“Mmm.”
“If I become Hokage, can we have ramen every day?”
“That is not how nutrition works.”
“Every other day?” he tried.
“We can negotiate when you get there.”
He huffed, then yawned. His eyes blinked slowly, as if the lids were suddenly heavier than he had expected.
The village hummed quietly outside.
Mina found herself thinking about nothing in particular for once. Not Root. Not Danzō. Not masked men with stolen eyes. Just the simple inventory of her day.
Naruto had come home with a frog sticker on his forehead because Iruka had given it to him for remembering the difference between six and nine, and then he had forgotten it was there until three separate people on the street had smiled at him. He had bristled at first, thinking they laughed at him, until Mina had shown him the sticker in a shop window and explained that sometimes, people smiled because they found you endearing.
He had thought about that for a long time.
Now he shifted under the blanket.
“Mina nee-chan,” he said again, quieter this time.
“Yes, Tenshi.”
He chewed his lip, as if trying to decide how to phrase something very important.
“Today,” he said slowly, “at the playground, some kids said… he said I have no family.”
Mina went very still.
Her stomach did a small, controlled twist.
“And what did you say?” she asked, keeping her voice light.
Naruto frowned at the ceiling, replaying it.
“I said that they are stupid,” he said firmly. “Because I have you. And I have friends. And I have Ichiraku. That is… that is family, dattebayo.”
His hand, under the blanket, found the edge of her sleeve and tugged, just a little.
“But then I thought,” he went on, voice smaller now, “what is family, really? Is it… is it blood. Like… like clans. Or is it…” He hesitated. “Or is it something else.”
Mina watched his profile.
Childish still. Roundness in the cheeks. A smudge of toothpaste near his ear she had missed. Eyes that were too knowing for his age, too aware of looks that lingered on him in the street.
“Family,” she said softly, “is many things. Blood, sometimes. People who share your name. Your house. Your history. But it is also people who choose you, and whom you choose. People who stand next to you when the world is loud and say, ‘I am not going anywhere’.”
Naruto turned his head to look at her.
“Like you,” he said.
Her throat felt oddly tight.
“Yes,” she said. “Like me.”
He stared at her for a long moment, as if memorising her face in this light, with the lamplight catching in her eyes and casting soft shadows across her cheekbones.
Outside, on the roof, Kakashi shifted, trying to find a position that did not involve his heart trying to crawl into his throat. He could not hear every word through the tiles and the slightly open window, but he caught enough. The shape of the conversation. The weight of it.
Naruto took a deep breath.
“Mina nee-chan,” he said, for the third time, but now there was something in it, a carefulness, very unlike his usual headlong declarations.
“Yes?” she replied.
He swallowed.
“I am glad you are my family,” he whispered. “Really glad. I thought… I thought maybe I was not allowed to have one. That maybe… maybe I have to be alone. But you… you said no. And you stayed. So… I am glad you are my family, dattebayo.”
The words wobbled at the edges. Not quite tears. Not quite laughter. Something raw and honest and small.
Mina felt something crack, very gently, inside her chest.
All the pieces did not fall apart. They rearranged. Made space.
“Tenshi,” she said, and her voice did break a little.
She reached out, hand shaking just enough that she noticed it, and brushed his fringe back from his forehead, fingers lingering for a heartbeat at his temple.
“Me too,” she said, and the words felt like a vow. “I am glad I am your family. More than anything.”
He smiled, huge and bright and a little shy, as if he had said something dangerous and been rewarded instead of punished.
He scooted closer under the blanket, pressing himself against her side as far as the futon allowed. His hand, still holding her sleeve, tightened.
“Good,” he murmured. “Then people can say whatever they want. I know the truth, dattebayo.”
“Thats right, Tenshi,” she agreed.
He yawned again, jaw cracking, eyes fluttering.
She stayed there as his breathing evened out, as the little lines at the corners of his mouth smoothed. As his grip on her sleeve loosened only slightly, never fully letting go.
Mina leaned her head back against the wall and let her own eyes close, just for a moment.
She thought of a cardboard box behind a restaurant. Of cold nights with an empty stomach and the sound of other people’s laughter muffled by walls she could not get through. Of Sakumo’s patient handwriting on scrap paper. Of Minato’s soft smile when he told her she had done well. Of Kushina’s loud, warm laugh as flour dusted the kitchen.
She thought of how her life had been carved out of other people’s decisions, time and time again.
This choice, at least, was hers.
She would stand here. She would stay. She would be family.
On the roof, Kakashi lay flat on his back and stared at the stars.
He had heard Naruto’s words. The muffled cadence, the “dattebayo” wrapped around something fragile. He had heard Mina’s answer, the way her tone had dropped into that low, sure register she used when she was settling something inside herself.
His chest hurt.
A good hurt. A painful, necessary one. Like pulling a thorn out of a wound that had festered too long.
Minato sensei, he thought, I think… I think you would be proud. Of both of them.
He pressed an arm over his eyes for a moment, masking the sudden sting.
Below, the little flat settled into stillness.
Mina hummed under her breath, very softly, an old melody that tasted of late nights and waiting. Naruto’s breathing deepened in response, his chakra curling inwards, calm and steady.
Somewhere deeper still, behind seals and bars and a mindscape that smelled of damp stone, a great fox cracked one eye open.
He listened to the distant hum of the girl’s voice, the warmth of the boy’s sleep.
“Tch,” Kurama muttered into the darkness, though there was no one there to hear him. “Annoying humans.”
He settled his head back on his paws anyway.
In the small flat in Konoha, Mina bent down and pressed a light kiss to Naruto’s hair.
“Sleep well, Tenshi,” she whispered. “You are safe.”
For tonight, it was true.
For tonight, the storm on the horizon did not reach them.
On the roof, Kakashi watched the light in their window go out, one square of glow disappearing amid many.
His heart ached and softened all at once.
He pushed his mask up just enough to feel the night air on his face, closed his eye, and let himself, for the first time in a long while, feel a thin ribbon of hope wind its way through the grief.
“Safe,” he murmured to the quiet village. “He is safe. And loved.”
And he was not alone in being glad of it.
Chapter 8: And We All Fall Down
Summary:
Okay guys, brace yourselves, we begin the Uchiha massacre arc - this chapter and the next will be pretty heavy. I hope you enjoy them anyway, and I hope I manage to do justice to the original plot❤️
Notes:
BRE time again! Hope you missed me these past few days, I’ll make sure to upload two chapters this week because I believe that the Shisui issue and the massacre itself should be read in quick succession. Love you lots people, now without further ado, lets get into the chapter!
Chapter Text
The Nara compound felt like walking into a secret piece of forest someone had very politely asked to sit still and behave.
Trees grew in soft clusters beyond the low wall, their shadows long and cool in the late afternoon light. Moss crept up stones. The gravel path wound lazily rather than marching straight, and even the cicadas sounded a little more relaxed than the ones nearer the village centre.
Naruto trotted along beside Mina, sandals crunching. His eyes were everywhere at once.
“Mina nee-chan,” he breathed, practically vibrating, “this place is huuuuge, dattebayo.”
“It is pretty big,” Mina said mildly.
He flung his arms wide. “Look at all the trees! And the space! And the trees!”
“You said trees twice.”
“Yeah, but there are a lot,” he insisted. “Do you think they climb them for training? Can we climb them? Do you think Shikamaru’s Otou-san lets them do shuriken practise here? I bet it is amazing at night. Do you think deer come all the way to the door.”
“If you do not calm down, Yoshino san will not let you past the door,” Mina said, though there was the curve of a smile at the edge of her mouth.
Naruto gasped and clamped his hands together behind his back in a heroic display of self control that lasted almost six whole steps.
At the sliding front door, Mina stopped. She smoothed a hand over Naruto’s shoulder, a gentle reminder to bow, then knocked.
The paper panel slid aside a moment later.
Yoshino Nara stood there in an apron, a dish towel slung over one shoulder, hair pulled back. Her expression was that brand of welcoming that made children feel safe and grown men nervous if they had misbehaved. Her gaze swept over Mina quickly, assessing, then softened almost at once.
“Mina,” she said with a smile. “You two are here. Good. Come in, come in.”
Naruto sprang into a bow that was so deep he almost knocked his forehead against the floor. “Thank you for inviting us, Yoshino-san!”
“Such a polite one,” Yoshino said, amused. “Shikamaru is in the back. Boys, go and play in the garden. Try not to destroy it, all right.”
Naruto straightened, face bright. “I will try! No promises, dattebayo.”
From behind Yoshino, a mop of dark hair and two sleepy eyes appeared. Shikamaru peered at Naruto as if he were a particularly energetic weather phenomenon.
“…troublesome,” he muttered, but he shifted aside so Naruto could barrel past him into the house.
“Shikamaru,” Mina said, inclining her head with polite gravity.
He blinked at her. For half a second the lazy expression cleared and she saw sharpness, curious and quick, before the boy slouched again, hands in pockets like a tiny old man.
“Mina nee-san,” he said. “You came.”
“Of course,” she said. “Naruto has spoken of you very often.”
“…troublesome,” he repeated, but his mouth twitched.
“Shoes off first,” Yoshino reminded kindly, half to Naruto, half to her son. “Then you may go to the back. Do not drag dirt all over my floors.”
“Yes, kaa-san,” Shikamaru sighed.
Naruto flailed with his sandals, nearly toppled, regained his balance with a grin, and followed Shikamaru down the corridor towards the garden. Their voices floated back at once, Naruto’s bright and bursting, Shikamaru’s lower and resigned.
Yoshino stepped aside, gesturing Mina in. “Please, Mina. Tea is on the back enagawa. Shikaku is already there.”
Mina bowed, the movement smooth. “Thank you for having us.”
Yoshino’s eyes lingered on her face, as they did on their first proper meeting. Most people did not know what to do with the combination: softness and the kind of stillness that did not belong on someone her age. She had long since grown used to it.
“You are very welcome,” Yoshino said after that tiny pause. “We are glad to have you. You have caused quite a stir in the clan heads’ gossip, you know.”
Mina’s eyebrow lifted, just a little. “I see my reputation travels faster than I do.”
Yoshino laughed, a low, warm sound. “Come. Before Shikaku finishes the snacks.”
They padded through the cool hallway, the smell of wood and tatami wrapping around them. The house layout was simple, functional, entirely without ostentation. Mina liked it at once.
They stepped out onto the back porch, where the house opened onto an expanse of garden that blurred swiftly into woodland. There was a low table set with a teapot and three cups on the enagawa. Beyond, the boys were already out on the grass; Naruto in the centre of the world, arms spread wide, spinning in delighted circles, Shikamaru a safe distance away, watching the clouds.
“Shikaku,” Yoshino said, “we have guests.”
Shikaku Nara was leaning against one of the wooden posts, legs stretched out, one arm hooked behind his head. He looked, at first glance, like he could fall asleep sitting up without any difficulty.
Mina knew better.
She had heard about those eyes during war briefings, in mission records, in the still photographs her mind kept of the battlefield. Half lidded did not mean unaware. It meant counting the angles from behind the easiest mask he could get away with.
He looked up as they approached, gaze sliding past Yoshino to Naruto, then to Mina. His features did not shift much at all, but something like satisfaction flickered and went.
“So,” he said lazily, “that is the Fourth’s kid, huh. Troublesome amount of energy.”
Mina followed his gaze.
Naruto was currently lying on his back in the grass, making a snow angel pattern in nothing at all, then bouncing up again. He shouted something at Shikamaru about how cool the trees were. Shikamaru answered by lying down as well, in perfect mirrored protest.
Mina’s mouth softened.
“He gets it from his mother,” she said.
Shikaku’s eyebrow quirked.
“Ah,” he replied. “Explains the volume.”
Yoshino snorted and moved to sit between them, reaching for the teapot. “Honestly,” she said, “the boy is sunshine. I have seen him in the market before, a few times. Every time, he has some kind of catastrophe stuck to him and a smile anyway.”
“Catastrophe is one way to describe him,” Mina murmured.
“But,” Yoshino added, pouring tea into Mina’s cup with the ease of a hostess used to guests, “he looks happy now, with you. That is what matters.”
Mina cupped her hands around the porcelain, letting the warmth soak into her fingers. For a heartbeat, the words pressed too close. Happy with you. As if it were a simple thing. As if it had not been carved out of stubbornness and nightmares and sheer refusal to let history repeat itself.
“I do my best,” she said quietly.
Shikaku’s gaze flicked to her, sharp for an instant before sliding away.
Yoshino sipped her tea with a contented sigh. “So,” she said, turning conversation as easily as one might turn a corner, “Hiruzen sama really let you out of ANBU to raise him. That must have been… quite a conversation.”
“It was very loud,” Mina said, deadpan.
Yoshino’s eyes crinkled. “I imagine so.”
Shikaku grunted. “You shouted at the Hokage,” he said. It was not a question. “Bold.”
“He deserved it.”
Yoshino coughed into her tea to hide a smile. “Careful,” she said. “You’ll make Shikaku like you. Then you will never escape paperwork.”
“Troublesome,” Shikaku muttered, but there was amusement in it now.
Mina allowed herself a small, careful smile.
She did not often sit like this with other adults, without masks, without orders hanging over their heads. It was… pleasant. And dangerous. Danzo’s voice lived in certain corners of her mind, always reminding her that connection could be used as leverage.
Still. She was not Root any longer. She could choose who she tested, who she let close.
She watched the children for a moment. Naruto had somehow convinced Shikamaru to play tag. It mainly involved Naruto chasing Shikamaru in wide, ecstatic loops while Shikamaru jogged just fast enough to avoid being caught and muttered about the sky being perfectly good to look at if certain idiots were not dragging him about.
Mina took a breath. Then she tilted the conversation just a fraction.
“Konoha has many kinds of shadows,” she said lightly, as if making meaningless shinobi small talk. “It is easy to get lost in them if people like us do not keep the balance, Shikaku-san.”
Yoshino laughed, missing the undercurrent. “Our Shikaku? Balance? Please do not encourage him, he is lazy enough already.”
Shikaku’s fingers drummed once against his cup. His eyes did not leave the garden. “Shadows are necessary,” he said slowly. “But you still have to ask who is deciding where they fall.”
Mina watched him over the rim of her cup.
So. He was not going to pretend not to hear the layer. He was also not biting too quickly. Good.
“And some people,” she said, voice mild, “prefer to pull strings where no one can see them at all.”
Yoshino shook her head and reached for a rice cracker. “Honestly, the pair of you sound like my husband is at work already. At least eat the snacks while you talk about depressing things.”
Mina obediently picked up a cracker. The puffed crunch gave her a moment to consider her next move.
Shikaku’s posture had not changed, but the lazy had sharpened at the edges.
“Sometimes,” she went on, as if she were simply continuing a thought about history, “I wonder how many decisions were truly made by the Hokage, and how many were simply carry his name.”
Shikaku’s thumb ran along the rim of his cup. It was a small, idle movement. Mina, who had been trained to read the twitch of a muscle as clearly as a shouted order, did not miss the way his eyes narrowed.
“Depends who is advising him,” he said. “Some people like to stand just behind the throne.”
“And some,” Mina said, “like to sit beneath it, where the light never quite reaches.”
Yoshino exhaled through her nose, amused. “Honestly, the two of you. I am going to leave you to it before I end up dragged into strategy meetings. This pot is getting cold. I will brew another.”
Mina’s gaze dropped briefly to the teapot. It was more than half full. Yoshino did not need to change it yet.
So this was deliberate.
Shikaku watched his wife stand, collect the pot, and move inside without another word. He waited until the shoji door slipped closed behind her.
For a moment, there was only the sound of the boys in the garden, Naruto’s high-pitched, delighted shout of “You are so slow, Shikamaru, dattebayo!” and Shikamaru’s answering grumble of “What a drag.”
Then Shikaku sighed. It was the sound of a man who had just accepted that his afternoon had become more complicated.
“All right,” he said. He shifted, sitting up a little straighter, lazy finally slipping from his shoulders like an old cloak. “The kids are occupied, and Yoshino will not eavesdrop. What is it you actually want to know, Mina.”
She appreciated the directness. It was like a clean wound. Easier to treat.
She wrapped both hands around her cup, grounding herself in the warmth.
“…I do not believe the official report about the Nine Tails attack,” she said.
Shikaku did not even blink.
“Thoughtful people do not,” he replied.
That earned him a real look. “That is a remarkably frank statement, Shikaku-san.”
“I am off duty,” he said. “And you have already shown me your cards by coming here to ask.”
She let out a breath she had not realised she had been holding.
“I have been comparing records,” she said. She kept her tone neutral, factual. “Missions logged that night. Movements of patrols. Reports filed from different districts. There are gaps. Orders that do not match Minato nii-san’s patterns. Units that were conspicuously absent.”
“Root,” Shikaku said.
She inclined her head.
“And the Uchiha police,” he added. “Most of the clan’s military police force, conveniently sidelined.”
“The relocation to the outskirts. The sudden narrative in the village that they were somehow connected to the attack.” Mina’s fingers tightened minutely on her cup. “Coincidence is one thing. Patterns are another. I do not accept patterns without asking who drew them.”
Shikaku tapped the edge of the low table once. “You think someone has been drawing them,” he said. “And you think it is…?”
“Shimura Danzo,” Mina said quietly.
Silence sat for a moment between them. Not heavy, exactly. Dense.
“Those are serious accusations,” Shikaku said at last. His tone had shifted fully into commander now. “Why bring them to me> Why not go again to the Hokage? Or to the Uchiha.”
Mina smiled, thin and without humour.
“Hiruzen sama is emotionally compromised by his friendship with Danzo,” she said. “He is also afraid of another war. He would rather believe in his old comrade’s loyalty than confront the possibility that the rot is much closer than he likes to think.”
“And the Uchiha?” Shikaku pressed.
“Telling them everything I suspect,” Mina said, “would almost certainly spark revolt. Or at least accelerate tensions until no one can slow them. I want to avoid civil war, Shikaku-san, not cause it. No matter how much some people might think I have the temperament for chaos.”
Shikaku huffed a quiet laugh. “You,” he said, “do not have the temperament for chaos. You have the temperament for surgical strikes.”
“My point stands,” she said.
He watched her for a long moment, eyes steady.
“Then why me?” he asked.
Mina took another sip of tea, if only to give herself time to pick her words with care.
“Because you are too smart not to have noticed the same patterns I have,” she said. “Because you are old enough to have seen Danzo’s methods during the war. Because you may be considered lazy, but not when it comes to the survival of this village. Because you are in a position that lets you see both sides of this board.”
She tilted her head, watching him right back.
“And frankly,” she added, “because you are less sentimental than Hiruzen-sama and less bound by pride than Fugaku-sama. I would appreciate it if you did not insult my intelligence with such easily deducible concepts or by pretending this is a test I might fail.”
Shikaku stared at her, then let out a low, genuine chuckle.
“Heh,” he said. “You are sharp. Sharper than someone your age has any right to be.”
“People keep telling me that,” she said. “Some of them intend it as a compliment.”
“Some of them are frightened,” he replied. “You are the kind of person who moves pieces other people did not realise were on the board.”
She ignored the curl of discomfort that sparked under her ribs at being described so cleanly.
“My question is simple,” she said. “How many clan heads can I assume are not in Danzo’s pocket? If this escalates further, I may need to know who will not sell Naruto or the Uchiha for the illusion of safety.”
Shikaku exhaled slowly, looking at the garden rather than her.
“Akimichi,” he said. “Choza would rather eat his own leg than hand a child to Root. Yamanaka. Inoichi’s work in Intelligence means he sees more than Danzo thinks. He does not like what he sees. Inuzuka. Tsume would bite Danzo’s good arm off if he looked at her pack wrong. Aburame. Shibi is… practical, but not cruel. Hyuga is complicated, but Hiashi is not Danzo’s dog.”
“And you,” Mina said. “Nara Shikaku?”
He turned his head back to her and met her eyes.
“Yes,” he said. “Me.”
She read him, nodded once. It was almost ceremonial.
“You already knew this,” he added.
“I suspected,” she corrected. “Suspicions are not the same as confirmation. I have had enough of decisions made on half information.”
He made a thoughtful sound.
“You know,” he said, “for all that your calling Hiruzen-sama sentimental, he was not wrong to trust you with Naruto. Most people, faced with this kind of mess, would choose to look away. You chose to storm into the Hokage’s office instead.”
“I have experience with men who hide behind the word “village”,” Mina said. “I have no patience left for that kind of cowardice.”
He understood the reference. Root. He was not sure, however, how personal said experience was.
After a moment, he clicked his tongue.
“All right,” he said. “You have my ear. If there are things you do not want to put in writing, come to me. We can go through them together. There are only so many explosions I can prevent by thinking ahead, but I will do what I can.”
Mina’s shoulders loosened a fraction.
“Thank you,” she said quietly. “I am… very tired of being the only one in the room willing to say Danzo’s name aloud.”
“You are not the only one,” Shikaku said. “Just one of the few who are reckless enough to do it without backing.” His mouth quirked. “You have some backing now.”
Yoshino slid the shoji door open at that moment, as if called by some domestic sixth sense, a fresh pot of tea held deftly in one hand.
“Still talking politics,” she teased lightly. “Honestly, Shikaku. You are supposed to be on your break.”
“Ah,” he said, instantly slouching back into lazy posture. “Troublesome woman. You caught me.”
Mina hid a smile behind her cup.
Yoshino poured more tea as if nothing at all had happened. The conversation drifted back towards safer things as the boys’ shouts grew louder in the garden.
The air felt different now. Less like she was scouting hostile terrain, more like she had quietly planted a flag.
By the time Shikamaru trudged back towards the porch with Naruto dragging him along by the sleeve, the light had shifted from gold to the gentler tones that meant dinner was not far off.
“Nee-chan,” Naruto yelled from the grass, “I am hungry, dattebayo.”
“You are always hungry,” Shikamaru muttered. “What a drag.”
“Being hungry means I am growing,” Naruto declared. “Mina nee-chan said so. Right, Mina nee-chan?”
“Yes,” Mina replied.
“Can we eat here?” Naruto demanded at once, entirely forgetting that they were guests.
“Tenshi-” Mina began.
Yoshino laughed. “You are welcome to stay for dinner,” she said, forestalling the apology she could see forming on Mina’s tongue. “We always make too much anyway. And Shikamaru needs the social practice.”
“Traitor,” Shikamaru told her under his breath.
“Shikamaru,” she replied sweetly.
He sighed. “Yes, kaa-san.”
The children washed their hands at the pump, shouting at each other about who had splashed more water, then shuffled inside. After a meal full of Naruto’s enthusiastic commentary and Shikamaru’s resigned acceptance that he apparently had a loud blond friend now, Shikaku produced a shogi board from a cupboard.
Mina eyed it with mild curiosity.
“You play?” Shikaku guessed.
“No,” Mina said. “I read mission files.”
Shikaku snorted. “Same thing, really.”
Shikamaru drifted over, drawn by the sight of the board as inevitably as a moth to a candle. His sleepy eyes sharpened.
“Oto- san,” he said, “are you going to play?”
“Not today,” Shikaku said. “You can.”
Shikamaru looked from his father to Mina, then back. Suspicion dawned. “Troublesome,” he muttered. “But I will play with Mina nee-san.”
“Decided then,” Shikaku replied, amused by Shikamaru’s choice of opponent. “Mina has a good head for patterns. See if you can keep up.”
Mina tilted her head. “I do not know the rules,” she said.
“I will explain,” Shikamaru said immediately, then realised that he had just volunteered and made a face that said - damn, I should. be more careful.
He set the board down between them and dropped cross legged on the tatami, gesturing for her to mirror him. Naruto plonked himself down at her side, eyes shining.
“Teach us both,” Naruto demanded.
Shikamaru sighed. “I would be too much work,” he complained, but he began to set the pieces in place with practised motions.
“This one,” he said, pointing, “is the king. You lose if he has nowhere left to go. These are generals. These are pawns. They move in specific ways. It is just like battle. But smaller.”
“Like commanding troops,” Mina said quietly, watching his fingers.
“Yeah,” Shikamaru said, his cheeks warming without quite meaning to. “Except you do not lose friends when you make a mistake. Just pieces.”
There was more in those words than someone his age should have had, and for a moment, Mina’s heart hurt.
Naruto, oblivious, leaned in so far he almost knocked over the board. “Beat him, Mina nee-chan,” he encouraged. “Do not lose, dattebayo.”
“Winning is not everything,” Mina said.
“It is when it is a game,” Naruto said hotly.
Shikaku’s lips twitched.
Shikamaru began to explain how each piece moved. Mina listened, asking the occasional quiet question, mapping the board in her mind. After the first game, in which she lost with reasonable dignity, she understood something.
By the second game, she began to win.
Shikamaru stared at the board, then at her.
“…hah,” he said. “Troublesome.”
“You are very good,” Mina said honestly. “With time, you will beat me without trying.”
He flushed and looked away, scowling. “You pick things up too fast,” he muttered. “Troublesome woman.”
Naruto laughed loudly. “Shikamaru,” he declared with the straightforward cruelty of children. “Why is your face red?”
“It is not,” Shikamaru protested, going redder.
Yoshino exchanged a look with Shikaku over their heads that said, very clearly, oh, our son’s first crush.
Mina, mercifully, pretended not to notice, though there was something very soft in her gaze as she watched Shikamaru line up the pieces again with unnecessary intensity.
They played until the lamplight grew golden and heavy, until Naruto’s yawns grew increasingly dramatic and Shikamaru began to rest his chin on his palm for a little too long between moves.
At last, Mina rose.
“Thank you for having us,” she said, bowing to Yoshino and Shikaku. “Naruto needs to sleep if I want our neighbours to still like me tomorrow.”
“Thank you for coming,” Yoshino replied. “Bring him again soon. Shikamaru needs someone to shake him out of his cloud watching.”
“Troublesome,” Shikamaru muttered, but did not disagree.
Naruto hugged Yoshino impulsively, then Shikamaru in a move that nearly knocked them both over. He waved wildly at Shikaku, shouting something about how cool the deer were, even though he had only glimpsed them from afar.
They stepped back out into the evening. The air was cooler now, the sky deepening. The trees cast longer shadows, but they felt less threatening here. Watched over.
As they reached the compound gates, Mina looked back once.
Shikaku stood in the doorway, hands in his pockets, watching them leave with that same falsely lazy posture. When he caught her eye, he lifted his chin just a fraction.
Not a bow. Not quite a salute.
Acknowledgement.
Mina inclined her head in return, then turned and guided Naruto back towards the village streets, his chatter about shogi and deer and how huge Shikamaru’s house was filling the air between them.
She had come to the Nara compound today with a mission. To test. To probe. To see if she was truly as alone as she sometimes felt standing between Danzo’s shadows and the people she refused to lose.
She left it with something she had almost forgotten how to accept.
An ally.
And for tonight, with Naruto’s small hand warm in hers and the weight of Shikaku’s quiet promise at her back, that was enough.
——————————————————————————
The training fields closest to Konoha centre were always loud in the late afternoon.
Chakra cracked and hissed, kunai clanged off metal posts, someone somewhere shouted about form and footwork. Mina usually moved through that noise like it was weather - present, but nothing to do with her.
Today she slowed.
Because there, cutting through the air like a very determined green comet, was Might Guy.
He was running laps around the field - thick eyebrows, bowl cut. With each step, Guy left a small crater in the dirt. Half the genin on the field had given up training just to stare.
“YOUTH!” Guy bellowed as he thundered past. “I CAN FEEL IT! THE FLAMES OF PASSIONATE PROGRESS!”
Naruto, at Mina’s side, almost vibrated out of his sandals.
“Woah,” he whispered. “Mina nee-chan, look. That guy is so cool, dattebayo.”
“He is very loud,” Mina said.
“That too,” Naruto agreed happily.
Guy spotted them on his next circuit. He skidded to a halt in a spray of dirt that made several chunin swear under their breath. The boy hopped down, wobbled, then somehow landed in a perfect stance.
Guy planted his fists on his hips and flashed them both a thumbs-up that could probably reflect light for miles.
“Ah!” he boomed. “The springtime of youth brings new faces to the training fields! You must be Naruto! And you - Uzuha Mina! Kakashi’s acquaintance!”
Mina blinked. Slowly.
Behind her lashes, she could see the chain of logic: Kakashi keeping his distance but watching, Guy noticing, Guy asking in the loudest possible way, word travelling with the speed of gossip and concern.
She bowed politely anyway.
“It is nice to meet you, Guy-san,” she said. “I am not sure how youthful I am, but I am still alive, which I think counts.”
Guy gasped, eyes shining with something suspiciously like admiration.
“What a splendid answer!” he cried. “To continue burning despite hardship is the essence of youth! This is most excellent! It is an honour to meet someone who protects both the village and its future!”
Mina, utterly unused to being announced like that, felt her ears warm.
“…thank you,” she said. “You are… very enthusiastic.”
Naruto tugged at her sleeve. “Can I train with him one day, Mina nee-chan? Please? He looks awesome, dattebayo!”
“You may explode,” Mina said calmly. “But sure.”
Guy laughed. It was a bright, open sound, nothing hidden in it at all.
“Bring him any time!” he said. “Youth thrives among other flames! And you, Mina-san! If you ever wish to test your spirit, I will gladly run one hundred laps with you!”
Mina considered this mental image and decided, kindly, that she valued her knees too much.
“I will keep that in mind, thank you,” she said.
They left Guy to his training, Naruto babbling the whole way about green jumpsuits and how maybe orange and green together would be the ultimate ninja outfit.
Mina did not argue. She had learned to choose her battles.
The mission desk in the Hokage tower was less exciting, but only just.
It was the bottleneck of Konoha’s nervous system, a constant flow of papers and shinobi, with the desk chunin looking increasingly hollow eyed as the day wore on. Mina stood to one side in the shade of a pillar, scroll in hand, waiting for the chunin to finish an argument with a genin team about C rank pay rates.
Naruto had been dropped off at the Inuzuka compound for the afternoon. That left Mina strangely unsupervised.
She was not alone for long.
“Well, well,” a lazy drawl came from her left. “If it is not the Fourth’s terrifyingly pretty ex ANBU.”
She turned her head.
Shiranui Genma leaned against the wall near her, senbon tucked in the corner of his mouth, arms folded. His hitai ate was slanted at a careless angle. Raido stood a step behind him, one hip hitched, arms also crossed. The two of them looked like trouble in a very familiar way. She had met them both before, while training with Minato.
“Shiranui-san,” Mina said. “Ate too much dango and cannot stand unassisted?”
Raido snorted.
Genma’s grin widened. “Ouch,” he said around the senbon. “She bites. I like her. And I’ve told you, call me Genma.”
He pushed off the wall with a shoulder and stepped a little closer, not enough to crowd her, just enough that they could drop their voices.
“So,” he said. “You stole the Fourth’s kid.”
Mina stared at him, expression blank.
“I prefer “offered him a home”,” she said. “It sounds less like kidnapping, Genma-san.”
Raido huffed a laugh.
“Relax,” Genma said. “I am not an enemy. That is not an accusation, that is… what is the word, Raido?”
“Gossip,” Raido supplied.
“Exactly,” Genma agreed cheerfully. “You would not believe how much the missions room lights up when an ANBU agent quits to become a full time babysitter. Paperwork nearly caught fire.”
Mina allowed herself a small sigh. “I did not quit,” she said. “I was reassigned.”
“Your resignation involved shouting at the Hokage, or so I’ve been told” Genma said grinning. “That is quitting in my book.”
Raido tilted his head.
“You are doing a good job,” he said quietly.
Mina’s gaze flicked to him.
“You know Naruto, don’t you?” she said.
“Hard not to,” Raido replied. “Small blond whirlwind. He used to steal mission forms and draw whiskers on the Hokage’s signature until someone confiscated his ink.”
Genma smirked. “Funny thing,” he added. “Those incidents stopped right around the time Uzuha Mina moved into a nice little apartment with him.”
“Pure coincidence,” Mina said, smiling.
“Sure,” Genma said. “If you ever need help with anything that is not childcare, give us a shout. There are still a few non idiots in this village who remember what Minato did and know who that kid is.”
Mina met his eyes for a beat longer, reading him. No underlying malice. Just the easy, slightly burnt humour of men who had seen too much and could not quite stop joking about it. Plus, they were both part of Minato’s tokubetsu jonin guard platoon, they lost him that day too.
“I will keep that in mind,” she said. “Thank you.”
Genma tipped an invisible hat. “Any time, gorgeous,” he said.
Raido rolled his eyes and steered him away by the shoulder before he could attempt any more lines. Mina watched them go, oddly comforted by the knowledge that if she needed to, she could call on more than one loud idiot with decent aim.
The dango shop near the training grounds was busy, the smell of sweet soy glaze hanging heavy in the air.
Mina sat at a corner table with a cup of green tea, waiting. Naruto had been sent with Kiba and Shikamaru on some mission that involved “collecting bugs” and “not eating mud” and Tsume Inuzuka’s barked laughter. For once, the apartment was quiet. It made the clatter and chatter of the shop feel almost too loud.
The door slammed open.
“I am telling you,” a loud female voice declared, “if he pulls that weird monk wisdom thing on me one more time, I am going to shove his cigarettes up his nose.”
“Anko,” another woman sighed.
Mina looked up.
Kurenai Yuhi and Mitarashi Anko threaded their way into the shop. Kurenai in her red and white, dark hair falling soft around her face, eyes already searching for a calm corner. Anko in her tan trench, mesh underneath, purple hair spiking in several directions as if it could not quite decide on one.
The shop owner waved them to the same general area Mina occupied. It was, after all, the unofficial jonin corner.
Kurenai’s eyes landed on Mina and warmed. She had seen her before in passing - on the streets, in the Hokage Tower, always with Naruto clinging to her sleeve.
“Mina-san,” Kurenai said as they approached. “May we join you?”
“Of course,” Mina said, gesturing to the empty seats.
Anko dropped bonelessly onto the cushion beside her, immediately ordering enough dango for three people. Kurenai sat with more grace, offering Mina a small smile.
“I have been meaning to talk to you,” Kurenai said. “You are taking care of Naruto-kun, yes.”
Mina inclined her head. “I am.”
“That must require a lot of energy,” Kurenai said gently.
“Ha!” Anko cut in, elbow on the table. “That brat has more chakra than sense. I have seen him chase the Hokage’s hat across three streets.”
Mina’s mouth twitched. “He is loud,” she admitted. “But I would not trade him for anything.”
Kurenai’s smile deepened. “He seems very attached to you,” she said. “That is a miracle in itself, considering how the village has treated him.”
“It helps that I feed him,” Mina said dryly.
Anko cackled. “Food and affection,” she said. “The unbeatable combination.”
The dango arrived. Anko inhaled hers with frightening efficiency.
“So,” Anko said around a mouthful, “Kakashi is always lurking around your building. Should I congratulate you or warn you?”
Mina looked at her for a long, unimpressed second.
“Kakashi-san is grieving,” she said. “I do not intend to make his life more complicated than it already is.”
Anko whistled. “She is polite,” she said to Kurenai. “Weird.”
“She is kind,” Kurenai corrected. “You should try that, Anko.”
“Rude,” Anko muttered.
They lapsed into talking about genjutsu for a while - Kurenai’s theories on emotional anchors, Mina’s experience using illusion in infiltration, the way certain trauma made some people more resistant and others easier to trigger. It was the kind of professional talk Mina had missed, the exchange of ideas without immediate threat attached.
At some point, the name Asuma came up - Kurenai’s exasperated affection clear in the way she described his smoking and his tendency to vanish on missions guarding feudal lords. Anko threw bits of dango stick at her every time her voice softened.
Through it all, Mina listened, filed names and dynamics away. Another corner of the jonin web took shape in her mind - not just ranks and mission types, but loyalties, friendships, the quiet ways people held each other up.
It was… reassuring. There were more pillars holding Konoha up than Shimura Danzo and the ghosts of war.
Naruto’s first sleepover at the Inuzuka compound was, in a word, feral.
Tsume met Mina at the gate, one hand on her hip, the other holding the scruff of her ninken that did absolutely nothing to restrain the enormous dog. Kiba hovered behind her, eyes bright, little Akamaru yapping from his head.
“You sure about this, kid?” Tsume asked, eyeing Mina.
“Are you sure about this, Tsume nee-san?” Mina countered.
They looked at each other. Then both grinned.
“He will be fine,” Tsume said. “Worst case, he comes back with a few scratches and a better sense of smell.”
Naruto had already charged past them, shouting something about “pack” and “adventure” and “dattebayo.” Sasuke, brought along at Mina’s insistence, followed with much less enthusiasm, arms folded, expression as flat as a pond on a still day.
“If he comes back howling,” Mina said, “I am bringing him to you on full moons.”
Tsume barked a laugh. “Deal. Go relax. You look like you have not had a night off in years.”
“I have not,” Mina said.
Tsume clapped her hard on the shoulder. “Then get going,” she ordered. “Before the brat realises you can be guilt tripped into staying.”
Mina did as she was told.
For the first time since Naruto had moved in, the apartment felt truly empty.
She stood in the doorway for a moment, listening to the silence. It was almost disorienting. No small feet thudding on boards, no cupboard doors slamming, no “Mina nee-chan, look!” every other breath.
The quiet was tempting.
The quiet was also an opportunity.
Mina moved.
She set water for tea, laid out three sets of chopsticks, pulled ingredients from the pantry. Her hands worked without needing much input from her brain - rice rinsed, fish sliced, miso stirred. The rhythm soothed her enough to think clearly.
By the time the sun had slid fully behind the houses opposite, the apartment smelled like simmered mackerel and spiced vegetables. The table was set. The lantern light painted everything in soft gold.
A knock sounded at the door, two short, one long.
Mina opened it.
Shisui grinned at her from the hall, hair a little wind messy, eyes bright as ever. Itachi stood just behind his shoulder, more composed, but some of the constant strain in his face eased the moment he saw her.
“Mina nee,” Shisui greeted, slipping inside without waiting to be invited. He sniffed the air dramatically. “You made the simmered mackerel again. You are definitely trying to seduce me. I will tell every girl in the village you are a menace.”
“Good evening to you too,” Mina said, closing the door.
Itachi stepped in with more decorum, inclining his head. “Thank you for inviting us, Mina nee-san” he said quietly.
“You looked like you needed a proper meal,” Mina said. “And Naruto and Sasuke are with Kiba and Tsume-san. We have a one night when we won’t being used as climbing apparatus.”
Shisui pressed a hand over his heart. “Peace and food,” he said. “Truly, you are the best of us.”
Mina flicked him on the forehead.
“Sit,” she said.
They did.
The meal was comfortable. They talked about missions that could be mentioned without breaching confidentiality, about Sasuke’s growing obsession with shuriken practise, about Naruto’s latest attempt to climb the Hokage monument, which almost gave Mina a heart attack. Shisui made faces. Itachi’s lips curved in a small, genuine smile more than once.
For a little while, it was almost easy to forget the way ANBU masks lurked at the edges of both their lives.
When the bowls were mostly empty and the tea had been poured, Mina set her cup down and let silence sit for a few breaths.
Then she said, very softly, “I would like to talk to you as an Uchiha. Not as Konoha shinobi.”
Both men stilled.
Shisui’s eyes sharpened in a way they rarely did outside a fight. Itachi looked up, tension resting in the set of his jaw.
“Something is wrong,” Itachi said. It was not a question.
Mina nodded. “I have been looking into the night of the Nine Tails attack,” she said. “And I do not think it was an accident. Or a simple case of a jinchuuriki giving birth and losing control.”
Shisui’s playful tone dropped away altogether. “Lay it on us, Mina nee,” he said.
She told them.
About the archives. About the henge disguised weapons inventory. About the orders beneath it - Root with stand down, Uchiha police with do not engage, issuer line redacted in a way that had Danzo’s fingerprints all over it.
She described how Shikaku had confirmed the obvious - that multiple clan heads had noticed the patterns, that he also did not believe Minato would have cut the Uchiha out of a crisis on purpose. How the relocation to the outskirts had followed with suspicious speed. How rumours had spread, blaming the Uchiha for not moving fast enough to stop the attack, and of being involved in it.
Itachi’s hands tightened around his teacup. Shisui’s jaw clenched, the muscles ticking.
“We suspected,” Itachi said quietly. “That someone used the attack. To move the clan. To isolate us. But that document…”
“Danzo,” Shisui spat, eyes dark. “Of course it comes back to that mummified vulture.”
Mina inclined her head. “If we say his name too loudly, he may appear in a puff of smoke and try to recruit us,” she said.
Shisui’s mouth twitched despite himself. Itachi exhaled slowly.
“It confirms what we have felt,” he said. “But not what really happened with the Kyuubi.”
Mina hesitated.
Then she thought of Naruto’s trembling hands, clutching at her shirt in the dark. Of the way Kurama’s chakra had snarled and twisted when his nightmares peaked. Of the begrudging trust in that vast voice when he had given her his name.
“These are not the only sources I have,” she said.
Shisui looked up sharply. “What do you mean?”
Mina folded her hands together on the table, fingers interlaced to keep them steady.
“After Naruto moved in with me,” she began, “he started having nightmares. Not normal ones. His chakra would flare, violently. Part of it was his, wild and untrained. Part of it was… older. Sharper. Not entirely his own.”
“The Kyuubi,” Itachi murmured.
Mina nodded. “At first, I woke him, held him until it passed. But the episodes grew worse quickly. The seal was designed for a newborn. He is not a newborn any more. The pressure inside him rises as he grows.”
Shisui’s eyes widened. “You did not,” he said.
“I did,” Mina replied calmly. “One night, when his chakra spiked, I activated my Sharingan instead of waking him. I let his chakra pull me in. It brought me to his mindscape.”
She remembered it too clearly. The endless corridor of water. The bars rising like a mountain, the seal tag hanging over them. The eyes - huge, slitted, burning like the memory of fire.
“The Kyuubi is sealed behind a cage in his mind,” she said. “That is where I met him.”
Itachi’s fingers went slack for a heartbeat. Shisui made a strangled sound.
“You walked into the Kyuubi’s cage,” he said, eyes huge. “On purpose.”
“At the time,” Mina said dryly, “it seemed more practical than letting Naruto scream himself hoarse every night.”
Itachi closed his eyes for a second, as if weighing a thousand potential disasters. When he opened them again, they were full of horrified fascination.
“And he… spoke to you?” he said.
“Frequently,” Mina said. “He recognised my sharingan, obviously. He remembered me, actually. He remembered Kushina nee and her life that he watched from behind the bars of his cage. He remembered the chains that bound him. That night too. And he remembered… someone else.”
She drew a slow breath.
“A man with a single Sharingan,” she said. “Not Madara. Not an Uchiha he knew. Chakra that was familiar to the Kyuubi, but also foreign. Twisted, somehow. He said he saw that eye before he broke Kushina nee’s seal. After that, he remembers nothing until he awoke sealed in Naruto again.”
Silence spread through the room like spilled ink.
“That matches what we have heard from some survivors on the front lines that night,” Itachi said at last, voice very low. “Masked man, controlling the Kyuubi. Madara died long ago. That leaves…”
“Someone with access to a Sharingan and no right to it,” Mina finished. “Someone who used the chaos to strike at Konoha. To kill Minato-nii and Kushina-nee. And to give Danzo the opening he needed to move your clan where he wanted them.”
Shisui’s hands were shaking.
“That bastard,” he whispered. “Using us as pawns. Using everyone.”
Mina looked down at her own fingers.
“The night I found out they were dead,” she said quietly, “I was not here. Minato nii-san had sent me away. For my safety, he said. So I would not throw myself between Kushina nee-san and the fox. Or reveal my eyes. I came back to smoke and silence. Hiruzen sama told me they were gone.”
Her throat tightened. She let it, this once, in front of the only two people who might understand.
“The world narrowed,” she said. “And then it stretched. I remember thinking, over and over, if I had been faster. If I had refused the mission. If I had been here. If I could have given anything, anything at all, for one more second with them.”
Her eyes prickled.
“In that moment,” she went on, “my Sharingan changed. The tomoe twisted. The world sharpened so much it hurt. I somehow knew this ability’s name. Gekirin.”
She uncrossed her hands and flexed her fingers as if she could feel the power there even now. She activated her mangekyou for them to see - six pronged sun, rays curved like the tail ends of the tomoe.
“I can rewind a single target’s body by five seconds,” she said. “Their mind remains unchanged. Their body returns to where it was five seconds before. I cannot rewind myself. If I push beyond those 5 seconds, my mind might fracture. I do not know what happens if I force it even further, or forward. I have never tried.”
Shisui stared at her, her eyes, all the humour gone. For once, he looked his age. Younger, even. A boy who had lost too much.
“That is Mangekyou,” he said softly. “Your Mangekyou.”
Itachi’s gaze was full of quiet horror and understanding.
“You awakened it when you learned they died,” he said.
Mina inclined her head. “Yes.”
She did not mention the nights she had sat awake, staring at the ceiling, thinking of all the times she had been five seconds too late. Sakumo’s untimely death by his own hand. Minato’s robe on an empty hook. Kushina’s laughter cut short.
“I have never used it,” she admitted. “Not in the field, not in training. Not deliberately. I do not know what it would do to me, or to the target. But I thought you should know. I…considered them my cursed eyes.”
Shisui let out a breath that sounded halfway between a laugh and a sob.
“I awakened mine too,” he said suddenly.
Mina looked up. Itachi’s head snapped toward him.
“Shisui,” he said.
“I lost teammates and…it happened”
His mouth twisted.
“I got so angry I thought I would burn alive,” he said. “My eyes changed. The world… shifted. I also knew it’s name instinctually. Kotoamatsukami. I can completely alter someone’s thoughts and actions, without them realising they are under a genjutsu. But I can only use it once every ten years.”
Mina’s fingers tightened. “That is a terrifying ability,” she said calmly. “And a heavy one.”
Shisui laughed again, brittle. “Yours basically allows you to play with the concept of time. But yeah, tell me about it,” he said. “I have been thinking… if I used it on Fugaku, on the clan elders… I could stop this coup talk before it takes shape. Change their minds. Make them choose peace.”
Itachi’s shoulders were rigid. He had heard this plan before.
“Kotoamatsukami is a last resort,” Mina said immediately, voice as firm as steel.
Shisui looked up, startled. “Mina nee-” he began.
“No,” she said. “Listen to me. That ability is too powerful to throw around like a wide net, and you can use it only once every ten years. You would carry the weight of an entire clan’s stolen agency on your back. You, personally. Not Danzo. Not Hiruzen. You. I will not let you do that to yourself unless there is no other path.”
“It would stop a war,” Shisui protested. “If it is between my conscience and hundreds of lives-”
“You have already accepted too easily that your conscience is expendable,” Mina said, cutting him off. “It is not. And neither are you.”
He flinched.
Itachi’s gaze slid between them, dark and troubled.
“What do you suggest instead?” he asked.
Mina inhaled slowly.
“We work both sides,” she said. “I will go to Hiruzen-sama with structured proposals. Practical measures to ease the pressure. Joint patrols between Uchiha police and other units, so no one can claim you are hoarding authority. Rotating command positions that let clan shinobi show their loyalty outside the district. Symbolic gestures. Actual policy changes.”
She tapped the table with one finger, a mimicry of Shikaku’s habit.
“At the same time,” she went on, “you talk to the clan. The reasonable ones. The younger officers. Mikoto-sama, perhaps. Reinforce the fact that a coup will get them killed and Sasuke orphaned. We build bridges instead of digging graves.”
“And the Danzo issue,” Itachi said. “You would keep that quiet?”
“For now,” Mina said. “If we throw it on the table without proof and preparation, the clan will revolt and we hand him the excuse he needs to move openly. We gather allies first. Shikaku. Choza. Inoichi. Tsume. Shibi. People who will not snap at Danzo’s command. Then, when we have a solid wall, we push.”
Shisui leaned back, rubbing a hand over his face.
“You make it sound simple,” he muttered.
“It is not,” Mina said. “But it is less self destructive than you sacrificing your ability and your soul in one move.”
She looked at him steadily.
“I have lost too many people,” she said quietly. “I am not giving you up to some martyr fantasy.”
Shisui blinked rapidly.
“Fine,” he said at last, voice rough. “Fine, Mina nee. We will try it your way first. But if it fails -”
“Then we talk again,” she said. “Together.”
Itachi watched them, expression turning softer at the edges.
“You do not have to carry this alone,” Mina told him, turning that same steady gaze on him now. “You have been trying to straddle the line between clan and village since you were old enough to walk. You are allowed to lean on us.”
Itachi’s mouth trembled, just once.
“I will protect them both,” he said, voice barely audible. “The clan. The village. Sasuke. You.”
Mina reached across the table and curled her fingers around his wrist, grounding him.
“And we will protect you,” she said. “Even if you spend your time making terrible decisions I do not approve of.”
A tiny ghost of a smile flickered.
She let go and leaned back, letting the tension drain just a little.
“Naruto is Tenshi,” she said suddenly. “He is our angel. So Sasuke asked me recently to give him a nickname too. I chose Senshi. Our little warrior. He appeared embarrassed, but still pleased.”
Shisui choked on his tea. “That is adorable,” he sputtered. “Our Tenshi and our Senshi. You are going to embarrass Sasuke so much.”
“He’ll live,” Mina said. “And they will have nicknames that remind them what they are fighting for.”
Itachi’s eyes softened. “Sasuke will like that,” he said quietly. “Eventually.”
They stayed like that for a while longer, leaning over maps and blank scrolls, sketching out possible patrol rotations, potential talking points for clan meetings, the names of council members who might be persuaded.
It was not an official council room. There were no crests on the walls, no formal seals. Just three Uchiha by blood, sitting at a small table in a modest apartment, lit by lamplight and stubborn hope.
When at last Shisui and Itachi stood to leave, the night was deep outside. The street beyond the window was quiet. Somewhere, a dog barked.
“Get home safe,” Mina said at the door.
Shisui grinned at her, some of his usual mischief back in place. “You too, Mina nee. Try not to assassinate any elders in your sleep.”
“I will try,” she said.
Itachi lingered half a heartbeat longer.
“Thank you, Mina nee-san” he said softly.
“You are family,” she replied, as if it were the simplest fact in the world. “You do not need to thank me for standing beside you when the wind is strong.”
He bowed slightly, then stepped out into the shadows.
Mina closed the door behind them and leaned her forehead briefly against the wood.
The weight on her shoulders had grown heavier tonight. It had also become more defined. No longer a vague sense of responsibility, but a chosen burden.
She pushed away from the door, blew out the lamp, and began clearing the dishes, the echoes of their voices still warm in the small, stubbornly bright space she called home.
——————————————————————————
The streets near the Uchiha district always felt narrower in the evening.
Maybe it was the way the shadows pooled between the houses. Maybe it was the way the air grew still, waiting. Or maybe it was simply that Mina had been trained to notice pressure, and pressure always made things feel tighter.
Naruto did not notice any of that.
He jogged ahead of her, talking at Sasuke more than with him, arms swinging, hair catching the last of the light.
“And then Kiba said I could totally jump off the shed roof and I did and I only fell on my face a little bit, dattebayo, but it was fine because Tsume ba-chan said that is how real shinobi learn!”
“You are an idiot,” Sasuke said flatly, stalking beside him with his hands in his pockets.
Mina followed a few paces back, eyes half lidded. To anyone casual, she looked like a young jonin walking two children home. To anyone who knew what to look for, she was scanning.
Roofline, there. A flicker of movement, almost lazy. ANBU. Standard mask. Mouse pattern. Watching the street, not them specifically.
Past the first junction, another. Hawk mask, facing the opposite direction. Overlapping fields of view. They were not patrolling. They were stationed. Perched like crows around a ploughed field.
Mina’s gaze snagged on a reflection in a window. She saw the angle of a mask, the tilt of a head. There was a pattern there. Staggered, but too tight around the Uchiha district boundary.
Her shoulders wanted to tense. She did not let them.
“Why does Sasuke teme always walk like he has got a stick up his -” Naruto began loudly.
“Language, Tenshi,” Mina said mildly.
Naruto huffed. “But it is true, dattebayo!”
Sasuke’s scowl deepened. “I walk fine,” he muttered.
“You stomp,” Naruto shot back. “You stomp like this.” He exaggerated an offended little march, knees coming up too high, arms stiff. “See. Teme stomp.”
“I do not stomp,” Sasuke said, but the corner of his mouth twitched.
Ahead of them, the stone arch that marked the start of the Uchiha district cast a long shadow across the street. The clan crest carved into it caught the last light, fan shape dark against a reddening sky.
On the roofline above that arch, two more ANBU glided into position. Mina did not look up at them directly. Her eyes slid to a laundry line instead, watching the way the clothes swayed in the faint breeze. Their timing, however, she tracked exactly.
Relief pattern. Twenty minute shifts, she guessed, based on the subtle substitution she had been watching over the last few evenings. Two in view, one always in reserve.
Once, that had been her. Masked, silent, a weapon with a heartbeat.
Now she watched them and felt her jaw tighten.
“Tenshi,” she called. “Stay on the pavement, please. You too senshi.”
Naruto hopped off the low wall he had been balancing on and trotted back to her side, frowning up at her.
“Why,” he asked.
“Because it is safer,” she said. “Humour me.”
He took her hand without another word. Sasuke eyed the street, then did the same on her other side, pretending it was only so Naruto would not pull ahead.
They passed an old woman sweeping her front step. She paused, broom held halfway up, gaze flicking from Naruto’s whisker marked cheeks to Mina’s face. Her mouth thinned. Her eyes slid away with the air of someone refusing to look at something unpleasant.
Mina did not slow.
She catalogued the expression anyway. Residual hatred. No overt move. Just poison, leaching slowly.
Sasuke’s fingers tightened around hers.
“Do not let go, senshi” she said quietly.
“I wasn’t going to,” he muttered.
They turned down a side street that would carry them out of the district and towards the main lanes near Mina’s apartment. The ANBU pattern shifted with them. She could feel it. Not specific attention, not yet. Just a net tightening reflexively whenever anyone moved near Uchiha territory.
Someone had ordered greater presence here. Someone was watching fears instead of calming them.
Minato would not have done this, Mina thought, cold. He would have gone to the compound himself. Sat across from Fugaku. Worked until his throat was dry and his patience frayed to keep this from becoming a siege.
Hiruzen was not Minato.
They ran into Itachi and Shisui two streets out, at the edge of a small training ground where a stand of trees gave way to beaten earth.
Shisui was the first she saw, because he was the one moving. He flickered through a kata, shunshin quick, body a blur on one side of the clearing, then the other. His movements were still precise. They were also just slightly off.
There was a hesitation at the end of each line, a tiny lag before he reset. It was the kind of fatigue only shinobi would notice, the kind that had crept so far into muscle memory that it needed careful extracting.
Itachi stood beyond him, under the shade of a tree. He was not training. He was watching Shisui with a focus so sharp it might have cut.
“Shisui nii!” Naruto yelled the moment he saw them. He tore his hand from Mina’s and charged into the clearing. “Itachi nii! Look! I can do the leaf thing! Look!”
He slapped a leaf to his forehead, poured chakra into it with all the subtlety of an explosion, and clenched his teeth as if the effort were a weight.
The leaf stuck. Mostly because he was pumping so much chakra through his coils it did not dare move.
Shisui let out a low whistle. “Oho,” he said, letting his stance relax. “Look at you, Naruto. Soon you will be running up trees and leaving us all behind.”
Itachi’s gaze lifted from Shisui’s form to Naruto’s beaming face. For a moment, the hard tension around his eyes eased.
“You are doing well,” he said, voice warm in that quiet Itachi way. “Keep practising.”
Sasuke sniffed. “I can already do that,” he said.
“No you cannot, teme,” Naruto declared. “You got the leaf stuck to your hair, not your forehead, dattebayo!”
“I meant tree climbing,” Sasuke snapped.
“Then say that!” Naruto threw his arms wide. “How am I supposed to know what you mean if you do not say it, you broody tomato.”
“It is not that hard to figure out,” Sasuke insisted, ears reddening.
Mina let their bickering wash over her for a moment. Her attention had already gone to the two older boys.
Itachi’s uniform sat too loosely on his shoulders. Shisui’s eyes had shadows beneath them that looked like bruises. Both of them held themselves with the bone deep stillness of people who were trying not to sway.
“You have lost weight,” Mina said without preamble, walking over.
Shisui put a hand over his heart, feigning a wound. “Are you saying I am not irresistibly handsome any more?” he gasped.
“I am saying,” Mina replied calmly, “that you have not slept properly in at least a week.”
Shisui’s grin faltered, just a fraction.
Itachi’s gaze flicked away. “I am fine, Mina nee-san,” he said, the automatic politeness reflex stiff in his voice.
“You have never been a good liar, Itachi,” she said.
He actually flinched, just a little.
Shisui chuckled weakly. “Do not worry, Mina nee,” he said, trying to drag the mood back to lightness. “We are Uchiha. We are too stubborn to die tired.”
“That is not reassuring now, and hasn’t been even the previous times you’ve said it,” Mina said flatly.
He shrugged, the movement looser than it should have been. “We have had extra patrols,” he admitted. “Clan meetings. ANBU rotations. You know how it is.”
“Yes,” Mina said. “I do.”
Her eyes flicked up, just once, to the roofline beyond the training ground. Another mask there, watching. The ANBU pattern did not stop at the district border. It radiated out, here too.
Itachi followed her glance without seeming to.
“They have increased surveillance,” he said quietly.
“It is not about safety,” Mina murmured back. “It is about control.”
Itachi’s fingers curled at his sides.
Shisui blew out a breath, raking a hand through his hair. “We will manage,” he said. “We always do.”
Mina looked at him, took in the forced grin, the way his shoulders sagged the instant he thought she was not looking.
“You do not have to manage alone,” she said.
He waved a hand, as if batting away an insect. “You already took on a blond gremlin and half the other clan heirs,” he said. “Let us carry some of the load, Mina nee. That is what big brothers are for.”
“Big brothers are for not collapsing in the street, plus, I’m the oldest one, in case you forgot,” Mina replied.
Shisui laughed. It came out thinner than usual.
Naruto had, by now, shoved Sasuke into demonstrating his tree walking, which had turned into a competition. Naruto, full of enthusiasm and bad control, slammed his feet into the trunk hard enough to crack bark, sprinted upwards, lost control, and then slid down on his backside, wailing.
Sasuke, who had hit his growth spurt in precision a little earlier, walked up with cool focus. Itachi watched both with a fondness that hurt to see.
“They are getting better,” Mina said quietly.
“They will surpass us,” Itachi answered just as quietly.
“That is the point,” Shisui muttered, but there was a sadness under it.
Mina set a hand briefly on each of their shoulders. A touch, nothing more, but enough to anchor.
“I am going to the Hokage again tomorrow,” she said. “With more detailed proposals. Joint patrols. Symbolic changes. If we can ease some of the pressure, maybe these extra masks will go away.”
Shisui’s mouth twisted. “If you can get the old man to lift his head out of his pipe and look around, I will eat my hitai ate,” he said.
“It will not hurt to try,” Mina replied. “I will not sit and watch this tighten without saying anything.”
Itachi’s eyes went soft and pained. “You are doing too much,” he said. “You are raising Naruto, working as jonin, and now trying to hold the clan and the village together. It is not all on you.”
“Do not worry,” Mina said gently. “I am also too stubborn to die tired.”
This time, they did not laugh.
The Hokage’s office always smelled faintly of ink and tobacco when Hiruzen was in office.
Mina stood in front of the desk, a neat stack of scrolls in her hands, listening to the scratch of Hiruzen’s pen as he finished whatever line he was writing.
He looked older than she remembered from her childhood. That alone was not surprising. Wars and loss carved lines into people. What worried her was not the wrinkles, but the way his shoulders seemed to sag under invisible weight.
He finished the line, set the pen aside, and looked up at her. His smile was tired, but real.
“Mina,” he said. “You wanted to speak with me.”
“Yes, Hokage-sama,” she said, stepping forward to place the scrolls on his desk. “I have some proposals regarding the security situation around the Uchiha clan.”
His eyes flicked down to the scrolls, then back up. “Security situation,” he repeated mildly.
“The increased ANBU presence around the district,” Mina clarified. “The relocation was meant to ease tensions, not turn their home into a surveillance perimeter.”
Hiruzen sighed, rubbing the bridge of his nose. “Those deployments are simply a precaution,” he said. “After what happened with the Nine Tails -”
“With respect,” Mina cut in, voice still perfectly polite, “the Nine Tails is sealed inside a six year old currently trying to learn his numbers, not in the Uchiha district. These masks are not aimed at the fox. They are aimed at your own people.”
He regarded her for a long moment.
“You worry too much, Mina,” he said at last. “These things take time. We must trust in the village and in its institutions.”
Mina’s jaw clenched for half a heartbeat. She forced it loose again.
“I do not worry without reason,” she said. “Tension is already high. I have seen clan meetings empty out with set faces. I have seen fatigue in Itachi and Shisui. If this continues, at best we will see more incidents in the streets. At worst…”
She did not finish. She did not have to. The word hung there without being spoken. Coup. Uprising. Civil war.
She tapped one of the scrolls lightly. “These are a series of measures that could help,” she said. “Joint patrols between Uchiha police and other units, so no one can accuse them of acting in isolation. Rotating command placements that would allow Uchiha officers to serve visibly in other parts of the village. Public acknowledgements of their contribution, not just whispers of suspicion.”
Hiruzen unrolled the first scroll, eyes scanning the carefully written lines. Mina had stayed up late drafting them, drawing on everything she had learnt at Shikaku’s table, everything she could remember from watching Minato navigate war councils. Each suggestion was designed to lower pressure on both sides without giving Danzo an obvious attack line.
Somewhere in the village below, Naruto was at the park with Yoshino and Shikamaru, probably arguing with another child over crayons. Sasuke would be in the compound, practising his kata. The weight of both their futures sat in the lines Hiruzen was now skimming.
“They are reasonable,” Hiruzen said at last. “Thoughtful.”
“Then we should act on them,” Mina replied.
He rolled the scroll back up slowly.
“And yet,” he said, “implementing them would require careful negotiation with the council, with the clan heads, with the Uchiha elders. Moving too fast could provoke the very outcome we wish to avoid.”
“Doing nothing will also provoke it,” Mina said, voice still calm, but her eyes had gone flint hard. “Only more slowly. Danzo has been allowed to direct fear at the Uchiha unchecked. The relocation itself was a concession to that fear, not a solution. If you continue to allow the village’s institutions to be used as weapons rather than shields, they will push the clan to the edge.”
Hiruzen inhaled through his nose, slow and long.
“You are very young to be so cynical,” he said.
“You are very old to be so patient,” Mina replied.
His lips quirked despite himself. The fondness in his gaze was paternal, aching. It made her shoulders tense.
“I appreciate your concern,” he said gently. “Truly. You have always cared deeply for this village, even when it did not deserve it. But some things must be handled from this desk, not yours.”
Mina’s fingers twitched at her sides, wanting to curl into fists.
“With respect, Hokage-sama,” she said again, very measured, “this desk has allowed Danzo to carve out a private army under its nose. It allowed him to use Root to torture children and discard them. It allowed him to deprive me of lineage. I have trusted this desk before. It did not catch me when I fell when you sat behind this desk.”
Hiruzen flinched.
Silence stretched, heavy.
He folded his hands together on the desk. For a moment, an old warrior looked out at her through the tired eyes - Sarutobi Hiruzen, the Professor, the man who had faced two wars and kept a village alive.
Then he closed that gaze away and sighed, old again.
“Leave this to me, Mina,” he said softly. “Focus on raising Naruto and on your own duties. The village needs you there. It is not your responsibility to shoulder every burden.”
Her throat hurt. Not with tears. With all the unsaid words scraping against it.
“You’ve said that to me before. And naruto is part of this village,” she said quietly. “Just like Sasuke is. So are Itachi and Shisui and all the Uchiha children who have no idea that their lives are being weighed on scales they did not build. I would sleep better knowing you were carrying that weight with open eyes instead of hoping it balances itself somehow.”
He looked away first.
“Your proposals are noted,” he said. “I will… consider them.”
Mina had been in enough rooms by now to recognise the phrase for what it was. The polite shelving of an idea someone did not want to confront.
She stood very straight.
“May I speak freely, Hokage-sama?” she asked.
“You have never done otherwise,” he said, almost fond.
“Doing nothing is also a choice,” she said. “If this ends badly, history will not care that you meant well. It will only record that you saw the pattern and chose not to redraw it.”
His eyes closed briefly. When he opened them again, the Hokage smile was back in place.
“Thank you for your honesty, Mina,” he said. “You may go.”
He had dismissed ANBU with that same tone.
Mina bowed, perfectly correct, perfectly controlled.
“As you wish, Hokage-sama, so long as you know you are in the wrong,” she said.
She left the scrolls on his desk.
The walk down the stairs felt longer than usual. The walls of the tower seemed to lean in, full of portraits and plaques that watched her pass with paint eyes and carved smiles.
At the base of the stairs, near the mission desk, she caught a flicker of silver out of the corner of her eye. Kakashi stood half turned away, files in one hand, the other buried in his pocket. His hitai ate was slanted over his eye as always, mask pulled up.
He looked up as she stepped off the last stair.
Their gazes met, held.
For a second, Mina thought he might speak. Ask what she had said up there. Ask if Hiruzen had listened. Ask anything at all.
He did not. His visible eye flicked away. He turned slightly, as if to step aside and let her pass.
“It is getting worse,” Mina said quietly, stopping beside him.
He paused. Then, slowly, he inclined his head.
“I know,” he said.
There were so many things unsaid under that. He knew about the extra masks. He knew about the council murmurs. He knew Hiruzen was not the man he had been when he was younger.
“Will you say anything?” Mina asked, not accusing, just tired.
His fingers tightened on the files. “I am a jonin,” he said. “Not a councillor.”
“You were Minato nii-san’s student,” she said. “He would have listened to you.”
Kakashi’s shoulders hunched, almost imperceptibly.
“He is not Minato sensei,” he said, and there was something raw and brittle in the way he said it.
Mina looked at him for another long moment.
“I am going to keep trying,” she said simply. “Even if he does not listen. I cannot do less and still look Naruto in the eye when he asks me why things are the way they are.”
Kakashi’s eye closed briefly.
“…you sound like him,” he muttered.
“Good,” Mina said. “Someone in this tower should.”
She moved past him, down the hall and out into the late afternoon light, her steps steady even as that old, familiar ache gnawed at her ribs.
Hiruzen had made his choice for now. To wait. To trust that the system he had helped build would correct itself. To pretend that inaction was neutrality.
But Mina had lived in the cracks of that system as a child. She knew what grew there when no one cleaned them out.
She knew, too, that she had been here before. In another office, in another time, being told to stand back for her own good.
That time, her family had died while she was away.
This time, she would not be sent anywhere. If the noose tightened, she would see it, fingers on the rope, eyes open.
And if Hiruzen would not turn his head and look, then she would do what she had always done.
Make her own way through the shadows.
——————————————————————————
Rumours travelled through Konoha like smoke, curling under doors and through paper walls.
Mina heard this one in fragments.
Uchiha.
Shisui.
River.
She was at the washing line, pegging Naruto’s small shirts one evening, when two chunin passed in the alley below.
“Did you hear… Shunshin no Shisui…”
“…Naka River…”
“…they say he jumped…”
The shirt slipped from her fingers.
For a second the world narrowed to a ringing in her ears, a cold static that drowned out the breeze and Naruto’s voice from inside, humming something off key. Her hands moved on instinct, finishing the task, expression smoothing into calm because there was a child in her kitchen who did not need to see her fall apart.
Jumped, they said.
Shisui did not jump anywhere by accident.
She finished hanging the washing, went inside and checked on Naruto. He was kneeling on a chair by the table, tongue sticking out as he tried to draw a frog, pencil clenched in his fist. There were smudges of green all over his cheeks.
“Nee-chan, look, it is Gama-chan’s cousin,” he beamed.
“It is a very fearsome frog,” she said, and her voice only shook a little. She smoothed his hair. “I have to go out for a little while, Tenshi. Will you be all right if you stay here and finish drawing?”
He pouted, suspicious. “You always say that when you are doing boring adult things, dattebayo.”
“I will bring you back dango,” Mina bribed.
He considered this deeply. “One with extra sauce.”
“Two,” she promised.
That earned her solemn consent. She checked the seals on the windows, the simple protection tags she had scattered around the flat, setting a silent alarm in her own chakra. Then she stepped out, closed the door, and the moment the latch clicked, she ran.
The air by the river was damp and cool when the crow found her.
It landed on the branch above the path, black eyes fixed on her. A familiar chakra signature wrapped around its small body. It cawed once, spread its wings, and flew low.
Mina followed.
The Naka River was a dark ribbon in the evening, the mist curling up from it thick enough to taste. The moonlight smeared across its surface, broken by the slow current. The smell of damp earth and stone filled her nose. There was someone standing near the bank, silhouette rigid.
“Itachi,” she called softly.
He turned.
The last time she had seen him, he had been tired, yes, drawn thin by ANBU work and clan pressure. Now his face looked carved out of stone. Too pale. Eyes hollowed out. His shoulders were slumped as if the weight of his own body was too much.
“Nee-san,” he said, and his voice was cracked raw.
She crossed the distance between them without really remembering her feet moving. Up close, she could see the tremble in his hands where they hung at his sides.
“What happened?” she asked, because she needed to hear it in his words and not as smoke and gossip.
Itachi swallowed. His eyes flicked to the river behind her and then back, as if he could not bear to look at it for long.
“Danzo,” he said, and the name was already an accusation, a curse. “Root.”
That told her half of it.
He spoke the rest in pieces, voice low and shaking, and she stood there and took in every word.
Danzo had summoned Shisui under the guise of a private conversation. Root operatives had attacked. A flash of steel. The wet smell of blood. A hand on Shisui’s face, fingers digging in, stealing the right eye from its socket. Shisui staggering, barely escaping with his life, chakra flickering like a tattered flag.
“He met me here,” Itachi said, staring unseeingly at the river. “He was already… he was bleeding so much.”
Mina saw it in her mind a moment before he described it: Shisui on the cliff above the riverbank, cloak torn, one eye gone, yet still smiling that infuriating, warm grin.
“He said there was no time,” Itachi went on, voice shaking harder. “That Danzo would twist things, that the clan was already too close to the edge. He… he gave me his other eye.”
Mina felt a cold chill settle in her stomach.
“He trusted me with half of Kotoamatsukami. He said… ‘You can do what I can’t. You can watch over them all’.”
Itachi’s jaw clenched. She could see tears balancing on the sharp edges of his lashes.
“And then,” Itachi said, breath almost breaking, “before I could stop him, he jumped. He smiled, nee-san, he smiled, and he jumped.”
His composure shattered on the last word.
Mina’s knees felt weak, as if someone had kicked them out from beneath her. The river in front of them, dark and slow, seemed to expand, to pull at the edges of her vision.
Shisui. Laughing Shisui with his ridiculous lines and his terrible jokes and the way he always insisted on calling her Mina nee and stealing her food. Shisui, who had pushed so hard to find a way out of a war between clan and village without anyone dying for once. Shisui, who now lay somewhere in that water, eyes closed, smile gone.
She took a step forward and then another, until she was standing close enough to Itachi that she could feel the raw heat of his grief rolling off him in waves.
“He chose it,” Itachi whispered. “He chose to trust me and the Hokage. He believed it was the only way to protect the clan and the village, but I… I could not stop him. How am I supposed to carry that? How am I supposed to protect them all?”
Mina reached up and cupped his cheek with one hand. He flinched, as if the contact burned, then leaned into it like a starving man.
“We have lost too many people to men who hide behind the word ‘village’,” she said, the words scraping in her throat. “Sakumo-san, Minato nii-san, Kushina nee-san, now Shisui. All of them spent, traded, thrown away for ‘Konoha’.”
Itachi’s shoulders shook. He took in a ragged breath and let it out.
“They will try to use you,” Mina continued, because she needed him to hear it now, when the wound was still open and therefore possible to reach. “Danzo will not stop. Hiruzen will not stand up to him firmly enough. The clan will want to pull you one way, the village another, and both will all call it duty.”
He pressed his teeth together until she could hear it.
“Nee-san,” he said hoarsely. “My eyes changed.”
He drew back enough to look at her. For a moment his Sharingan flared, tomoe spinning, and then they twisted, dark centres blooming into a new, layered pattern. Mangekyo. Pain made manifest.
“I saw him fall,” Itachi whispered. “I reached for him, and I could not… my hands were too slow. The world felt like it split in two and then… it came back together, different. Everything sharper and worse at once. When I realised what had happened, it was already too late.”
Something inside Mina clenched. The description was too familiar.
“As I told you, my sharingan also changed, the night I came back to Konoha, after the last mission Minato gave me” she said quietly, meeting his gaze with her own. Her chakra prickled under her skin. She let her eyes bleed red, the three tomoe spinning into the whirling, curved shape of her own Mangekyo.
“Gekirin,” she said, the name tasting bitter. “I know I told you this. I can choose a target and turn their body back five seconds into the past. Just five. They remember everything, but their body… rewinds. Wounds close, positions reset. The mind stays in the present and the flesh returns to what it was.”
Itachi stared at her eyes, something like horror swimming in them.
“You…don’t-” he began.
“It was given to me when I begged the world to give me another chance,” she cut in, throat tight. “When Hiruzen told me they were gone. I wanted to go back, to refuse Minato nii’s mission, to run faster, to be there in time to save them. I wanted more than anything to rewind everything. Instead, I received a curse that only gives me five seconds, for one person at a time.”
The river murmured behind them. The night pressed close.
“Five seconds,” Mina said, a short, humourless laugh escaping. “My entire Mangekyo ability revolves around five seconds. And somehow, Itachi, I am always much more than five seconds too late.”
She had not meant to say that out loud, but once it was out there she could not pull it back.
Itachi closed his eyes. When he opened them again, they were wet.
“If I had asked more about Shisui this week,” she went on, voice raw, “if I had been here, if I was just five seconds faster, I could have pulled him back to the bank. Closed his wounds enough for a medic to reach him. Five seconds. That is all it would have taken. But I wasn’t here. And now he is gone, and Danzo walks free, and you are here, shaking in front of me.”
Her hands were trembling now too. She curled them into fists.
Itachi reached out and grabbed them.
“Minai nee-san,” he said, using her real name for once, groundingly. “You are not a god. You cannot watch every river or fix every moment. Shisui chose this path.”
His voice broke on the last word.
“And I,” Mina whispered, “do not intend to let his choice be turned into another convenient stone on Danzo’s road.”
They stood there, embraced, both of them breathing raggedly through tears, until Itachi’s grip on her hands eased and his spine straightened slightly, as if he had forced himself back into some kind of posture.
“There is more,” he said quietly. “When my eyes changed… I discovered abilities. One is called Tsukuyomi. It can trap someone in a world of my making. I can control time there, torture them for days in the space of a moment. The other… Amaterasu. Black flames that consume anything they touch until nothing remains.”
Mina looked at him, at the way his mouth twisted as he described this power.
“The Uchiha gave you tools to destroy your own mind and burn your own world,” she said softly. “How generous.”
His laugh was empty.
“Mangekyo is not a gift,” she added. “It is an invoice.”
He huffed a breath that might have been agreement, though his expression was still distant.
She stepped closer again and put her hands on his shoulders, fingers digging in just enough to anchor.
“Listen to me,” she said, voice firming. “You do not get to burn yourself out and call it duty. Not while Sasuke is still here. Not while I am still here.”
He stared at her, eyes wide and dark and hurting.
“I will protect him,” he whispered. “Even if he hates me.”
He said it like a vow, like a death sentence he was willing to accept.
Mina felt something twist in her chest.
“Then I will be here to love you on his behalf until Senshi understands,” she said, the corner of her mouth twitching up, attempting a smile that came out more fragile than she wanted.
Itachi made a sound somewhere between a laugh and a sob. He bowed his head, resting his forehead briefly against her shoulder like he had not done since he was a much smaller boy hiding from loud clan meetings.
They cried together then, quietly, without theatrics, just silent tears that dripped into the soil of the riverbank.
When they finally parted, the mist had thickened. Itachi wiped his face with the heel of his hand, pulling the remnants of composure around himself like a cloak.
“They will ask questions,” he said. “The clan. The elders. The Hokage. About Shisui, about the eye.”
“Then lie to them,” Mina replied. “Lie for as long as you can keep them from tearing each other apart. And when you can no longer lie, call me.”
He nodded once.
“Go home,” she added, softer. “Sleep if you can. Hug Sasuke. Let him anchor you.”
He flinched at that, as if she had pressed on a bruise, but did not argue. He disappeared into the trees with a burst of movement, leaving her alone by the river.
The water moved on, indifferent.
Mina stood there for a long time, until the damp had seeped into her sandals and the chill reached the bones of her ankles. Only then did she turn back towards the village, towards the flat with the paint stained frog drawings and the child who still laughed.
Naruto was already asleep when she got home, collapsed sideways across his futon, clutching a stuffed frog to his chest. She knelt there for a moment, watching the gentle rise and fall of his small back, and let the sound of his steady breathing push back the echo of the river.
“One less person to watch over you now,” she murmured under her breath, fingers brushing his hair. “So I will just have to be stubborn enough for all of us, Tenshi.”
She did not sleep much that night.
Days passed. Itachi did not come by.
At first it was understandable. She knew his schedule well enough: ANBU missions, clan meetings, the increased scrutiny from both sides. When Sasuke came over with Naruto, he spoke of his brother in the way young children do when something frightens them and they do not want to admit it.
“Itachi nii is busy,” he said, trying for casual and failing. “He has important things to do. He is always doing missions. Hokage-sama needs him.”
Mina watched the way his hands twisted the hem of his shirt.
“He still reads to you at night, does he not?” she asked lightly.
Sasuke hesitated.
“Sometimes,” he said. That one word held far too much.
She hugged him a little tighter when he left to go back home that evening.
The next week, Itachi failed to appear at all. Sasuke came by alone, escorted by a distant cousin. He was quieter, more withdrawn.
“Is everything all right at home, Senshi?” Mina asked once, when the boys were arguing half heartedly over who got to use the good crayons.
Sasuke scowled down at the table.
“Tou-san and Itachi nii are always away,” he muttered. “Kaa-san smiles a lot but her eyes look… wet.”
He did not know how else to explain it. Mina did. She had seen that look in too many mirrors.
She sent a message via one of Itachi’s crows. No answer.
By the end of the week, she stopped waiting for him to choose the time.
The Uchiha district had always been orderly, edges crisp, lanterns aligned neatly along the main street. These days there were more shadows between those lanterns. More ANBU on the rooftops, masks blending into the dark, watching.
Mina walked through the district in her civilian clothes, head uncovered, posture relaxed, as if she were just another jonin visiting friends. She felt curious, wary eyes on her. She felt ANBU chakra signatures, sharp and disciplined. She also felt, like a persistent itch, the simmering tension beneath the cobbled streets.
She stopped in front of an unfamiliar house that she knew was the one she needed.
Before she could knock, the door slid open and Sasuke burst out, almost colliding with her. His eyes widened, then lit up.
“Mina nee!” he shouted, throwing himself at her. She caught him automatically, his arms wrapping around her waist with the kind of desperate enthusiasm that had her ribs complaining.
“Hello, Senshi,” she said, and let herself hug him back for a moment, fingers smoothing the back of his hair. “You have shot up again. At this rate you will be taller than me by next winter.”
He sniffed. “Hn. Of course. I am a genius.”
The bravado was paper thin. Mina smiled at him all the same.
“Is Itachi home?” she asked gently.
Sasuke’s mouth flattened.
“He is on a mission,” he replied, the words clearly repeated from someone else. “He is always on missions now.”
His little hands clenched in her shirt.
“I see,” she said softly.
“Mina-san?” another voice called.
Mikoto stood in the doorway, apron on, hair pinned back. Her eyes flicked from Sasuke to Mina, taking in the way the boy clung to her, and something in her expression softened and pained at once.
“Mikoto-sama,” Mina said, bowing her head politely. “I apologise for arriving without sending word. I hope I am not intruding.”
“Of course you are not,” Sasuke said immediately, then smiled at Mikoto when he looked up at her as if waiting for confirmation. “Any friend of my sons is always welcome.” She said.
Any friend of my sons. Not any daughter of my husband. The distinction lay heavy between them, unspoken, yet acknowledged.
Mina hesitated, then said, “If it is not too much trouble, I would like to speak with Uchiha-sama, if he has a few minutes to spare.”
Mikoto’s fingers tightened briefly on the doorframe. For a heartbeat, her eyes flicked to Mina’s face, searching, then she looked away.
“I will ask him,” she said quietly. “Please, come in. Sasuke, sit with Mina-san in the living room while I fetch your father.”
Sasuke tugged her hand eagerly. “Come on, Mina-nee. I drew you something.”
She let herself be pulled through the corridors she had never walked before. The house smelt faintly of tea and miso and laundry, that specific warmth that a little house in the civilian district had had. It was the kind of smell that meant people lived here, fought here, laughed here.
In the living room, Sasuke dumped her onto a cushion and then scrambled to retrieve his latest masterpiece. It was, predictably, a slightly unsteady sketch of three figures: one tall with spiky hair, one smaller with a serious expression, and one in the middle, hair long, smile wide.
“See?” he said proudly. “This is me, and this is Naruto, and this is you. I drew you taller than Naruto, because you are, but not taller than me, because I will grow more.”
Mina’s throat tightened.
“You did very well,” she said, tracing the lines gently with a fingertip. “You captured Naruto’s hair perfectly.”
“It is messy,” Sasuke sniffed. “Like his face.”
“You say that,” she murmured, “and yet you draw him anyway.”
He spluttered something about training his drawing hand; she listened with half an ear, because some part of her was aware of the figure standing in the doorway, watching.
Mikoto lingered there for a moment, eyes on them. Guilt lay heavy in her gaze, along with a certain wistfulness. This is what it would have looked like, her expression seemed to say. This is what it could have been.
Then she turned and walked down the corridor to fetch her husband.
Fugaku’s office was much as Mina expected. Neat. Sparse. Weapons rack on one wall. Scrolls arranged with military precision. The man himself sat behind a low desk, posture arrow straight, face impassive. The Uchiha clan head. The police commander. Her father.
She knelt on the cushion opposite and bowed.
“Uchiha-sama,” she said.
“Mina,” he replied. The slight pause before the name was almost imperceptible. “Mikoto said you wished to speak.”
For a moment they just looked at each other.
He saw she still had the same severely stoic face, all angles and restraint, but now that she was older he could see Kana in her too. The line of the jaw softened, the shape of the mouth. It was like looking at a ghost layered over a shadow. Still, he cannot believe no one’s made the connection. Mina looked like the poster face for what an Uchiha woman should look like- pale, porcelain skin, black, endless eyes, long dark hair, posture perfect, elegance carved in her bones. His daughter. Mina. Minai.
“I am sorry for your loss,” Mina began, her voice steady. “Shisui was important to all of us. He was my friend. And he was… more than that to Itachi and the clan. Please accept my condolences.”
Fugaku’s eyes flickered. His hands, resting on the desk, curled slightly.
“He was an exceptional shinobi and a good young man,” he said quietly. “The clan mourns him.”
The words were proper, formal. The grief beneath them was not.
Mina nodded once. “With your permission, I would like to speak frankly.”
His mouth tightened almost imperceptibly.
“You may,” he said. “For the moment.”
She did not waste the opening.
“I am worried about Itachi,” she said. “Since Shisui’s death he has withdrawn. He has not visited. He is barely home. His grief and guilt and desperation make him vulnerable, and there are people in this village who will not hesitate to exploit that.”
Danzo’s name did not pass her lips, but it sat between them regardless.
Fugaku’s gaze sharpened. “I am aware of the pressures on my son.”
“Are you aware,” Mina pressed, “that Danzo has already taken one Mangekyo eye from this clan? That he attempted to use Shisui as a weapon until the very end? That he likely now sees Itachi as another tool, another blade to be held to the clan’s throat?”
His jaw clenched. She had his full attention now.
“I have gone to the Hokage,” she continued, each word measured, cool. “I have presented plans, compromises, ways to ease tension before it snaps. Hiruzen listens. He nods. And then he does nothing. He chooses inaction over confrontation. Danzo continues to move pieces in the dark. The elders whisper. The clan grows angrier. This path leads to only two places, Uchiha-sama. A coup, or a massacre. Or both.”
There was a small silence in which she could hear both their breathing.
“Why are you telling me this,” he asked at last, voice low.
“Because you are the clan head,” she answered simply. “Because Itachi is caught between you and the village and is tearing himself apart trying to serve both. Because Shisui died to give us a narrow window in which to act before blood spills in the streets. Because I am tired of standing over graves and knowing I saw the storm coming and did not try hard enough to divert it.”
Fugaku’s fingers tapped once on the desk.
“And what would you have me do?” he asked. There was a hint of challenge in it.
“I would have you recognise that the person trying hardest to prevent the worst outcome is also the one most likely to be crushed by it,” she replied. “Itachi is not a pawn. He is your son. He is my little brother in all but name. I am asking you to let me stand beside him, to share the weight he is carrying, to support him where you cannot, because he will not show you how much it hurts.”
Her voice had risen slightly; she breathed out, brought it back under control.
For the first time, something like raw emotion flashed in Fugaku’s eyes. He looked at her, really looked, and for a heartbeat she saw the calculation give way to something older and more human.
Then he shuttered it. When he spoke again, his tone was colder.
“You speak as if this is your burden to bear,” he said. “It is not.”
Mina went very still.
“You are not Uchiha,” Fugaku continued, each word deliberate, heavy. “You do not belong to this clan. You have no right to involve yourself in matters that concern our family.”
The words should not have hurt. She had lived most of her life with that reality. Without name, without place. Yet hearing it now, from his mouth, in this office, after she had come from the river where Shisui’s ghost still hung, it sliced in a fresh and quiet way.
He was not finished.
“You have already done more than enough,” he went on, eyes hard. “You took in the Fourth’s child. You threw yourself in ANBU operations. You interfere in politics that are not yours. Focus on your own life, Mina. You are not Uchiha. This is not your fight.”
Her heart pounded against her ribs. For a moment she thought she might hear it instead of his voice.
Everything in his words screamed distance, dismissal. Everything in his eyes and posture screamed something else. Fear. Regret. A man’s desperate attempt to push a beloved child out of the path of an oncoming carriage by pretending there was no road at all.
She understood it. That did not mean it did not hurt.
For a long, long beat, Mina said nothing. She simply watched him, taking in every angle of his face, every small, betraying tension. The man who had denied her, who had refused to claim her when she was a hungry five year old. The man who had, indirectly, led to her life in Root, in ANBU, in shadows. The man who now sat here wishing to protect her by cutting her away again.
“Not Uchiha,” she repeated quietly at last. “Not my fight.”
Her voice did not crack. She refused to give him that.
Something flickered in his expression. The smallest flinch, quickly suppressed.
She drew in a breath.
“I understand what you are trying to do, Uchiha-sama,” she said softly. “You are not the first to think that pushing me away is the same as keeping me safe.”
Minato. Hiruzen. Even, in his own twisted way, Orochimaru. So many men, so many decisions made about her path in the name of protection.
“I will not speak on the clan’s behalf in formal matters if you do not wish it,” she continued. “That is your right as clan head. But there is no administrative order, no denial of blood, that will make me stand aside and watch my brother burn, while I sit aside, twiddling my thumbs.”
She met his gaze squarely.
“If Itachi falls, if Sasuke breaks because of it, I will be there. Whether you approve or not. The world has taken enough from me. I refuse to let it take those two without a fight.”
There was a silence so deep she could hear the faint echo of Sasuke’s voice in the other room, chattering away to himself.
Fugaku’s face did not soften, but it changed. Something in it sagged, almost imperceptibly. The iron lines looked heavier, as if the mask had been nailed too long to the skin beneath.
“You are stubborn,” he said at last, and it was almost fond. Almost. “Too stubborn. Too perceptive. Too willing to bleed for others.”
He exhaled, eyes closing briefly. When he opened them, they were grim.
“I will not be able to protect you from what is coming,” he said. “Remember that.”
“I have never asked you to,” Mina replied. “I only ever wanted you to protect them.”
She stood, bowing deeply.
“Thank you for your honesty,” she said, and that was not sarcasm. She would always prefer cruelty laid bare to false kindness.
Then she turned and left the room.
In the corridor she paused only long enough to tell Mikoto, gently, that she had to go, that she would visit Sasuke again soon. The woman bowed her head, biting her lip hard. Sasuke clung to Mina’s waist again at the door.
“You will come back, right?” he demanded. There was a note of genuine fear there.
“Of course,” Mina said immediately, crouching down to his height. “You and Naruto still need someone to tell you when your shuriken throws are crooked.”
He scowled. “They are not crooked.”
“Then I will come back to confirm that,” she replied. “Keep an eye on your brother for me, Senshi.”
He puffed out his chest at that, comforted by the mission.
Outside, the air felt colder. The ANBU on the rooftops watched her go.
Later that night, when the house was quiet and Sasuke was asleep, Fugaku sat at the low table in the living room, a pot of untouched tea cooling between his hands. Mikoto sat opposite him, eyes red.
“What did you say to her?” she asked softly.
He told her. Every word. Every calculated cruelty. Every dismissal. He told her Mina’s responses too, how calm she had been, how unwavering. By the time he finished, Mikoto’s hands were shaking.
“You sounded just like your father,” she whispered. That was not a compliment.
He flinched.
“What did you expect me to do,” he murmured, staring at the table. “Invite her back into the line of fire? Tell her everything? Ask her to stand in front of Sasuke when the kunai start to fall?”
“I expected you to do exactly what you did,” Mikoto said, bitterness and sorrow tangled in her voice. “I also expected it to hurt you more than you would ever admit.”
She took a breath, eyes shining.
“She is your child,” Mikoto said quietly. “It shows. In every stubborn word, in every calculated risk, in the way she looks at our boys like they are the sun and she is the ground they stand on.”
Fugaku’s hands tightened around the tea cup until the porcelain creaked.
“She is Uchiha,” he said eventually, voice low. “Whether I have let her carry the name or not. She is as much mine as she is Kana’s.”
Mikoto’s face softened at the admission.
“I only hope,” he added, throat tight, “that her intelligence and strength will not be what destroys her.”
Mikoto wiped at her cheeks.
“Or maybe,” she said, a faint, wobbly smile curving her mouth, “it will be what saves her. And our boys.”
In the dark streets outside, Mina walked home alone.
Shisui was gone. Itachi was slipping through her fingers, dragged into deeper and darker waters by forces she could not yet see. Fugaku had tried, in his own harsh way, to cut her away from the disaster he saw coming. Danzo still sat in his tower of secrets. Hiruzen still smoked his pipe and spoke of trusting the village while doing nothing to curb the rot.
The weight on her shoulders felt heavier than it had since the day she walked out of the orphanage with nothing but a name and a stubborn will.
But as she passed under the lanterns, she caught sight of a window on the second floor of her own building. It was lit with a soft, warm glow. A child’s shadow flicked briefly across the paper screen, arms flailing dramatically in a dream.
Naruto.
Her feet picked up speed.
She climbed the stairs, slid the door open quietly, and stepped into the small world she had built, the one patch of ground she had claimed as her own. The scent of soap and ink, the soft rustle of blankets, the slightly off key tune Naruto hummed sometimes in his sleep.
Mina stood there for a moment, letting the light soak into her.
“They can shove me out of their meetings,” she whispered, more to herself than anyone else. “They can strip names and titles and make plans in shadows. But they do not get to decide whether I stand between them and the children they would sacrifice.”
She walked to Naruto’s futon, knelt, and brushed a hand over his hair.
“I will not be sidelined again,” she vowed quietly. “Not by kindness disguised as cruelty. Not by fear.”
Naruto snuffled in his sleep, scrunching his nose, and muttered, “Ramen,” with great conviction.
Mina laughed, soft and pained and genuine, and for a moment the tightness in her chest eased.
Tomorrow, she knew, she would need to think, to plan, to decide whether to confront Hiruzen again, how to keep an eye on Itachi without driving him further away, when to tell Shikaku that Shisui had fallen in the very shadows he had warned her about.
Tonight, she let herself sit there, one hand resting on Naruto’s back, feeling the steady, stubborn rhythm of his breathing.
Pieces were moving on the board, far beyond her control. But here, in this tiny flat, she had claimed one corner for herself. One promise she could keep.
Whatever came next, she would meet it standing.
Chapter 9: Loss, Sharingan Shaped
Summary:
Guys, I’m so sorry for the upcoming heartbreak, I myself cried while writing it. Despite that, I hope you enjoy the angsty goodness, I truly poured my heart out in this chapter. Double BRE update this week as well- enjoy❤️
Notes:
My impatience won, once again, so here you go - another chapter. This one truly breaks my heart as well, but I promise, it is a necessary evil❤️ thank you all for the love in the comments, I hope you guys continue sharing your thoughts with me - it truly makes my day❤️
Chapter Text
Night had settled over Konoha in that soft, heavy way it sometimes did after a long, warm day. The streets were mostly quiet, the steady background noise of the village faded down to the occasional bark of a dog, a drunk laugh from some far tavern, the muted hiss of distant wind in leaves.
Inside Mina’s small apartment, everything was painfully, reassuringly ordinary after her visit to the Uchiha compound yesterday.
A paper lamp on the low table cast a gentle circle of light across scrolls and notes. The room smelled faintly of ink and miso from dinner, with the ghost of Naruto’s shampoo lingering in the air - something sweet and citrusy he had picked himself with wide eyes at the shop.
Mina sat cross legged at the table, back straight, brush in hand. She was going through mission reports for her plan, writing more detailed analysis than anyone had even asked for, because it kept her hands busy, kept her mind focused, away from circling the same dark paths.
Outside the window, the village roofs made dark, familiar shapes against the pale sky. She could feel the distant hum of Konoha’s collective chakra like a heartbeat under everything.
From the small bedroom up the short hallway came the faint, stuttering sound of Naruto snoring.
He had insisted he was not tired, of course. He had bounced in place while brushing his teeth, splashing more water on the floor than on his face, talking excitedly about how he was going to grow taller than her someday, dattebayo, and then taller than the Hokage monument itself.
Five minutes later he had fallen sideways onto his bed mid sentence, still clutching Gama-chan to his chest.
Mina’s mouth curved, just slightly, at the memory. She added a careful note in the margin of the report, the characters precise and neat, the way Sakumo had once told her good script was a silent mark of discipline.
Her brush moved from habit now. The rhythm of ink and paper lulled her mind into a quiet, useful kind of emptiness.
It hit her so fast she did not have time to brace.
A pulse.
Not sound, not sight. Chakra. A sharp, distinct pattern slamming into the edge of her awareness with all the subtlety of a thrown kunai.
Her hand spasmed. The brush slipped from her fingers and dropped, leaving a thick blot of ink across the kanji she had been writing. Her heart lurched up into her throat. For a moment she could not breathe.
Three short bursts, one long, a final spike that felt like a note held until it hurt.
She knew that pattern.
Her chest constricted. The room seemed to tilt around her, the lamp light narrowing at the edges.
No, she thought, automatically, irrationally, as if denial could reach back through the chakra itself and change it.
They had made that signal together. Years ago, one quiet afternoon on a rooftop when the war was over but the village still felt fragile, when peace had been a new and awkward thing. Itachi, Shisui and her, passing a canteen between them, sharing anko dango and talking about how to let each other know if things went bad.
Not just a normal bad. Not a “I need an exit route” or “I am delayed”. It was the code they had agreed would sit above all the others.
No safe route. No time. Something has gone terribly wrong.
It was not a pattern to be used by accident. It was not a pattern she had ever felt from him before.
Mina’s fingers dug into the tatami mat beneath the low table. A chill ran down her arms, the fine hairs there rising.
Her Sharingan snarled awake behind her eyes on instinct. She felt the familiar, almost painful drag as the tomoe wanted to spin, wanted to twist further into that sun shaped pattern of her mangekyou. For a split heartbeat the world sharpened brutally, every grain in the wooden floor, every swirl of ink on the page becoming painfully clear.
She forced it back with sheer will, like slamming a door in the face of an oncoming storm.
Not here. Not yet. There was nothing in the room to aim at except her own helplessness.
Her pulse hammered in her ears. The echo of the signal still vibrated through her chakra pathways, leaving her skin prickling, her stomach tied in a cold knot.
“No,” she heard herself whisper. Her voice sounded thin, wrong. “No, Itachi, what did you - what happened?”
She pushed herself back from the table. Her knees did not want to cooperate at first. It felt like standing up underwater, every movement too slow, too heavy.
The light from the lamp swayed as she knocked the table slightly. Her mission notes slid, the wet ink smearing. For once she did not care.
The pattern rang again, fainter this time. Like someone shouting from very far away.
That pattern. You only use that if…
Her mind tried to finish the sentence and refused. It skidded away from the obvious answer like bare feet on ice.
Bad. It is bad. Move.
Training slammed down over panic like a cold iron plate.
She turned on her heel and moved silently down the hallway, bare feet sure on the floor. The small door to Naruto’s room was half ajar, as he always left it. He claimed it let the good dreams in.
Mina slid it open.
Moonlight filtered through the thin curtains, painting the little room in soft greys. Naruto was a small, huddled lump in the middle of the futon, blanket tangled around his legs. Gama chan was crushed under one arm, bulging eyes staring at the ceiling. The boy’s mouth was open, a faint line of drool at the corner, his blond hair sticking up in wild spikes that even gravity seemed to have given up on.
He looked so young.
Sometimes, when he shouted about being Hokage, when he took off at a sprint towards danger because someone needed help, she forgot. His energy filled space so completely it made him feel larger.
Here, with his face slack and soft, he was just a child.
The contrast between his peaceful breathing and the violent pounding of her own heart made something twist cruelly inside her.
Her chakra sense stretched out in that direction on reflex. His signature was as bright and loud as ever, like a small sun, steady and unbothered. No foreign chakra threaded through it, no disturbance in the seal that she could feel from here.
Thank the gods.
She crouched beside the futon and reached out, fingers brushing his fringe back from his forehead. He made a small noise and burrowed deeper into the pillow.
She wanted to stay there. To curl herself around him and pretend that emergency pulse had been a mistake. To be selfish, just once.
Her mind did the cruel thing and offered her a picture: Itachi alone, somewhere, fingers forming that pattern with shaking chakra because he had no one else to call.
Mina straightened.
She could not take Naruto with her. Whatever waited at the other end of that signal, the Uchiha district would not be safe. If this was what her instincts told her it was, she would be running straight towards something bloody and ugly and far beyond what an eight year old should see.
He was safer here, behind walls and seals and the anonymity of a sleeping child in a quiet street.
The knowledge did not make it hurt less to leave him.
Practicality clicked in as her breathing steadied by force.
She stepped back out of the room and pulled the door to, leaving it open by the same two fingers of width it always had. In the hallway she reached into the storage cupboard for her sealing scrolls, fingers finding tags by feel, muscle memory older than many of the kids in his class.
One by one she reinforced the security on the apartment.
Extra tags over the windows, layered over the existing detection seals. A minor barrier across the doorway keyed to explode in paralysing light if anyone unfamiliar crossed it. A chakra alarm tied to the curve of her wrist guard that would burn if the barrier was breached while she was still within its range.
She worked fast, no wasted motions, the way Root had taught her, the way ANBU had refined. The ugly irony of using Danzo’s training to keep her family safe did not escape her. She swallowed it down with the rest.
Her hands shook only once, when she nearly tore a seal in half. She took a breath, deep and deliberate, and forced them steady again.
On the low table the ink on her mission report had already dried into an ugly, jagged stain. She shoved the scrolls aside and found a clean scrap of paper.
For a moment she just stared at it.
What do you write, when you do not know if you will come back by morning? When you know that if you die tonight, the next person to find this might be an ANBU sent to inform a child that his guardian will not be returning?
Her throat tightened.
Slowly, she picked up her brush.
The first stroke wobbled. She adjusted her grip and tried again, focusing on each character as if it was a handhold in a climbing wall.
Tenshi,
The word looked too small.
If I am not here in the morning, stay inside. Wait for me or for Shikaku.
Her jaw clenched as she wrote his name. Shikaku would feel it too. The ripples of what must be happening. He had respect for Minato as well, she knew. He would know something had gone wrong in the beating heart of the village. He would help Naruto now, if it came down to it.
Do not open the door for anyone else.
She hesitated, brush tip hovering above the paper.
There were so many other things she wanted to say. If I do not come back, find Jiraiya, he should help. He must. Trust Shikaku. Do not ever, ever trust Danzo. Your parents loved you. Nothing was your fault. You are not a weapon, even if they try to make you into one. You are my tenshi.
She could not fit them all on a scrap of paper.
She swallowed, the burn of it sharp.
Eat the food in the blue box. No instant ramen until I come back.
Love,
Mina nee-chan
She stared at the last line for a long beat of a second. Then, on impulse, she added a tiny, quick frog doodle in the corner. Naruto would smile at that, if he had time to notice it.
Her fingers lingered on the paper, pressing it flat to the table. It felt flimsy. Inadequate protection against the world outside.
All those actions took her less than two minutes, yet it felt like hours.
The apartment felt too quiet now. The tick of the cooling stove, the faint rustle of curtains at the window, the soft rumble of Naruto’s snores through the wall. All of it pressed against her ears until she wanted to scream.
Instead she crossed to the narrow entryway and slipped her sandals on, fingers automatically checking the kunai at her thigh, the Flying Raijin marker at the small of her back. She pulled her hair up into a quick tie, hands moving faster than thought.
Her heart was pounding so hard it hurt. Not with the exhilarating adrenaline of a mission, but with something heavier, a dread that sat in the pit of her stomach and refused to move.
She paused with her hand on the doorframe and looked back once.
The lamp still burned on the table, casting gentle light over the messy scrolls. Naruto’s note sat under its frog cup, edges just visible. Down the hallway, the crack in his bedroom door showed a sliver of darkness.
For a second, she let herself imagine walking the other way. Closing the door. Blowing out the lamp. Lying down on the futon beside Naruto and letting the emergency signal go unacknowledged.
If she did, if she chose that selfishness, the blood would still be spilled. The decisions would still have been made. Itachi would still be alone in whatever horror had driven him to call her.
She had never been able to leave him alone in the dark.
Her lips moved, barely.
“Hold on, Itachi” she whispered, though there was no one to hear it. “I’ll be there in a second.”
Then she took the Flying Raijin kunai in her fingers, flooded it with chakra, and let the world tear open around her.
——————————————————————————
The pull of the seal was always strange.
It was not like shunshin, all wind and muscle and blurred motion. Flying Raijin was sharper, older, a space-tearing sensation that always reminded Mina of stepping from one side of a blade to the other.
One heartbeat she stood in her dim little hallway, hand around cold metal.
The next, the world snapped.
The light shifted. The air changed. The familiar feel of her apartment vanished, replaced with open space and a cold that bit straight through her clothes.
She arrived on a rooftop just outside the Uchiha district in less than a minute, where Minato had once placed the marker for her, laughing, saying: “You never know when you might need to drop in quickly on a stubborn clan.”
Her feet landed with a soft thud on old tiles.
The first thing that hit her was the smell.
Not the crisp night air she expected. Not the faint scent of woodsmoke and cooking fires that usually clung to the district at this hour.
Blood.
It was not overwhelming at first. Not like battlefields, where the copper stench rolled over everything in thick waves. Here it was subtler, woven into the breeze. It crawled up her nose a second after she arrived, a tang on the back of her tongue.
Ash rode with it. Fine grey motes drifting lazily through the air, catching the moonlight like snow.
Mina’s lungs seized.
Her instincts made her drop low at once, knees bending, one hand braced on the roof tiles as she scanned, Sharingan sliding open. The tomoe spun automatically, catching light, painting the world in sharper lines.
Above the district the sky was strangely clear. No rising smoke, no growing fire. The ash floating by was old, like it had already settled and then been disturbed again.
Her ears picked out the details that humans could ignore but shinobi were trained to hear.
In the distance, somewhere nearer the village proper, a dog barked once, frantically. Another answered. Then, as if someone had cut a string, the sound stopped.
The usual night noise - laughter from late houses, a baby crying, muffled conversations through walls - was gone.
The Uchiha compound lay under a blanket of silence so thick it felt suffocating.
Mina’s fingers tightened painfully around the kunai, the metal biting into her palm. She barely felt it.
No chakra of patrols moved across the rooftops. No familiar weight of Uchiha shinobi signatures flared in her awareness. The streets below were dark, still.
“No guards,” she thought, the words barely forming past the cold in her veins. “No patrols. Why is there no one -”
Another gust of wind brought the scent stronger. Blood, and something beneath it. Fear. It always had a scent, hanging somewhere on the edge of chakra, like static before a storm.
A sick twist curled in her gut.
“This is wrong,” she thought, and that time her mind did not flinch away from the conclusion. It marched towards it with miserable, methodical steps. “This is all wrong.”
Her chest hurt. She forced herself to breathe through it.
Move.
She took one steadying breath of tainted air and leapt, body responding before her thoughts could catch up. Tiles blurred under her feet as she crossed the rooftop and dropped down into the street, landing in a crouch.
The first thing she saw up close was the way the lanterns were wrong.
Door lamps that should have burned until dawn guttered low or had been knocked aside. One swung crookedly on its hook, flame inside long since dead, the paper shade torn and smeared.
The cobblestones glistened under the moonlight. For a heartbeat she thought it was water, some broken pipe spilling across the street.
It was not.
Dark patches spread out in ugly shapes, shiny where the light caught them, dull where they had soaked in.
Her hand twitched towards her eyes again, wanting to turn Gekirin on herself, on the street, on anything, to rewind the world five seconds and see how it had looked before. She did it for the first time. But those five seconds showed her nothing but the same already settled bodies, the same cooling blood.
Useless. Again.
Her throat burned.
She took a step forward.
Her sandal slid in something. The quiet, sticky sound it made when she shifted her weight nearly drove her back to her knees. She did not look down at her foot. She kept her eyes up.
She knew these houses.
She had walked this street before. From the first nervous visit to the compound to find Shisui or Itachi as a half-stranger, to a visit where Sasuke ran out to meet her, tugging on her hand. This was familiar ground, not in the same way her own apartment was, but still familiar. That made the wrongness of it feel obscene.
A breath of air caught something small and bright and spun it lazily across her path. Her gaze snapped towards it before she could stop herself.
A red ball.
It bounced once, lightly, before rolling, momentum carrying it in a gentle arc. It hit a raised cobblestone and veered, bumping up against a step. It rocked once, twice, then settled.
There was a faint smear along one side where it had passed through a puddle of blood.
Mina’s hand curled into a fist at her side. For a terrible second she almost ran after it, some stupid impulse from long ago when she used to chase things for children she did not know. It was the familiarity of the ball that stopped her - bright red, with white fan designs she had seen under Sasuke’s arm more than once.
She forced her eyes away.
To her left, a door stood open. Light spilled out from inside, warm and golden. For a heartbeat, if she ignored the smell and the silence, it could have been an ordinary domestic scene - someone about to step out and tell her she was late again, that she should have come earlier for dinner.
She did not want to look.
She looked.
The corridor inside was narrow, leading straight to a small sitting room. The lantern in the corner burned steadily, its paper untouched by whatever had undone everything else. It cast soft light over the room.
Two shapes lay on the floor, sprawled in ways that no human body rested when asleep.
Mina remained in the doorway. Her training told her to sweep the room, to check for survivors or enemies. Her heart told her to shut the door and walk away.
Her eyes, traitors that they were, took in the details anyway,, etched forever in her sharingan.
The man lay on his back, one arm half raised as if reaching for something. His eyes had been closed. A thin, precise cut across his throat marked where life had ended.
A woman lay nearby, one hand flung out towards the doorway. Towards the street. Towards escape that had never come.
Her eyes were closed too.
It felt like a deliberate act. Not the haphazard brutality of war, where bodies were left twisted and staring. Someone had taken the time to give the dead some dignity.
It should have been kinder. Somehow it made it worse.
Her stomach lurched.
She stepped back. Her hand found the sliding door and pushed it gently shut. The lamp’s light cut off, leaving the street dim again.
“Keep moving,” she told herself, words harsh inside her skull. Her voice refused to come out. “You cannot help them. You have to see how far this goes.”
She turned and ran.
Her sandals splashed through more dark patches. The soles would be ruined in blood. Some small stupid part of her noticed that, clinging to anything that was not the reality in front of her.
Another corner. Another side street.
Two more bodies in the alley - young men she recognised vaguely as patrol members, the sort she had nodded to in passing. They had the solid build of trained shinobi, the faint calluses of sword hands.
Now they lay one atop the other, as if one had tried to shield the other. Their throats were cut too, clean and efficient. Their eyes were closed too.
Her Sharingan catalogued it against her will.
The angle of the cuts. The depth. Calm, precise strokes. One blow each. No wasted motion. No signs of a struggle that had lasted longer than a breath.
ANBU work.
Her lungs felt too tight. Her fingers dug into the fabric over her ribs.
There were no thrown kunai scattered around, no shattered walls. No fire damage, no chaos. No signs of a wild rampage.
This had not been a beast. Not careening, uncontrolled hatred.
Someone had done this with deliberate, terrible control.
With skill she knew.
Mina shoved herself back out of the alley and kept going.
As she moved deeper into the district the ash thickened, dusting roofs and doorframes, softening edges. It gathered in the corners of window panes, caught in the hair of people crumpled where they had fallen.
Most of the lanterns had gone out. A few still burned stubbornly, lighting horror like a stage.
She glimpsed a small hand hanging limp over the edge of a veranda. A bare foot, toes still slightly curled. The edge of a fan on a fallen table, unfolded and streaked.
In one narrow lane, she saw a little body half tucked behind an older woman’s skirt. The woman’s arms were spread, as if she had tried to hide the child behind her.
Both still.
Mina stopped for half a breath. Her vision tilted, her stomach clenching so hard she thought she might vomit right there in the street.
Her fingers clawed at empty air, wanting to reach for someone, anyone. For Naruto’s solid warmth, for Sasuke’s small hand, for Shisui’s ridiculous grin, Itachi’s reassuring clam.
Her palm met only the cold leather of her glove.
You cannot help them, she told herself again, the words a dull, merciless hammer. You cannot uncut those throats. You cannot rewind a whole street. You cannot drag a clan back five seconds. Seconds wouldn’t have mattered anyway. Move.
Her legs obeyed like they did on missions, even when every part of her wanted to curl up on the ground and howl.
The closer she came to the heart of the district, the worse the quiet felt.
This was not the stillness after a skirmish, when people were still catching their breath, tending the wounded, voices hushed but present.
This was absolute.
No crying. No moaning. No prayers, no frantic calls for medics. No sound of someone stumbling out of a house waving for help.
Only the faint hiss of the wind. The soft, horrifyingly mundane drip of liquid somewhere in the dark.
The Uchiha compound had been a living thing since she could remember. Stern, sometimes cold at the edges, but alive.
Now it felt like standing in the ribcage of something that had died and only just realised it.
By the time she turned into the main avenue that led to Fugaku and Mikoto’s house, her hands were shaking. She barely felt her own chakra anymore over the roaring in her ears.
Each vaguely familiar landmark felt twisted.
There was the house where Shisui had once tripped on a loose stone and pretended he had meant to fall, sprawling at her feet with that wide grin. Its door hung from one hinge now. A torn curtain fluttered in the night breeze.
The smell was stronger here. Fresher, somehow.
She slowed without meaning to as the street opened up ahead.
The Uchiha clan head’s house stood at the end of the avenue, calm and still as always, its clean lines outlined in moonlight. The crest on the gate loomed dark and familiar, white and red fan stark against black.
For a heartbeat, from a distance, it looked untouched.
Mina’s breath caught in her throat. Stupid hope surged, wild and vicious. Maybe - maybe this was contained. Maybe somehow this house had been spared. Maybe-
Then her eyes caught the details.
The gate stood slightly ajar. The angle was wrong, as if one of the posts had been struck hard. There was a blood smear on the wood at shoulder height, darker than the shadows around it.
And in the middle of the street, between her and that door, someone stood.
Just a single figure, still as a statue.
Itachi.
He was facing her, head slightly tilted down, as if looking at the ground. His hair hung in dark strands, heavy with moisture. The familiar high collar of his shirt was darkened, not with shadow, but with spatter.
For a moment, her mind refused to put the pieces together. It registered small things instead.
The way his shoulders were set, not in that usual, composed straightness, but in a slope that screamed exhaustion. The tightness in his hands, fingers clenched just enough that she could see the tension even from here.
The faint scatter of crows on the rooftops nearby, black shapes against the sky. They clustered in unnatural numbers, their beady eyes watching, feathers puffed. One hopped along a roofline, fluttered, and resettled, as if something in the air had it on edge too.
Her eyes flickered to his face.
His Mangekyou had been active recently. She could tell from the way his chakra hung, the faint tired drag in his aura. Now his Sharingan eyes were the standard three tomoe again, but they were wrong.
Too bright. The red was sharp as fresh blood. The tomoe spun subtly, even as he stood still.
Tear tracks had cut through the drying spatter on his cheeks, leaving pale stripes across the mess. From a distance, in this light, it looked almost like war paint.
He did not move as she approached. He watched her. Waiting.
Mina realised her hands were shaking badly enough that her fingers might not hold a kunai if she drew one.
She forced them to curl into fists instead, nails digging into her palms until she felt the sting of skin breaking.
She walked.
Each step felt too loud in the silence. The street stretched in front of her, far longer than it had ever been in daylight. Her legs felt like they did not quite belong to her.
The closer she came, the clearer the details became.
His clothes were soaked front and back. Not just with streaks, but patches where the fabric clung, dark and heavy. It had already begun to dry in places, going tacky and dull.
At his feet, the cobblestones were stained in an uneven circle, as if he had been standing there for a long time.
Mina’s throat closed.
She wanted to run to him. She wanted to stop where she was and turn away. She wanted to scream, to demand that he deny what every sense she had was telling her.
Instead, she made herself keep walking until she was near enough that she did not have to raise her voice.
Near enough to see that his pupils were blown wide in the red, his jaw clenched so hard a muscle in his cheek twitched.
Near enough to see the faint, pale skin visible through the open collar, where someone’s blood had not reached.
Her own voice came out rough, barely there, but in the quiet it might as well have been a shout.
“Itachi.”
His head lifted a fraction at the sound. His eyes focused on her fully, the spinning of the tomoe slowing, then easing.
For the span of a heartbeat he looked very young.
Tired and young and so, so breakable.
“Nee-san,” he said.
His voice was soft. He sounded more exhausted than she had ever heard him. Every syllable scraped, raw.
Behind him, through the slightly open gate, she could just make out the dark line of the house’s threshold. Something pale lay just beyond it, on the wooden floor.
She did not look too closely.
Everything in her screamed at once.
At him. At the street. At the gate. At the quiet.
At fate. At Danzo. At Hiruzen. At the whole damned village that kept asking children to carry burdens their elders were too cowardly to bear.
The emergency pattern still echoed faintly in her bones. He had called her here. Not to stop this - that much was clear - but for something else.
The knowledge that she was too late again pressed down on her chest until each breath hurt.
She had felt war from far away. She had arrived at battlefields soaked in aftermath and known she had missed the worst by hours.
This was the first time she had felt it happen in real time.
Felt the pulse as the knife fell.
And still arrived to find only ash and blood and bodies on the stones.
She swallowed. The taste of iron rose at the back of her tongue, whether from the air or from where she had bitten her own cheek she did not know.
“Itachi,” she said again, because she did not have any other words yet. “What have you done?”
Her voice trembled on the last word, betraying her.
His eyes closed, just for a heartbeat, lashes sticking slightly with whatever had dried there. When he opened them again she could see the answer already in his gaze.
It was not pride. Not righteous anger. Not even simple, unfiltered horror.
It was a complicated, terrible knot of all of those and more. Duty and despair and resolve and a grief so deep it looked like it was eating him from the inside out.
The kind of grief she recognised because she carried its cousin in her own bones.
Crows shifted on the roof above them, wings rustling. Somewhere far away, a shout began to wail - late, useless, like everything else.
Mina’s hand twitched at her side, fingers curling as if to reach for his sleeve.
Her feet felt rooted to the blood slick stones.
A muscle twitched in Itachi’s jaw. He looked away, just for a heartbeat, the line of his profile rigid.
“I called you,” he said quietly, “to say goodbye.”
The world went strangely thin around the edges, as if someone had taken a blade and sliced all the colour away.
“Goodbye,” she repeated, stupidly. The word felt foreign in her mouth. “No. No, you do not get to give me one line and walk away, Itachi. You will explain.”
He flinched, almost too small to see, but she was Uchiha enough to catch it.
“I do not have much time,” he said.
“Then do not waste it on vague riddles,” she snapped, the words coming out harsher than she intended. Her hands were shaking. She curled them into fists to hide it. “Tell me where Sasuke is.”
His gaze flicked back to her. For the first time since she arrived, something like urgency cut through the exhausted calm.
“He is alive,” Itachi said at once. “Sasuke is safe.”
A breath tore out of her. Her knees almost buckled with it. She had not realised how much of her body had been braced against the possibility that the answer might be different.
“Where,” she demanded. “Is he hurt? Let me see him.”
Itachi’s eyes darkened. The Sharingan pattern in them looked like a curse carved into his soul.
“He is unconscious,” he said slowly. “I… I showed him enough.”
The way his voice strained around that last word, as if it hurt him physically to push it out, made bile burn in her throat.
“Enough,” she repeated faintly. “You used Tsukuyomi on your own brother.”
Silence settled for a heartbeat. Crows watched from the rooftops, black eyes glimmering.
“I had to make sure he would live,” Itachi answered at last, each word measured, heavy. “He had to see me as the enemy. He had to have a reason to survive.” A broken, bitter parody of a smile touched his mouth and vanished. “Hatred is… more motivating than grief, easier to carry.”
Mina stared at him. For one wild, mad moment, she considered drawing a kunai and driving it into his chest, if only to make him stop talking like that.
“Do you hear yourself,” she whispered. “Do you understand what you have done to him? What you have done to yourself?”
A flicker of something fragile crossed his face.
“I know,” he said. “Every part of it.”
The helplessness clawed at her then, sharp nails scraping against bone. She had never liked it. On the battlefield, there was always something to do - a wound to bind, an order to give, an enemy to cut down. Here, surrounded by the dead, there was nothing to fix. Nothing to fight except the choices already made.
Gekirin flared in her vision, unbidden. For a heartbeat, world and time tilted. Her hand twitched, fingers wanting to reach for the place in her mind where that cursed power waited.
Five seconds, whispered some hysterical part of her. You can turn five seconds back. If you move now, if you catch the right moment -
The rest of her mind slammed hard against that thought. Five seconds was nothing in the face of slaughter that had taken hours. Even if she could pick a moment at random in this mess, what then? Who would she choose? Which body would she pull five seconds back while the rest lay where they had fallen?
Gekirin guttered and went dark again. She felt its absence like a slap.
Itachi watched her, eyes knife sharp despite his exhaustion.
“You cannot fix this with those eyes,” he said quietly, as if she had spoken aloud. “You would kill yourself trying.”
“You have no right,” she hissed, the words tasting like blood and salt. “No right to speak as if you care whether I live or die, when you have just -”
She choked on the end of the sentence. She did not have a word big enough for what he had done.
Itachi flinched in full this time, as if the unfinished accusation struck harder than any kunai.
“I called you,” he repeated, softer than before, “because I did not want to leave without seeing you. Once more.”
Leave. As if he were going on some long mission, as if he would stroll back into the village in a month with a mission report and a tired smile. Rage licked up her spine, hot and wild.
“Leave where?” Mina demanded. “To whom? What did they say to you, Itachi? What did they put on the table that made this seem like an acceptable solution?”
He did not answer directly. It was infuriating and so terribly like him that she almost screamed.
“The elders have reached their conclusion,” he said instead, as if reciting from some script. “The official story will be that the Uchiha clan did not attempt a coup. It will be that I snapped. That I killed them all one night, under the pressure of the tension between clan and village.”
He paused. His gaze flicked, for the briefest moment, over her shoulder towards the Hokage Monument, just visible above the rooftops. She followed it and felt her stomach twist.
“Danzo,” she said flatly.
Itachi’s jaw clenched. That single name sat between them like poison.
“You already know,” he replied.
“I know enough to see his hand all over this,” she snapped. “I know he has wanted this for years. I know he groomed us as his weapons and the Hokage let him.”
Heat flooded her eyes. She did not want to cry here, in front of him, in front of the dead. She had always tried not to break where her brothers could see.
Itachi’s shoulders curled inwards, just slightly, as if the words physically weighed on him.
“There was a choice I had to make,” he said. “And Shisui is gone, Kotoamatsukami with him… I had to make a choice how the Uchiha clan is remembered.”
“So instead you chose to kill yourself,” Mina spat. “How is that better?”
He looked at her then, properly, and she saw for a moment what lay under the Uchiha composure.
He was fourteen years old. He had just killed his parents. His clan. His friends. His hands would never be clean again, not in his own eyes.
“Sasuke and you will live, and I promise you, Mina nee-san, I promise you Danzo will not mess with either one of you. It is not better, just… less bad.” he said. “But I will do whatever it takes.”
She wanted to hit him. She had never wanted to hit him. But right now, standing in the ruins of everything he had ever known, listening to him try to reduce genocide to a tactical compromise, she wanted to shake him until the mask cracked.
“Less bad,” she repeated, incredulous. “Do you hear yourself? Do you understand that you have just agreed to spend the rest of your life as the villain in your brother’s memory, to let the world paint you as a monster, because old men were too cowardly to own their choices?!” Mina shouted.
His mouth tightened.
“If this is the price to keep Sasuke and you alive,” Itachi said, voice barely above a whisper, “then I will pay it.”
Mina’s vision blurred.
Something inside her chest gave, like glass under too much pressure.
“Then let me pay it,” she snapped, the words ripping out of her before she could stop them, tears streaming down her face. “I will do it. I will go to the Hokage, to the elders, to Danzo, to anyone you want. I will tell them I did it. That it was I who snapped. That I massacred the clan. I am more disposable than you. Stay with Sasuke. Let me be the villain. I beg you Itachi, please, let me do one damn thing as your older sister and protect you both!”
The silence that followed rang like a bell.
Itachi stared at her, eyes blown wide for the first time since she arrived. For a heartbeat the cold, precise shinobi was gone, leaving only a horrified, grieving boy who had not expected his sister to offer that.
“No,” he said, horrified. It came out too fast, too rough. “No.”
“Why not?” she demanded through her tears. “Give me one good reason!! I am not from the clan officially, remember? No one will miss me. You are still the heir. You are still Sasuke’s older brother. He will need you!! I am a no one, a foreigner with a made up name, an imposter trying to fit in a puzzle she doesn’t belong in-”
“You are not disposable!” Itachi shot back, sudden sharpness cutting through his exhaustion. “Do NOT say such things again! You are not a nobody, you’re my older sister, my only friend left. I will die before I let you take on MY burdens!”
“Do not pretend this is some noble choice when you have just proven that in this village people are always disposable,” she threw back. “Shisui, sacrificed. The clan, sacrificed. You, now, sacrificed. Why do you think you should be the exception left to shoulder the blame for whole thing?!!”
He flinched at Shisui’s name like a blade between the ribs.
“The decision has already been made,” he said, more quietly now, but no less firm. “The story is already written. They need a traitor to direct the hatred at. It will be me. If you try to take that role, I will not let you. Sasuke needs you here, I NEED you here nee-san!! I need you here for him!”
Mina’s breath came in shudders. Rage and grief twisted together and clawed at her lungs.
“So that is it then,” she said. “You have decided that your life here ends tonight, and you did not think that perhaps your sister might have opinions about that?!”
He closed his eyes briefly. When he opened them again, the Mangekyou glinted once more, faint but ever present.
“Listen, nee-san, I don’t have much time but,” he said. “Father… he asked me to tell you something. Before…”
His voice cracked. He swallowed.
“Before the end.”
The street swayed under her feet.
Fugaku. For a moment she saw him as she had last, standing rigid in his study, telling her she had no right to involve herself in clan matters. His words cutting sharp and deliberate, designed to push her away. The pain in his eyes burning through the harshness.
Mina realised she was holding her breath.
“What is it Itachi?” she pressed, the word barely sound.
Itachi’s gaze dropped, as if the stones were suddenly easier to look at than her face.
“He said,” Itachi began slowly, each syllable dragged up as if from a deep, cold place, “tell Minai I am sorry I failed her. And tell her I am proud of who she became.”
The world stopped.
For a second, there was no blood. No bodies. No ash. Just that sentence hanging in the air like a fragile, impossible thing.
It hit her harder than any blow.
Her knees gave.
She only half registered the movement but suddenly she was on the ground, palms scraping stone, breath sawing in and out. Her vision fractured into shards of light and dark.
Proud. He was proud. He had used her real name. Minai. Not some evasive, careful title, not Uzuha, not girl or soldier or child. Minai.
Mina’s hand flew to her mouth. A strangled sound tore out of her, half sob, half broken laugh. It tasted like salt and iron.
“That proud Uchiha prick,” she choked. “He waited until after he was dead to say something to me...”
Itachi’s expression twisted, grief at war with the thin discipline he still clung to.
“He never hated you nee-san,” Itachi whispered, “No one did, not mother, not father, no one blamed you for existing and I think… I think their biggest regret was not taking you in…”
She pressed her forehead against her knuckles, teeth digging into the back of her hand to choke back another sob. Fugaku had always been too proud, too stiff, too inflexible. She had hated him for it. Loved him for it. Silently wanted him to see her. Silently preferred he ignored her.
Now she had his apology, his pride, his acknowledgement. All of it handed to her second hand, on a bloody street, after his death.
“He used my real name,” she realised, voice shredded.
Itachi nodded once.
“He did not hesitate when saying it,” he said. “He remembers. I think… he always remembered.”
Fresh tears burned their way down her cheeks.
She forced herself upright, spine rigid. She could not stay folded on the ground, not yet. There was still too much to say.
“You do not get to go on and do all of this alone you hear me?!” she said. The words came out relatively steady, even as her heart felt like it was peeling itself apart in strips. “If you insist on living this lie, on letting the world call you a murderer to keep Sasuke alive, then you do not get to do it without me. Not completely. I will be here for you, I’ll do what you need me to. I’ll be ready, for whatever you may need, whenever. But don’t lock me out again Itachi, promise me you’ll contact me, you must SWEAR IT!!” By the end of her speech her grief tore through her words, her pain, her longing, the desire to somehow fix this mess…
Itachi’s gaze flicked up, startled.
“I promise nee-san.” He said with conviction and gratefulness all wrapped up in a ribbon of pain. “Do not trust Danzo,” he said abruptly, as if the words had been forced past his teeth. “But that, you already know.”
“I know,” she said. Her voice sounded like someone else’s. “Better than you think.”
“Keep the village safe in the light,” he continued, ignoring her interruption. It was as if he were reciting from a list of commandments he had carved into his own bones. “I will protect it from the shadows.”
Something inside her cracked again. The idea of him out there, alone, doing Konoha’s dirty work in enemy lands while the village cursed his name, made her physically ill.
Itachi’s composure wavered. For a heartbeat, his face crumpled, the boy under the prodigy showing clear.
“And please, nee-san,” he whispered wetly. “Take care of him. Take care of Sasuke. He will need his older sister.”
The plea threaded through every syllable. He had always been so bad at asking for anything for himself. For Sasuke, he would beg the world.
Mina stepped closer until she was within arm’s reach. The smell of blood was stronger here, sharp iron under the mild evening scents that had not yet been drowned out completely.
She looked up at him, at the boy who had been her little brother and had now made himself into a villain in a story meant to save what little he could. She held his face in her hands.
“I swear,” she said with a broken voice and through a silent stream tears, and every vow she had ever made felt small compared this one. “On my life. On my eyes. On every name I have ever carried. I will not fail Sasuke.”
He held her gaze, leaning into her touch. Whatever he saw there eased some tightness in his shoulders. The tiniest of smiles ghosted across his mouth, tragic and proud and unbearably gentle.
“I know,” he said.
That undid her more efficiently than anything else. All at once, the words she had been swallowing tried to spill out.
“Itachi, do not go,” she blurted. There was no point in careful phrasing anymore. Her control had bled out onto the stones long ago. “Stay. We can find another way. Shisui would not have wanted this for you. Father would not have wanted this. Mikoto-sama would not have wanted to be left with her son being a monster in everyone’s memory.”
He flinched at each name like a cut.
“There is no other way,” he said. “The wheels are already turning. If I stay, Danzo will move for Sasuke. For you. For Naruto. If I go, I can watch from the outside. I can keep some attention away from Naruto as well. I can… try to shape what happens next.”
His voice frayed on the last words. For all his talk of plans and shadows, she could hear the despair underneath.
Mina reached out without thinking, hand dropping towards his sleeve. She had done it a thousand times before, to straighten a crease in his uniform, to tug him along when he lost track of time in some training field. It was a simple, thoughtless gesture of family.
He stepped back.
It was small. Barely half a pace. But it felt like a chasm opening.
The air in her lungs froze.
Crows rustled on the rooftops around them, restless. The night breeze tugged at his hair. In the lantern light, he looked older and younger all at once - the prodigy and the child, the murderer and the boy who could not bear to see his brother cry.
“I have to go,” he said.
Her hand stayed outstretched, fingers curled around nothing.
“You are still my brother,” she whispered. “Always will be, no matter what they call you. No matter what stories they write.”
For the first time since she arrived, it was his turn to look as if he might break.
“And you,” he said, so quietly she almost missed it, “have always been and will be my sister. The only person left in this world whom I trust. Thank you, Mina nee-san, for everything.”
The Mangekyou flashed one last time, a bloody pinwheel spinning in his eyes. Shadows surged around him, feathers and chakra and the whisper of wings.
Her throat closed.
“I love you, little brother,” she managed to force out. “Please-”
The street exploded into motion.
Crows burst up around him in a violent whirl, black wings beating, feathers catching the lantern light. For a heartbeat, his outline blurred, his clothes torn into shreds of darkness.
Mina lunged, hand snapping forward, fingers reaching. For a ridiculous, painful instant she thought she had him, that if she could just catch a sleeve, a wrist, any part of him, she could drag him back into this street and force the world to undo itself.
Her hand closed on empty air.
The whirlwind of feathers thinned. A few strays spun down, settling on the blood-slick stone. The space where he had stood was vacant.
He was gone.
The silence that followed was worse than any scream.
Mina stood in the middle of the street, arm still outstretched, fingers trembling. Slowly, she let it fall to her side. A single feather had caught on her sleeve. She plucked it free and stared at it, white-knuckled.
Something inside her chest seemed to hollow out.
She folded forward, palms braced on her thighs, breath tearing out of her in harsh, ugly gasps. The lantern by the door crackled faintly. Somewhere in the distance, a dog howled once, and then once more.
The Uchiha district stank of blood and ash and endings.
Mina straightened slowly. Her legs felt like they belonged to someone else. She turned, forcing herself to look properly now, to catalogue the cost as she had done on so many battlefields.
Bodies in the street. Bodies in the doorways. Houses dark, windows shattered. Mangekyou or not, Itachi had at least closed their eyes. She clung to that tiny mercy like a lifeline.
Her vision blurred again. She blinked the tears away ruthlessly. There would be time to fall apart later. Not here. Not in the open, surrounded by ghosts.
Itachi’s chakra signature faded from the edge of her senses, slipping further and further away from the village. Away from her,, with only a faint ripple of unfamiliar, strangely composed chakra accompanying him. She filed that to process later.
She looked once more at the empty space where her brother had stood. The feather in her hand crumpled under her grip.
“You stupid, stubborn, loving boy,” she whispered, the words snatched away by the wind, tears unstoppable. “You should have let me carry some of the blame.”
No answer came. Only the soft hiss of the lantern and the distant murmur of a village that did not yet know what had been ripped out of its heart.
Mina turned towards the exit of the compound.
If she could not drag Itachi back from the path he had chosen, then there was only one thing left she could do.
Care for Sasuke. Hold him together. And then, when the blood had dried and the elders had spun their lies - she would avenge them all. Slowly. Patiently. Carefully. But she will do it.
And would not be quiet this time.
She dried her tears in her sleeve. Her sandals left bloody prints as she crossed the street, past all the carnage and out of the gate of what used to be the Uchiha Compound, each step a vow carved deeper into her bones.
She could feel ANBU squads moving quickly towards the district. They’ll do what’s needed here. Now, she needed to do what’s right. And with that thought she threw a hiraishin kunai and leaped towards Konoha’s centre.
——————————————————————————
The Hokage tower rose out of the dark like a judgement.
As Mina reached it, the sky over Konoha was greying at the edges, a thin wash of pre dawn light gathering behind the mountains. The village below was still mostly asleep. A few extremely early risers moved through the streets with lanterns or shopping baskets. Somewhere, a vendor was setting up a stall, unaware that a whole clan had bled out on stone not even a few hours earlier.
Mina did not notice any of it. Her world had narrowed to a single point, high up and wreathed in smoke from the Hokage’s pipe.
Her sandals slapped against the steps, leaving smeared, ugly prints of blood and dirt on the stone. She had not washed. She had not even thought to go home before doing this. Her clothes were dyed in red, stiff in places where it had dried against bodies she had knelt beside. The metallic tang of Uchiha blood clung to her skin, in her hair, under her nails.
Good, she thought, viciously. Let him see it.
Two ANBU dropped down in front of the office door as she reached the last steps, chakras flaring, animal masks blank and impersonal. They moved to bar her path instinctively, bodies settling into ready stances.
“Halt,” one of them said. “The Hokage is occupied. You will need to schedule -”
“Ryuu,” Mina cut in, voice flat in a way that made both of them hesitate. “ANBU-00 clearance. Stand down.”
For a heartbeat, there was silence. Then both men stiffened almost imperceptibly. They exchanged a quick glance behind their masks. Ryuu was not a name that had been spoken aloud in years, not in this building. Not outside certain sealed reports.
“Mina-san,” the second ANBU started carefully, “the Hokage instructed that no one -”
Mina’s chakra flared.
It was not deliberate. Her control had been worn thin by blood and grief and pain and the way her entire life seemed to have been yanked sideways in the space of a single night, once again. But the effect was immediate. The air around her went sharp, pressure spiking as her chakra surged just under the skin, hot and wild.
Both ANBU automatically fell back half a step, hands twitching towards weapons. Their animal masks bobbed as they rebalanced, recalculating the threat level of the lithe, blood spattered woman in front of them.
She did not reach for a weapon. She did not need to.
“You can try to stop me,” she said, very quietly. The soft tone made the threat worse. “Or you can decide you prefer your limbs remaining attached to your bodies.”
One of them shifted, just enough that she recognised the tilt of his head, the set of his shoulders. A faint memory flickered - a mission in Kumo, a back to back fight in a narrow alley, the same man laughing under his mask when she dragged him out of the line of fire.
“Let her through,” he said, low.
“But -”
“Let her through,” he repeated, more firmly. Then, to her, “You will take this inside, Ryuu. Under seals.”
She looked up at the porcelain mask. For a moment, she wanted to ask him his name, human and real, just to ground herself. Instead she inclined her head once, clipped.
“Good choice.”
They stepped aside. The door loomed, heavy and familiar. She slammed it open without knocking.
The Hokage’s office was much as it always was at this hour. Documents in neat piles on the desk. A small stack of mission reports waiting to be read. The faint smell of ink and old paper and pipe smoke threaded through the air.
Hiruzen Sarutobi sat in his usual chair, hat askew on the desk beside him, pipe in one wrinkled hand. Age had creased the skin at the corners of his eyes, deepened the lines around his mouth. He looked, Mina had thought before, like any kindly grandfather in the village.
Today, there was nothing kindly about the way she saw him.
His gaze snapped up as the door banged against the wall. For a heartbeat, his expression was just the tired annoyance of a man interrupted too early after a difficult night. Then he registered who it was that stormed into his office, and what she looked like.
And she looked like Death itself stepped in his office. He went still.
“Mina,” he said.
Her name came out on an exhale, as if someone had punched him. His eyes tracked the blood on her clothes, the red rimmed wildness in her gaze, the way her hands shook by her sides. Something in his shoulders sagged.
Behind her, the two ANBU had followed in automatically. They started forward, perhaps to restrain her or at least check whether she was injured.
Hiruzen raised a hand.
“Leave us,” he said, voice suddenly flat with command.
“But Hokage-sama -”
“Now.”
There was enough steel in that single word that even Mina paused. The ANBU bowed and backed out, closing the door behind them. A moment later, Hiruzen’s fingers flicked through a short series of seals, practiced and precise. She felt the familiar ripple of chakra as privacy barriers fell into place around the room, cutting off any casual eavesdropping.
Silence dropped, thick and heavy.
They looked at each other.
He really does look ancient now, she thought distantly. When had that happened? Had he always carried his years like that, or was she only now, finally, willing to see it?
“Mina,” he said again. “Are you hurt?”
She laughed.
It burst out of her, sharp and ugly, a sound with no humour in it at all. It scraped her throat raw.
“Hurt?” she repeated coldly. “That is what you are going with?”
He flinched, almost imperceptibly.
The sound of her own heartbeat was loud in her ears. She could feel chakra snarling just under her skin, restless. Gekirin pulsed once in the back of her mind, then settled when she forced her breathing into something that almost resembled a rhythm.
She stepped forward. Her sandals left faint red marks on the polished wood of his floor.
“An entire clan is lying dead on your streets,” Mina said, and she did not try to keep her voice calm anymore. “Shisui has been gone for a week now. The police district is a slaughterhouse. Itachi is… gone.” Her voice caught for half a second. She pushed past it with force. “Sasuke is the only living child of the Uchiha name in this village. And you are sitting here, asking me if I am hurt?”
Hiruzen’s mouth tightened around the stem of his pipe. His fingers, she noticed, were trembling slightly where they held it.
“I have been informed,” he said slowly, “that Itachi broke under the pressure of the tensions between the village and his clan and put them down before they could act, Sasuke being the only survivor.”
Mina stared at him.
For a moment she could not even find a word big enough to contain the contempt that overloaded her chest.
“Do not,” she whispered, each syllable shaking, “feed me the official report.”
His eyes closed briefly. When he opened them again, there was more tired sorrow there than defensiveness.
“You knew,” she said. “Do not lie to me, Sarutobi. Do not insult me like that. You knew something like this was coming.”
“I knew,” he answered, voice low, “that tensions were rising. That the Uchiha were angrier than they had been in decades. That certain members of the council were considering drastic measures.”
“Drastic measures,” she repeated numbly. “That is what we are calling it now?”
She took another step. Her hands were shaking now in earnest. She dug her nails into her palms until she felt the sting, the tacky warmth of fresh blood. It grounded her just enough.
“I told you this would happen,” she said. The words gathered force as they came. “I came into THIS office again and again and AGAIN to warn you. To tell you that the clan was being pushed to the edge. That Danzo was circling them like a vulture. That your inaction was leaving them no middle ground. And you patted me on the head and told me not to worry. You told me to go home and raise Naruto. You told me to leave it to YOU! AGAIN!”
She gestured wildly, a sharp, cutting movement that sent a fleck of dried blood spinning off her sleeve.
“And now you are going to look at me and say, what? That you are shocked? That you did not know it would come to this?”
Hiruzen did not meet her eyes for a moment. His gaze flickered to the side, to the window that overlooked the village, the Hokage Monument beyond. Konoha was slowly brightening outside, the first rays of sun catching on tiled roofs, on washing lines, on the gentle curve of the training grounds.
“Some matters,” he said at last, “are more complex than you know, Mina. There were factors you were not aware of. Threats you could not see.”
Her laugh this time bordered on hysterical.
“Do not talk to me about threats I could not see!” she snapped, shouting. “I grew up in Danzo’s basement. I have had my mind and body pulled apart and stitched back together more times than I can count by his pets and their creative torture. I have seen what the war did to this village from the underside, from the places your pretty words do not reach. Do not stand here and tell me I did not understand what was happening!!”
His jaw tightened. The pipe in his hand went out. He did not seem to notice.
“This was not a decision made lightly,” he said quietly. “We were facing the possibility of civil war. Of a coup that would have torn Konoha apart. If the Uchiha had moved against the village, if blood had been shed in open streets, every clan would have been forced to pick a side. The damage would have been-”
“A catastrophe,” she finished for him. “Yes. I know. I have done the numbers. I have war gamed the scenarios. That is why I came to you with alternatives. Plans goddammit!! Ways to ease the pressure. Ways to give them a way out that was not treason or death!”
Her throat hurt. She did not care.
“You sacrificed a child to solve adult problems,” she said, and the sentence fell between them like a dropped blade. “Again!!”
He flinched. There was no missing it this time. His shoulders hunched, his mouth pressed into a thin line.
“You did it with Naruto,” Mina went on, relentless, because if she stopped she did not know if she would ever start again. “You knew what the villagers would do to him. You knew they would see a demon and not A BOY! You let them spit on your successor’s son because it was easier than telling them the truth and owning your decision!!”
“Mina-”
“You did it with me,” she cut over him. “You turned a FIVE year old into a weapon because Danzo told you root needed fresh blood for the good of the village! You signed the orders that sent me underground! You let him carve me into something useful and then pretended you had no idea what it cost!”
His hand tightened around the pipe until she thought it might snap.
“You did it with Kakashi! You watched him drown in guilt and grief because you needed the White Fang’s son on the front lines! You told yourself that giving him ANBU work was helping him. That burying him in missions would keep him from breaking. You used his pain until he was nothing but mission reports and dead eyes! That is, on top of being the very REASON he was orphaned in first place, because AGAIN you did NOT take action when you saw Sakumo being shamed, shamed to the point of DEATH! And the crime for said shame? PUTTING HIS COMRADES BEFORE A DAMN MISSION! ”
Her voice had risen now fully, volume spiking with each accusation. She could hear herself but could not seem to be able to stop.
“You did it with Shisui too! You let Danzo chase him. Hunt him. Rip an EYE out of its socket! Dojutsu theft! A CRIME! You could guess that that man wanted Kotoamatsukami. You knew what a mind like that of this glorified mummy would do with that sort of power, and you let him near him anyway! You did not protect him! He had to throw himself into a river for you to even notice that he was HURTING!”
“Mina, there was no evidence of dojutsu theft-” Hiruzen said again, a little more force behind it, but she was past listening.
“And now you have done it with Itachi,” she shouted. “Of all people. My brother! My BLOOD!”
Silence crashed back in the wake of her words. Her chest was heaving, breaths coming in harsh pulls. Her hands hurt. When she glanced down, she saw crescents of fresh blood where her nails had broken skin.
Hiruzen sat very still behind his desk. His pipe lay in the ashtray now, forgotten. His shoulders had rounded, spine bowed under the weight of something too heavy for his frame.
“I warned you about Danzo,” Mina said, voice dropping again but losing none of its edge. The quieter tone was worse now, cold and precise. “I told you he was engineering this. That he was nudging the clan step by step towards the cliff and then standing back to watch. You knew he would use Itachi’s grief and desperation, you knew because I warned you! He has had his rotten eye on that boy since he was old enough to hold a kunai. You knew. And you let him.”
“The Hokage office does not control every choice made within the shadows of this village,” Hiruzen said tiredly.
“The Hokage is the only one who can,” she shot back. “That is what the hat is FOR!”
His eyes closed. The silence stretched.
She realised her voice had gone completely raw. Every word scraped like glass. Her chakra was still flaring and dipping, unstable as a flame in a high wind.
She took in a breath that shook all the way down to her toes.
“I can piece together what happened, you know,” she said, quieter now. Not calmer. The fury had simply cooled, gone from wildfire to a knife edge. “Danzo must have given him two choices.”
Hiruzen’s gaze snapped back to her. She saw guilt there. And something like shame.
“Option one,” she continued, as if reciting a mission briefing. “The clan dies by an Uchiha hand. Sasuke and I live, in exchange for the massacre. You label it treason. You label Itachi renegade. You send him out as a ghost in your records to spy on foreign threats, to serve as a blade in the dark, an informant, exiled as an enemy of a village he loved more than his own life and clan.”
She did not need confirmation. She could see in Hiruzen’s face that he was aware of most of it at least.
“Option two,” Mina went on, “the coup happens. The Uchiha move against the village. Every clan is pulled into open civil war. The streets run red. Everyone dies. Sasuke and me included.”
Hiruzen’s mouth twisted.
“So of course,” she said, the words quiet and devastating, “he chose to save our baby brother and me at the expense of his own life here. And throughout all of this, you chose inaction. You chose to sit in this chair and let it happen, rather than stand up to Danzo and your council. You chose to sacrifice a someone else. Again.”
A muscle in Hiruzen’s cheek jumped. His fingers curled tightly together on the desk.
“It was not that simple,” he said after a long, ragged pause.
Mina stared at him.
It was such a small sentence. So mild, so familiar. How many times had she heard some variation of it in this office? On missions. In debriefings. We did what we had to. You do not understand the full picture. It is complicated. It is not that simple.
“It never is,” she replied. “That is what you tell yourself so you can sleep at night.”
He closed his eyes.
The room felt suddenly too small. There was not enough air. Mina forced herself to move, to break the frozen tableau. She turned away from the desk, pacing a short, sharp line in front of it like a caged animal.
Each step echoed against the wood.
“When I was five,” she said, not really meaning to speak but unable to stop once she had started, “Root told me that my life belonged to the village. That my feelings, my wants, my fears were all sacrifices I had to make for the greater good. They said it so often that it stopped sounding like a lie.”
Hiruzen watched her, eyes hooded.
“I went along with it,” she went on. “Because I believed in something beyond myself simple self. Then Minato nii-san taught me that Konoha could be better than the men in its shadows. And you told me you were trying to steer us away from the worst of it.”
She stopped, turning back to him.
“And yet every time something messy comes along, every time a decision would require you to dirty your hands in a way that is not cloaked in the word duty, you find a child to bleed for you.”
He opened his mouth. Closed it again.
“I saw him, you know,” Mina said softly. Emotion drained out of her voice now, leaving it almost toneless. As if she were giving a report. “Before he left. In the street. Outside his house. Covered in their blood. He told me Father was proud of me. After years and years of silence. After he was already dead. He told me to take care of Sasuke. He told me not to trust Danzo, as if I needed reminding. And then he walked away, into darkness, because you made sure that was the only option left for him.”
The memory punched through her again. Feathers. The smell of iron. His face as he said goodbye.
Her chest hurt. She pressed a hand to it, as if that could hold the pieces together a little longer.
“Do you know what he said to me?” she asked. “When I told him I would take the blame? That I would confess to the massacre so he could stay here with our brother and live the life that he deserved?”
Hiruzen’s brows drew together, the clearest frown she had seen on him, as if such self sacrifice for something other than the village was a foreign notion.
“He said I was not disposable,” Mina whispered. “As if anyone here aside from Sakumo, Minato, Kushina and Shisui, who are all gone, mind you, has treated me as anything else.”
Silence.
For the first time since she had entered, Hiruzen looked properly guilty. His eyes were bright with unshed tears. His hands, folded now on the desk, were mottled with age spots and scars.
“I did not want this,” he said finally, voice rough. “I did not wake up one day and decide that Uchiha blood should stain our streets. I did not want Itachi to have to do this. I did not want to look at that boy and see that the only way for him to save his brother and sister was to slaughter his kin.”
“But you did nothing to stop it.” Mina said, void of any mercy.
“But I did nothing to stop it…” he echoed hollowly.
They held each others gaze for a long moment. There was no forgiveness in hers. Only scorched earth.
“You have always been loyal,” Hiruzen said quietly. “Even when you disagreed with me. Even when you argued. You have always come back to the notion of village first.”
Mina laughed again, but this time it was almost soundless. Just an exhale with cracked edges.
“Do not get confused about the reason for my loyalty,” she said. “I stayed because there are people here I love. Because this place still looked something like the dream Minato carried in his heart. That dream is dying on your watch.”
His flinch at Minato’s name was subtle but real.
“He believed in you,” she said. “You know that, right? He thought you would stand up to Danzo one day, eventually. That you would make the hard choices. That you would protect this village from itself as much as from its enemies.”
“I have tried,” Hiruzen murmured.
“You have compromised,” she corrected. “You have gambled with other people’s lives and told yourself it was the only way. You have stood by while Danzo twisted children into blades and then was somehow shocked when those blades cut where he pointed, and cut themselves in the process.”
The horrible thing was, she could see he knew she was right. His eyes were too clear for denial.
“I cannot change what has happened,” he said. “The Uchiha are gone. Itachi has left. It cannot be undone.”
“I know,” she said. “You have made sure of it.”
Her voice was starting to shake again, not with rage this time, but with something colder. Something that felt like the ground shifting under her feet.
“So what now, Hokage-sama?” she asked, the title mocking. “Do we just sweep the bodies up before dawn so the civilians do not trip over them? Do we announce at noon that a traitor has been let loose but that still, everything is fine? Do we sit back and watch Sasuke grow up believing that his brother is a monster because it is easier than telling him the truth?”
Hiruzen looked very tired.
“We will hold a funeral,” he said. “We will honour the Uchiha’s service as shinobi. The official story will be that the clan had tension with the village, but there will be no mentions of a coup. Uchiha Itachi snapped.”
Mina stared at him.
“You have condemned him to carry this alone, for the rest of his life,” she said slowly. “You are going to let the village spit on his name every time they mention the Uchiha name, and you are going to look Sasuke in the eye and tell him his brother killed his family for what? Evening exercise?”
His gaze slid away.
“It is the only way to protect what remains of the Uchiha name,” he said. “If the village knew the truth-”
“They might ask why their Hokage let it happen,” she finished. “They might ask why the man who is supposed to represent their will stood aside while a clan was erased. The clans with dojutsu certainly would have questions about some of Danzo’s antics. What would Hyuga Hiashi say about Shisui’s missing eye, I wonder?”
The words hung in the air, sharp and indecent.
She took a long, shaking breath. The fury had not gone. It had settled instead into a cold, steady place in the centre of her chest.
The silence after the storm of her shouting was almost worse than the screaming had been.
The office felt wrong to her now. Too small, too full of smoke and stale decisions. The Hokage’s hat sat on the corner of the desk like a joke that had gone on far too long.
Mina stood in the middle of the room, chest heaving, throat raw. Her chakra had settled from a roar to a low, dangerous hum. Hiruzen watched her over steepled fingers, face drawn even deeper than it had been at the start.
He looked like he had aged ten more years since she had barged in.
For a few slow heartbeats neither of them spoke. Mina listened to the sound of her own pulse, loud in her ears. She could feel her hands trembling. Her nails were still digging into her palms, blood slick and sticky between her fingers.
She made herself let go.
One finger at a time she uncurled her hands, forced them open at her sides. It felt like prising rusted metal apart.
Breath in. Breath out. Get it together. You do not get to fall apart yet.
When she spoke next, her voice was no longer a shout. The rage had cooled, leaving something brittle and thin behind.
“I am taking Sasuke.” she said.
Her words sounded small in the big room, but they hit like a thrown kunai. Hiruzen’s eyes sharpened at once.
“Mina-”
She cut him off with a slight shake of her head.
“I am not asking,” she said, and that simple fact rang clearer than any scream could have. “I am telling you what is going to happen.”
She could see the moment he understood that she was not bluffing. His posture straightened a fraction, tired old spine remembering what it meant to be a commander. The weight of the hat on the desk seemed to settle on his shoulders again.
“You do not have the authority to-”
“I will not,” she said over him, her voice gaining force again, “leave him in your system to be used and discarded the way you used Kakashi. The way you used me.”
The names hung there between them, accusations and ghosts.
She lifted her chin.
“I am also done serving under you,” she went on. “As a shinobi.”
His brows drew together.
“What exactly do you mean by that?” he asked carefully.
She took in another slow breath and made herself say the words she had already felt clicking into place inside her chest.
“You are no longer my Hokage,” Mina said. “I will not take missions from you. I will not wear your mask or hitai-ate. I will not put my life on the line because you tell me to. I will protect this village because it is my home, but I will not bleed for you.”
There. It was out now. A bridge set on fire as she crossed it. A truth ringing clear, liberating.
Hiruzen let out a long, uneven breath. The sound might have been a laugh in another life. In this one, it was just a tired sigh.
“You would resign your rank,” he said. “Turn your back on everything you have been since you were a child?”
“I am not turning my back on everything I have been,” Mina replied. “I am refusing to let you continue to dictate what that must mean.”
She stared at him, eyes clearer than ever before, the statements feeling ridiculously freeing.
“I will not serve in the shinobi forces as long as you are Hokage,” she said. “I am not abandoning Konoha. I am abandoning your command. There is a world of difference.”
He regarded her for a long moment. His hands were folded tightly together on the desk now, knuckles pale.
“You know what the council will say,” he murmured. “What Danzo will say. A former ANBU defying direct orders. Threatening to-”
“They can say whatever they like,” Mina answered. “The difference between us is that I have nothing left they can take from me that I am not already willing to burn.”
She stepped closer to the desk, close enough that she could see the specks of ash on the wood from his pipe.
“You want logic?” she said. “Fine. Let us talk logic.”
“I am already raising Naruto,” she began, ticking points off on her fingers as if this were any other mission briefing. “Despite the way this village treated him. Despite the way you let them treat him. He is fed, well, not just instant ramen. He is clothed, in clothes he likes and that actually fit him. He is housed, in a room he chose the colours of, littered with frog accessories. He is not running feral through the streets anymore, looking for scraps of affection in pranks and vandalism.”
Her mouth softened for a fraction of a second, remembering his grin, the way he flung himself at her waist when she came home.
“He laughs,” she said quietly. “He sleeps through the night now. He knows what it means to have someone who comes back. To be loved, unconditionally so.”
She lifted her gaze again, pinning Hiruzen with it.
“I am a trained ANBU operative,” Mina continued. “Root and all. I know threat assessment better than most of your desk-bound advisers. You know I can read patterns. I can predict response time to an incursion anywhere in this village. I know the holes in our defences and the blind spots of our patrol routes. I know every unofficial exit and how to seal them. I have kept myself alive in worse places than this.”
A small, humourless smile tugged at one corner of her mouth.
“I am more than capable of keeping two children protected,” she said.
Hiruzen’s lips thinned, but he did not argue. He knew her file as well as anyone, perhaps even better.
“Sasuke already knows me,” Mina went on. “He has sat at my table. He has eaten my food. He has fallen asleep with his head in my lap when he was too tired to pretend he was not a child. I have held him when he cried because Itachi was late home from a mission.”
Her voice cracked on the name. It hurt. She let it.
“He calls me Mina-nee,” she whispered. “He trusts me.”
She spread her hands slightly.
“Tell me,” she said. “Who else in this village can you say that about? Who else is left that he knows will not look at him and see only a clan name, a bank account and a political pawn?”
Hiruzen’s gaze flickered away for a moment, the question landing exactly where she meant it to.
“And beyond that,” Mina added, because she was not done, not nearly done, “there is the matter of eyes.”
He looked back at her sharply.
“Eyes,” he repeated, slowly.
“Sharingan,” Mina clarified. “Uchiha eyes.”
She touched the corner of her own, where the ghost of the tomoe seemed to burn under the skin even dormant.
“As far as I am aware,” she said, “there are only three of us left in this village with that bloodline active in our skulls. Sasuke. Kakashi. And me.”
She let that hang. The implications were obvious.
“And I am not,” she said, very clearly, “letting Danzo get his hands on either of us.”
The name came out like a blade. Hiruzen flinched again.
“You know what he is,” Mina went on, relentless. “You know what he has done. You know he looks at Sasuke and sees a resource, not a child.”
She stepped even closer, leaning her fists on the edge of the desk now. Her blood left faint smears on the polished wood.
“I will not, under any circumstances, let that man near my brothers,” she said. “Not Naruto. Not Sasuke. Not anyone else I care about.”
Hiruzen’s shoulders sagged further under the weight of each word.
“You speak,” he said softly, “as if you are the only one who cares for them.”
She laughed, bitter.
“And you speak as if your care has not been the cause of half of their suffering,” she replied. “You let the village hate Naruto because it was easier than telling them he was the son of the hero who saved their lives. You let Sakumo’s son pick his own pieces out of the mud because you were too busy pretending you did not see how the village turned on his father for caring too much.”
Her gaze sharpened, voice dropping to a low, hard register.
“You let Shisui die,” she said. “You knew what Danzo wanted. You knew he was sniffing around the boys. You knew, because I warned you. Yet, you let it happen.”
He shut his eyes briefly. She did not stop.
“You watched the Uchiha be pushed and pushed,” Mina continued. “You saw them relocated to the outskirts like criminals. You heard the whispers, the rumours, the accusations. You knew they were angry. You knew they were scared. You knew they were making plans. And you sat on your hands.”
Her lip curled.
“Because it was easier,” she said. “Easier to protect yourself, your office, old teammate. Easier to protect your own reputation. Easier not to look too closely at what your shadow was doing, in case you had to admit you had let a monster grow under your feet.”
The words cut. She wanted them to.
Hiruzen’s fingers tightened on one another until his knuckles went white. His gaze had dropped to the desk, to the small smears of blood she left there.
“I have made mistakes,” he said hoarsely. “I have never denied that.”
“Mistakes,” Mina echoed. “Is that what we are calling the bodies in the streets now? The dead founding clan of Konoha? A mistake?”
He did not answer.
She straightened slowly, drawing herself up to her full height. In another life she might have felt small before him. Now, even to him she felt terrifyingly larger.
“I will not let another little brother slip through my fingers,” she said quietly.
The words came from somewhere deep in her chest, from the same place that had cracked when they told her Sakumo was dead, when news of Minato and Kushina’s deaths had reached her, when Shisui’s smile had vanished from her future.
Images flashed behind her eyes - Naruto’s wide grin; Sasuke’s serious little face trying so hard to be the image of an heir; Itachi’s silhouette as he vanished into the crows. All of them, pieces of her heart walking around with their own legs, far too vulnerable.
“You will give me guardianship,” she said. “Or I will take them and walk out of this village.”
Hiruzen’s head snapped up.
“You wouldn’t do that…” he said, very quietly. Not quite a question. Almost disbelief. Almost horror.
“I would,” she replied. “Because if I do not, they will die anyway. Perhaps not now. Perhaps not in a week, or a month. But Danzo does not give up on toys he wants. The council does not forget that an Uchiha heir and a jinchuuriki exist. They will find a way to use them. To weaponise them. To sacrifice them. And you know it as well as I do.”
Her eyes were focused on him as if gazing right upon his very soul.
“I have watched too many of you old men sacrifice children for your idea of peace and duty,” she said. “You are not getting your hands on these two.”
They stared at each other. The weight of her words settled into the floorboards.
In the silence that followed, she could hear her own breathing, the muted murmur of the village far below. Life went on out there. People were making breakfast, pulling on uniforms, calling to each other on the street.
In here, the world was breaking.
“You would not make it past the walls,” Hiruzen said finally, not with the threat of a leader, but with the bleak statement of a man who knew very well how his village worked. “Danzo would send Root after you. The ANBU would be mobilised. The alert would go out. A woman with two children and Sharingan eyes is not going to vanish easily.”
Mina gave him a thin, humourless smile.
“You are underestimating how much of your infrastructure I helped upgrade,” she said. “And how much I learned in Danzo’s cages.”
She shrugged. The movement was sharp, almost careless.
“I would die before I let them take the boys,” she said, Mangekyou activating. “But I would make sure he paid for every step he took in our direction.”
There was no bravado in it. Just a simple, terrifying fact.
Hiruzen took a breath, let it out. Her sharingan deactivated.
“But that is not the outcome I want,” she added. “I do not want them to spend their lives on the run. I do not want to take them from their home. I still believe Konoha can be more than its rotten institutions.”
Her eyes softened for a heartbeat, looking past Hiruzen, through the window, to the carved faces on the mountain beyond.
“Minato and Kushina believed in this place,” she said. “Sakumo did too, once. I am tired of being the only one left who seems to remember what they all died for.”
She looked back at him.
“I am giving you a chance,” she said. “A last chance. You can acknowledge that you have failed these children and you can do the bare minimum to make sure they are safe, cared for and loved from now on. Or you can hold your pride and your fear close and watch me leave with them.”
His throat worked as he swallowed.
“You paint my choices as so black and white,” he murmured. “Things are rarely so simple, Mina.”
Her stare did not waver.
“You are the one who has spent years telling yourself that,” she said. “Maybe that is the problem.”
Another long silence stretched. The light in the office had changed while they spoke. Sunlight was creeping across the floor, picking out dust motes in the air. The Hokage’s hat cast a neat shadow on the desk.
Hiruzen reached out and touched it, fingertips moving along the brim as if reminding himself it was still there.
“I will push this in front of the council,” he said at last. “They will ask why you of all people should be given such power a second time. They will say you are unstable. That you are too close to the matter. That connection to Itachi is… problematic.”
Mina’s jaw tightened.
“My connection to Itachi is precisely the reason I am the one who should do this,” she said. “I understand what Sasuke has lost. I understand what it means to grow up with a clan you cannot claim. I know what it means to carry the Sharingan in a village that fears it.”
Her mouth twisted.
“And they can call me unstable all they like,” she added. “I am shattered. I will not pretend I am not.”
She let that admission sit in the room. It was not weakness. It was fact.
“But I am also the one who has already done the job they all refused to do,” she said. “I am the one who took in Minato’s son when the rest of you turned your faces away. I am the one who walks through the market with him and stares down anyone who dares whisper. I am the one who made sure he did not end up in a ditch, alone, lonely and unloved, after someone’s drunken fist voiced their hatred.”
Her gaze hardened.
“If you care at all about the future of this village, you will let me do the same for Sasuke.”
Hiruzen looked very tired now. The lines on his face had deepened even further. His hands shook when they left the hat and came back to rest on the desk.
“You do not make it easy to cling to alternatives,” he said quietly.
“Good,” Mina replied. “You have clung to them long enough.”
He huffed out something that should have been a laugh, if it wasn’t stripped entirely of any amusement.
“The council will not like this,” he said. “Danzo will oppose it.”
“I expect nothing less from that evil wrapped in toilet paper,” she answered.
He studied her for another moment. Then, slowly, he nodded once.
“I will… bring your proposal to them,” he said. The words sounded like they scraped something on their way up. “I will tell them it is in the village’s best interest.”
“You will tell them it is the only way to keep Danzo from doing something even worse,” Mina corrected. “That should get at least some of them onside.”
He grimaced. She was not wrong.
“You will not leave the village before we have an answer,” he said, a touch of command creeping back into his tone. “If you attempt to remove Sasuke without formal guardianship -”
“I will not do anything that puts him at more risk,” she cut in. “I am not stupid.”
Her shoulders hunched a fraction. The adrenaline that had carried her here and held her upright through the confrontation was ebbing, leaving a raw ache behind.
Hiruzen’s eyes softened, a fresh wash of grief moving through them.
“Mina,” he said, and this time the word was not a reprimand or a plea. It was just her name, worn and heavy with years.
She paused with her hand on the door.
“If the council refuses,” he said slowly, “if they decide that the last Uchiha heir must remain under the village’s… direct control…”
His gaze met hers, steady.
“What will you do?” he asked.
She did not hesitate.
“What I have already said,” she answered. “I will take him. And Naruto. And if that means this village has to look me in the eyes and call me traitor while I keep those two children not only alive but cared for too, then so be it.”
Something in his expression crumpled - just for a moment, the mask of Hokage slipping to reveal a very tired, very human man under it.
“You would make that choice,” he whispered. “Even if it meant standing against everyone here. Against me?”
She held his gaze.
“You already made your choice, and it lead us to this. You cannot be surprised it comes with consequences,” she said.
There was nothing more to say.
She opened the door and stepped out into the corridor. The ANBU outside straightened again, turning instinctively towards her. Their masks hid whatever thoughts they might have had.
She walked past them without a word.
The air in the tower felt too clean after the blood and smoke of the Uchiha district. The faint smell of paper and ink was almost nauseating.
Mina descended the stairs on legs that no longer felt quite like they belonged to her. Every muscle ached with exhaustion and the memory of battle. Her chakra was a low, steady ache at the back of her skull.
She had never felt more tired.
And yet, under the tiredness, under the grief and the rage and the bone-deep disappointment in the man she had once trusted to steer this village, there was something else.
A line.
Drawn clean and irrevocable.
She had shown it to him. She had told him where she stood.
Now it was his turn to decide whether he would step over it, or finally, finally stand on the right side of it, with her.
——————————————————————————
Two days was not enough time for the smell of blood to leave her nose. She spent them in Konoha General, sitting at Sasuke’s bedside, who was still unconscious due to the Tsukuyomi’s effect.
Mina knew the blood was not really there any more. She had washed it off her skin until the water in the basin of the hospital lavatories ran clear. She had scrubbed under her fingernails until they hurt. She had almost burned her clothes. She had stood in the hospital shower until the water turned from hot to lukewarm to cold.
It did not matter. The first breath of every morning still tasted like iron.
So when the summons came, she was already raw.
A Fox masked ANBU appeared at the window of Sasuke’s room just after dawn, body language taut. Naruto was likely still asleep in their home, curled up in his little bed, one hand flung out, fingers tangled in the sheet. For a moment Mina wanted to be there, just to watch him breathe. But she had to finish what she started.
Then she slid the window open.
“Uzuha Mina,” the ANBU said, voice flat through the mask. “The Hokage requests your presence. Immediately.”
Of course he does.
She did not ask why. There was no need. This would be about Sasuke. About the early morning in the tower. About the line she had drawn and whether they were going to try to rub it out.
“Watch him,” she said, tilting her head towards the bed where Sasuke lay. Her voice was quiet but it carried steel. “No one enters this room. No one touches him. If anyone attempts to remove him, you will regret failing to stop them more than you can currently imagine.”
The ANBU stiffened slightly. He nodded once.
“Understood.”
She held his gaze a second longer, then turned away. Sandals, weapons. Her hands moved automatically, muscle memory doing what her brain did not quite have the energy for.
Her stomach was a knot the entire walk to the tower.
Konoha looked the same on the surface. Vendors setting up stalls. Children running. Chunin on patrol. The morning sun caught on tiled roofs, on shop signs, on the pale stone of the Hokage Monument.
She felt like she was walking through a genjutsu, something painted over a battlefield.
People glanced at her as she passed. Some knew her face. Some recognised only the aura, the set of her shoulders. Ex ANBU, they would think. Hokage’s shadow. Dangerous.
Not dangerous enough, a voice in her head whispered. Not dangerous enough to stop this.
The receptionist at the tower did not try to make her wait. One look at her expression and they waved her through with a stuttering, “Hokage-sama is expecting you, Uzuha-san.”
Second time in three days she had walked these halls. They felt narrower now. The walls thicker.
She opened the office doors without knocking this time as well.
Hiruzen was there, behind his desk. The hat sat on its stand again, watching everything with nonexistent eyes. Sunlight fell in pale stripes across the floorboards.
Danzo was there too.
He stood a little to the side, posture deceptively relaxed. His bandaged arm was tucked into his robe as always, his good eye half lidded, mouth drawn in something that would never pass for a smile on a human face. It looked more like a fissure in rock.
The moment Mina saw him her body flooded with cold fury. It was not the hot, explosive rage of the other night. This was something steadier, colder, more precise. It slid under her skin like ice water, made her fingers tingle.
She shut the door carefully behind her.
Hiruzen’s gaze flicked to Danzo and back again.
“Mina,” he said, and his tone was careful, neutral. “Thank you for coming.”
“I was not under the impression it was optional,” she replied.
Her eyes did not leave Danzo. She wanted him to know she saw him. Not as the Hokage’s counsellor, not as an elder with a cane, but as the man who had dangled impossible choices in front of children and called it patriotism.
Hiruzen exhaled.
“The council has discussed your request,” he said.
Request. As if she had asked for a favour, not issued an ultimatum.
“And?” Mina asked. Her voice was remarkably steady. She was a little impressed with herself.
Danzo spoke first.
“A bold demand,” he said, tone faintly amused. “It caused quite the stir. You should be honoured, girl, we rarely spend so long on anything concerning a single brat, let alone two.”
Her fingers twitched. She kept them at her sides.
“They are not brats,” she said. “They are children.”
He ignored that.
“In any case,” Danzo went on, “after some debate and… clarification, the council has agreed to allow you guardianship of Uchiha Sasuke.”
Her lungs loosened a fraction. It was not relief. Not yet. Relief required trust. This was something more like tension shifting shape.
“Under conditions,” Hiruzen added quietly.
There it was.
“Of course,” Mina said, because there was no universe in which this was going to be simple.
Danzo’s eye gleamed.
“It is no secret that your position is… unusual,” he said. “You are not of a clan, officially. You are ex ANBU, yet currently unaffiliated with any active division. You are the guardian of the jinchuuriki. You have, let us say, personal ties to certain parties involved in the recent… tragedy.”
He said it in such a mild tone that for a second Mina thought she might be sick.
“Say massacre,” she said, very softly. “You made sure of it anyway.”
He tilted his head.
“The village calls it treason,” he replied. “History is unlikely remember it as a necessary sacrifice, but it was so.”
Behind the desk, Hiruzen’s jaw tightened. He did not look at Danzo.
Mina took a slow breath.
“Get to the part where you tell me what you want from me,” she said. “You did not drag me here to recite your twisted ideology.”
Danzo’s thin mouth curved again.
“Direct. Very well.”
He folded his hand behind his back, almost absently, as if he were talking about logistics for some small mission.
“The council is prepared to recognise you as legal guardian of Uchiha Sasuke,” he said. “You will be responsible for his upbringing, his housing, his basic needs. He will be placed under your care, alongside the jinchuuriki, and you will soon as of now continue to reside in your current apartment, though the option of moving to a larger dwelling may be discussed at a later date.”
Mina waited. The words felt too simple. The catch would be sharp enough to cut.
“In return,” Danzo went on, voice a fraction cooler, but somehow pleased with the predicament, “you will accept certain… safeguards.”
Her eyes narrowed.
“What kind of safeguards?” she asked. “Physical? Political? Or are we already at the part where you want to put something in my brain.”
Hiruzen flinched.
Danzo smiled properly this time. It was a terrible thing.
“A seal,” he said. “Purely precautionary. Nothing that would… alter your mind, if that is what you fear. It would simply ensure that certain sensitive information remains where it ought to be. Locked away.”
Mina’s heartbeat picked up. She could feel her mangekyou stir faintly behind her eyes, a reflexive flare of power at the scent of threat.
“What information?” she asked.
She already knew, but she made him say it. She wanted Hiruzen to hear it again.
Danzo did not look at him for permission. Of course he did not.
“Your heritage,” he said calmly. “Any claim you might make to the Uchiha name. Any details you might possess regarding their internal affairs prior to their, shall we say, untimely deaths.”
Her throat tightened.
“And,” he went on, relentless, “what you suspect or know about Uchiha Itachi’s role in said deaths.”
Hiruzen’s eyes closed briefly.
“The details of the massacre itself,” Danzo finished. “The manner of death. The lack of quick response by the village. The information surrounding the tension between the clan and the village.”
Mina’s hand curled unconsciously against her thigh.
“In other words,” she said, very quietly, “you want to lock my mouth around truth behind the massacre.”
Danzo gave a small shrug.
“We wish to prevent unnecessary unrest,” he replied. “The village needs stability. Rumours spread enough as it is. We cannot have an ex ANBU operative wandering about telling impressionable ears that their beloved Uchiha prodigy may not entirely be the traitor history will require him to be.”
Beloved. The word tasted like poison in his mouth. Mina swallowed it anyway.
“And if I refuse this seal?” she asked.
“Then the council will refuse your guardianship petition,” Danzo said blandly. “Sasuke will be taken into the village’s direct custody. He will, of course, be treated with all the care due to the last heir of such a prestigious bloodline.”
His eye glittered.
“In time,” he added, “we may even determine the best way to utilise his talents for the good of the village. An arrangement not unlike the one made with his older brother, the ANBU path, perhaps.”
Mina’s vision went red at the edges.
She forced herself to breathe past it. In. Out. In. Out. Calm. Clear.
She turned her head to Hiruzen.
“And you support this?” she asked, the betrayal laid bare. “You agree with this condition?”
He looked like someone had driven a kunai straight through his chest and left it there.
“I argued against any interference with your mind,” he said. “I refused to allow hypnosis, genjutsu conditioning, anything of that nature. This seal will not change your thoughts. It will not tamper with your memories. It will simply prevent you from speaking certain things aloud.”
“Simply,” she repeated.
His gaze dropped.
“The Hokage council insists that the official record must stand,” he said quietly. “If the truth becomes widely known, the village could fracture further. There would be demands for retribution against those involved. Against me. Against the advisors in the Hokage council. There could be civil war.”
“So instead,” Mina said slowly, “you would rather silence one of the few people who still care what the truth is.”
Her voice was shaking now, not from fear, but from the sheer, exhausted fury that came from seeing the same pattern again and again.
“You would rather bind the mouths of the living than confront the fact that you sanctioned the slaughter of an entire clan and then lied about it.”
Danzo’s lips thinned.
“We sanctioned nothing,” he said. “We made a choice between two disasters and took the path that preserved the village.”
Mina spared him a brief, scornful look and then dismissed him. She was tired of wasting words on men who had already decided their own righteousness.
Her focus returned to Hiruzen.
“And Shikaku?” she said. “Where does he stand in this? Is he aware?”
Hiruzen hesitated.
“Shikaku,” he said at last, “does not know. The clan council is unaware of the differences between the truth and the official narrative, so it was not discussed at that meeting. The seal was discussed and decided only by me, Utatane, Danzo and Mitokado.”
Of course he did not know. Nara Shikaku, who moved people across Konoha’s political board like shogi pieces, would not let anyone permanently dull a voice he had already decided belonged in his office.
“However,” Hiruzen added, “suggested that we assign you formally to the jonin commander’s office as a strategic adviser.”
Mina absorbed that in silence.
“Why did he offer now?” she asked eventually.
“So he can keep you under his eye,” Danzo answered before Hiruzen could. “So he can use you. You have seen his paperwork. Someone has to help him with it.”
Mina ignored the jab.
She thought of Shikaku on his porch, eyes half lidded, voice lazy and sharp at once. She thought of how he had looked at her when she spoke Danzo’s name. Not surprised. Not dismissive. Just tired, and very aware.
Keep her close, Shikaku would be thinking. Keep her somewhere she can see the board move, somewhere she can warn us before Danzo tries anything worse. And, unspoken, somewhere the council is less likely to make her disappear. She felt grateful.
“It is also,” Hiruzen said, “a way to keep you within the formal structure of the village without sending you into the field. You refused field work under my command. This would honour that while still making use of your skills.”
Use. It always came back to use.
Mina stood there in the middle of the Hokage’s office and felt the weight of the choice settle on her shoulders like wet stone.
If she walked away now, if she refused, Sasuke would vanish into the system. Into the tender care of the same council that had just decided the best way to manage the fallout of genocide was to gag the only remaining witness. On Danzo’s insistence, no doubt, but that did not make the rest of that assortment of fossils less guilty of approving it.
She could take him and run, as she had threatened. She could try. Maybe she would make it past the walls. Maybe she would not. Maybe they would die in the attempt. Naruto, Sasuke, her. Three more bodies on the pile.
Or she could do it, chain herself.
Her voice. Her name. Her right to call herself what and who she was.
A seal. A brand of silence. A muzzle, wrapped in the language of security.
She thought of Sasuke in the hospital bed, small and shaking, eyes red from crying until he had no tears left, but still unconscious. Of the way he would have clutched her sleeve had he been awake, like it was the only solid thing in a world that had been ripped from under his feet.
She thought of Naruto, tenacious little fingers tangled in her shirt whenever he was scared. The way he had whispered, “Please do not go away, Mina nee-chan,” a few years ago when she had first brought him home. Both boys were now seven years old.
She thought of Itachi on the blood slick street, Mangekyou fading in his eyes.
Please, nee-san… Take care of Sasuke. He will need his older sister.
Her throat ached.
Danzo was watching her with polite interest, like a scientist observing a specimen making a predictable choice in a lab cage.
“This is a small price,” he said, almost gently, “for the village’s safety and the granting of your request.”
Mina turned her head slowly, looked at him fully.
“You call this small,” she said quietly.
He inclined his head slightly.
“Speech is a tool,” he said. “So are secrets. You are merely agreeing not to wield certain weapons. In return, you are given power over something truly valuable.”
Her lips trembled into a cold, humourless smile.
“You would know all about trading speech for power,” she said. “You gave up your conscience a long time ago.”
Danzo’s good eye flashed.
“It would be wise,” he murmured, “to remember who you are speaking to, girl.”
“And it would be wise,” she replied firmly, “to remember that I am the one standing between you and the last two children in this village who are worth more than anything in your filing cabinets.”
She took a breath, steadying herself.
“You are clearly aware that I have already pieced together most of what happened,” she went on. “What you did to Shisui. The choice you forced on Itachi. The way you turned children into weapons and then into scapegoats.”
Something ugly flickered across his face. She ignored it.
“This seal is not about protecting the village,” Mina said. “It is a precaution against me opening my mouth.”
Danzo did not bother denying it this time. His thin smile returned.
“You are at least not stupid,” he said.
“No,” she agreed. “I am not.”
Silence stretched again. Hiruzen looked from one to the other like a man watching the edge of a cliff crumble under his feet.
Mina inhaled slowly. The air tasted of tobacco and paper dust. She hated it.
“Fine,” she said.
The word dropped like a stone in a still pond. Both men went very still.
“I will take your seal,” she said.
Hiruzen’s shoulders slumped in mingled relief and sorrow. Danzo’s fingers twitched with satisfaction.
Mina held up a hand before either of them could speak.
“But,” she added, and the word snapped like a tripwire, “not from this mummy with a cane.”
Danzo’s head jerked towards her, eye flashing.
“Watch your tongue,” he snapped, the first genuine anger breaking through his calm.
“You are very interested in my tongue today,” Mina said coolly. “Which is ironic, considering you are so determined to silence it.”
She took a step closer to Hiruzen’s desk, ignoring Danzo now, addressing the Hokage directly.
“If this must be done,” she said, every word measured and sharp, “Jiraiya of the Sannin will place it. Not Danzo. Not his pets. Not anyone from Root. A seal that intricate, that invasive, must be placed by someone whose so called loyalty I do not consider a disease.”
Danzo scowled.
“Jiraiya is not even in the village,” he objected. “It will take time to summon him. Time in which that boy will be unsupervised, and this woman unbound.”
Mina’s jaw clenched.
“Sasuke is unconscious in a hospital bed surrounded by medics, chunin and ANBU,” she said. “He is not unsupervised. And I am hardly going to run away when I have just agreed to chain myself here.”
“I will not have you dictating who -”
“Enough,” Hiruzen said, and there was a note in his voice that Mina had not heard from him in a long time. Hokage, not a tired old man. Command, not an apology.
Danzo fell silent, his eye narrowing.
Hiruzen looked at Mina.
“You do not trust Danzo to place the seal,” he said. “You fear he would add… extra layers.”
“That is not fear,” Mina answered. “That is a reasonable expectation based on his life’s work.”
Hiruzen did not argue.
“And you trust Jiraiya,” he asked.
She hesitated. Trust was a big word. She did not trust easily any more, not with this. And she did not know him, but she knew what Minato thought of the man, despite her opinions on a godfather leaving his godson to the village care only. She trusted her nii-san’s opinion of people more than she cared for her own grudges.
“I trust that he loved Minato and Kushina,” she said at last. “I trust that if I walk out of that room with something carved into my chakra that I did not agree to, he will tear this tower down and you along with it, not caring that you were once his sensei.”
A faint, dry sound escaped Hiruzen. It might have been the ghost of a smile.
“You are probably right,” he said.
Mina folded her arms, holding herself together.
“If I am to give up my identity,” she said softly, “my truth, my ability to speak for the dead and some of the living, I will at least choose the hands that bind me.”
Hiruzen closed his eyes for a moment. When he opened them again, there was resignation there, and something that might have been respect.
“Very well,” he said. “I will summon Jiraiya. He is not far. He will come quick.”
Danzo’s glare swung towards him.
“You cannot possibly be considering letting that clown handle something this delicate,” he said, voice low with anger. “We do not know where he has been, what influences he has picked up. He is hardly -”
“Enough,” Hiruzen repeated, sharper. “I have agreed to Mina’s terms.”
He turned his gaze on Danzo fully now, the way one might regard a weapon that had grown rusty and unpredictable.
“This is not a matter for Root,” he said. “You have done quite enough.”
Danzo’s lips thinned to a pale line. For a moment Mina thought he might push further, might let more of that venom show. Then he inclined his head fractionally, the gesture stiff.
“As you wish, Hokage-sama,” he said.
The title sounded like it was burning his tongue.
He turned towards the door. As he passed Mina he paused, close enough that she could smell the faint, sour tang of old bandages and medicinal herbs.
“You should be grateful, girl,” he murmured, voice pitched low so only she would hear. “Not everyone gets such… leniency.”
She did not look at him.
“Keep telling yourself that,” she said quietly. “Maybe one day you will believe it.”
His eye flashed once, then he moved on, cane ticking against the floor as he left.
The door shut behind him with a soft click. The air in the room felt easier to breathe the second he was gone, but only slightly. The damage had already been done.
Mina stared at the door for a moment longer, then looked back at Hiruzen.
“So,” she said. “You agreed with him.”
He rubbed a hand tiredly over his face.
“I insisted that the seal be as limited as possible,” he said. “No compulsion. No triggers beyond the act of preventing speech of certain facts aloud. No interference with your ability to think or remember. There will be specific phrases, names, topics that you physically will not be able to voice.”
“Elaborate,” she said.
He took a deep breath.
“You will not be able to say that you are Uchiha,” he said. The word itself seemed to hurt him. “You will not be able to publicly claim Minai as your true name either.”
The rejection slotted into an old wound. She tried not to show it.
“You will not be able to tell anyone the details of the arrangement Itachi made,” Hiruzen continued. “You will not be able to say that he acted under someone’s orders. You will not be able to speak about Danzo’s involvement in that arrangement, or in Shisui’s death. You will not be able to contradict the official record of the massacre.”
Mina swallowed. Her mouth was dry.
“So I will stand there,” she said slowly, “beside the boy whose family was slaughtered, and every time he looks at me and asks why, my tongue will seize up?”
Hiruzen closed his eyes.
“You will be able to tell him it was complicated, to deflect” he said. “That Itachi made a choice. That there were… reasons maybe. But you will not be able to say whose reasons. Or how much blood was on others’ hands.”
She laughed, short and bitter.
“Those explanations will not save him,” she said. “they will only poison him more slowly.”
Silence fell again.
“You do not have to accept this,” Hiruzen said quietly, after a moment. “I will not pretend I am being fair to you. For your request and the reasons behind it this is… monstrous. I know.”
She looked at him.
“But you will not stop it,” she said, not a question. “You will not stand in front of the council and tell them no.”
His jaw worked.
“I have pushed as far as I can,” he said. “If I refuse this compromise, they will override me. They will take Sasuke into their own custody. They will place whatever seals they like on him. On you, if they catch you. I cannot guarantee they will call Jiraiya instead of Danzo. I cannot guarantee they will not decide that the simplest solution is to remove anyone who knows too much.”
Mina’s chest ached.
“At least,” he added, and his voice cracked, “this way I can make certain you live, to keep my promise to your brother. Make certain that you also stay here. That you can protect them.”
Protect them, by binding herself.
She thought of Naruto, shouting dattebayo at the sky, promising to become Hokage so everyone would recognise him. She thought of Sasuke, still and silent in the hospital room, small shoulders slightly shaking.
She thought of Itachi’s last words.
Please, nee-san. Take care of Sasuke.
She closed her eyes for a moment.
“You are right,” she said.
Hiruzen looked faintly startled.
“I am?” he questioned.
“This is monstrous,” she said. “But I am the one who is going to let you do it.”
She opened her eyes again. They were steady now, if still raw.
“I will not forgive you for this,” she told him. “I want you to understand that. There will never be a day when I look back on this and say, ah yes, the old man Hiruzen was right.”
“I would not ask you to,” he said.
“But I will let it happen,” she went on. “Because between my life and Sasuke’s life, there is only one thing I am willing to kill.”
He flinched.
“And when Jiraiya is done writing his leash into my chakra,” Mina said, “I will sign whatever papers you put in front of me. I will be Uzuha Mina until the day I die. I will not mourn my father’s death, or that of the clan I am half part of, out loud. I will not utter a word about my brother’s sacrifice, his suffering, or his honour. I will not call him my brother either, because I won’t be able to. Neither him, nor Sasuke. I will sit in Shikaku’s office and move little markers on a map and pretend we are all still playing these games.”
Her throat felt tight.
“And at night,” she added, voice low, “I will put two boys to bed and tell them stories that are almost true. And I will hope uselessly that one day, somehow, the truth, when spoken, will not choke me to death.”
Hiruzen’s eyes shone.
“Mina,” he whispered. “I am… sorry.”
She stared at him.
“Sorry,” she repeated softly. “You keep using that word as if it has weight left.”
She turned towards the door.
“Summon Jiraiya,” she said. “The sooner this is done, the sooner I can go to the hospital.”
Her hand was on the knob when he spoke again.
“There was… one thing I insisted on,” he said. “A small thing.”
She paused, half turned.
“The seal will not prevent you from writing,” he said. “Only, as we said, from speaking certain truths aloud.”
She let out a slow breath.
“So I will be a library with its doors locked,” she said. “How comforting.”
Still, a tiny, defiant spark lit somewhere in her chest.
Words on paper could burn. But they could also survive. Hidden. Buried. Found later.
“Fine,” she said. “Then I will write. If the truth cannot pass my tongue, it will pass my pen.”
For a heartbeat, her Mangekyou flickered behind her eyes, unseen.
“And if one day this village has the courage to look itself in the face,” Mina added, “those pages will be waiting.”
She did not wait for a response. She opened the door and stepped out into the corridor.
Behind her, in the Hokage’s office, the man who had once felt like a grandfather bowed his head in his hands.
Ahead of her, somewhere in the hospital, a small boy woke up in a world where his entire clan was gone.
And between them, in the thin space where Mina walked, a decision had been made that would silence her for the rest of her life.
——————————————————————————
The very same day, an hour later, she was sitting in Jiraiya’s safe room, and it was not what Mina expected.
It was not a cave or some dark underground bunker, not a den full of scrolls and sake bottles and half written novels. It was a simple square room in an older part of the tower, hidden behind two layers of seals and a bland wooden door that looked like it should lead to a storage cupboard.
The air inside tasted faintly of ink and old paper. The walls were painted a muted cream, scuffed here and there by years of use. There was a low table in the centre of the room, a cushion on either side, and nothing else.
No windows.
The only light came from a pair of lamps on the floor, their flames carefully controlled so they did not flicker too much. Shadows gathered in the corners, soft and patient.
Jiraiya sat on one cushion, white hair pulled back into a simple tie, forehead protector pushed up just enough to show his eyes clearly. His usual grin that she remembered was nowhere to be seen. The laugh lines around his mouth looked deeper with the seriousness of his expression.
He had already drawn a circle on the floor around the table, a complex array of inked formulae looping and intersecting. Mina recognised sealing script when she saw it, but there were sigils in there that she had only ever seen in old scrolls, the sort ANBU whispered about and pretended did not really exist.
He was waiting when she stepped in. The door closed behind her with a dull click. She heard the lock settle.
“Minai,” he said, using her real name for wha will likely be the final time she heard it inside Konoha.
His voice was quiet. It still filled the room.
She bowed automatically.
“Jiraiya-sama,” she answered, and moved to kneel opposite him.
Her knees hit the cushion. It was softer than she had expected. She folded her hands in her lap to stop them from shaking.
Up close, she could see how tired he looked. The infamous Toad Sage, the man who had once laughed in the face of legendary shinobi and walked away unscathed, looked like someone had carved a piece out of his chest and not bothered to patch it.
There was a scroll unrolled on the table between them, pinned at the corners. It carried the mark of the Hokage and the council. The words blurred when she looked at them too long. Her eyes skimmed the lines that mattered.
Seal of restricted speech. Conditions. Key phrases. Lifelong.
She had already read it once in the Hokage’s office, lips pressed thin, while Danzo watched her with the detached curiosity of a scientist grant their lab rats. She had signed below Hiruzen’s neat strokes, her own handwriting steady despite the tremor in her chest.
Now Jiraiya tapped the parchment very lightly with two fingers.
“You know what this means, kid?” he said.
She held his gaze.
“I read the brief,” she replied. “I know enough.”
His mouth quirked, not quite a smile, more like a wince that had changed its mind.
“Humour me,” he said quietly. “Tell me what you think it means. Out loud.”
She almost snapped that there was no need, that they were wasting time. Then she saw the way his hands were resting on his knees, fingers splayed, the knuckles white.
He needed to hear her say it. He needed to know she was not walking into this without understanding. She was grateful.
“Once it is in place,” she began, and was surprised at how even her voice sounded, “I will not be able to speak certain things. Anything that directly states that I am half Uchiha, or that my name is Minai and not Mina, will be blocked. I likely won’t be able say anything about my time in Root, even if its not written there.”
The words tasted like glass. She also realised that, at some point, likely Minato had briefed him on her true heritage and her life’s story, as he did not seem surprised by her statement.
“I will not be able to say that Itachi acted under orders,” she continued, “or that he was given a choice to make. I will not be able to speak of Danzo’s involvement in Shisui’s death or in the deal that forced Itachi’s hand. I will not be able to contradict the official story of the massacre.”
Her hands were cold where they lay on her lap. She curled her fingers slightly, pressing her nails into her palms.
“If I try,” she went on, “the seal will trigger. My throat will close. My voice will be cut off. The script says I will suffocate if I push against it further.”
There was a faint buzzing in her ears, as if she were listening to herself from a distance.
Jiraiya watched her, eyes dark and intent.
“And how long will it last?” he asked, though they both knew.
“Until I die, because it will be made with my own blood and chakra, not someone else’s.” she said.
Saying it aloud made something inside her shiver.
Jiraiya sat back a fraction. The lamplight caught on the metal of his forehead protector. For a long moment he said nothing.
When he spoke again, his voice had lost some of its rumble. It was rougher around the edges.
“Then you know.” he said. “There is no turning back after this.”
Mina met his eyes.
“There has not been any turning back since the night the Nine Tails went rampant, Jiraiya-sama,” she said.
For a heartbeat, his face broke. He looked older than Hiruzen in that moment, older than the mountain, older than the village itself.
“Yeah,” he said softly. “I suppose you are right about that.”
Silence settled between them. It was not comfortable, but it was honest.
Mina let her gaze fall to the seal array on the floor. The ink lines formed an intricate maze of meaning, a language of compulsion and control. She knew enough from Kushina to be able to read the direction of the flow, the intent. This was not a seal meant to twist the mind. It was a lock on the throat, a command wrapped around the act of speech.
That almost made it worse. They would not change what she thought, not directly. They would leave her with the knowledge, the memories, the understanding. They would simply clamp down on the one natural human impulse to share it.
She would become an archive that could never open.
Jiraiya reached for a smaller scroll beside him, unrolling it carefully. It was already prepared, covered in formulae that danced like fire. His hands moved with a practised ease that spoke of long years spent with these tools. If he disliked being used for this, there was little sign, except in the way he did not quite meet her eyes as he worked.
“This is keyed to your chakra signature,” he said, as he rolled his sleeves up. “To your life force. It will bind to you, specifically. No one else. It is woven with a self destructive trigger. If anyone tries to remove it, it will kill you.”
“How reassuring,” Mina said dryly.
He huffed something that might have been a laugh if it had more air behind it.
“Better me telling you than Danzo scribbling it on your back while you sleep,” he said. “At least with this, you know exactly what you are trading.”
She inclined her head.
“I know, I asked for you specifically. I appreciate that you agreed,” she said.
He looked at her properly then.
“You know this was his idea,” he said quietly. “Elder Shimura.” The title came out mockingly.
She thought of Danzo standing in the Hokage’s office, eye glinting, cane ticking against the floor.
“I assumed,” she answered. “It tastes like him.”
Jiraiya’s mouth twisted.
“The old man fought it,” he said. “For all the good that does you.”
Mina let out a slow breath through her nose.
“It does not,” she said. “But I suppose something is better than nothing.”
He reached across the table and held out his hand.
“Give me your right,” he said. “Palm up.”
She obeyed. Her fingers were cold. His were not.
His hand dwarfed hers, calloused and warm, the bones strong under the skin. He turned her wrist gently until her palm faced up, then took a small, wicked looking needle from the side of the table.
“Just a prick,” he said. “You have taken worse.”
“That is hardly a measure,” she said.
He almost smiled. It did not quite reach his eyes.
The needle flashed. A sharp sting, a bead of blood welling crimson at the pad of her middle finger. He caught it on the tip of a brush before it could fall, the red drop soaking into the bristles. Her hand throbbed in time with her heartbeat.
Her blood looked too bright on the dark ink of the seal array.
“This activates it,” Jiraiya said. “Your blood, your chakra. Once this is complete, no one else will be able to use this exact pattern again. It will be uniquely yours.”
“What a comfort,” she murmured.
She watched as he began to paint.
He moved with almost reverent precision, the brush describing careful arcs and lines in the air before setting down. He painted the seal on the floor first, completing gaps that had been left intentionally blank, linking her blood into the chains of the formula.
There was a subtle shift in the air as the circle completed, like pressure dropping before a storm.
Chakra stirred, the seal waking.
Mina felt it against her skin, a tingling, a prickle. Her own chakra responded instinctively, rising to meet it, wary and coiled.
Jiraiya glanced up.
“When I tell you,” he said, “I will need you to push a bit of chakra into the array. Not too much. Just enough to form the bond.”
She nodded.
He picked up another brush, thinner this time, and leaned forward.
“This next part goes on you,” he said. “Turn your back to me and loosen your shirt.”
Her throat tightened. She swallowed.
She knelt up and shifted, turning so that her back faced him. The cushion creaked softly under her knees. The air against her face tasted faintly of ink and sweat.
Her hands rose to her shirt. She pushed it up to her neck with movements that were almost mechanical, fingers numb. The fabric slid up to her shoulders, baring pale skin criss crossed with pale scars, some old, some newer.
Jiraiya sucked in a breath through his teeth.
He must have known, in theory, what ANBU duty did to a body. He had been shinobi long enough. But knowing and seeing were different things.
There was a long, ugly line low on her back from a mission seven years ago, when a blade had slipped between ribs. A cluster of puckered scars on her left side where shrapnel from an exploding tag had dug in. Faint marks on her shoulders from training accidents, from rough landings, from life.
“Brats,” he muttered under his breath, almost to himself. “All of you. Walking around carved up like sacrificial offerings.”
She did not comment.
He laid one large hand carefully between her shoulder blades, not quite touching, fingers hovering a breath away from her skin, measuring position. Then the brush tip met her flesh.
The first stroke was shock cold.
Mina’s breath hitched. The ink was infused with chakra, a seal mixture that bit and seeped in the same motion. It felt like someone was drawing fire on her spine, not burning, but leaving a trail of ice in its wake.
Jiraiya worked in silence.
The brush moved in smooth, deliberate movements, tracing sigils that would never be seen by anyone who did not know to look. The main body of the seal began at the base of her neck, a small circle right over her spine, then spread outwards in curling lines that wrapped around her shoulders and dipped along the line of her shoulder blades, before narrowing again towards the centre.
She could feel the pattern taking shape, not with her eyes but with her chakra. Each stroke sank into her, the ink bonding with the flow of her own energy. It tickled and stung by turns, like a thousand tiny hooks lodging just under the surface.
“There will be a focus point,” Jiraiya said quietly as he worked. “Right here.”
He tapped lightly at the top of her spine.
“That is the knot. Where the control threads meet. If someone were to try to rip the seal off, that is where it would unravel.”
“And kill me,” she said.
“And kill you,” he agreed.
Good, she thought distantly. At least if anyone tried to meddle with it later, there would be a price.
“You are very calm,” Jiraiya observed after a while, voice low. “Even for a Root and ANBU brat.”
She let out a breath that was almost a laugh.
“Would you prefer I cry?” she asked.
“I would prefer you did not have to do this at all,” he said bluntly.
The brush paused for a second against her skin, then resumed.
“But I do not get what I prefer,” he added. “Not with the village as it is. Not with this council.”
“You could have refused,” she said.
It was not an accusation. Not exactly. More an acknowledgement of possibility.
He grunted.
“I could have,” he said. “And then Danzo would have found some other seal master, or thrown you in a room with a Root operative and a knife and told them to improvise.”
His hand steadied on her back.
“I trust my own work,” he said. “I do not trust anyone else’s close to half as much. Aside from Kushina and Minato.”
Her throat tightened.
“Thank you,” she said softly.
He snorted.
“Do not thank me yet,” he said. “Wait until I have finished chaining your tongue.”
Her shoulders shook. She was not sure if it was a laugh or a shiver.
The brush moved down, drawing smaller loops that spread like roots across her shoulder blades. She felt each one like a new knot in her muscles.
Her mind drifted while he worked, the way it had learned to do during long stakeouts and painful procedures.
She thought of words. Of all the words that had saved her, hurt her, defined her. Sakumo’s patient, gentle instruction, teaching her the letters of the alphabet by lantern light behind a restaurant. Minato’s warm, earnest explanations, hands sketching chakra theories in the air. Kushina’s loud, bright laughter, scolding her for not taking better care of herself. Itachi’s soft “nee-san” when he was tired and needed someone to lean on. Naruto’s “Mina nee-chan” shouted with all the conviction in the world.
She thought of the name Uchiha and how it had been a blade and a shield and a wound all at once. She thought of Minai, the name her mother had spoken with cracked lips in a dirty alley in Ame.
And Mina, the name Minato had written on her file when he decided she needed a better life.
She thought of the fact that she was about to make it impossible to say one of the first two words out loud.
“Last part,” Jiraiya said eventually. His tone had shifted, more focused. “Turn back around.”
She drew her shirt back over her shoulders again, fabric sticking slightly to the drying ink, and shifted on the cushion until she faced him once more.
He had a final seal script prepared on a separate slip, smaller, more concentrated. The characters crawled like living things.
“This will go on your tongue,” he said.
Her stomach lurched.
“On my tongue,” she repeated.
“It is where the seal connects to speech,” he explained. “A choke point. Literally.”
She swallowed, mouth suddenly dry.
“Open,” he said.
It took conscious effort to obey. Her jaw unclenched slowly, lips parting. The air over her tongue felt cool and strange.
Jiraiya leaned in, his expression all business now. His hand was steady as he pressed the tiny slip of paper gently against the centre of her tongue.
The seal script flared for a second, the ink lines lighting up in a faint, pale blue glow.
The taste hit an instant later.
It was bitter, like old coins and burnt paper. The seal sank into her flesh, the script dissolving, seeping. It felt like her tongue had been dipped in ice and then in boiling water, the contrast making her eyes water.
She jerked slightly. Jiraiya’s hand braced her chin lightly, holding her steady.
“Do not bite your tongue,” he said. “Trust me, that complicates things.”
She breathed through her nose, focusing on the rhythm, trying not to gag.
The bitter chill spread from her tongue to the back of her throat, wrapping around the muscles there, threading down into her chest. She felt it coil and settle, a foreign presence grafting itself onto the pathways of her voice.
“Now,” Jiraiya said quietly, drawing his hand back, “we link it.”
He gestured to the seal circle on the floor.
“Chakra,” he instructed. “Gently. Let it flow out through your hand, into the array.”
Mina placed her right palm flat on the inked floor beside the table. The lines were dry to the touch, but they hummed under her skin like a live wire.
She drew a breath and pushed.
Her chakra answered sluggishly at first, still bruised from nights of grief and days of rage, but it came. It flowed down her arm, out through her hand and into the seal. The array drank it in eagerly, the lines flaring in response, the ink glowing faintly red where her blood had mixed with the formula.
The circle lit up, a slow, spreading glow that moved like dawn across the symbols. As it completed the circuit, the light leapt up, travelling in a thin thread, invisible to the eye but clear to her senses, from the floor to her spine, crawling up the path Jiraiya had painted on her back.
Heat bloomed along each inked line, not scalding, but definite, as if someone had relit nerves that had been dormant.
The sensation reached the base of her skull, then spilled forward, crawling around her throat, merging with the bitter cold already lodged there from the tongue seal.
She gasped. The seal tightened, a band closing around her windpipe and then loosening, testing its fit.
For a heartbeat she could not breathe.
Fear flared sharp and bright. Her hand twitched away from the floor.
Jiraiya’s hand came down over hers, pinning it gently but firmly against the seal.
“Stay with me,” he said, voice calm but urgent. “You have to ride this part out. The seal is testing boundaries. You pull back now, it will backlash.”
She forced herself to stay still.
The choking sensation passed, fading into something more like a constant pressure, an awareness of constraint. It was like wearing a hand around her throat, fingers resting lightly, ready to squeeze if she stepped out of line.
The light in the array dimmed gradually, the afterimage lingering behind her eyes.
Jiraiya exhaled slowly and eased his hand off hers.
“All right,” he said. “The structure is in place. Now we see if it works as intended.”
Mina swallowed experimentally.
Her throat felt strange. Not sore, exactly, but occupied.
“What do you want me to do?” she asked. Her voice sounded normal, but she could hear a faint echo in it, a second tone under the surface, as if the seal were repeating her words to itself.
Jiraiya sat back, studying her.
“First,” he said, “say something simple. Your name, as everyone knows it.”
She took a breath.
“I am Uzuha Mina,” she said.
The words slid out smoothly. No constriction, no burn.
The echo under her voice simmered, then settled, as if noting this down as acceptable.
Jiraiya nodded.
“Good,” he said. “Now,” and his eyes met hers, apology already there, “I need you to try the other.”
Her heart beat harder.
Her tongue felt heavy, as if the seal already knew what was coming and was bracing.
She had not said it out loud in years, not as a whole sentence. She had whispered the syllables into her pillow on nights when the weight of both lives crushed her, but never in a way that risked ears. Never where Konoha could hear.
Now they were asking her to try it in a room wired to punish her for it.
She moistened her lips, the taste of ink still on her tongue.
“I am -”
The rest caught on a hook.
Her throat seized.
She had barely formed the first vowel of the forbidden name when the seal slammed down. It felt like a band of iron clamped around her windpipe, closing hard. The air cut off mid breath. Pain lanced up into her jaw, down into her chest.
Her hands flew instinctively to her neck. No amount of clutching did anything to loosen the invisible grip.
Panic spike. Her lungs tried to drag in air and got nothing. Her vision blurred at the edges.
Jiraiya was already moving.
He surged forward, grabbing her wrists, pulling them away from her throat so she did not dig her own nails in.
“Focus,” he said sharply. “Do not fight it with your body, fight it with your chakra. Stop pushing against the words.”
His voice cut through the rising roar in her ears.
She forced her mouth shut. The impulse to finish the sentence was strong, a reflexive desire to complete what she had begun, but she dug her mental heels in and stopped. Stifled the name halfway between thought and sound.
The seal responded.
The pressure eased, fraction by fraction, as if a hand were reluctantly relaxing its grip. A thin trickle of air slipped past. She dragged it in, chest heaving.
She coughed once, the sound raw.
The weight around her throat remained, but less crushing, more like a collar now, resting heavy, reminding her it was there.
Jiraiya held on to her wrists until her breathing steadied.
“Do not try that again,” he said roughly. “At least not on purpose.”
She nodded weakly.
Her eyes burned. She refused to let tears fall. This was not the time.
“Well,” she rasped after a moment. “It works.”
“You think?” Jiraiya muttered, a little too sharply. His fingers tightened briefly around her wrists before he let go.
He sat back, shoulders tense, and rubbed a hand over his face.
“That reaction is a little more aggressive than I would like,” he said. “But the alternatives were worse.”
“Worse?” she repeated faintly. “Worse than strangling to death on my own name.”
He looked at her.
“Danzo apparently wanted compulsion triggers,” he said bluntly. “Words that would send you into seizures, or make you turn your blade on yourself, or wipe your own memories if you tried to speak them.”
Revulsion crawled down her spine.
She was suddenly very grateful for that bitter band around her throat and the man who had drawn it instead of anyone else.
“Rope is still rope,” she said quietly. “But I would rather have yours than his.”
He snorted, a broken sound.
“Some compliment,” he muttered.
Silence hung between them for a moment, heavy and frayed.
Mina touched her throat again, fingers brushing skin that felt no different under her hand. There was no mark, no bruise. Only the knowledge and the phantom pressure.
“Will anyone be able to see it?” she asked. “The seal on my back? On my tongue?”
“Not without specific detection techniques,” Jiraiya said. “And even then, it will be hard. I will lay a concealment formula over it before you leave, one that blends with your own skin. It is made of your own chakra, so even sensors or Hyuga will not be able to spot it. People will not notice a thing.”
She nodded slowly.
“So to everyone else,” she said, “I will look the same.”
“Until you try to say the wrong thing,” he replied.
She let out a breath that felt more like a shudder.
“There is one more thing,” he added, his hand going to another small seal slip. “A limiter on the seal itself. A last safeguard.”
She lifted an eyebrow.
“How many safeguards does one chain need?” she asked, the dryness creeping back.
He gave her a look.
“This one is for you,” he said. “Not for them.”
That made her fall silent.
“This formula,” he explained, holding up the slip, “anchors the seal to your intent. As long as you are not trying to actively circumvent it, it will stay at the lowest possible pressure. If you spend your life trying to whisper around it, it will stay primed to clamp down.”
“In other words,” she said, “if I accept it, it will hurt me less.”
“In other words,” he said, “if you lean into it instead of fighting it every second of every day, you might actually be able to talk about other things without feeling like you have a hand on your throat all the time.”
Her jaw clenched.
“That sounds uncomfortably like surrender,” she said.
He looked at her very steadily.
“You are not surrendering to Danzo,” he said. “You are surrendering to your own choice.”
She hated that he was right.
“Fine,” she said.
He placed the last slip lightly against the back of her neck, just below the hairline. The paper crinkled, then dissolved, sinking into her skin with a brief, cool tingle.
The pressure around her throat adjusted again, smoothing out, becoming somehow less jagged. It did not vanish. It would never vanish. But it settled, as if the seal itself had exhaled and decided to rest until it was needed again.
Jiraiya sat back with a groan and stretched his legs out in front of him, joints popping.
“That is it,” he said. “Structurally, at least. The binding is done.”
Mina pressed her lips together.
“It feels,” she said slowly, “like I swallowed a chain.”
“That is because you did,” he replied.
She looked at him.
“You know this is wrong, and you hated doing it.” she said. It was not a question.
He held her gaze.
“Yes,” he said simply. “I did.”
“Then why agree to do it?” she asked, the question leaving her before she could stop it. There was no accusation in the tone, only worn out hurt.
“Because between this and whatever Danzo had scribbled in his notebooks, this is the lesser evil,” he said. “Because the old man begged me. Because he said it was the only way to keep you alive and in the village and able to protect those boys.”
He scrubbed a hand over his face again.
“And because,” he added bitterly, “I have spent my entire life watching shinobi give up bits of themselves for this place, and I do not know how to stop it any more. You’re Minato and Kushina’s Mina. It was the least I could do for you, and for them as well.”
There it was, the raw edge of his own exhaustion.
“You kids keep doing this,” he went on, quieter now, as if he were talking to the floor or to the ghost of someone who was not there. “Giving up pieces of yourselves like it is nothing. Your names, your eyes, your childhood, your lives. All for the sake of a village that does not even know how to say thank you properly.”
His hand dropped back to his knee.
“You remind me of him,” he said suddenly.
She blinked.
“Of who?” she asked, though she knew the answer.
“Of Minato,” Jiraiya said. “Too smart for your own good, too stubborn, too loving, too loyal…too ready to bleed for people who do not deserve it.”
The words hit like a slap and an embrace at once.
Her chest constricted. For a moment, she could not speak, not because of the seal, but because of the way her heart twisted.
“Then I am on the right side of history,” she managed.
The answer came almost automatically, something like pride wrapped around pain.
Internally, another voice whispered over it.
He would have hated this. Hated that it came to this.
She could see Minato’s face in her mind, the way his brows had drawn together whenever he had been forced to choose between bad options. The way he had insisted on transparency, on looking the village in the eye when he asked it to sacrifice. The idea of him knowing that the child he had helped pull out of darkness was now being silenced by his own predecessor made bile rise in her throat.
Jiraiya’s mouth turned down.
“Maybe,” he said. “Or maybe history is just a story people like me write later to make sense of all the waste.”
She looked at him, this man who drifted in and out of the village, who drank and flirted and wrote questionable books, and remembered that he was also the one who had taught Minato how to make seals, who had gone to war with him, who had stood outside while his student died to save the people who were now doing this to his Minato’s favourite little soldier.
“I do not believe he would have agreed with this,” she said quietly. “But if this is what it takes to keep his son and Sasuke out of Danzo’s reach, then I suppose we will disappoint him together.”
That drew a tired huff of something like laughter from Jiraiya.
“Brats,” he said again, but there was no heat in it.
He reached for a smaller brush and a different pot of ink.
“Last thing,” he said. “Concealment. Turn around again.”
She obeyed.
The brush traced lighter, simpler characters over the existing seal on her back, a layer of misdirection that would blur the lines for anyone trying to read them without the key. It took only a few minutes. Then he placed his hand over the centre of her back and pushed a brief, controlled burst of chakra into the new formula.
It flared, then faded, settling into the background hum of her own energy.
“There,” he said. “To people, it will look like a standard chakra stabiliser, nothing more. Even if someone sees it, they will assume you got it as a precaution after the Nine Tails incident.”
She pulled her shirt straight again and turned back to face him.
“Is that a thing people believe?” she asked wryly. “That I am that cautious?”
He shrugged.
“They will believe what they want,” he said. “People are very good at ignoring things that do not fit their picture.”
That much was true.
He looked at her for a long moment. The lamps flickered slightly, shadows shifting.
“You can still think it,” he said abruptly.
She blinked.
“Think what?” she asked.
“Your name,” he said. “Who you are. Nothing in that seal touches your mind. They can claw at your throat all they like, but they cannot get at what is in here.”
He tapped his temple.
“So when you cannot say it out loud,” he went on, “you say it up here instead. Over and over. Until the day you die. You do not let them take that from you.”
Something stung behind her eyes.
“That is the plan,” she said, her voice rough. “I have had practice.”
He gave her a long, searching look.
“There is a bookshop on the main street, near the dango place,” he said suddenly. “Old man there who forgets to charge me half the time. Bad business sense, great catalogue.”
She stared at him, thrown by the apparent change of subject.
“All right,” she said cautiously.
He reached across and tapped the scroll with the council seal.
“They can stop you saying the things written here,” he said, “but Danzo did not think to say anything about what you write yourself. Sensei said he told you about it.”
Understanding flickered.
“You are telling me to keep a record,” she said.
“I am telling you that you are too sharp and too stubborn for this village to crush completely,” he replied. “So if you are going to chain yourself here, you might as well bury a few mines under the foundations while you are at it, the tale of Uchiha Minai being one of them.”
A breath of bitter amusement escaped her.
“I thought you said you were on their side,” she said.
“I am on this village’s side,” he answered. “The council is not the village. Danzo certainly is not.”
He held her gaze.
“Whatever you remember,” he said, “whatever you cannot say, you put it on paper. You hide it somewhere clever. You tell me where, or you do not. Your choice. But do not let it all rot in your head. That is how it eats you.”
She nodded slowly.
“I will think about it,” she said.
“Good,” he replied. “Thinking is all they have left you.”
He pushed himself to his feet with a grunt, knees cracking.
“It is done,” he said. “You can go to the hospital now, Sasuke apparently woke up a little before you came. The papers are already with the medics. They will be waiting for your signature.”
Her heart stumbled at the thought of Sasuke sitting alone in a white room, the smell of antiseptic in his nose instead of smoke.
She rose more gracefully, though her legs felt unsteady. The room swayed for a second before her balance caught up.
“Thank you,” she said, and meant it, despite everything.
Jiraiya barked a short laugh.
“Do not thank me,” he said. “Thank yourself. You are the one who decided to trade your voice for their lives.”
She inclined her head.
“Then I suppose I will curse myself later,” she said.
She took two steps towards the door, then paused.
“Jiraiya-sama,” she said over her shoulder. “Minato would have hated how this played out, all of it. You know that, right?.”
His face twisted.
“Yeah,” he said quietly. “He would.”
“Good,” she said. “Then at least we are consistent.”
It was a cruel little comfort, but it was all she had.
He watched her hand close on the door handle.
“You really do remind me of him,” he said again, almost under his breath.
She did not look back.
“I will try not to let that be the thing that kills me,” she said, and stepped out into the corridor, the invisible chain around her throat settling like a new weight she would have to learn to carry.
Behind her, in the lamplit room with its ink and its silence, Jiraiya sat back down heavily and stared at his hands, stained with the blood and secrets of yet another child.
“You kids,” he muttered to the empty air. “You keep giving this village everything. I hope to all the gods it is one day worth it.”
He did not believe it will be soon. Not really.
But he picked up his brush again anyway, because someone had to be the one to draw the lines in a way that left a sliver of mercy intact.
In the corridor, Mina walked away, every step a quiet acceptance of the fact that from this point on, half of what she knew would live behind her teeth, unsaid, burning like coals against the back of her tongue.
But somewhere ahead, down another hall, a small boy waited in a hospital room for someone to tell him he was not alone.
And that was the only direction that mattered now.
——————————————————————————
The hospital smelled of antiseptic and old fear.
Mina stepped through the double doors and into the corridor, and for a moment the world narrowed to white walls, harsh lights, and the hollow sound of her own footsteps on polished linoleum. She did not look down.
Both sides of the corridor were lined with people. A chunin with his arm in a sling, eyes glassy and unfocused. A woman from the clean up squads with dust still in her hair, staring blankly at a patch of wall, hands trembling around a paper cup of water. A medic with dark circles under her eyes, rubbing her temple with two fingers between checking charts.
Voices murmured, hushed but not hushed enough. In a village of shinobi, whispers travelled like kunai.
“That is her,” someone said quietly, thinking they were subtle. “Uzuha Mina.”
“The one with the demon brat,” another voice replied, lower still.
“And now she is taking the last Uchiha boy too, they say. Brave, or insane.”
“Maybe both.”
The words brushed against Mina’s ears and skated off. She did not let them in. She had long years of practice in letting other people’s poison slide over her skin without finding purchase.
Her focus was on the chart in her hand and the room number written at the top, the room she had been in for the past two days. Her fingers curled around the edge of the clipboard until the paper crinkled. Chakra thrummed under her skin, unsteady after the sealing, but held in tight control.
Room 304.
She counted doors as shedid when she first arrived. 298. 300. 302.
A nurse stepped out of the room just before 304, a stack of bandages balanced on her hip. She paused when she saw Mina, mouth thinning.
“Uzuha-san,” she said. Polite. Cool. “You are here for Uchiha Sasuke again?”
“Yes,” Mina said.
The seal at her throat lay quiet, heavy. It did not object to clan names unless she tied them to forbidden truths. She could feel it though, aware, like a predator resting with one eye half open.
The nurse shifted her weight, eyes flickering down to the dried smears on Mina’s sandals and the faint spatters on the hem of her trousers.
“He is inside,” she said. “He woke up an hour ago. Sedative is wearing off. He keeps asking where his brother is.”
The words cut. Mina inclined her head in acknowledgement, swallowed around the lump in her throat.
“Thank you,” she said.
The nurse stepped aside. Mina moved past her and laid her hand briefly on the cool metal handle.
For a second she could not push it down. Her hand trembled.
Too late. Again.
Her mouth tasted of ash. She exhaled, forced her fingers to tighten, and opened the door.
The room was small and too bright. A single bed took up most of the far wall, white sheets neatly tucked, the thin blanket bunched in a knot near the foot where small restless feet had kicked it loose. There was a chair in the corner, an empty glass on the bedside table, a monitor humming softly along with the boy’s heartbeat.
Sasuke sat on the bed.
He looked even smaller in the hospital gown. His knees were drawn up, bandaged where he had fallen at some point, toes curling into the sheet. His hands were fisted in the fabric near his shins, knuckles white. His dark hair stuck up at odd angles, flattened in places where sweat had dried. His eyes stared straight ahead, fixed on nothing, pupils too dilated for the light.
His face, usually so prone to small scowls and put upon sighs, was blank in a way that hurt to look at. The sort of blank that came after a storm of tears, when the body had no more crying left to give but the hurt had not lessened.
He did not react when the door opened. Not at first. Then his gaze shifted, slow and sluggish, as if wading through heavy water, and landed on her.
For a second, he just blinked.
“Mina… nee?” he said, and his voice cracked on the syllable.
It was not loud. It did not need to be. The sound of it splintered something inside her chest.
She did not remember crossing the distance between them. One moment she was at the door, and the next she was at his bedside, and his small body was hitting her with enough force to rock her back a step.
He threw himself at her, arms latching around her waist, face pressing into her stomach. His fingers clawed at her shirt as if she might disappear if he did not hold on hard enough.
He shook.
“Everyone is gone,” he sobbed into her, the words smashed together between ragged breaths. “Everyone, Mina-nee, I, I woke up and there was so much blood and kaa-san, tou-san, the house, and nii-san, Itachi, he, he, he -”
His voice broke entirely on his brother’s name. The rest came out as noise, not words, just sound pushed out of a throat that had already screamed itself raw and still had more grief to give.
Mina folded around him.
One hand went to his back, palm splayed over the small bones of his spine. The other rose to cradle the back of his head, fingers sinking into his hair, holding him close in the only way she knew how.
His shoulder blades jutted under her touch. He had always been slight, but now he felt even lighter, as if the night had hollowed him out and left only skin and pain.
I am too late. Again.
The thought sliced through her, clean and merciless. The seal at her throat pulsed, an indifferent weight. It did not care that her failures lined up behind her like ghosts.
She could not save Sakumo. She had heard of a death notice and a lonely grave to the side of the official ones, already filled. She could not save Minato and Kushina. She had arrived to the wreckage late and found their newborn son crying in a hospital room, alone. She could not save Shisui, not with only five seconds of rewound time, not without knowing, not without warning.
She could not save Itachi from the path that had been seemingly carved under his feet long before he was old enough to consent to it.
She had not saved the clan. The blood on her sandals was proof.
Her fingers tightened in Sasuke’s hair, gently, grounding herself in the fact of him.
But she could still save this boy, at least from being alone. She could still stand between him and the knives that would come for him, whether they were made of steel or of whispers.
I can still save you, Senshi. I can still stand here, in front of you, beside you.
“I know,” she murmured, and her own voice shook. She bent over him, chin resting lightly on the top of his head. “I know, Senshi. I am so, so sorry.”
The nickname slipped out, instinctive. It hit her like a kunai to the ribs. For a moment she felt sick. Itachi had smiled when she had first told him of that name, amused and fond, hand ruffling Sasuke’s hair. Shisui had laughed out loud and declared it embarrassing.
Now Senshi clung to her like he was drowning and she was the only thing not made of current.
He did not flinch from the name. Something in his shoulders loosened, just a fraction, at the familiar cadence.
“You are not alone,” she whispered, letting the words settle over him like a blanket, as if saying them often enough might make them true. “Not while I am here. Do you hear me? Not while I am breathing.”
His fists twisted in her shirt.
“Do not go away too,” he choked, the plea muffled against her.
Her lungs compressed. It would be so easy to say it and mean it and still fail, to promise something the world would tear out of her hands later.
She closed her eyes for a heartbeat, saw Itachi’s face as he had looked in the street, crows and blood and resignation, and forced her eyes open again.
“I will not,” she said, and every word was a vow hammered into the space between her and this small, wrecked boy. “I promise. I am not going anywhere. Not anywhere away from you.”
He sobbed harder at that, a hiccupping sound that shook his whole body.
She held him until the shudders dulled, until the jagged breathing smoothed to something less desperate, until his hands loosened just enough that his fingers were no longer cutting off the circulation in her waist.
At some point a medic poked their head in, saw them, and withdrew again without a word. The door clicked softly shut.
When Sasuke’s breathing had eased enough that he was no longer choking on his own tears, Mina eased him back a little, just enough to see his face.
His eyes were swollen, lashes clumped with dried salt. Tear tracks carved raw paths down his cheeks. He looked older and younger at the same time, like someone had taken the years he should have had and crushed them together into one night.
“Sasuke,” she said softly, and held his small face in her palms. “Look at me.”
He did, slowly.
There was confusion in his gaze, and pain, and a kind of wild animal fear, but under it all there was still that stubborn little spark she recognised from living room tables and training fields. The part of him that refused to give in simply because the world told him to.
“Do you remember my little apartment?” she asked, because she did not know how else to begin.
He blinked.
“Where Naruto is,” he said after a heartbeat. His voice sounded like it hurt to use. “Where we make that miso that you think is too salty?”
Her lips twitched despite everything.
“Yes,” she said. “That place.”
He looked up at her, bewilderment flickering across his face.
“What about it?” he asked, small.
Mina drew in a breath.
“I spoke to the Hokage,” she said slowly. Careful. The seal at her throat remained still. She was keeping to the allowed script. “I told him I would not leave you alone.”
Sasuke’s fingers tightened again on her shirt.
“You do not have to stay here,” she continued, and there was a tremor in her tone that she could not quite hide. “In this hospital. Or in the empty house they’ll try to put you back in. You can come home with me.”
The word home was fragile, but she let it stand.
“With me and Naruto,” she added. “If you want to.”
His breath hitched.
“If I… want to,” he repeated, as if the concept did not quite fit in his head.
“If you want to,” she said. “You can live with us. I’ll set up another bed in Naruto’s room, it’s big enough. I will make Naruto share his blankets. He will complain, but he will do it. You will not have to be alone, Senshi.”
His face crumpled all over again.
“Really…?” he whispered. His bottom lip wobbled. “You… you want me to live with you?”
Mina’s heart clenched.
“Of course I do,” she said. “You are family.”
The word slipped out before she could filter it. The seal did not move. It seemed even the council did not dare to forbid that word for her to use when talking about her two little boys.
He let out a noise that was half sob and half breath and threw his arms around her again, this time with a different sort of force. Not the frantic grip of a drowning boy, but the desperate clutch of someone who has just been offered something they had thought was forever lost.
“Yes,” he mumbled into her. The syllable was wet and thick with tears. “Yes. Please. Please, Mina-nee.”
Her chest felt too tight for her ribs.
“All right,” she murmured, rubbing small circles between his shoulder blades. “Of course senshi. Then it is decided.”
It was not as simple as that, of course. There were forms and signatures and bureaucratic theatre to appease, but the important choice had already been made here, in this room, with this boy’s arms around her.
They sat like that for a long time, until a soft knock at the door preceded a medic stepping in, clipboard in hand, expression professional and carefully neutral.
“Uzuha-san,” he said. “I am sorry to interrupt.”
Mina glanced up, keeping one arm around Sasuke.
“It is all right,” she said.
The medic approached the foot of the bed, flicking through pages.
“We have the formal guardianship paperwork here,” he explained. “The Hokage’s office sent it over. Once you sign, we can discharge Uchiha Sasuke into your care.”
Sasuke flinched at his own surname, shoulders tightening. Mina’s hand on his back smoothed down in a steadying gesture.
The medic hesitated.
“There is also a note to confirm that the existing arrangement for Uzumaki Naruto remains in place,” he added. “So you will be the legal guardian for both boys.”
He held out the clipboard and a pen.
The top form was dense with legal script and stamps. At the bottom, there was a line waiting for a signature, the ink above it already bearing Hiruzen’s neat, careful hand.
Uzuha Mina, it said. Guardian.
She stared at the space for a heartbeat.
Goodbye, Minai.
The thought came unbidden, soft and sharp at once. Goodbye, girl in the box behind the restaurant. Goodbye, name whispered in stolen moments. Goodbye, Uchiha written on scrolls that no one would ever get to see.
She did not let any of it touch her face.
Mina adjusted the clipboard so she could write without disrupting Sasuke too much. He had not let go of her, even for this, and she did not make him.
She took the pen.
It felt heavier than it should.
Uzuha, she wrote. The strokes were clean, practised. Mina. The letters followed.
It was a name she had lived in long enough that it did not feel like a lie. It was a gift given with her nii-san’s best intentions. It was also a cage now, but it was one she had chosen to lock herself, for him.
Uzuha Mina.
The medic took the clipboard back with a small bow.
“Thank you,” he said. “We will process this immediately. You can take him home once he is changed out of the gown.”
Home.
The word landed in the room and sat there, strange and fragile.
Sasuke’s fingers tightened again in her shirt.
“I will get your clothes,” she said quietly to him, brushing his hair back from his face. “Then we can leave, all right?”
He nodded, throat bobbing. His eyes were red and exhausted, but somewhere in them, buried deep under the grief, there was the faintest flicker of something that might one day be hope.
She left him only long enough to speak to the nurse at the desk, to collect the small pile of belongings he had arrived with. A folded shirt, shorts, his sandals. No toys, no trinkets. Whatever had been in the house, if anything, was useless now, tainted with memories of that night. But she’ll still go there, at some point, and bring him things of his family - clothes with the Uchiha crest on the back, photographs of their father’s stern face and his mother’s gentle one. Maybe they’ll stay hidden in her room for a long time, maybe they won’t, but they were his, and he deserved to have items full of memories of his family, with or without the effect the night of the massacre had.
Helping him dress was another exercise in not shaking. His hands fumbled with them more than once. She did not rush him. She simply corrected quietly, smoothing fabric, zipping shoes, as if this were any other sleepover.
When they stepped out of the room together, Sasuke’s small hand slipped into hers without him seeming to realise he was doing it. She curled her fingers around his firmly.
The whispers started up again.
“That is him.”
“The last Uchiha.”
“Going with her, is he not?”
“I would not take that curse into my home, not after what his brother did…”
Mina’s jaw tightened. She did not squeeze Sasuke’s hand any tighter, did not let even a flicker of anger reach her chakra. Her face stayed calm, blank of anything but focus.
He heard them, she knew he did. His shoulders flinched minutely at certain words, his head ducking as if the syllables themselves could strike.
She leaned down slightly.
“Ignore them,” she said, voice low, for him alone. “They do not say anything worth hearing.”
He made a small sound, somewhere between a snort and a sob.
Together, they walked down the corridor towards the exit, a twenty year old woman with an invisible chain around her throat and a seven year old boy with ashes on his heart.
Outside, the sky was beginning to pale. Dawn was creeping up the edges of the village, washing the rooftops in a colour that did not match the black and red that coated Mina’s memory of the night.
The streets were quieter than usual. Word of the massacre had seeped through Konoha like smoke, turning chatter into wary silence. People glanced up as she passed, some with pity, some with suspicion, some with that curious blend of morbid interest and relief that tragedy had, once again, picked someone else.
Mina kept her pace even. Sasuke stayed at her side, hand never leaving hers.
By the time they reached her building, her legs felt heavier than they had during any mission. Each step up the stairs was a small, stubborn victory against the weight trying to drag her down.
She paused outside her own door, fingers hovering over the handle.
On the other side, Naruto slept. Or not. Knowing him, he might be pacing, or bouncing on his bed, or trying to balance a one of the dulled kunai she used for their practice on his nose. He had likely woken up to find the note on the table in the morning, messy scrawl explaining that she had to go out for a while, that he was not to open the door to anyone but her or Shikaku.
He would have obeyed. He always did, with her. He would also have worried himself sick until she came back.
Mina drew a breath, then another. The seal around her throat sat quiet, heavy, indifferent to this threshold.
She opened the door.
“Mina-nee,” Naruto shouted immediately from the small living room, the word tumbling out before she had fully stepped inside. “You were gone forever, dattebayo, I thought you were eaten by a giant fish or, or kidnapped by perverts or- ”
He skidded to a halt halfway through his next theory.
His bright blue eyes landed on Sasuke, half hiding behind her leg, hand clenched tightly in hers.
For a heartbeat, the world held its breath.
Sasuke froze, muscles locking. His grip on her became almost painful, or as painful as his small hand could manage. His eyes, ringed with red, flicked up and down Naruto, taking in the tangle of blond hair, the whisker marks, the open, worried face.
Naruto’s expression did something complicated and fast. His mouth, half way through forming another complaint, snapped shut. His brows drew together, not in annoyance but in something like… concern.
He looked at Mina, then back at Sasuke.
Mina crouched slightly to bring herself level with both of them, still holding on to Sasuke’s hand.
“Tenshi,” she said quietly. “Sasuke is…”
The word caught in her chest. How did you condense the annihilation of a family, the destruction of a clan, into something a little boy could hold without breaking.
She swallowed.
“He is going to live with us now,” she finished.
Naruto’s eyes widened.
“Live with us,” he repeated. His gaze darted around the apartment as if recalculating space allocations. “Like, for real? All the time, dattebayo?”
“For real,” she said. “All the time.”
Naruto’s face lit up like someone had flipped a switch.
“We get to be roommates,” he exclaimed, voice pitching up. “This is awesome, dattebayo!”
Then he caught the way Sasuke flinched at the volume, the way his shoulders hunched further, and the brightness dimmed. The next words came out softer, surprisingly gentle for him.
“Hi, teme,” he said, a little awkwardly. The nickname slipped out on habit, but there was no bite in it. “You can have my bed if you want.”
Sasuke blinked at him, stunned.
“I do not… want your bed,” he muttered after a moment, the faintest trace of old scorn edging back into his tone by reflex. “Idiot.”
Naruto’s mouth twitched.
“There he is,” he said, quietly enough that only Mina, so close, heard the relief in it.
Mina’s chest eased, the tightness loosening by a hair. Also, the painful awareness that her little tenshi, despite not knowing the full details, recognised the look of pain and loneliness that sat heavy on Sasuke’s shoulders, and attempted his best to alleviate it. Her heart warmed.
“You will both have your own beds,” she said firmly, saving any potential argument before it could flare. “Naruto, you will help me set up the spare futon properly for tonight, tomorrow I’ll get senshi a normal bed. Sasuke, you can put it wherever you like, be it in my room or Naruto’s.”
“Our room,” Naruto corrected, already prepared ad willing to share his space with the other boy.
“You boys’ room,” Mina agreed softly.
Sasuke swallowed.
“All right,” he said, barely audible.
Naruto shifted his weight, as if torn between flinging himself at Sasuke in greeting and giving him space. For once, caution won. He stepped back, rubbing the back of his neck.
“Are you hungry?” he asked. “Mina-nee makes food when we are sad. You always say it is kind of salty sometimes, but it is good, dattebayo.”
Sasuke made a sound that might have been a snort. It was small and shaky, but it was there.
“Food… would be… fine,” he said.
Mina straightened.
“Food it is then,” she said, and for the first time since Itachi’s chakra pulse had ripped through her apartment, her voice sounded almost normal.
The evening that followed was quieter than most in their little household, but the normal rhythms were there, subtle, worn and familiar.
Mina moved around the small kitchen with practised efficiency, washing rice, chopping vegetables, heating miso broth. The motions of cooking steadied her hands in a way nothing else could, the simple, practical progression of tasks anchoring her to the present.
Naruto hovered nearby, as he always did, offering to help and mostly getting underfoot, but she let him stir the miso this time, his small hand dwarfed by the ladle. Sasuke sat on a cushion at the low table, back straight, watching them with a kind of wary detachment.
He flinched at sudden noises. When a spoon clattered to the floor, his shoulders jerked up around his ears and his eyes went wide, tracking the sound like a threat. Naruto froze for a second, then deliberately picked the spoon up slowly, setting it on the counter with exaggerated care.
They ate together at the table, three bowls in a row.
Naruto grumbled about the vegetables but ate them anyway. Sasuke pushed his food around at first, the chopsticks moving without enthusiasm, but Mina did not comment. After a while, almost in spite of himself, he began to take small bites. The taste must have reached him eventually, because his expression shifted from blank to thoughtful, a frown that was not entirely about grief.
“This is still too salty,” he muttered under his breath.
Naruto snorted.
“See,” he said to Mina. “Told you, dattebayo.”
Mina felt something like a smile tug at the corner of her mouth.
“If you both cook, you can adjust the seasoning yourselves,” she replied. “Until then, you will suffer in silence.”
Naruto rolled his eyes dramatically. Sasuke’s lips twitched, the ghost of an expression that might, one day, grow into a real smile again.
They bickered over who would put the bowls in the sink. It was mostly Naruto, protesting that he had cooked, therefore he should be exempt from clean up duty. Sasuke offered a flat, unimpressed look that said, as clearly as words, that stirring miso did not count. Mina let them argue it out until Naruto finally huffed and grabbed the bowls, muttering under his breath.
The normalcy of it was a balm and a knife at once.
After dishes came the small rituals of the evening. Naruto insisted on showing Sasuke exactly where everything was in the tiny apartment, from the bathroom to the cupboard where Mina hid the sweets she pretended not to buy. Sasuke followed, quiet, eyes taking in everything with that sharp Uchiha focus that reminded Mina painfully of Itachi.
“This is the balcony,” Naruto announced, sliding the door open with a flourish. “Mina nee-chan says we are not allowed to climb on the railing because she will have a heart attack and fall off herself, dattebayo.”
“I said you are not allowed to climb on the railing because you will fall and break your neck,” Mina corrected from the doorway. “Do not add my hypothetical corpse to the list.”
Sasuke’s brow furrowed.
“We would not let you fall,” he said, with the most absolute certainty.
Mina’s breath caught.
“No,” she said quietly. “I know you would not.”
When the sun had fully set again and the thin walls of the apartment took on the familiar night hush, they gathered in the living space.
Naruto refused to sit anywhere except right next to Mina, practically plastered against her side, his head bumping her shoulder every time he shifted. Sasuke settled on her other side, a little distance away at first, posture rigid.
The room was small enough that the gap between them was not big. Still, it felt like a gulf.
Mina pretended not to notice when, as Naruto chattered about something inconsequential, Sasuke inched closer by degrees, as if drawn by gravity. Inches became centimetres, centimetres became less than that.
She did not move. She just let her arms rest on the back of the cushions.
When Naruto finally began to flag, his endless energy frayed by the emotional storm and the late hour, his head tipped against her shoulder and stayed there. His breath puffed warm against her neck. He smelled of miso and soap and the faint tang of sweat from nervous fidgeting.
On her other side, Sasuke sat very straight, eyes open and fixed on a point only he could see. His face was turned away, so she could not read his expression, but she felt it when his small hand crept along the edge of the cushion and found the fabric of her sleeve.
He did not take her hand. He simply hooked his fingers into the cloth, a small, stubborn anchor.
She lowered her arm a fraction, enough that it brushed his shoulder, then let it rest there. On her other side, her hand settled around Naruto’s upper arm, light but sure.
The seal at her throat weighed the same as before, but for the first time since Jiraiya had finished his work, its presence did not feel like the only thing pressing on her.
Her mind drifted, unmoored by the quiet.
I could not save Minato, she thought, the names marching across her as if etched on the inside of her ribs. I could not save Kushina. I could not save Sakumo. I could not save Shisui. I could not save the clan. I could not save Itachi from the life they forced on him.
Each failure sat in her like a stone.
But I will protect what all of them left behind.
She looked down at the two small heads bracketing her, blond and black, bright and shadowed.
I will protect these two. Tenshi and Senshi. Angel and warrior. I will keep them breathing and laughing and arguing about stupid things like beds and miso. I will stand between them and the monsters in this village and outside of it, the ones with real fangs and the ones who smile and sign papers.
In the light, like he asked. In the dark too, if I have to.
Naruto murmured something in his sleep, a half formed “dattebayo” that made her throat tighten. Sasuke’s fingers clenched more firmly in her sleeve at the sound, as if to anchor himself in the reality of his rival’s wheeze.
Mina let her head tip back against the wall. The ceiling of the little apartment looked the same as always, hairline cracks in the plaster, a faint stain in one corner where the neighbours’ plant had overflowed upstairs.
“Uzuha Mina,” the village would call her. The council’s paperwork would mark her as such. Mission reports, school records, rental contracts, all would carry that name.
They would never know the girl called Minai, or the weight of Uchiha written on a page. They had decided they did not need to.
In the quiet of her own mind, though, surrounded by what remained of her family, she made a different promise.
For you boys, she thought, letting her eyes close, listening to the two different heartbeats pressed up against her sides. I will renounce my real name. I will be just Mina. The name Minato gave me, the one my nii-san wrote so I could have a normal, better life, the one you can shout when you are hungry and happy and furious.
I will wear it gladly and use it as a shield.
But I will not forget the rest. I will love Itachi. I will remember him as he truly is, the boy who carried too much and chose the path that hurt him most to save us all. I will find a way to help him, to save him if I can, even if I am the only one who remembers how good he is.
Naruto snored softly. Sasuke’s grip stayed steady.
Mina sat there between them, eyes closed, hand resting on each small shoulder, and let the weight of her vow settle into her bones like another seal, one no council could draft and no sage could draw.
This one was hers alone.

Pages Navigation
freya (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 29 Nov 2025 10:46PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 1 Sun 30 Nov 2025 09:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
(Previous comment deleted.)
DanteDoll on Chapter 1 Tue 02 Dec 2025 09:42AM UTC
Comment Actions
(Previous comment deleted.)
DanteDoll on Chapter 1 Tue 02 Dec 2025 09:46AM UTC
Comment Actions
iamvioletta on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Dec 2025 05:47AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Dec 2025 12:48PM UTC
Comment Actions
iamvioletta on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Dec 2025 05:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Dec 2025 01:37PM UTC
Comment Actions
iamvioletta on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Dec 2025 05:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 1 Sun 07 Dec 2025 01:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
flisky (Guest) on Chapter 1 Thu 11 Dec 2025 09:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
siriusvoids (Guest) on Chapter 1 Tue 16 Dec 2025 08:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
Zakia2026 on Chapter 2 Wed 26 Nov 2025 01:25PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 2 Wed 26 Nov 2025 09:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
lex_over_the_moon on Chapter 2 Sun 30 Nov 2025 03:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 2 Sun 30 Nov 2025 09:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
iamvioletta on Chapter 2 Sun 07 Dec 2025 06:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 2 Sun 07 Dec 2025 01:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
Paz_Isidora15 on Chapter 3 Mon 01 Dec 2025 04:52PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 3 Mon 01 Dec 2025 06:36PM UTC
Comment Actions
Nia_Mia on Chapter 4 Tue 02 Dec 2025 03:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 4 Tue 02 Dec 2025 09:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
ellie (Guest) on Chapter 4 Wed 03 Dec 2025 02:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 4 Thu 04 Dec 2025 11:59AM UTC
Comment Actions
Zakia2026 on Chapter 4 Thu 04 Dec 2025 10:09AM UTC
Last Edited Thu 04 Dec 2025 10:09AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 4 Thu 04 Dec 2025 12:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
Zenx4 on Chapter 4 Tue 09 Dec 2025 07:41AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 4 Tue 09 Dec 2025 08:43AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emma (Guest) on Chapter 5 Fri 05 Dec 2025 12:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 5 Fri 05 Dec 2025 02:30PM UTC
Comment Actions
Nia_Mia on Chapter 5 Fri 05 Dec 2025 01:42PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 5 Fri 05 Dec 2025 02:31PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ly_Hatake on Chapter 5 Sat 06 Dec 2025 05:10AM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 5 Sat 06 Dec 2025 12:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ameterasu53 on Chapter 5 Fri 05 Dec 2025 06:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
DanteDoll on Chapter 5 Sat 06 Dec 2025 12:18PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation